Home

TM 11-6625-3014-14 HEADQUARTERS

Contents

1.
2. BUT mI a cf Si EE Ee x c T 105342 500225 28342 ic SERIES ATES RE I M 2 3 cen ee TEs M Sar gt Fa s E u 1 Se EN pum LBID2 y ax gt lt BB s 1 s JT m aca Pe 5 Ve i i WALA re p ph pie Lp az L D Lun le 3 ACCEPTOR HANOSHARE 4 1 1 t
3. PETLON 392 AIE AMPLITUDE MEASUREMENTS ASSEMBLY 105242 600341 SERIES Service 5 X E EA mas Bes Ru c 5 vem UNE Ub 2 we FAI PE NE OREN RR MEN a gt l ILF H ke EE X c eR E AMPL SEL T d Mer do ar iet eee TU J aastati am O ati DN THIS SHEET REFERENCE HP PART MFG OR INDUSTAY saso eT e DIET DESIGNATION NUMBER P ART NUMBER i ENABLE T STATUS ENABLE BUSY CP CR2 CRE 1801 0040 Same LOW BYTE oae IP REFERENCE 1901 0731 Same REF AMPL ENABLE SYERRANGE ar Toc Maer DESIGNATIONS GR4 1801 0064 Same IBN START DBS azs 01 02 03 ar i CONVERSION vun L 200 4 25 oo wii E A16 Option 002 1853 0058 S32248 Vot Tate p S s C1 C38 a os REFERENCE Ded 18 65 Re naz fe 1 4 18
4. gt s 7 za Service I x PRENNE DT To xal ica AZ CSP ay DAVE ASSENILE 1243 SERIE gd uM LE c DEM a PYT IMPEDANCE SELECT AX 2 P RS om I Aa 3 10 2 5 REFERENCE Na ee toro C 4 DESIGNATIONS Ner p mei 1 C2 r p T M 081 0526 TE Hz Ee aon x 5 R1 R18 2 i Lr EE NOTE Deleted 3 1 2 C12 C14 C19 r T Deleted 059 R23 R25 R34 ae U14 015 ____ og U20 U21 E oen j J 221 TABLE ELEMENTS 5s ml H 13 l 5 ih P a L A1Q1 Q13 1853 0318 MPS6562 A2 um i U1 U4 1820 0539 SN7437N QUE it i 1820 0468 SN7445N x 1820 1443 SN74LS293N Mb CE 1820 1416 SN74LS14N Pa 1820 1049 DM8097N a pe ence memes 1820 0428 DM7489N pue Vox desee ae a e 1820 1144 9L302PC NCC CEPS 1820 1200 SN74LS05N T 182
5. 1019106 14 cs 4 0B 4 2400 855 m NC D o Lua v I RI Ur Sie L Ls 2 T Fal 4 DEAD i V uc 1 a 5 Vion GATING FROM XAIBU 6 T IMHZ INPUT 9 10 P 12 13 gt 3 6 1 2 13 gt 1 E REFERENCE MY T5 Cg Ey LEE 8 mM T DESIGNATIONS ot i s 16 619206 OFFSET LOOP 9 WRT ebe alo E TIME OUT ET 13 I u ba reset RESET p noa iM 22 iat MAX aC UA x N nus iH He iz His GATE TIME ENABLE 7 A SEL ii 304 05 EL E 6 i 4 toe 5 TO 3 16 5v TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS REFERENCE HP PART MFG OR INDUSTRY ua Lone ens DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER a 1902 3182 FZ7268 1854 0560 SP36740 1853 0036 Same emen ERE 1820 1430 AM74LS161N vin UTE TA u 12 13 1820 1197 SN74LS00N lt 1820 1433 SN74LS164N 1820 1211 SN74LS86N 1820 1112 SN74LS74N 1820 1202 9LS10PC 1820 1 442 SN74LS290N FROM XA14B 6 1820 1180 MK5009P ev 18
6. DUN T ASSEMBLY 05542 80011 SERIES 1720 ERS A B ASSEMBLY 108542 OL SERIES 1720 ________________ NE PRO Service u i COUNTER B RE MULTIPLEXER 2200 FROM KAITET 8 LO a gt PE ens ut ID TO KARST 1 16 RESET z 2 ca Rg 4 Or 1600 UTA 50 SOROR vl l Mx 1 LIF GATE muamo i 1 R29 i Mat t rm 14 Il as 14 E M 7 m un map 9 2j FROM 14 510 5 i F ih aye TD v Lai ype 1819 I 5 BY oF TO VIS 1 TD U ieri T ig me Ves i BY i i Fits 16 2 l E t E 9 V al DN igs 5 7 RIID 5 14 i CTE 3 mom p 4 3 ore E USE D s 9e FROM 18 0 2 1 110 f T 14 5 l uso D L Ip Az Six DECAGE FROM F CI Al P gt E TF Fs 14 E T IT 4 TO XAI4AU6 FROM B 1
7. Service Ai2 IF DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 05342 60012 SERIES 1720 7 T ND NS _ R Ts I 45V A FOY 125MHz siavo 08 svi i 2 LP FILTER i p HIGH POWER oe s TIS I i i R25 lt i 5V D CI9 201 16 FROM 2 l up wal A 7 HE Of 5V D 8 ph REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS N i c25 Re 4 TP 9 I 80 5V 4 5 01 u 8 a d cu L 200 Ea NE UL GATE FO 0 1 T T TT 0 Dx se SOA STRIPLINE D 8 TO XAI3UIT I SV A i mE a Law v 1 11 RI6 91 015 gt 12 48 G2 i I I TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS MFR OR INDUSTRY DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER IGPID I 1 1901 0535 1901 0040 Same EN 1854 0345 2N5179 as 1826 0065 LM311N m l CR4 9 1826 0372 Same 8 CNTR 1820 1225 10231 Te E 300 d 74 1820 0765 SN74197N ye es 1820 1322 SN74S02N 22 20 Cee 15V 1820 1197 SN74LS00N L cai i 1820 1285 SN74LS54N Ay Tes E 1820 1193 SN74LS197N TE TW v 1820 0174 7404PC
8. ur FEU zi 2d 5 d Pe 0 S28 eee D gt EIL mes UNE ARES sisi xd i 2 10K CUR REFERENCE a Sere DESIGNATIONS al 1 Stee qub gt Se ae F i C1 C24 H CR1 CR3 i ak i 1 troy alr M 714 1 Bus L1 E ao i FoM i 1 i io 1 2s i i 7020 21 TP1 TP6 4 sqm rL EH U1 U24 nmt Eb T e 02886 ar i I ve Pm au E l 5 eset ger see HHH 1 1 M MEE _ nil ERIS iae um 7 1 us on REFERENCE HP PART MFG OR INDUSTRY 1 MICROPROCESSOR IS m DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER s Haseen scr EHE ESTE asss CR1 CR3 1901 0040 Same Aou jd m E L t e A T b Q1 1854 0574 Same pasam ai Hn 3 mec pee A a ta ut 1818 0698 Same 1 z T m U2 U3 1820 1081 8 26 P m U4 1818 0697 Same Cama Se E HJ sad
9. 14 19 Li2 2 0 001 22UH 22UH Pi En J3F wr gi 12 12 5v NOTES INDUCTANCE OF TUNED CIRCUIT IS FORMED 159 perd E BY A TRACE ON THE 80ARO i I ol ca gti 001 RIT RIS Is 130 R20 cir i I 51 100PF DAIN OSE 4 0 XA5 10 ENTE T i us __ STRIPLINE 15 m 2 1 I K 2 tt 1 I 1 2 4 6 I 3 RIS 100 ET 22UH i 1 C15 REFERENCE i i R8 DESIGNATIONS Re 1001 22UH 1 yl eco 4 Fg 35 c5 001 R3 R6 En udi 8 130 100 MAIN V es 3 TO 12 urs 8 _ S0n STRIPLINE ul T gt R2 d a v P O RI2 ied PI 4700 FROM XA9 6 T gp CONTROL Ly 001 2 4 6 SEE NOTE 1 i I 3 i i Fg Fg 200 22UH i t 1 1 I es 0122 0065 x l 1902 3171 i 43 L5 i 1854 0071 5 2 jJ oon rt i bg 1854 0071 I 1826 0372 Rm i I I 001 E Mo RI 2 i 5 100P TONERS 1 2 4 6 8 r 5 0 8 2 4 5 8 E i D 32 500 STRIPLINE gt 5 i R2I B 10K P 1 2 4 6 LU i 15 10 10 r1 4 2209 I Y
10. FROM FROM 148 9 XAIABCIO L Cu 5 ANALOG FAT2 IF DETECTOR ASSEMBLY MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY TT TTT t LDV RST B4 1 4 i i 9 etes cem DONEC 1 L je MCS IBIS I 5 Tan OC 10 5342A DETAILED BLOCK DIAGRAM 1 i ALTANA aie 02 MEN FROM TO TO AMPLITUDE 10 DIRECTIONAL S 03 4 11 4 4 XAI2CI4 OPTION 002 OR 003 1 i 04 n LPMR RST LOVL a1683 AT2 l o BUS E LINE DRIVER 05 15 4 NC 1 LATCH DRIVER i 8 183 XA14A 00 dua ees Tag D 19 4 TO 25 34 pm Ee mop i A25 PREAMPLIFIER ci LPWR RST e eie 1 410 Df uy V nn LIMITER ASSEMSLY E OTARD iais EERO uni 3 eu 8 LINES DATA B 1 VAN wecken l BTS LAMPMTR OPT C AMPLITUDE CURRENT l T BT4 LHPIB OPT O I DETECTOR SOURCES AMPLITUDE 16 16 H i DETECTOR p tra a 3 Loa DAC SPEC i I LINE T 810 HDSPWRT TO X LXROM AlB st DRIVER CM T 82 LCTR RD TO X PI 1 i HE 3 T B9 LKBRD TO x wu i _ _ 1 LFRERUN B d z ADDRESS TIBS
11. PS Bl is gt B z _ Figure 8 37 A14 Microprocessor Assembly 8 175 Model 5342 Service gld gl L 8l L aalsuaq10S gL gl 3015 LN3NOdAOO Part of Figure 8 38 Option 011 15 HP IB Assembly 8 176 Model 5342 Service OPTION 011_ 1 HP IB ASSEMBLY 05342 00015 SERIES T26 MOTHERBOARD DII 42 INPUT ASSEMBLY
12. s 1 4 Recommended Test Equipment HP IB Interface Capability U U 13 19 5342A Bus Message Usage U sss sess 3 20 Address Selection tte sedebat YI un Cokes 3 21 Option 001 HP IB Program Code Set 2 2 9 22 Operational Verification Record 1 Model 5342A Program eee I I HR Model 9825A Program Description sn Sample PrimoUl tm Performance Test Record s e Adjustments Exchange Assemblies a nn Abbreviations and Reference Designations Replaceable Parts Ge oa a E d Option 001 Replaceable Parts ss Option 002 Replaceable Parts sn Option 003 Replaceable Parts ssa Option 004 Replaceable Parts sn Option 011 Replaceable Parts sn Manufacturers Code List RR en Manual Backdating Assembly Identification e
13. 95 7 620 metres 25 000 feet 2 18 instrument should also be protected temperature which cause condensation within the instrument 2 19 Packaging 2 20 ORIGINAL PACKAGING Containers and materials identical to those used in factory packaging are available through Hewlett Packard offices If the instrument is being returned to Hewlett Packard for servicing attach a tag indicating the type of service required return address model number and full serial number Also mark the container FRAGILE to ensure careful handling In any correspondence refer to the instrument by model number and full serial number 2 21 OTHER PACKAGING The following general instructions should be used for repacking with commercially available materials a Wrap instrument in heavy paper or plastic If shipping to Hewlett Packard office or service center attach tag indicating type of service required return address model number and full serial number b Use strong shipping container A double wall carton made of 350 pound test material is adequate Use a layer of shock absorbing material 70 to 100 mm 3 4 inch thick around all sides of the instrument to provide firm cushioning and prevent movement inside container Protect control panel with cardboard d Seal shipping container securely e Mark shipping container FRAGILE to ensure careful handling
14. 0 1 Reporting of equipment improvement Recommendations EIR 0 1 Administrativestorage 0 1 Destruction of Army Electronic Material 0 1 Section H Change 1 SERIAL PREFIX 1840A This manual applies to Serial Prefix 1840 unless Accompanied by a Manual Change Sheet indicating otherwise 5 akawa Safety Considerations 4 Instrument Identification 2 AGCOSSOMIGS Em ee TS Options iiie rs ito nea PE Ge EE Pe etna Service Equipment Available Recommended Test Equipment xdg m Unpacking and Inspection Installation Requirements 2 24 Power Gable Operating Environment a Storage and Shipment Environment Packaging uu u u B E 2 Field Installation of Options Part Numbers for Ordering Option Kits Installation of 10 MHz Oscillator Option 001 Installation of Amplitude Measurement Option 002 Installation of Extended Dynamic Range Option 003 Ins
15. 1826 0428 63524 Figure 8 43 A19 A20 A21 and A23 Power Supply Assemblies 8 187 Model 5342 Service 8 188 A24 OPTION 001 A24 STANDARD Part of Figure 8 44 A24 Oscillator Assemblies 15 15 10 MHZ OUT TO XAI8 8 I 5V FROM 21 1 NLIS em CRM MD 2 GND 14 14 24 l GND 7 7 I c 488 I 12V CONT FROM XA21 14 lt 1 1 1 13 3 12V FROM XA21 16 16 1 is 10 MHZ OUT TO XAI8 8 5 GND 12 12 MTV NC NC IO IO I Aa V GND LT 24V FROM 2 5 5 2 10 VIA XA22 JI 10 lt A24 STANDARD 10 MHZ OSCILLATOR ASSEMBLY 05341 60047 SERIES 1804 CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED TCXO 0950 0394 OVEN METAL CAN THERMISTOR AGC AND OUTPUT 10 MHZ AMPLIFIER OSCILLATOR HEATER 15 15 14 14 RI n 10K FOAM OVEN E i ONTROLLER mE 72 Service NOTES REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS WITHIN THIS ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED ADD ASSEMBLY NUMBER TO ABBREVIATION FOR COMPLETE DESCRIPTION 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED RESISTANCE IN OHMS CAPACITANCE FARAOS INDUCTANCE IN HENRIES 3 THE FOLLOWING ASSEMBLIES ARE
16. OOOOOO O 000 1 41 11 ONNNWN Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code 13 NA Poa PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY SERIES BOLE CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 60UF 20 eVDC TA CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 33PF 10 200VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 33PF 10 200VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 33PF 10 200VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 6VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 68PF 10 200VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 60UF 20 6VOC CAPACITOR FXD 68PF 10 200VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 33PF 10 200VDC CER NOT ASSIGNED CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 470PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 20 100VDC CER DIODE SWUTCGUBG 30V 50 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWUTCGUBG 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWUTCGUBG 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 CHOKE WIDE BAND 2 680 180 VHZ TRANSISTOR NPN 1 PO 500MW FT 125MHZ RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC TC 350 857 NETWORK RES 9 PIN SIP
17. 1 ix x blank 1 0 1 0 2 blank 1 1 1 thru 1 4 0 2 1 thru 2 9 0 3 1 thru 3 30 0 4 1 thru 4 31 0 5 1 thru 5 13 0 6 1 thru 6 4 0 7 1 thru 7 7 esses 0 8 1 thru 8 85 0 A 1 A 2 blank 1 B 1 through B 6 0 1 and 2 0 Zero in this column indicates an original page 1 blank Reproduced with Permission Courtesy of Agilent Technologies Inc Copyrighted By Agilent Technologies Inc 2005 For Official U S Government Use ONLY TM 11 6625 3014 14 Technical Manual Headquarters Department of the Army No 11 6625 3014 14 Washington D C 10 September 1981 OPERATOR S ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT DS AND GENERAL SUPPORT GS MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MICROWAVE FREQUENCY COUNTER 1225 V 1 U NSN 6625 01 103 2958 REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS You can improve this manual If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve the procedures please let us know Mail your letter or DA Form 2028 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms directly to Commander U S Army Aviation and Missile Comma
18. anl 4 13 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Sensitivity Test 500 1MO Standard and Option 003 instruments Only 4 2 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 500 Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test Option 002 sse 4 3 Change 1 iii 11 6625 3014 14 TABLE CONTENTS continued 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 500 Maximum Input Test Option 002 Jal sse 4 4 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Sensitivity Test Standard and Option 003 Instruments Only 4 5 4 17 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test Option 002 sese 500 MHz 18 GHz High Level Option 011 HP IB Verification Program Digital to Analog Converter DAC Output Test Option 004 Performance Test 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Sensitivity Test 500 Standard and Option 003 Instruments Only 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Sensitivity Test 10 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Sensitivity Test Standard and Option 003 Instruments mel 500 MHz 18 GHz Input SWR Test 500 2 18 GHz Maximum Input FM Tolerance Automatic Amplitude Discrimi
19. A27 Adjustments Resistors A27R9 A27R10 Option 002 003 Adjustments sse A11 A25 Adjustments Resistors A11R14 A25R31 Option 004 Digital to Analog DAC Adjustments REPLACEABLE PARTS 6 1 iv Change 1 11 6625 3014 14 TABLE CONTENTS continued 6 HE Exchange Assemblies Abbreviations and Reference Designators E Replaceable Parts List IIR Ordering Information Direct Mail Order System a Option Retrofit KItS as Basama qayta MANUAL CHANGES 1 za 5 T 11 14 7 1 3 6 Introduction 22 Manual Changes Older Instruments 21 SERVICE tt AA 8 7 6 11 hed fae head 8 32 Q oI 0 00 AP JA o 5 INEROGUCTION e m Schematic Diagram Symbols and Reference Designators Reference Designations eR Identification Markinas on Printed Circuit Bonds Assembly Identifi
20. 7 1205 Vienna Austria Tel 0222 35 16 2110 27 Cable HEWPAK Vienna MEDITERRANEAN AND MIDDLE EAST COUNTRIES NOT SHOWN PLEASE CONTACT Hewlett Packard S Mediterranean and Migale East Operations 35 Kolokotroni Street Platia GR Kilissia Athens Greece 8080337 359 429 Cable HEWPACKSA Athens FOR OTHER AREAS NOT LISTED CONTACT Hewlett Packard S 7 rue du Bois Qu an PO Box CH 1217 Meyrin Geneve Switzeriano 1022 82 70 00 Cable HEWPACKSA Geneva UNITED STATES ALABAMA Box 4207 8290 Whitesburg Or Huntsville 55802 Tel 205 881 459 8933 Bive Birmingham 35206 Tel 205 83622232 ARIZONA 2336 Magnolia St Phoenix 85034 Tel 602 244 1361 2424 Eas Aragor Ro Tucaon 85706 Tel 602 889 4661 ARKANSAS Medical Senece Box 5646 Brady Station Little Rock 72215 Tel 501 376 1844 CALIFORNIA 1430 East Or Ave Fullerton 1 Tet 714 870 1000 3939 Lankershum North Tel 213 877 1262 TWX 910 499 2671 5400 West Rosecrans Bivd Box 92105 World Way Postal Center NS 90009 Tel 213 970 7500 TWX 910 325 6608 Los Angeles 213 776 7500 3003 Scott Boulevara Santa Clare 95050 408 249 7000 TWH 910 338 0518 714 446 6165 916 929 7222 9606 Aero Drive Box 23333 San Diego 92123 Tel i7 4 279 3200 rzana Tel 12
21. HIE IN GHz MHz AUTO OG OOGO OGG OGLI AOG OGLI MAN MHz PACT EMI ILII JHH LAE LOG 11 LLI Blue jeg p pte LLLLLLLLLLL NOTE Do not press RESET key or procedure will need to be started over SET A z RECALL MCI E NEN AR Fdw ET Logo BL Eg dou AMPL EE qup OFS dB TN EJET ICH TS LILI LILI OFS MHz HH HHH HELL 1 LILILI PTET 1 1 1 FAT CHS 3 14 9 E ey rl deg E o m 4 2 C Display TT E 1 T T I l j i we EP oc L RSE SEHE EE ew use LILI ode pube cae us cu ug am WM EY GG DR NN IN NS NE C MEE NE IOP LILI LILII Model 5342 Operation Model 5342 Operation 3 47 ERROR CODE DISPLAYS 3 48 Error codes are displayed by the 5342A to indicate circuit malfunctions in the instrument and to indicate operator procedure errors 3 49 Instrument Error Displays 3 50 When power is applied to the 5342A check sum routines are automatically performed if a routine fails an error
22. 8 138 Model 5342 Service Option 011 HP 1B Troubleshooting Continued 3 U23 U26 ROM Troubleshooting a Setup HP IB CABLE bb b bo Soo FH EHH OHO J 59401A BUS SYSTEM Set rear panel address ANALYZER switch to 59401A settings MEMORY COMP TALK Mode HALT SRQ EO REN True b Remove the A14 Microprocessor assembly from the 5342A Place A15 HP IB assembly on an extender Place an AP clip on U1 and ground U1 8 Set ATN and the DIO switches on the 59401A as listed in Table 8 21 and check with a 545A Logic Probe for the correct outputs Table 8 21C U23 U26 ROM Table HP 1B 59401A SETTINGS COMMENTS U23 PINS ATN87654321 Listen Address Tak Address Data Go to Local Serial Poll Enable 100011000 Serial Poll Disable Group Execute Trigger 100010001 Uriak NOTES Ground U1 8 to enable ROM U23 1 TTL High for U23 U26 1 TTL Low for 59401 A outputs e g if DIO7 setto 1 then 0107 at A15U31 10 is TTL Low oiojoioi i o i 21 al2lolo o lo 2 2 o o a 2 a af a EN 8 139 Model 5342 Service Table 8 21 Option 011 HP IB Troubleshooting continued 4 Troubleshooting Registers U27 U24 U21 U16 U18 U30 U15 a Setup HP IB CABLE 59401 BUS SYSTEM ANALYZER b Remove A14 M
23. Assembly n nunana 8 167 A11 IF Limiter Assembly u ctt 8 169 12 IF Detector Assembly sesenta PAD Counter A14 Microprocessor Assembly nennen nentes Option 011 A15 HP IB Assembly sss nnne Option 002 A16 Amplitude Measurements A27 Low Frequency Amplifier nm U2 High Frequency Amplifier Assemblies Option 003 A16 Extended Dynamic Range Assembly A17 Timing Generator Assembly mee A18 Time Base Buffer Assembly A19 A20 A21 A23 Power Supply Assembly A24 Oscillator Assemblies r A25 Preamplifier Assembly eee a eee eee mener A26 Sampler Driver Assembly sss r Change 1 ix x blank 11 6625 3014 14 SECTION O INSTRUCTIONS 0 1 SCOPE This manual describes Microwave Frequency Counter TD 1225A V I U fig 1 1 and provides maintenance instructions Throughout this manual the TD 1225A V I U is referred to as the Hewlett Packard HP Model 5342 0 2 INDEXES OF PUBLICATIONS a DA Pam 25 30 Refer to the latest iss
24. O ON Ll 1 r ie 2 10 ATO O1VIUE BY N Wa I x Y LIRO ya jaa i ASSEMBLY 14 LSYN HI FROM __ 1 148 Al A2 N 1 14 LSYN LO FROM AWE S KEYBOARD oisPLAv 0 07 CONTROL XA 148 12 i END END O1SPLAY DRIVER I i PRS GT SR 8 LTIMRD xa sant ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY o LoVRST 1 FROM MAIN ot DIVIDE DIVIDE t ES BY N 1 8 D or MAIN 492 e REGISTER OATA BUS 5 DIGITAL LKBRD 1 FROM 53 REAR PANEL a aig re FM SWITCH LINE POWER PRIMARY SECONDARY NOTE 1 MODULE POWER POWER A21 A2J1 PIN NO S GIVEN CONNECTS TO A22J VIA RIBBON ASSEMBLY ASSEMBL Y SWITCH CABLE 2 2201 PIN NO S ARE SAME AS A2J2 PIN NO S _ DRIVE ui cus E G LIRQ CONNECTS TO A2J2 1 AND GOES TO A22JI 1 11 7 7 ASSEMBLY VIA CABLE W2 ARROW ON CABLE POINTS TO PIN OF CONNE 24 OVEN 14 __ 12V OVEN Fx 2 2 Figure 8 23 5342 Detailed Block Diagrar 8 147 Model 5342 Service 2511 Port Figure 8 24 Al Display Assembly A2 Display Drive Assembly 8 148 Model 5342
25. range so that the IF covers approximately 10 MHz to 200 MHz Adjust A25C 11 so that the response at 175 MHz is 10 1 dB down from flat part of response as shown 10 dB IF OUT 20 MHz div 100 MHz center freq 175 MHz Retum IF OUT INT and IF OUT EXT cables to original position 5 24 Adjust resistor A11R1 Amp Gain as follows Apply 75 MHz at 20 dBm to 500 MHz 18 GHz input of 5342A b Monitor the IF UM signal at 11 12 with RF voltmeter such as the 3406A Adjust A11R1 for maximum output signal 5 25 Adjust resistors A12R2 A12R12 Gain as follows a Connect a 75 MHz 50 dBm signal to the 500 MHz18 GHz input to the 5342 b Monitor the IF COUNT signal at XA12 8 with an RF voltmeter such as the 3406A and adjust A12R2 B1 and A12R12 B2 for maximum observed output as indicated by the voltmeter 5 26 Adjus resistor A12R7 Sensitivity as follows 5342A to AUTO Adjust A12R7 maximum ccw b Apply a 1 GHz 30 dBm sgnal to the 500 MHz18 GHz input of the 5342 Set 5342A to MANUAL 5 7 Model 5342 Adjustments g h 5 27 a b d Measure the dc voltage at A12TP1 and record Disconnect the 1 GHz signal from the 5342A input Measure the dc voltage at A12TP2 and adjust A12R7 OFS for same voltage as recorded in step b within 5 mV Set 5342A to AUTO Remove test leads and verify that counter counts 1 GHz at 30 dBm Adjust res
26. n naa aa Controls Indicators and Connectors Operating Procedures eene enne enses Operator Key board Check Error Gode oso amit Instrument Error Displays nnns Operator Error Displays L a a a 7 Limit Errors and Sequence Errors Jessica l n nn 8 3 57 5 Time Base Option 001 3 61 Amplitude Option 002 1 nnne nnne 3 18 3 63 Extended Dynamic Range Option 003 3 65 Interface Option 011 iain s enses 3 67 Digital to Analog Converter DAC Option 004 3 19 3 69 Programming Optom 011 2 3 19 3 79 9825 Program Examples sss ennt 3 81 HP IB Programming TIT 3 83 Remote Programming of Diagnostic Mode 6 Option 002 011 Only sess TESTS iiiter toto ovd fee EE TEE 4 1 Operational Verification qax ea du Complete Performance Test naa Equipment Required PE Dur ces Un Tie St ues Operational Verification 2 00 4 12
27. 02173 14 617 661 6960 TWX 710 326 8904 MICHIGAN 23855 Research Orive Farmington Hills 48024 Tel 313 476 6400 724 West Centre Ave Kalamazoo 49002 Tel 606 323 8362 5 2400 N Prior Ave St Paul 55113 Tei 612 636 0700 MISSISSIPPI 322 N Mart Plaza Jackson 38206 Tei 501 982 9363 MISSOURI 11131 Colorado Ave Kansas Chy 64137 816 763 8009 TWX 910 771 2087 1024 Executive Parkway St Louis 63141 314 878 0200 NEBRASKA Medica 7 7 Mercy Omaha 68106 Tel 402 392 0948 NEVADA Vegas Tel 702 736 6610 NEW JERSEY Tel 201 265 5000 TWX 710 990 4951 Crystal Broak Professional Building Route 35 07724 Eatontowi Tel 201 542 1384 NEW MEXICO 11634 Station 11300 Lomas Blvd 87123 NY 1509 282 1390 210 985 1185 156 Wyatt Las Cruces 88001 505 526 2484 TWX 910 9983 0550 NEW 5 Automation Lane Computer Park Albany 12205 518 458 1550 TWX 710 444 4961 650 Parinton Hill Office Park yn 14450 Tet 716 223 9950 TWX 510 253 0092 5858 East Molloy Road Syracuse 13211 Tel 315 455 2486 1 Crossways Park Wes Woodbury 11797 516 921 0300 TWX 510 221 2183 NORTH CAROLINA 5605 Roanne Way Greensboro 27405 Tel 919 852 1800 OHIO Macicai Computer Only 300 135 Kemper Rd Cincinnati 45426 Tel 513 671 7400 16500 Spragu
28. 05342 60036 PROCESSOR EXTENDER BOARD USED IN 10842 TROUBLESHOOTING KIT FOR THE 5342A SERIES 1808 DATA BUS SWITCH gt mc o00 Sleoroi o on ADDRESS BUS SWITCH gt BIA HII 12 14 5 16 Figure 8 5 Extender Board 05342 60036 Schematic Diagram 8 21 Model 5342 Service 8 22 8 58 LOGIC SYMBOLS 8 59 Logic symbols used in this manual conform to the American National Standard ANSI Y32 14 1973 IEEE Std 91 1973 This standard supersedes MIL STD 806B In the following para graphs logic symbols are described For further descriptions referto HP Logic Symbology manual part number 5951 6116 8 60 Logic Concepts 8 61 The binary numbers 1 and 0 are used in pure logic where 1 represents true yes or active and 0 represents false no inactive These terms should not be confused with the physical quantity e g voltage that may be used to implement the logic nor should the term active be confused with a level that tums a device on or off A truth table fora relationship in logic shows implicitly or explicitly all the combinations of true and false input conditions and the result output There are only two basic logic relationships AND and OR The following illustrations assume two inputs A and butthese can be generalized to apply to more th
29. 16 4 GROUND 900 GROUND XA16B4 DETECTED 100 kHz HF A16J4 GROUND 2000 GROUND A16J4 1 4 DETECTED RF HF A16J5 GROUND 2000 GROUND A1615 1 4K0 A27 Low Frequency Module Checks SIGNAL NAME XA16B4 GROUND 12K0 GROUND XA16B4 7000 DETECTED 100 kHz LF A16J3 GROUND 2000 GROUND A16J3 1 4 0 DETECTED RF LF A16J6 GROUND 2000 GROUND A16J6 1 4 0 Note touch center conductor of connector to DVM If the U2 High Frequency Module on the A27 Low Frequency Module is sus pected perform the following dc checks using a DVM such as the 3465A Place the DVM in OHMS function and 2KN range if using a different DVM select that range which provides a 1 mA constant current Connect the positive lead of the DVM to the point indicated by a and the common lead to the point indicated by a Return the counter to normal operating mode by pressing RESET Apply a 50 MHz 10 dBm signal to the low frequency input With the counter in AMPL mode 1 MHz resolution sample rate full CCW 500 and 10 Hz 500 MHz range observe the following waveforms at the 100 kHz test point second TP from right edge of A16 board E 4 0 05 vOLTS A16 100 kHz TEST POINT i Qv 50 MHz 10 dBm INPUT pix ra 10 msec 8 129 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting Continued Increase the input level to 0 dBm F lt o 2votrs 16 100 kHz TEST POINT T
30. TT 4 9 bela ri opm 1 U22 U25 U28 U31 1820 1689 3446 ELE rx Z T mms i u23 1816 1154 O D U26 1816 1155 Same E som apma a X U32 1820 1202 9LS10PC x STER T U33 1820 0904 93L24PC Me cs cl i c ee uu m us yu 7 a LREN Los ON ME QU IUE I zs p Ju SE a E ae Ke a E EX ary ERE DEN PES s ie Kael puia Figure 8 38 Option 011 15 HP IB Assembly 8 177 Model 5342 Service COMPONENT SIDE f SOLDER SIDE Part of Figure 8 39 Option 002 AT6 Amplitude Measurements A27 Low Frequency 8 178 Amplifier and U2 High Frequency Amplifier Assemblies Model 5342
31. determines that program data is in 027 and reads U27 Wen U27 is read U27 1 goes low the U19A Data flip flop is reset in preparation for the next byte 8 363 Consider what occurs when an addressed command or universal command is sent by the controller If a command is sent U23 4 goes low which sets Command flip flop U14B Wen U23 4 returns high it clocks into Command In register U15 the decoded outputs from 026 as follows Command U26 4 U26 5 U26 6 U20 9 LLO Local lockout 0 0 0 1 Universal DCL device clear 1 0 0 1 Commands go to local 0 0 1 0 SDC selected device clear 1 0 1 0 Addressed GET group execute trigger 0 1 1 0 Commands 8 364 At the same time that U23 4 goes low U23 6 goes low This sets Interupt flip flop U14A and causes LIRQ to go low whch intemupts the microprocessor The microprocessor reads Interupt In buffer U18 determines that a command code is in U15 and reads U15 The microprocessor determines which command was sent according to the table and acts accordingly 8 365 Wen the serial poll enable signal is sent U26 2 goes high and U23 3 goes high to clock Serial poll flip flop U29B to the high state Wen the serial poll disable signal is sent U26 3 goes low and U23 3 goes high to clock U29B to the low state 8 366 Acceptor Handshake 8 367 The acceptor handshake is enabled by U1B 4 low control line of bus is low indicating address information is being sent or U1 B
32. seu c Y Us eHe 2 gt LEE REFERENCE amm DESIGNATIONS n es ToU p Ima on SE 15 83 e 3B vM T gt lt 106 22 T _ a amm d ys E FI s so ca a x rmn pog x un USUS URUN Y a E i 275 eds WD IEE or XUL AUR ken em FF i Jone i J F f rp m LoaW m gt I 3 HE TABLE ELEMENTS REFERENCE HP PART MFG OR INDUSTRY 544 DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER SANE ME 4 U1 936 1820 1197 5 741500 gnome ac U2 U5 U6 U8 1820 1144 9LSO2PC U3 U4 09 e Ho a ie U10 U14 U19 1820 1112 SN74LS74N yp ca U34 U35 N T U 1820 1211 SN74LS86N ZG u11 1820 1216 SN74LS138N As Milles 1 U12 1820 1206 SN74LS27N CELINE E mm z M e m P ae 2 U13 1820 1199 SN74LSO4N S lt FS 015 1820 1885 DM74LS173N s d d I ERR E T U16 1820 1196 AM74LS174N ES n ae ae xd 917 1820 1198 SN74LS03N ee NE U18 030 1820 1368 DM8096N Deo ce j U20 U29 1820 1282 SN74LS109N Does rece uen T om ah NC UNE 021 024 U27 1820 1997 SN74LS374PC 5 eme
33. x FX 5 LT j GL are IL M2 P i DECODING T TY ITIM WAT TO X 5 18 GHZ T FILTER T A2203 T H T b LAMPEN B2 d T 83y LC R WRT TO X i 89 LPD READ TO X 1 16 AoW I shes E nla sig j L ITO LPD WRT TO x JI Ge pate PES SELECTOR BIL LSYN HI TO X TO J4 7 7 50 100 2 A26 IF OUT REAR PANEL CHECK ka DAMER VIA NS FROM ture ba nA re eo CLOCK 4812 LSYN LO TO X FROM 17 4 IF COUNT FROM XAIT I RC FROM S4 REAR PANFL FROM XAI8 1 LOW SWITCH HI FOR CTR A 5 LEXT EXT SWITCH B LOW FOR 8 z Waka 6 Rr MULTIPLE Pale TIME BASE BUFFER ASSEMBLY 7 1 un tra 13 MHZ 10 10 t 5 LO SWITCH FROM _ 61 ean pm E EP an J2 EXT IN 19 T 7 r Fg Ld Pg I REAR PANEL toes 1 COUNTER counter 1441 I 10 MHZ INT 8 500 KHZ a T i so Lr yo x cepe i 36 A iH i I ise PANEL IRECI IE D ST FROM 39 SELECT OUTPUT MPX BUS DRIVER q24 ADDRESS BUS AB A5 40 ASSEMBLY Mie heme ee _142 BUS 08 03 STO amp OPT 00
34. Logic Implementation and Polarity Indication Dependency Notation TREDIUM GM NNNM AME Complex Logic Devices Theory of Operation MNT Harmonic Heterodyne Technique l n na aa Change 1 EC ER BN EN f 1 col 8 4 11 6625 3014 14 TABLE CONTENTS continued HP 5342A Overall Operation cccccscsssssscssssscssesessssscessusscssesessesscevsusecsseseseusececessecesensessees 8 99 FM Tolerance Automatic Amplitude Discrimination n nn 8 110 5342A Block Diagram Description 1 I I L entretenir 8 112 Count Section x 8 114 Synthesiz r RD 8 116 Loop Loop Operation MD 8 124 IF Section 8 126 Time Base PSR Section 8 128 Control Section Theory Operation E E 69 Keyboard Operation sse A3 Direct Count Amplifier Assembly A5 RF Multiplexer Assembly L ni sere 6 Offset Loop Amp Search Generator Asse
35. Option 002 Amplitude Measurement Block Diagram Option 003 Extended Dynamic Range Block Diagram vii Change 1 11 6625 3014 14 TABLE CONTENTS continued 5342A Front A1 Display 5342A Rear 0 0000600 5342A Top View Assembly Locations and Adjustments 5342A Bottom View Options Installed nnnm 8 145 5342A Detailed Block Diagram c cccccccsccscscscsssscsesesecececsesesssscsesesesecsesesaacsesesesecaeass A1 Display Assembly and A2 Display Drive Assembly Option 004 Display Driver Additions on A2 Assembly Direct Count Amplifier Assembly L nnns 8 153 A4 Offset VCO Assembly J AS RF Multiplexer Assembly A6 Offset Loop Amp Search Generator Assembly 8 159 A7 Mixer Search Control Assembly L 8 161 A8 Main VCO Assembly I L L n I nana 9 Main Loop Amplifier Assembly sse A10
36. Box 12778 No 7 Koger Exec Center Suite 212 Norfolk 23502 804 461 4025 6 3569 2914 Hungary Springs Road Richmond 23228 Tel 804 285 3431 WASHINGTON Bellefieid Office Pk 1203 1141 Ave S E Bellevue 98004 Tel 206 454 3971 TWX 310 443 2446 WEST VIRGINIA MedicatiAnaiytical Only Charleston 304 345 1640 WISCONSIN 9004 West Lincoln Ave West Allia 53227 Te 1414 541 0550 FOR U S AREAS MOT LISTED Contact the regional office nearest you Ananta Georgi North Hollywood horna Rockville Rolhng Meadows liknas Ther compiete addresses are hsted above Servios Only an 8 195 8 196 blank TM 11 6625 539 14 TM 11 6625 2780 14 amp P AR DA DA SF DA Pam 25 30 0022 43 0118 750 244 2 700 138 Pam 750 8 Pam 738 751 368 TM 11 6625 3014 14 APPENDIX A REFERENCES Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms Interactive Electronic Technical Manual for Calibration and Repair Requirements for the Maintenance of Army Material Field instructions for painting and preserving Communications Electronics equipment Operator Organizational Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual Test set Transistor TS 1836C U NSN 6625 00 159 2263 Changes 1 2 Operator Organizational Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Speci
37. CR1 CR6 1901 0179 C21 CRE 120 Q1 Q3 1853 0058 1000 114 g 7 CR6 x I I x LI L2 C26 i I Fg I I I I P U1 U4 1826 0372 U2 U3 1858 0059 3 3 V Z 621 ipe I as br R27 RIS 2 UE m 464 464 MEI MAIN OSC 2 4 6 R22 R20 V 200 90 R28 R25 LIT vy v xa r 100 md 1 ice C29 c28 1000 1000 i LII ala 27UH ree C15 C12 Figure 8 28 5 Multiplexer Assembly 8 157 Model 5342 Service STITT 4 COMPONENT SIDE 4 SOLDER SIDE 1 1 Part Figure 8 29 A Offset Loop Amp Search Generator Assembly 8 158 5342 Service 1 3 3 x _ I 5V 1 1 12V RT REFERENCE SWEEP eR DESIGNATIONS RIO RANCE 12V 511 R3 R2 9090 1000 5 7 9 6 Mets SN RI ND 5 7 9 H 5000 QI 7 SWEEP FREQ R9 1000 10K PEE RI2 En FROM XAT T i0 8 a T500 ol TIA 1 HSRCH EN 2 I 1 CR1 CR2 1902 3193 F27272 4 1901 0040 Same EPE 1500 I 1853 0020 Same FROM XA7 10 OFFSET 1854 0071 1820 1425 SN74LS132N R24 CD 1820 0493 LM307N 1500 25 FROM 1 10 3830 i m cl2 um 022U R20 I V 100 EM 15V 4 4 Cx 12V R8 RII 3160 1000 C6 T 3 3 C4 2
38. Figure 8 32 A9 Loop Amplifier Assembly 8 165 Model 5342 Service COMPONENT SIDE 1 P1 Part of Figure 8 33 A10 Divide by N Assembly 8 166 Model 5342A Service AIO DIVIDE BY N PHASE DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 05342 60010 SERIES 1708 PAUSE A A v ree 2 io Ns 0 1 m cis Hie cU ne 594 ey 1 15 5V b i 9 MS8 e Hatt ug U3A cis D LM Y cp cama un se pes 8 16 RH 001 L T 3 10 EUR P 75 GND 6 1000 CNTR 4 2 FROM XA8 5 8 lt J u 5V A 8 62 I it t R5 2444 1200 CIO RT P v 3501 1000 RIO yo 001 43 _ i 0 Rr TO 5V A SV A ig 3000 5 MN F5 R4 16 57 5 2 300 ec m 4 ig REFERENCE 016 XI 6 9 u i DESIGNATIONS FROM XAI4A 5 17 lt gt 4 SH cpe 8 I NC g 13 2 4 5 T 5V A De 2 l m FROM XA14A 6 CNTR
39. 270 4540 BB5105 0698 3342 RESISTOR 43 5X 125 CC 270 4800 BB4305 0698 5352 RESISTOR 120 5X 125M CC TC 330 4800 BB1215 0698 5635 RESISTOR 13 5X 125M CC 270 4540 BB1305 0698 3942 RESISTOR 130 5X 125M CC TC 330 4800 BB1315 0698 3942 RESISTOR 4 71 5X 125 CC 350 4857 BB4725 0698 3942 RESISTOR 4 71 5X 125M CC TC 350 4857 4725 0698 3942 RESISTOR 4 71 5 125 350 4857 4725 0698 5136 RESISTOR 31 5X 125M 270 4540 BB5105 0698 2212 RESISTOR 100 05X 125M F 0 100 C3 1 8 TO 100R G 0698 5132 RESISTOR 13 5X 125M CC 270 4500 BB1305 0698 5615 RESISTOR 130 5X 125M CC 330 4800 BB1315 0698 5385 RESISTOR 75 5X 125M CC 275 4500 BB7505 0698 1576 RESISTOR 51 5X 125M CC TC RTC 4540 BB5105 0698 5426 RESISTOR 10 5X 125M CC 350 4859 BB1031 2330 2489 RESISTOR 749 10X 125M C SIDEWADJ 1 TRW BB50X502 0698 5936 RESISTOR 1 58 5X 125M CC 350 4857 BB1525 7820 3622 10 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP 1828 0372 0333 0133 AB MISCELLANEOUS PARTS CONTACT FINGER 13 WD DD FREE HGT BB CU 0383 0133 STANDARD 375 IN LG 440THD 0380 0970 SCREW GROUND 05342 20101 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 0330 0020 0542 2010 WROANMNYPY O O1O1 O0 O O O O0 O gt UMM O 1 CO CO CO BOO COCO CO O 02 O gt O gt O gt O gt 01000100 AH 6 15 Model 5342
40. 25 B ES RE PR 27 FROM 1 LR Hir 7 7 ae 1 EE Fo c ded M etus de dem MS Figure 8 39 Option 002 A16 Amplitude Measurements A27 Low Frequency Amplifier and U2 High Frequency Amplifier Assemblies 4 179 5342 Service REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS A16 Option 003 REFERENCE HP PART MFG OR INDUSTRY DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER 1901 0040 Same 1853 0058 S32248 1854 0246 2N3643 1820 1199 SN74LS04N Part of Figure 8 40 Option 003 A16 Extended Dynamic Range Assembly 8 180 OPTION 003 U2 ATTENUATOR ASSEMBLY 5088 7038 SERIES 1720 TO U1 SAMPLER TO FRONT J1 PANEL WHT BRN RED OPTION 003 A16 EXTENDED P O XA16 DYNAMIC RANGE ASSEMBLY 05342 60037 SERIES 1720 NOTES REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS WITHIN THIS 3 ASTERISK INDICATES SELECTED ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED ADD COMPONENT AVERAGE VALUES SHOWN ASSEMBLY NUMBER TO ABBREVIATION 4 0215 A NON REPAIRABLE ASSEMBLY FOR COMPLETE DESCRIPTION 5 IS INCLUDED FOR UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED REFERENCE ONLY RESISTANCE IN OHMS CAPACITANCE IN MICROFARADS INDUCTANCE IN MICROHENRIES Figure 8 40 Option 003 A16 Extended Dynamic Range Assembly 8 181 Model 5342 Service SIDE 1 gt SOLDER SIDE Part of Figure 8 41 A17 Timing Generator Assembly 8 182
41. xdi A19 DIVIDE BY COUNTER B 1 MHz TO A12 A17 500 kHz TO A7 A10 L DIR GATE TIME BASE PRS SHORT x 7 GENERATOR ASSEMBLY 10 MH TO J3 REAR PANEL PRS LONG KEYBOARL DISPLAY DRIVER DISPLAY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY 1 CONTROL SECTION MICROPROCI ASSEMBLY S 91419 Veves I DON 7 8 uonpas J z s ulu JO wee 20 8 01 9 BNE A10 DIVIDE BY N N REGISTER e ee N ee N DATA FROM 14 FROM XA18 3 MAIN LOOP A9 MAIN LOOP AMPLIFIER NARROW WIDE CONTROL A7 MIXER SEARCH CONTROL 500 kHz TO A5 MULTIPLEXER A6 OFFSET LOOP AMP SEARCH SEARCH d 10 500 kHz FROM XA18 3 OFFSET LOOP 991AJOS Voves 9polN Model Service 8 46 5342A 8 126 Time Base PSR Section 8 127 The time base section consists of the A24 Oscillator assembly which provides a 10 MHz sine wave to the A18 Time Base Buffer assembly A18 provides TIL compatible 10 MHz 1 MHz and 500 kHz outputs to the rest of the counter The A17 Timing Generator assembly uses the 1 MHz signal to provide gate times from 1 microsecond to 1 second in decade steps as well as generate a pseudorandom sequence during the N determination portion of the algorithm Based on the position of the rear panel FM switch the microprocessor selects a short prs 360 4 ms long for 20 MHz p p FM tolerance CWor a l
42. 11 6625 3014 14 TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR S ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MICROWAVE FREQUENCY COUNTER TD 1225A V 1 U NSN 6625 01 103 2958 WARNING This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export Control Act Title 22 5 C Sec 2751 et seq or the Export Administration Act 1979 as amended Title 50 U S C App 2401 et seq Violations of these export laws are subject to severe criminal penalties Disseminate in accordance with provision of DOD Directive 5230 25 Distribution Statement B Distribution authorized to U S Government Agencies only to protect contractor proprietary rights Recipient agrees not to reproduce disclose or transfer to other documents all or any part of this document for any purpose without permission in writing from Agilent Technologies Inc The U S Government has only limited rights to this data as defined in DFARS 252 227 7013 Nov 1995 This determination was made 16 November 2005 Other requests shall be referred to Agilent Technologies 3500 Deer Creek Road Palo Alto CA 94304 DESTRUCTION NOTICE Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 10 SEPTEMBER 1931 SAFETY STEPS TO FOLLOW IF SOMEONE IS THE VICTIM ELECTRICAL SHOCK 1 NOT TRY TO PULL OR GRAB THE INDIVIDUAL E POSSIBLE TURN OFF THE ELECT
43. 1906 0051 a 1801 0784 Same i 1902 0522 5340 6 p FB5 1990 0485 Same i 1826 0294 18150 4 1825 0106 REGULATOR OVERCURRENT PROTECTION SHUTO DISCHARGE R23 2 Hau 4 54K l li REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS P O 21 I C1 C22 MDTHERBOARD je CR1 CR5 053542 60022 051 A23 INFUT POWER P O A22 T4 MODULE 0980 0444 MOTHERBOARD OVEN 01 013 105342 50022 1 TRANSFORMER l 1 I 4 oF a FC BOARD LINE i U1 U4 uw 1 us a i rg 1 001 JI L l c z TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS EE MEERN A g a REFERENCE PART MFR OR INDUSTRY CONTROL VOLTAGE ZJ DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER i 8 9 1902 0522 INA340B I I 1906 0096 MDA202 1902 0644 Same 2 2 4 1901 0040 Same 1990 0486 Same FUSE SRN 2 1854 0635 D44H5 510 BLO t 1854 0634 MPS U01 75 HOO gt 12 12 24V RETURN GROUND A2 1854 0215 5253611 120v 1853 0326 Same 11 1 24v OVEN TG 2412 2 1853 0036 Same rd emp IU x MEM _ N 1B54 0246 2N3843 CALL ANM ad T I4 12V 70 A2400 REGULATOR 1853 0054 532248 1854 0215 5253611 NEUTRA 1820 0491 LM307N Leg NEUTRAL _ 0 0 v 1826 0180 555
44. ER Register control block This symbol is used with an associated array of flip flop symbols to provide a point of placement for common function lines such asa common clear RIGHT b ox Shift register control block These symbols are used with any array of flip flop T symbols to form a shift register An active transition at the inputs causes left b or right shifting as indicated Counter control block The symbol is used with an array of flip flopsor other circuits serving asa binary or decade counter An active transition at the 1 or 1 input causes the counter to increment one count upward or downward re spectively An active transition at the 1 input causes the counter to increment one count upward or downward depending on the input at an up down control SEL B Selector control block These symbols are used with an array of OR symbols to PI provide a point of placement for selection S or gating G lines The selection lines enable the input designated 0 1 n of each OR function by means of a binary code where 50 is the least significant digit If the 1 level of these lines is m low polarity indicators h will be used The gating lines have an AND relation e with the respective input of each OR function G1 with the inputs numbered 1 G2 G2 with the input numbered 2 and so forth If the enabling levels of these lines G3 islow polarity indicators C will be used Output selector control block This symbol is used wit
45. 3 A2 Troubleshooting a Pull A19 and A20 from the instrument and put A21 on an extender board Plug the 5342A to the line but leave the ON STBY switch in STBY Measure the voltage at test lead TLS labeled TLS 13 5V which is the positive side of A21C20 and verify that this voltage is approximately 13 5 volts If not suspect rectifier A21CR2 or oven transformer T4 b With the 5342A still in STBY monitor test points TP2 and TP3 on A21 with an oscilloscope Short TPJ and TPG lower right corner TP on A21 together Observe the following waveforms TABLE 8 10 19 A20 21 2 10 ps Now remove the short from TPJ to TPG and observe 10V 10 us c Connect a clip lead to A21TP4 and momentarily ground the other end to the chassis Observe red LED turn on for approximately 1 2 seconds and waveforms at TP2 go to a constant 13 volts for same duration If not suspect A21U3 8 98 Model 5342 Service Table 8 10 A19 A20 A27 Power Supply Troubleshooting Continued With A21 still on extender board remove short from TPJ to TPG insert A19 on an extender board into the instrument A20 is still out of the instrument Leave the 5342A line switch in STBY The waveform at A19TP4 indicates that A19 transformers T1 and T2 are operating properly A21TP2 19 4 Scope ground TPG test point Now switch front panel line switch to ON and observe
46. 3 Transformer T Terminal i Connector A25XA1 Numbers Pin Numbers Figure 8 1 Schematic Diagrams Notes 8 3 Model 5342 Service 8 11 Assembly Identification 8 12 The assembly number name and Hewlett Packard part number of 5342A assemblies are listed in Table 8 1 ASSEMBLY Table 8 7 Assembly Identification NAME HP PART NO Keyboard Display Display Driver Option 004 DAC Display Driver Direct Count Amplifier Offset VCO 05342 60001 05342 60002 05342 60028 05342 60003 05342 60004 RF Multiplexer Offset Loop Amplifier Mixer Search Control Main VCO Main Loop Amplifier 05342 60005 05342 60006 05342 60007 05342 60008 05342 60009 Divide by N IF Limiter IF Detector Counter Processor 05342 60010 05342 60011 05342 60012 05342 60013 05342 60014 Option 011 HP 16 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Option 003 Extended Dynamic Range Timing Generator Time Base Buffer 05342 60015 05342 60038 05342 60037 05342 60017 05342 60018 Primary Power Secondary power Switch Drive Motherboard Power Module 05342 60019 05342 60020 05342 60021 05342 60022 05342 60023 Oscillator Option 001 Oscillator Preamplifier Sampler Driver Sampler Option 002 High Frequency Amplitude Module Option 003 Attenuator Option 002 Low Frequency Amplitude Module Option 011 HP IB Interconnection 8 13 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 05341 60047 10544 60011 05342 60025 05342 60026 508
47. Signal from A14 Microproc essorto A13 Counter FF cir cuit that selects either IF or Direct Bto be counted Signal from A14 Microproc essor that loads data into U15 Buffer register on A2 board Option 004 for conversion to analog LDIREC T LDIR Gate LDVRST LEXT LFM LFRERUN LFRUN LHP IB LIF Gate LIRQ LKBRD LKBR LO FREQ Table 8 2 Sgnal Names Continued Low Direct ow Direct Gate Low Device Reset Low Extemal S4 rear panel Low Frequency 53 rear panel Modulation Low Free Run 1452 Ground Low HP XA14B 14 Interface Bus Low Inter mediate Fre quency Gate Low Interrupt 1 XA 14A 13 Request Low Keyboard Local Oscillator Frequency Model 5342A Service FUNCTION Signal from A13 Counter that switches A27 LF Amp or U2 HF Amp to A16 board measurement circuits Low signal from A17 Timing Generator that enables the direct count main gate on A3 Direct Count Amplifier Assembly Temporary low signal from A14 Microprocessor to A2 Display that blanks the dis play during power up Low signal from rear panel switch NT in EXT position that selects extemal oscillator input to A18 Time Base Buffer instead of intemal oscillator Low signal from rear panel switch CYFM in FM position that selects long prs and illuminates FM indi cator on display Low signal cause MPU on A14 Microprocessor to con tinuously increment the addresses o
48. THEN gt Figure 8 7 Frequency Relationships 8 91 If fir2 is less than fir2 then is computed from fir1 2 1 f2 If is greater than firi then is computed from fire fiF1 N 8 92 The unknown frequency is then computed from the following fx fiF2 lt fiF1 tx fir lt 8 38 Model 5342 8 93 Since the frequency of the synthesizer is known to the accuracy of the counters time and the IF is measured to the accuracy of the counters time base the accuracy of the microwave measurement is limited only by the time base error and 1 count error 8 94 HP 5342A OVERALL OPERATION 8 95 If all signals into the counter could be guaranteed to have little or no FM then the counter could operate quite simply as described previously However many signals in the microwave region such as those originating from microwave radios have significant amounts of frequency modulation To prevent FM on the signal from causing an incorrect computation of N the harmonic heterodyne technique is implemented as shown which is a simplified block diagram of the HP 5342A The differences between Figure 8 8 dnd the block diagram of Figure 8 6 hre a Two synthesizers which are offset by precisely 500 kHz b Two counters A multiplexer which multiplexes between the two synthesizer frequencies when fiis driving the sampler driver the IF1 produc
49. ts 8481 POWER SENSOR Set signal source to 1000 5 MHz at a level of 8 30 5 dBm as measured on 436A Power Meter Rotate A11R14 fully ccw and A25R31 OFFSET fully cw Set the 5342A to the 500 MHz18 GHz range and AMPL mode Connect a scope probe or dc voltmeter to the test point on A16 Connect signal source to the 5342A RF input Observe that the test point goes to approximately 6 5 1 5 V If not switch RF signal off and back on Adjust A25R31 slowly ccw just until test point drops to approximately 1 1 V dc Rotate A11R14 fully cw Adjust signal source amplitude to 2 30 5 dBm and reconnect to 5342A RF input test point on A16 should remain at approximately 1 1 V dc Adjust A11R14 slowly ccw just until test point on A16 jumps to approximately 6 5 1 5 necessary repeat adjustment procedures Model 5342 Adjustments 5 41 OPTION 004 DIGITAL TO ANALOG DAC ADJ USTMENTS 5 42 Set up the equipment as shown below and proceed Z TS wa 200020 9000000 3465 DIGITAL MULTIMETER HP oe OUT HP 8620C SWEEPER 00 FEIN a Set the 5342A to the 500 MHz 18 GHz range AUTO mode b Connect DVM to DAC OUT set DVM to 20V range Set the generator to 999 MHz as indicated on 5342 display d 5342A keyboard press Blue SET Key D
50. 10 TA 0150e3879 CAPACITOReFXO niuF 20 100V DC CER 0180 3879 CAPACITORWFXD O1UF 20 100VDC CER 0150 3876 CAPAC FXD 47 20 200 0 CER 0160 3878 AC IT OReFXD 1000PF spOx100V OC CER 016000128 IT QR FXD 2 2UF 20 50 0 CER 016003879 20 100VCC 0180 1878 CAPACITOReFx 1000 20 100 VOC CER 016003879 CAPACITORSFXD n1UF 20 100 0 0180 0491 PACITORSFXD 100 20 25VDC 0160 3878 CAPAC IT 1000PF e20X150VDC 0160 3879 AC IT 09 o1UF 20 100 VDE CER 0160 3874 Ch CITUSFXD 100097 20 100 CER 016003877 CAPA CITORSFXD QPF 20 200 0 CER 016023878 1901 0040 1901 0040 190190535 1901 0535 19010050 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0050 CAPAC ITOR FXD 20 100 VOC CER n I0 Dew SWITCHING 30 SOMA 2 5 00 35 DIODE SSwITCHING 30V SOMA 2NS DCe35 5 DIODE SSCHOTTKY 0100 EeSw ITCHING BOV 200 2NS 00 35 DIODE SCHOTTKY DIONE aSCHOTTKY DIQUESSWITCHING ROV ZOOMA 2NS 00 35 917090029 9170295029 SHIELOING BEAD CORE SHIELDING BEAD 211000036 FUSE 1 125V 87 810 348 25 UL 9100 1788 910001788 1854 0216 1856 0081 1855 0081 195300055 185400546 1885490071 1854 0071 1850 0071 185490071 1854 0546 CHOKE W IDE BAND ZMAX8680 180 MHZ CHOKEeWIDE BAND ZMAX8680 18
51. 14 Microprocessor testing A difference between this tes and previous tests is that LSYNHI LSYNLO LPDREAD LPDWT device select codes are used b Check that the 500 kHz output of A18 available at XA18 3 is present C to Table 8115 for A8 A9 A10 Main Loop Synthesizer troubleshooting d Go ta Table 8 16 for IF troubleshooting Since the check signal enters the IF chain at A11 7 7 the A25 Preamplifier and the U1 Sampler can be eliminated as possible failed modules NOTE In the following step for instruments containing Option 002 or 003 inject the 50 MHz test signal at the U1 Sampler Input This requires removal of the semirigid coax cable from U1 input This action is necessary due to the filter in U2 at the 500 MHz 18 GHz input AUTO 50 MHz MODE Place the 5342A in AUTO mode with the range switch in the 500 MHz 18 GHz position and apply a 50 MHz signal at 10 dBm to the high frequency input Verify that the counter counts 50 MHz 1 count for all resolution settings If the 5342A operates properly go to step 6 If not a Place the 5342A in diagnostic mode O If the counter displays SP or SP2 only instead of SP23 followed by Hd then the failure is likely in the U1 Sampler or A25 Preamplifier since All and A12 are used in the CHECK mode Go to IF troubleshooting ir Table 8 16 b If the counter still in diagnostic mode 0 displays SP23 but does not display Hd suspect A17 PRS generation circuitry Go to Tabl
52. 330 800 01121 BB2015 A7R13 0698 3113 1 RESISTOR 100 5 125W CC TC 270 540 01121 BB1015 A7R14 0698 5565 1 1 RESISTOR 2 2 5 125W CC 350 857 01121 2225 7 15 0698 5180 6 RESISTOR 2 5 125 350 857 01121 2025 A7R16 0698 5180 6 RESISTOR 2K 5 125 CC TC 350 857 01121 BB2025 A7R17 0698 5180 6 RESISTOR 2K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 01121 BB2025 A7R18 0698 3378 0 RESISTOR 51 5 125W CC TC 270 540 01121 BB5105 A7R19 0698 5075 8 RESISTOR 130 5 125W CC TC 330 800 01121 BB1315 A7R20 0698 5172 6 RESISTOR 13 5 125W CC TC 270 540 01121 BB1305 A7R21 0698 3113 1 RESISTOR 100 5 125W CC TC 270 540 01121 BB1015 A7R22 0698 3379 1 1 RESISTOR 68 5 125W CC TC 270 540 01121 BB8805 7 1 1251 0600 0 1 CONNECTOR SGL CONT 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A7U1 1820 0630 3 1 IC MISC TTL 04713 MC4044P A7U2 1820 1208 1 1 IC GATE TTL LS NOR TPL 3 INP 01295 SN74LS27N A7U3 1826 0372 2 2 IC 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP 28480 1826 0732 A7U4 1826 0372 2 IC 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP 28480 1826 0372 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 14 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Eum _ em me mum Desig nation Code 05342 60008 MAIN VCD ASSEMBLY SERIES IT26 05842 60806 0160 0228 CAPACITOR FXD 22LF 104 15960 TA 1805224X441582 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1006PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 CAPACIT
53. 500 MHz Input 500 Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test Readings within 1 5 dB 10 MHz 100 MHz 520 MHz 415 Option 002 only 10 Hz 500 MHz input 500 Maximum Input Test 436 reading gt 10 dB when display dashes 4 16 All except 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Sensitivity Test Sensitivity 1GHz 12 4 GHz 18 GHz Option 002 8 17 Option 002 only 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test 436A readings within 1 5 dB 1 GHz 1 24 GHz 18 GHz 500 MHz 18 GHz High Level Test Standard gt 5 dBm dashes display Options 002 counts 1 GHz 10 dBm 5 19 through HP IB Verification 4 26 Option 011 only 4 27 Option 004 only DAC Output Test 4 9 Model 5342 Performance Tests Table 4 2 Model 9825A Program dim C 40 dspb MOLEL 5342A rrecuency Counter wait 2000 code ent select code 5 if 5 721 calculetcr adcress wait 1000 gtc code if 5 gt 730 sp out of address rzngeshigh wait 1000 qto code if S 700 Gsp out cf ad ress rengeslow wait 1000 gto dev ctr S prt 5342A HP IB TEST spe 2 prt POINT 1 rem ctr beerp prt REDOTE on AUTO on spc 2 CHECK POINT 1 Press CONTINUE str if L l qto 7 Ert CHECK POINT 2 wrt ctr dsp MANUAL HODE wait 5000 wrt Cctr AU beer prt
54. 8 348 The A15 HP IB Assembly servesasan interface between the microprocessoron A14 and the device controlling the lines of the HP interface bus as shown in Figure 8 38 The A15 HP IB consists of seven interface registers which are used by the microprocessor for interpreting commands and data sending status sending data interpreting intemupts etc two command decoding ROM s source handshake circuitry and acceptor handshake circuitry 8 349 Interface Registers 8 350 There are seven interface registers on A15 which are used by the A14 microprocessor to communicate with the device controlling the HP interface bus A register is selected by the microprocessor when the microprocessor sends that particular registers address This address is decoded by 1 of 8 decoder U11 Decoder U11 is enabled by the LHPIB signal decoded from address lines on A14 and the phase 2 clock 02 also from A14 A particular register is selected by decoding the two least significant address lines of the microprocessor LAO and LAI in addi tion to the read write line LR HW Iso from A14 The following table shows which register is selected for each combination of the three inputs to U11 provided U11 is enabled by LHPIB and 42 U11 3 U11 2 UII I 11 OUTPUT ENABLES LR HW LA1 LA GOES LOW REGISTER 0 0 0 U11 15 U30 STATE IN 0 0 1 U11 14 U15 COMMAND IN 0 1 0 U11 13 U18 INTERRUPT IN 0 1 1 U11 12 U27 DATA IN 1 0 0 U11 11 1 0 1 U11 10 016 CONTROL OU
55. BB5615 A25R13 05342 80004 1 RESISTOR MODIFIED 28480 05342 80004 A25R14 05342 80004 1 RESISTOR MODIFIED 28480 05342 80004 A25R15 0698 5996 2 RESISTOR 560 5 125W CC TC 330 800 01121 BB5615 A25R16 0698 5075 8 1 RESISTOR 130 5 125W CC 330 800 01121 BB1315 A25R17 0698 6681 4 RESISTOR 9 1 5 125W CC TC 120 400 01121 BB9165 A25R18 0698 311 9 2 RESISTOR 30 5 125W 270 540 01121 BB3005 A25R19 0757 0399 5 1 RESISTOR 82 5 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 82R5 F A25R20 0698 3113 1 RESISTOR 100 5 125W CC TC 270 500 01121 BB1015 A25R21 0698 5562 8 2 RESISTOR 120 5 125W CC TC 330 800 01121 BB1215 A25R22 0757 0180 2 1 RESISTOR 31 6 1 125W F TC 0 100 28480 0757 0180 A25R23 0757 0038 3 1 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 70 5111 F A25R24 0698 3113 1 RESISTOR 100 5 125W CC TC 270 540 01121 BB1015 A25R25 0698 3111 9 RESISTOR 30 5 125W CC TC 270 540 01121 BB3005 A25R26 0698 3378 0 1 RESISTOR 51 5 125W CC 270 540 01121 5105 A25R27 0698 5562 8 RESISTOR 120 5 125W CC TC 330 800 01121 BB1215 A25R28 2100 3207 1 1 RESISTOR TRMR 5K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 28480 2100 3207 A25R29 0757 0485 0 2 RESISTOR 681K 1 125W F TC 0 100 28480 0757 0485 A25R30 0757 0485 0 RESISTOR 681K 1 125W F TC 0 100 28480 0757 0485 A25R31 2100 3274 2 1 RESISTOR TRMR 10K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN 28480 2100 3274 A25R32 0757 0469 0 1 RESISTOR 150K 1 125W F 0 10
56. If an isolation transformer is not used do NOT make this measurement 19 4 Scope ground to TPG test point Remove short from TPG to TPJ 8 100 Table 8 10 A19 A20 A21 Power Supply Troubleshooting Continued Remove special extender board and remove the short between A21TPJ and TPG Insert A20 into XA20 A19TP4 Scope ground on A19TPG Green LED on A20 should be lit Now monitor A19TP5 and observe adjust A19R1 for 1V on trailing edge With Scope ground on test point TPG which is the emitter of A19Q2 Model 5342A Service 8 101 Model 5342 Table 8 11 A1 A2 Keyboard Display Troubleshooting 1 First verify that HDSPWRT at XA14B 10 pulses high when power is applied to the 5342A by using a logic probe such as the 545A If not troubleshoot A14 to obtain an HDSPWART signal 2 If HDSPWRT is present on the power up and pulses consistently thereafter but the dis play keyboard still does not operate properly remove the A1 A2 and front panel assembly as follows Service 8 b d TABLE 8 11 1 2 T f 0 Remove front panel sample rate knob with allen wrench Remove BNC connector nut and type N connector nut Pull off the two coax cables connected to A1J3 and A141 Remove the two chassis screws from each side strut holding the front panel to the strut Pull off front panel assembly carefully Remove 5 screws holding A1 A2 to
57. Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation 0160 4084 0160 0165 0180 0210 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 1701 0160 3879 0160 0301 0160 0153 0160 0160 0160 4084 0140 0200 0180 0228 0180 0210 0160 3879 0160 0153 0180 0228 0160 0137 0160 3879 1902 0049 1901 0040 1901 0040 1902 0049 9140 0131 9140 0131 9140 0131 1853 0020 1853 0020 1853 0020 1854 0071 0757 0279 0698 6123 0757 0280 0757 0199 0698 5184 0757 0199 0698 6123 0698 5184 0698 3446 0757 0279 0757 0280 0698 3150 0757 0290 0757 0198 0757 0418 0683 1065 0757 0283 0757 0280 0757 0283 1820 1325 1251 0600 1820 1112 1820 0493 5000 9043 5040 6852 NAAR TMH 4S O ESO OO gt IU SO WOO S SERIES 1720 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 056UF 10 200VDC POLYE CAPACITOR EXD 3 3UF 20 15VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 6 8UF 20 6VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 012UF 10 200VDC POLYE CAPACITOR EXD 1000 10 200VDC POLYE CAPACITOR FXD 8200PF 10 200VDC POLYE CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 390PF 5 300VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 22UF 10 15VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 3 3UF 20 15VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 10 200V
58. SHIELD CHASSIS GROUND 1390 0360 0380 0643 0380 0644 18 P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 6 1 19 P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 7 THESE PINS E 6 5mm a9mm 21 TWISTED WITH 9 INTERNALLY 22 P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 10 GROUNDED 23 P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 11 24 ISOLATED DIGITAL GROUND Logic Levels 9 Refer to Section 111 Operation Mating Connector 1251 0293 Amphenol 57 30240 Mating Cables Avaliable HP 10631A 0 9 metres 3 ft 106318 1 8 metres 8 ft 20 P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 8 ARE GV T HP 10631C 3 7 metres 12 ft 106310 0 5 metres 1 5 ft Cabling Restrictions 1 A Hewlett Packard Interface Bus System may contain no more than 1 8 metres 6 ft of connecting cable per instrument 2 The maximum accumulative length of connecting cable for any Hewlett Packard Inter face Bus System is 20 0 metres 65 6 ft Figure 2 3 Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Connection Model 5342 Operation SECTION Ill OPERATION 3 1 INTRODUCTION 3 2 This section contains operating information including operating characteristics descrip tions of controls and indicators and operating procedures 3 3 OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS 3 4 The following paragraphs describe the operating ranges and modes resolution sample rate AM and FM characteristics and auto amplitude discrimination Front panel controls and indicators are described ih Figur
59. T IT ap e N m T ETE JOOKHZ Ra fg 16 4 uU rr wes ved EA _ EE T E PART OF m a tt E FROM I 18 i 9 u S ws o att DETECTED RF CHF I oo cala 20 Bh DEIN Rai a p A27 LOW FREQ Se Ie a Too iN I K 200 e au q Zr i fgg LEVEL CaL DETECTED sy DETECTED RF 1 UMEN AMPLITUDE ASSY dm I n en T 2 one gh i t zd j eae qae doy pp nd I GBR VLL f AES L SERETED 100002 gri ERE Q 5 3 4 2 x 6 2 7 NUT 1 REFERENCE OESIGMATIONS WITHIN THIS ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED ADD ASSEMBLY 28000 7 LOH RANGE NUMBER TC ABBREVIATION FOR COMPLETE DESCRIPTION Bu N DETECTED look LF 2 SWITCH in d e Liz A i 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDIA TED 9 M 7 FEIN S RESISTANCE IN HMS po te 13 MES CAPACITANCE IN MICROFARADS de aye PUN T F Ty 34 3 ASTERISK INDICATES SELECTED COMPONENT AVERAGE VALUES SHOWN qm Re i 19 EHE 2 C3 4 RESISTOR AZ FACTORY SELECTED VALUE 18 LABELED OW U2 LIS ADDS An O 99 CN 3 00 19 A NON REBRIRABLE SSFM LY SCHEMATIC 15 INCLUDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY S ES 1 7 is 1 Our NES FROM 5 T UTR
60. WARNING BEFORE THE INSTRUMENT IS SWITCHED ON ALL PROTECTIVE EARTH TERMINALS EXTENSION CORDS AUTOTRANSFORMERS AND DEVICES CONNECTED TO IT SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO A PROTECTIVE EARTH GROUNDED SOCKET ANY INTERRUPTION OF THE PROTECTIVE EARTH GROUNDING WILL CAUSE A POTENTIAL SHOCK HAZARD THAT COULD RESULT IN PERSONAL INJ URY ONLY FUSES WITH THE REQUIRED RATED CUR RENT AND SPECIFIED TYPE SHOULD BE USED DO NOT USE REPAIRED FUSES OR SHORT CIRCUITED FUSEHOLDERS TO DO SO COULD CAUSE A SHOCK OR FIRE HAZARD CAUTION Before the instrument is switched on it must be set to the voltage of the power source or damage to the instrument may result Refer to paragraph 2 6 3 43 OPERATING PROCEDURES 3 44 Figure 3 3 illustrates operating procedures for the standard 5342A Self check procedures are also given in Figure 3 3 An operators keyboard check is given in paragraph 3 45 Operating procedures for Amplitude Option 002 are listed in Figure 3 4 and for DAC Option 004 in Figure 3 5 Model 5342 Operation th 5342A MICROWAVE FREQUENCY COUNTER VE HEWLETT PACKARD 1 Lo Lb oL oc LOEO CIT d MHz FREQ RESOLUTION AUTO MANIMHz SAMPLE RATE REMOTE DISPLAY Digits The display contains 11 digit positions two digits for frequencies in GHz and three digits each for MHz kHz and Hz The Hz digits position is use
61. output by 2 should have a period of 8x1OO ns 800 ns and TP7 which divides output by four should have a period of 16x100 ns 1 6 us i TABLE 8 13 13 7 TP6 02 8 Check the inputs the B counter as follows Apply 50 MHz 10 dBm signal to the high frequency input and select the 500 MHz 18 GHz range Put the 5342A in AUTO and push RESET to cause the counter to go to the prs generation thus enabling the B counter Place the rear panel FM switch to the FM position so that the B counter is enabled for 2 1 seconds TP8 TP5 8 105 Model 5342 Service Table 8 13 A13 Counter Troubleshooting Continued Test the outputs of U1 and U2 for activity by applying a 50 MHz 10 dBm signal to the high frequency input Place the counter in AUTO 500 MHz 18GHz range and diagnostic mode 2 so that the prs is continually generated Monitor TP2 and with an oscillo scope If the signals appears much different than the waveform shown below one or more of the U3 buffers have probably failed Use a logic pulser and logic probe to check out the U3 U7 buffers An HP 1607A Logic State Analyzer may be used to check out the actual data going back to the microprocessor as sh TABLE 8 13 When the counter is not in diagnostic mode 2 but is just measuring the 50 MHz signal the waveform below shows activity at the A counter counting the IF but none at the B counter 13 AER 1607A check out
62. 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER COIL MLD 22UH 10 45 095DX 25LG NOM CHOKE WIDE BAND ZMAX 680 180 MHZ CHOKE WIDE BAND ZMAX 680 180 MHZ CHOKE WIDE BAND ZMAX 680 180 MHZ RESISTOR 1K 10 125W CC 330 800 RESISTOR 560 5 125W CC 330 800 RESISTOR 1 6K 5 125W CC 350 857 RESISTOR 300 5 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 1 2K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 75 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 820 5 125 cc TC 330 800 RESISTOR 3K 5 125 CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 2 2K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 43 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W CC TC 330 800 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ IC CNTR TTL L8 DECD ASYNCHRO IC MISC TTL IC GATE TTL NAND DUAL 4 INP IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG IC FF ECL D M S DUAL IC CNTR ECL BIN DUAL IC FF TTL D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG IC CNTR TTL LS DECD SYNCHRO IC CNTR TTL LS DECD SYNCHRO FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM IC PRESCR EDL IC CNTR TTL LS DECD SYNCHRO IC CNTR TTL LS DECD SYNCHRO IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM A10 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR EXTRACTOR ORANGE See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 28480 56289 56289 56289 28480 28480 28480 56289 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 2848
63. 15 PIN SPCG RESISTOR 10M 10 125W CC TC 666 1262 NETWORK RES 9 PIN SIP 15 PIN SPCG RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC TC 350 857 NETWORK RES 9 PIN SIP 15 PIN SPCG RESISTOR 4 7K 5 125W TC 350 857 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 125W TC 350 857 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W TC 330 800 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W TC 330 800 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 125W TC 350 857 RESISTOR 22 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W 330 800 RESISTOR 10 5 125W CC TC 120 400 RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 22 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W TC 330 800 RESISTOR 10 5 125W CC TC 120 400 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 125W TC 350 857 RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 2K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 NOT ASSIGNED RESISTOR 120 5 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W TC 330 800 SWITCH SL 8 1A NS DIP SLIDE ASSY 1A SWITCH SL 4 1A NS DIP SLIDE ASSY 1A CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ ROM MOS 2K x8 18324 IC DRVR TTL BUS DRVR QUAD 1 INP IC DRVR TTL BUS DRVR QUAD 1 INP IC GATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 2
64. 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0040 9100 2250 9100 2250 9100 2250 9100 2250 9100 2250 9100 1788 9100 1788 1854 0345 0698 7102 2100 2489 0698 31 11 0698 3457 0757 0402 0757 0402 2100 2574 0698 7026 0698 7964 0698 5176 0757 0407 2100 2489 0757 0442 0698 3457 0757 0397 0698 7102 0698 3380 0698 8368 0698 5174 0698 3381 0698 31 11 0698 5174 0698 3114 0698 3114 0675 1021 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 QC O O O O O O O O O O S IX O O1 O0 gt O gt O gt CO CO O gt O C O CO O gt OX CO CO KO CO O1 4 NNNNNBONN NN O HO MM MM Ox IF DETECTOR ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF PA 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 16PF 5 500VDC CER 0 30 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 20 200VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 16PF 4 596 500VDC CER 0 30 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 27PF 10 500VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 68UF 10 eVDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 10UF 20 25V
65. 22 Prior to installing A27 Low Frequency Amplitude Assembly connect the wires as described below Solder one end of the black white blue 14 inch wire 8120 0471 to C7 feedthrough capacitor terminal on A27 Place heat shrinkable tubing 0890 0983 over connection at C7 Place heat shrinkable tubing 0890 0983 over three of the coax wires red blue and green that were installed in step e and solder these wires to the terminals listed below Coax Terminal Red A27C10 Blue A27C9 Green A27C8 Apply heat to shrink the tubing at the connections made in step g and h Remove attaching nut from front panel N type input connector and disconnect rigid coax W from J1 on Ul Sampler Remove W from instrument Mount A27 Low Frequency Amplitude Assembly in the recessed angle of the casting behind front frame see Figure 8 22 Attach A27 to casting with two pan head screws supplied Place a star washer under the other screw The wire previously soldered to A27C10 hasa black ground wire attached Solder the end of this black wire to the ground lug installed in preceding step Solder the free end of white red green wire other end connected to A25ATI in step d to A22 motherboard at pin 3 NOTE Prior to installing 02 High Frequency Amplitude Assembly connect the colorcoded wires as shown below Place heat shrinkable tubing 0890 0983 for coax and 0890 0706 for singl
66. 7 DISPLAY DRIVER ASSEMBLY S ERTIES 1828 016093879 CA PA CITORSFXD njUF 20 100V OC CER 0180 0230 CAPACTYOR FXO 10 20 50v DC 0150 3879 CAPACTTOR FXD 010 e20X 100V DC CER 018091743 C PACITORe FXO 1U F etOX 3SVUC TA 016 073879 CAPACITOReFXD O1UF eg0X 10 OVDC CER 0180 0106 PACITURSFXO 60 UF e20X evDC 0100 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000 20 10 OVDC CER 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD O1UF 20 JOOVDCCER NOT ASSIGNED 0180 1714 C1TOReFXD 330UF e 10 6 016023879 CAPACITOR FXD niu F e20X100vDC CER NOT ASSIGNED 0180 0106 CAPACITORsFXD e0UF 20X evDC TA 016093878 CAP ACITOReFXD 1000PF 20 100 0 CER 0180 0573 OReFXD 4700 PF 20 100 9160 0573 CAPACITOReFXD47O00PF 20 100VOC CER 0160 0570 AC IT Oper XD 220 PF 20 100 0 CER 1854 0560 TRANSISTOR NPN gt DARL w310Mw 0757 0420 RESISTOR 750 1 125W 0 100 1810 0125 TwORKSRES 125 8 2100 3607 RESIST OR VAR CONTROL CCP 10X LIN NOT SUPPLIED 95342 6 0002 MUST ORDERED SEPARATELY 0683 5105 0683 2205 0583 1015 0683 2205 0683 1025 RESISTOR 51 5X e5w RA 176 400 500 RESISTOR 22 5X 25 FC 4 00 500 RESISTOR 100 5 25 FC 400 500 RESISTOR 22 5 255 FC 00 500 RESISTOR 1K Sx 00 600 0683 2205 0683 4725 0683 2205 0683 4725 0683 2205 RESISTOR 22 5X a5W FC TCwea00 500 RESIST
67. 8 142 Flip flop U18B stores the interrupt U19B 9 going high at the end of the scan clocks a high into U18B 9 This is inverted by U10 and becomes which intenupts the micro processor The program jumps to a service routine which upon determining that the keyboard has requested service issues a low keyboard read command LKBRD This signal enables three sate latch U22 which puts out its contents onto the bus LKBRD also enables the three state buffer U12 which puts out the contents of U19A U18B and the position of the front panel RANGE switch The program determines which key was pressed and acts accordingly The LKBRD also resets the interrupt flip flop U18B 8 143 Processor looks at J 1 15 to check if operation is in direct mode 10 Hz 500 MHz or 500 MHz18 GHz mode 8 144 Capacitor C7 is used to differentiate the positive transition of HDSPWI to produce the write pulse to U8 3 and U11 3 8 145 A3 DIRECT COUNT AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY 8 146 The input signal is applied to the BNC connector and switch S23 on the AI Display assembly as shown irj Figure 824 upper left of Al schematic Switch S23 routes the signal through either a path or a 500 path to As shown in Figure 8 26 the Z switch transistors Model 5342 Q7 and Q6 bias the 1 input at pin 8 of U7 and the 500 input at 7 of U7 to turn balanced amplifier U7 either on or off depending upon which signal path has been selected by switch S23 The impedance
68. AMPL SEL signal sent to A27 will be near 15 volts thereby routing the low frequency input signal to the A3 Direct Count Assembly for a frequency measurement Wh U5 10 low Q8 and Q7 are off The base of Q5 and Q3 is pulled toward 15 volts which tums off Q5 and tums on Q3 The emitter of Q3 drops to near 15V which causes A27 to route the low frequency input signal to the A27CR3 detector for an amplitude measurement 8 328 Consider what happens at the same time for the U2 Assembly For amplitude measure ments U5 10 is low and U5 11 is high U5 11 high tums on Q6 Since there is no signal into the sampler the current source on A25 is sourcing high current approximately 30 mA via the ATI signal input to the collector of Q6 Since is on this current does not greatly raise the voltage atthe base of Q9 so that Q9 ison applying approximately 42 5 volts to the AMPL ON input of U2 Since U5 10 is low U1 6 is high and Q1 is tumed off Since Q6 is on Q4 is off and Q2 is off The FREQ ON output therefore floats near ground 8 329 For frequency measurements and no attenuation U5 10 high and U5 11 low cause Q6 to be off and Q1 to be on Since attenuation is not wanted the high current from ATI develops a voltage across R10 which is sufficient to raise the base of Q9 toward 5 volts thereby tuming Q9 off so that AMPL ON floats near ground Since is off Q4 is on and Q2 is on Both Q2 on and Q1 on cause a high level of current to
69. Bit 7 U1 15 10 Bit 8 U1 16 10 decade Bit 9 U1 1 10 decade Bit 10 U1 2 Count 0 Bit 7 U1 15 10 decade Bit 8 U1 16 10 decade Bit 9 U1 1 10 decade Bit 10 U1 2 10 decade Count 0 Bit 7 U1 15 10 decade Bit 8 U1 16 10 decade Bit 9 U1 1 10 decade Bit 10 U1 2 10 decade Count 0 Bit 7 U1 15 10 decade Bit 8 U1 16 10 decade Bit 9 U1 1 10 decade Bit 10 U1 2 10 decade Count 0 Bit 7 U1 15 10 decade Bit 8 U1 16 10 decade Bit 9 U1 1 10 decade Bit 10 U1 2 10 decade Count 0 Total Count 3 4 8 10 75 counts Multiply all the counts after the 1st by 4 since Count display 75 MHz the input to the decade counters has essentially been prescaled by 4 8 107 Model 5342 Service Example 2 CHECK Mode 100 Hz Resolution OFF DATA BITS TRIGGER WORD COMMENTS SHOULD BE DATA BITS 9 8 4 3 2 I o Count 0 Count 0 Count 0 Count 5 Count 7 Count 8 Count 1 Count 0 Count 0 Total Count 4 187500 0 750 000 Display of 75 0000 MHz ooooooooo ee nO a SO OOO Example 3 Apply 10 MHz from EXT FREQ STD OUT to 10 Hz 500 MHz input and select the direct count range with 1 Hz resolution OFF DATA BITS TRIGGER WORD COMMENTS SHOULD BE DATA BIT
70. CC 350 857 881825 Description Mfr Part Number 0698 3374 RESISTOR 20 5 1254 CC 270 540 882005 0598 5242 RESISTOR 1 2 5X 125 CC YCze350 4857 881225 0598 5241 RESISTOR 750 5 125 CC TCwe330 R00 887515 0698 5176 RESISTOW 510 5X 125w CC 330 800 885115 0698 2373 RESISTOR 470K SX 125 CC TCz 600 1 137 884745 0757 0316 RESISTOR 42 2 yy 125 F 80 100 C s1 BeT0eQqgRgeF 0698 7080 RESISTOR 27 5X 125 CC 17 4 270 540 82705 0757 0276 RESISTOR 61 9 1X 125w 7 0 100 C e1 8eTQ 6192 0698 6174 RESISTOR 200 5X 125 CC TCB 330 800 882015 0598 6242 RESISTOR 1 2 5 125 35 0 857 881225 0698 5176 RESISTOR 510 5x 125 CC TCt 330 B800 885115 0598 6241 RESISTOR 750 5 125w CC 330 800 BE 7515 0598 5241 RES ISTOR 750 5 125 TCms330 800 887515 069807080 RESISTOR 27 SX 125 270 540 882705 0757 0316 RESISTOR 42 2 1 185w F 1 50 100 1 8 10 2 2 F 069948354 RE SISTOR 270 Sy 125w CC TCz lt s330 800 882715 0675 1021 RESISTOR 1K 10 125 CC 330 800 881021 0675 1021 RESISTOR 1K 10 25 CC TCz 330 800 881021 0598 6242 RESISTOR 1 2 5 125 CC TCze350 857 BB1225 0583 6605 RESISTOR 56 SX 25 FC TCz 000 500 C85605 009865180 gt RESISTOR ak 5 125 CC 17 2 350 857 2025 0698 51 74 RESISTOR 200 SX 125 CC TCz lt 330 800 882015 0757 0394 RESISTOR 51 1 1X 125 F TCzO s1
71. Connect 5342A to 11692D coupler and set A channel offset dB on the 8755B to 09 The trace should be below the center line for frequencies below 10 GHz as shown below Verify that the retum loss is 29 5dB from 2 0 GHz and gt 6 0 dB from 10 18 GHz standard instrument For Option 003 verify that the retum loss is 23 5 dB over the range of 2 18 GHz Enter the minimum retum loss for each range of frequency on the performance test record Table 4 5 Glitch due to 86290A switching around 12 4 GHz return Ipse l 9 dB Offset 9 dB 598 9 19 dB 2 GHz 12 4 GHz 18 GHz FOR AMPLITUDE OPTION put the 5342A in diagnostic mode 5 press SET SET 5 to prevent switching between the sampler input and the peak detector input Measure SW as descrbed above and verify that for amplitude measurements retum loss is gt 9 5 dB for frequencies from 2 GHz 18 GHz Next put the 5342A in AUTO and frequency only so that amplitude measurements are not made Verify that the retum loss is 23 5 dB for frequencies from 2 18 GHz SW lt 5 1 4 21 Model 5342A Performance Tests 4 22 4 33 500 MHz 18 GHz Maximum Input Test Specific ation 5 dBm Standard Instrument 20 dBm Options 002 003 Description The 5342A display will fill with dashes in overoad condition The detecting circuits controling the dashing of the display exhibit approximately 2 dB hysteresis so that once the threshold is exceeded the level
72. PARA 4 36 500 2 18 GHz Input Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test RESULTS ACTUAL 9 5 dBm 5 dBm 18 5 dBm NM 21 5 dBm 2 Option 002 only 22 dBm 500 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz 12 4 GHz 15 dBm 15 GHz 17 GHz 18 GHz 12 dBm 500 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz 12 4 GHz 5 dBm 15 GHz 17 GHz 18 GHz 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test 16 5 dBm 13 5 dBm 4 37 Option 002 only 17 dBm 10 MHz 12 5 dBm 50 MHz 100 MHz 300 MHz 520 MHz 7 dBm 10 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 300 MHz 520 MHz 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Maximum Input Test For 20 dBm reading on 5342A 436A Power Meter reads 10 Hz 500 MHz Input SWR Min return loss over 100 MHz 500 MHz range Amplitude measurement mode DAC Output Test 4 38 Option 002 only 4 39 Option 002 only 4 40 Option 004 only 4 33 Model 5342A Adjustments SECTION V ADJ USTMENTS 5 1 INTRODUCTION 5 2 This section describes the adjustments required to maintain the 5342A s operating charac teristics within specifications Adjustments should be made when required such as after a per formance test failure or when components are replaced that may affect an adjustment 5 83 Table 5 1 is list of all adjustable components in the 5342A a
73. This causes the voltage at the output of operational amplifier U2 6 to increase linearly until the voltage at U1A 2 crosses above 1 6 volts Wh the output of U1A 3 high the LPOS Slope signal is high and pre vents the loop from locking up on an offset VCO signal which is 500 kHz higher than the main VCO This is so because with LPOS Slope high the offset VCO is changing from its high fre Model 5342 quencies to lower frequencies A 500 kHz difference frequency resulting from this sweep would be on the upper sideband Wh LPOS Slope low the offset VCO is changing from low fre quencies to higher frequencies A 500 kHz difference resulting from this sweep only occurs if the offset VCO frequency is 500 kHz less than the main VCO frequency 8 165 Wen the sweep ramp present at U1D 12 crosses above the upper threshold of 1 6 volts the output of U1D 11 goes low U1B 6 goes high and U1A 3 goes low This causes Q4 to conduct which forward biases CR4 Since U1B 6 is high is reversed biased Current is now supplied through CR4 to the intergrating capacitor C10 This causes the output of U2 6 to decrease linearly Since U1A 3 is low LPOS Slope is TTL low and the loop is allowed to lock once a 500 kHz difference frequency is detected on A7 Ven lock is achieved HSRCH EN goes TIL low which causes U1B 6 and U1A 3 to both go TIL high thereby reverse biasng both CR4 and The voltage at the output of U2 6 is therefore maintained at
74. This memory has an of 64 flip flop memory cells in a matrix to provide 16 words of 4 bits each Information present at the data input pins 4 6 10 12 is written into memory by holding both the memory enable pin 2 and write enable pin 3 LOW while addressing the desired word at the BCD weighted inputs pins 1 13 14 15 The complement of the information written into memory is read out at the four out puts by holding memory enable pin 2 LOWwrite enable pin 3 HIGH and selec ting the desired address 8 28 Model 5342 Service Reference Designation A2U12 A2U16 Part Number 1820 1254 DM8095N Reference Designation A14U16 A14U18 Part Number 1820 1368 DM8096N A2U12 A2U16 A14U16 A14U18 Reference Designation A2U6 1820 1049 DM8097N Reference Designation A14U8 Part Number 1820 1255 DM8098N A2U6 A14U8 Description HEX BUFFERS HEX INVERTERS The buffers 8095 8097 and inverters 8096 8098 convert standard TIL or DTL out puts to THREE STATE outputs The 8095 and 8096 control all six devices from common inputs pins 1 and 15 LOWThe 8097 and 8098 control four devices from one input pin 1 LOWand two devices from another input pin 15 LOW Reference Designation 2017 Part Number 1820 1428 7415158 Description 2 UNE TO 1 LINE DATA SELECTOR MULTIPLEXER This quad two input multiplexer selects one of two word inputs and outputs the data the data when enabled The levelat pin 1 selectsth
75. This synchronous presettable decade counter has four master slave flip flops that are triggered on the positive going edge of the clock pulse pin 2 LOWt the load input pin 9 disables the counter and causes the outputs to agree with the setup data after the next clock pulse regardless of the levels at the enable inputs pins 7 and 10 The clear function pin 1 is asynchronous and low level clear input sets all outputs low regardless of the levels of the clock load or enable inputs Both count enable inputs pins 7 and 10 must be HIGH to count and the pin 10 input is fed forward to neable the output pin 15 8 31 Model 5342A Service Reference Designation A10U10 A10U15 A10U17 Part Number 1820 1196 SN74LS174N Reference Designation A1W11 A10U16 Part Number 1820 1195 SN74LS175N Description HEX QUAD D TYPE FLIP FLOPS Information at the D inputs is transferred to the outputs on the positive edge of the clock pulse pin 9 Clock triggering occurs at a particular voltage level The hex FFs have single outputs the quad FFs have complementary outputs Reference Designation A12U10 A12U15 Part Number 1820 1193 SN74LS197N Description 30 MHz PRESETTABLE BINARY COUNTERS LATCHES This counter consists of four master slave flip flops that form a divide by two and a divide by eight counter The outputs may be preset to any state by placing a low on pin 1 and entering the desired data The outputs will
76. U9B 9 GOES HIGH U6D 11 DEAD U9A 5 Q OUT U9B 9 Q OUT i U6C 8 LO SWITCH U15A 5 Q OUT U17A 3 LIF GATE Tus 1ps DEAD DEAD TIME TIME 8 256 Wen the prs is over U14D 11 goes low the A17 board is read by the microproc essor LTIM RD goes low and three state drivers U18 are enabled If the prs is over U18 5 is low and the program detects this causing the next program segment to be executed 8 257 Gate Time Generation 8 258 Gate times for measuring the IF signal after acquistion and N determination are gener ated by time base generator U16 D flip flops 015 and 1 17 To generate gate times from 10 us to 1 the microprocessor writes to A17 to set U19 21 gate time enable high U19 10 sets LO SWCH to high which selects counter A and the main loop VCO high U19 15 low prs disabled and 3 bit resolution code on U19 7 5 2 which selects the divison factor of the decade dividers 016 8 67 Model 5342 Service 8 68 8 259 For gate time generation divider U11 divides the 1 MHz clock input to 100 kHz Since U14 8 is high the 100 kHz passes through gate U12D to U16 3 The 100 kHz signal at U16 3 will be divided by a factor of 10 to 10 depending upon the resolution code at U16 14 13 12 and will appear at the output U16 1 U16
77. a Remove top and bottom covers and top panel from the 5342A b Insert A15 assembly into A15 sot See 8 27 for location 2 8 Model 5342 Installation C If 5342A is equipped with Option 001 Oscillator remove oscillator assembly by removing two attaching screws from A22 Motherboard NOTE In the following step make sure that the address switch 2951 is located as shown in Figure 8 20 d Insert the A29 Interconnection board 05342 60019 into the rear panel slots provided from inside Screw the two mounting studs 0380 0644 and washers 2100 3171 into the HP IB connector to attach the board to the rear panel e Connect the plug of the cable strap from A29 to 2 on A22 Motherboard with arrow on installed plug pointing toward front panel f Perform the Option 011 HP IB Verification in paragraph 4 19 of this manual Refer to paragraph 2 36 for HP IB interconnection data and to paragraph 3 69 for programming information 2 36 HP IB Interconnections 2 37 HEWETI PACKARD INTERFACE BUS Interconnection data concerning the rear panel HP IB connector is provided in Figure 2 3 connector is compatible with the HP 10631A B C D HP IB cables The HP IB system allows interconnection of up to 15 including the con troller HP IB compatible instruments The HP IB cables have identical piggy back connectors on both ends so that several cablescan be connected to a single source without special adapters o
78. f In any correspondence refer to instrument by model number and full serial number 2 22 FIELD INSTALLATION OF OPTIONS 2 23 Procedures for field installation of Options 001 002 003 004 and 011 are described in the following paragraphs 2 3 Model 5342 Installation 2 4 2 24 Part Numbers for Ordering Option Kits 2 25 To obtain the necessary parts for installation of an option order by part number as listed below refer td Section V for ordering information Option Name Part Number 001 High Stability Time Base HP Model 10544A 002 Amplitude Measurement 05342 60200 Kit 003 Extended Dynamic Range 05342 60201 Kit 004 Digital to Analog Converter 05342 60202 Kit 001 HP IB 05342 60019 HP IB Assy 05342 60029 HP IB Input Assy NOTE If the instrument in which Option 004 is to be installed has a series number 1812 or lower the U7 ROM on A14 Microprocessor wil have to be replaced Order U7 ROM Part Number 1818 0706 to replace the old U7 ROM 1818 0331 2 26 Installation of 10 MHz Oscillator Option 001 2 27 Option 001 consists of oven controlled crystal oscillator time base 10544A which has a pc card connector Option 001 is installed in the same connector on the motherboard asthe stand ard oscillator A24 See Figure 8 44 install Option 001 proceed as follows a Remove the standard oscillator from A24 connector b Install Option 001 oscillator into A24 connector Attach Option 001 os
79. gram of U21 is shown Figure 8 14 16 bit address bus allows the MPU to address up to 64K memory locations The data bus is 8 bits wide and is bidirectional Data on the bus is read into the intemal MPU registers when the Read We control line is low All operations are synchronized to a two phase nonoverlapping 1 MHz clock 01 4J2 Each instruction requires at least two clock cyles for execution The HP 5342A utilizes the following additional 6800 control lines Model 5342 Service A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 6 5 4 2 1 25 24 23 22 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 OUTPUT BUFFERS OUTPUT BUFFERS CLOCK 1 CLOCK 2 PROGRAM PROGRAM COUNTER COUNTER RESET H NON MASKABLE INTERRUPT STACK STACK NOT USED HALT INSTRUCTION POINTER POINTER DECODE INTERRUPT REQUEST AND CONTROL THREE STATE CONTROL INDEX INDEX NOT USED DATA BUS ENABLE REGISTER REGISTER BUS AVAILABLE VALID MEMORY ADDRESS ACCUMULATOR A 1 INSTRUCTION ACCUMULATOR REGISTER B CONDITION CODE REGISTER READ WRITE DATA BUFFER Voc PIN 8 PINS 1 21 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 Figure 8 14 A1421 Expanded Block Diagram a RESET This input is used to reset and start the MPU from a powerdown condition resulting from a power failure or an initial start up of the processor If a positive edge is detected on the input this will signal the MPU to begin the reset sequence T
80. locations from 2080 to To see how this is implemented consider what happens when the address 0080 is output by the MPU 15 A14 A13 A12 11 A10 9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 AO g 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 6 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 8 0 Model 5342 After going through the inverting line drivers 016 018 and U8 the address lines become A15 A14 A13 A12 11 A10 9 8 7 5 4 A2 Al A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 F F 7 8 233 To address location in all the enable inputs must true Consequently U12 11 must be low U12 12 must be low U12 14 must be low U12 10 must be high U12 13 must be high and U12 15 must be low The seven address inputs then select one of 128 locations in the For the case of 0080 sent out by the MPU it is seen that U12 11 goeslow when the inputs to U22D are both high high indicating that the address data on the address bus has settled and is valid data and 22 high U12 12 is low since the inputs to inverted A15 A14 A13 are all high U12 14 is low since the inputs to U9C inverted A12 A11 A10 are all high U12 10 is high since the inputs to U5D are both high inverted A9 and LFRERUN U12 13 is high since inverted 8 is high U12 15 is low since inverted A7 is low Thus due to the inversion 0080 on the address bus from the MPU accesses location FF in RAM In a similar fashion memory assignments are made to ROM U1 7800 to 7FFF ROM U4 7
81. maintenance and after instrument repair The Option 011 HP IB Verification Program is described in paragraphs 4 19 through 4 26 The Option 004 DAC test is contained in para graph 4 27 4 5 COMPLETE PERFORMANCE TEST 4 6 The complete performance test is given i through 4 40 All tests can be performed without access to the inside of the instrument 4 7 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 4 8 Equipment required for the complete test and operation verification is listed in Table 1 4 Any equipment which satisfies the critical specifications given in the table may be substituted for the recommended model numbers 4 9 TEST RECORD 4 10 Results of the operational verification may be tabulated on the Operational Verification Record Table 4 7 Results of the performance test may be tabulated on the Performance Test Record Table 4 5 4 1 Model 5342 Perfomance Tests 4 11 OPERATIONAL VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 4 12 Self Check a Select 1 Hz resolution AUTO mode 500 MHz 18 GHz range Set self check mode and verify counter displays 75 000000 MHz 1 count b Set 5342A to 10 Hz 500 MHz range Connect rear panel FREQ SID OUTPUT to front panel BNC input Select 50 impedance Verify that the 5342A counts 10 000000 MHz 1 count 4 13 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Sensitivity Test 500 1 Standard and Option 003 Instruments Only Setup HP 8620C HP 86222A SWEEPER HP 436A POWER METER HP 11667A POWER SPLITTER
82. na WIDTH CONTROL OVEN R17 CONTROLLER 12V 24V aJ RED LEO u3 OVER CURRENT SHUT DOWN OVEN TRANSFORMER I DON AM VCvES Model 5342 8 278 A22 MOTHERBOARD 8 279 The A22 Motherboard contains the XA Assembly No connectors for the plug in printed circuit assemblies cards and provides interconnections between the cards The motherboard also contains terminals and connectors for interconnection of assemblies to the front and rear panels 8 280 A23 POWER MODULE 8 281 The A23 Power Module is mounted on the rear panel of the 5342A and contains a connector for a power cable a fuse and a pc card The pc card can be inserted in any one of four positions to select 100 120 200 or 240 volt ac operation The schematic diagram of the power module is shown Figure 8 43 and a detailed description is contained in paragraph 2 6 8 282 A24 OSCILLATOR ASSEMBLY 8 283 The A24 oscillator board contains a 10 MHz crystal oscilator that supplies the intemal signal to the A18 Time Base Buffer Assembly An Option 001 A24 board contains an oven controled crystal oscillator 10544A that results in higher accuracy and longer time periods between calibration Refer to the specification listed in Table 7 7 The schematic diagrams for both oscillators is shown in Figure 8 44 8 284 A25 PREAMPLIFIER 8 285 The A25 Preamplifier Assembly shown Agure 8 45 cbmbines the two outputs from the sampling diodes in the U1 Sa
83. oscillation The modulation sensitivity of the VCO is approximately 12 5 MHz volt For a MAIN VCO CONTROL voltage at A8 1 of 2 volts the VCO frequency should be approximately 300 MHz while a control voltage of 2 volts results in an output frequency of approximately 350 MHz 8 174 A voltage regulator consisting of 11 volt Zener diode transistor Q2 resistors R21 R22 R23 and capacitor C1 is used to provide low noise dc power to the oscillator circuit since any noise on the power supply of the oscillator will degrade the oscillator s spectral purity Potentio meter R22 is used to adjust the output voltage of the voltage regulator circuit so that the free run frequency of the VCO i e the frequency with volts at the VCO CONTROL A8 1 input is 325 MHz 2 MHz The nominal voltage which achieves this free run frequency is 8 5 volts and is measured at the junction of C20 and CR2 Inductor L8 capacitors C23 and C16 and resistor R19 provide further filtering forthe dc powerto the VCO Model 5342 8 175 The output of the VCO is sent to three buffer amplifier 01 U2 U3 Capacitor C4 isa dc blocking capacitor The differential transistor pairs contained in U1 02 and U3 provide 6 dB 48 dB and 6 dB gain respectively The gain is determined by the dc curent flowing through the emitters of the transistors This cument is set by the networks connected to pin 3 of the IC Decoupling networks L7 and C15 L1 and C3
84. 0106 A19T1 9100 3066 7 2 TRANSFORMER POWER 28480 9100 3006 A19T2 9100 3066 7 TRANSFORMER POWER 28480 9100 3066 A19TP4 1251 0600 0 5 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A19TP5 1251 0600 0 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A19TP6 1251 0600 0 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A19TP7 1251 0600 0 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A19TP8 1251 0600 0 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A19 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 0380 0342 9 4 STANDOFF RVT ON 125 IN LG 6 32TMD 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 1205 0085 8 2 HEAT SINK TO 66 PKG 28480 1205 0083 1400 0486 7 3 BRACKET RTANG 312 LG X 375 LG 312 WD 28480 1400 0486 1400 0776 8 1 CABLE TIE 01 4 DIA 19 WD NYL 28480 1400 0776 7120 1340 6 4 WARNING LABEL 28480 7120 1340 5000 9043 6 1 PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR 28480 5000 9043 5040 6852 3 1 EXTRACTOR ORANGE 28480 5040 6852 05342 00019 0 1 SHIELD PROTECTIVE 28480 05342 00019 See introduction to this section for ordering information 6 28 Indicates factory selected value Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A20C1 A20C2 A20C3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 20 9 20 10 A20C11 A20C12 A20CR1 A20CR2 20 20 4 A20CR5 A20DS1 A20L1 A20L2 A20L3 A20L4 A2
85. 0150 3878 016023876 016093878 016003878 PA CITOR FXD 7 5PF SPF 100vDC CER 0160 3029 CAPACITOReFXD 100 OPF 20 100VDC CER 016043878 CITOR FXD 7 20 200 0 016023876 CAP AC IT OR FXD 1000 PF 20X 100 VOC CER 016093878 CA PACITOR FXD 1000 PF 920 10 0VDC CER 0160238768 0160 3879 016020576 0160 3876 0160 0576 0100 3878 CAPACITOReFXO 01UF e20 X 100 0 CER 016093879 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF e20X 50 DC CER 0160 0576 20 200V DC CER 0160 3876 CAPACITOReFXD 1UF 20 SOV DC CER 016020576 CAPACITOReFXD 1000PF 20X 100 0 CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3879 0180 0210 0160 3879 016003029 CAP AC IT OReFXD 1 Q00PF 20 100 0 CER 016093878 CAPACITOReFxD 01 UF 20 10 0 CER 016003879 AC ITORSFXxDO 3 3 UF e204 1 1500335 0015 2 C PACITORaFXD 01 UF 20 1 OC CER 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FX SPF oe SPF 100V DC CER 0160 3029 AC OR FXD 1000 PF 20X 100V DC CER 016063878 CITOR FX D 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 AC IT OR FXD 1000 20 100 0 CER 0160 3678 CAPACTTOR FxO 20 50 DC CER 0160 0576 CAPACI YOReFXD 22PF 5 200V0C CER 0 30 0160 3875 oocococo o 016023878 016093878 0160 3878 016000576 0150 3875 016023875 016 043879 91 6093878 0160 3878 CAPACITORSFXD 22PF 5 200V DC CER 09 30 016 0 3875 CAP ACTTORS
86. 018001701 0160 3878 0160 3878 010603878 0160 3878 CAP AC IT QReFXD 5 8 20 amp VDC TA 1500685x00n06A2 PA CITOReFXD 1000PF 20 10 0VDC CER 0150 3878 CITOReFXD 1000PF 20 100 0 016023878 PA CITURSFXD 1000 PF 20 100 0 0 CER 016023878 CITOReFXO 1000PF ee20X100VDCCER 0160 3878 0160 3878 016023878 0150 3878 0150 3878 0180 0228 AC IT ORsFXD tonoPF e20X 100 0 CER 0160 3878 CAPACITOReFXD 1000 20X 10 0 CER 0160 5078 CAPAC ITOR SFXD 1000PF 20 100 0 CER 016003878 CTTOR FXD 1000PF 20 X 100 0 CER 0180 3878 CA PACITOReFXD 22 UF 10X1SVDC 1500226 901582 0190 3878 0150 3878 0160 3878 0160 3877 016023877 CITOR FXD 1000PF 20X 100V0C CER 0160 3878 PACITOReFXD 1000PF 20 100 voc CER 0160 3878 1 920 100V0C CER 0160 3878 1 100PF 20 200V0C CER 616023877 PACTTOReFXD 100 PF 20 200V DC CER 016023877 0150 3878 0160 3872 0160 3878 016 093878 0160 3877 1902 3171 0122 0065 0122 0065 CAPACITOReFXD 4000PF e20X 100VDC CER 0160 3878 IT OR FXD a aPF 25 200VDC CER 0169 3872 CITOR FXD 1000PF 20 X 100V DC CER 016093878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000 4e20X100VOCCER 0160 3878 CITURs 100PF 20 200 0 CER 0160 3877 DIODEsS ZNR 14V SX 00 7 062 190203171 CAPACITORIVOLTAGE VARI29 PF 3V 0122 0065 CAPAC
87. 0257 1 1 CONNECTOR RF 8MB M PC 50 28480 1250 0257 A2Q1 1854 0560 9 1 TRANSISTOR NPN SI DARL PD 310MW 04713 SP56740 A2R1 0757 0420 3 1 RESISTOR 750 196 125W F TC 04 100 24546 C4 1 0 T0 751 F A2R2 1810 0125 0 1 NETWORK RES 8 PIN SIP 125 PIN BPCG 28460 1810 0125 A2R3 0683 5105 4 1 RESISTOR 51 5 25W FC TC 400 4500 01121 CB3105 A2R4 0683 2205 9 8 RESISTOR 22 5 25W FC TC 400 4500 01121 CB2205 A2R5 0683 1015 7 2 RESISTOR 100 5 25W FC TC 400 4500 01121 CB1015 A2R8 2100 3607 5 1 RESISTOR VAR CONTROL CCP 1M 10 LIN Not supplied 01121 WP4N102P105U2 with 05342 60028 must be ordered separately A2R6 0683 2205 9 RESISTOR 22 5 25W FC TC 400 4500 01121 CB2205 A2R7 0683 1025 9 1 RESISTOR 1K 5 25W FC TC 400 4600 01121 CB1025 A2R6 0683 2205 9 RESISTOR 22 5 25W FC TC 400 4500 01121 CB2205 A2R10 0683 4725 2 11 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R11 0683 2205 9 RESISTOR 22 5 25W FC TC 400 4500 01121 CB2205 A2R12 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R13 0683 2205 9 RESISTOR 22 5 25W TC 400 4500 01121 CB2205 A2R14 0683 2205 9 RESISTOR 22 5 25W FC TC 400 4500 01121 CB2205 A2R15 0683 2205 9 RESISTOR 22 5 25W FC TC 400 4500 01121 CB2205 A2R16 0683 2205 9 RESISTOR 22 5 25W FC TC 400 4500 01121 CB2205 A2R17 1810 0164 7 1 NETWORK RES 9 PIN SIP 15 PIN 8PCG 28480 1B10 0164 A2R18 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R19 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W TC
88. 0372 A25U3 1826 0065 0 1 IC 311 COMPARTOR 8 DIP P 01295 8N72311P A25U4 1826 0054 5 1 IC GATE TTL NAND QUAD 2 01295 8N7400N A25W1 05342 60108 4 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY RF 28480 05342 60108 A25W2 05342 60107 3 2 CABLE ASSEMBLY PREAMP DRIVER 28480 05342 60107 A25W3 05342 60107 3 CABLE ASSEMBLY PREAMP DRIVER 28480 05342 60107 A25 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 1200 0647 8 1 SOCKET XSTR 3 CONT TO 18 DIP SLDR 28480 1200 0647 1250 0901 2 2 CONNECTOR RF SMB SGL HOLE FR 50 DNM 28480 1250 0901 1400 0486 7 3 BRACKET RTANG 312 LG X 375 LG 312 WD 28480 1400 0486 2190 0033 4 1 WASHER LK INTL 7 5 16 IN 314 IN ID 28480 2190 0033 2950 0007 4 1 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 5 16 32 THD 094 IN TMK 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 05342 00006 5 COVER PREAMPLIFIER28480 05342 00006 05342 00007 6 1 BRACKET SAMPLER 28480 05342 00007 05342 20103 5 1 SHELL CONNECTOR 28480 05342 20103 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 34 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A26C1 A26C2 A26C3 26 4 26 5 26 6 26 7 26 8 26 9 26 10 26 11 26 12 26 13 26 14 A26CR1 A26CR2 A26J1 A26J2 A26L1 A26Q1 A26R1 A26R2 A26R3 A26R4 A26R5 A26R6 A26R7 A26R8 A26TP1 A26TP2 A26U1 A26W1 05342 60026 0160 4536 0160 3879 0160 3
89. 05342 20105 MP9 5001 0439 8 2 TRIM FRONT SIDE 28480 5001 0439 MP11 5040 7201 8 4 FOOT STANDARD 28480 5040 7201 MP12 5040 7203 0 1 TRIM TOP 72 28480 5040 7203 MP13 05342 00002 1 1 PANEL SUB 28480 05342 00002 MP14 05342 00003 2 1 COVER CASTING 28480 05342 00003 MP16 05342 00004 3 1 SHIELD PROTECTIVE 28480 05342 00004 MP17 05342 00005 4 1 SHIELD 28480 05342 00005 MP18 05342 00008 7 2 BRACKET MOTHER BOARD 28480 05342 00008 MP19 05342 00010 1 1 PLATE PATCH 28480 05342 00010 DELETE FOR OPTION 011 P1 1251 4735 0 1 CONNECTOR 42 PIN PRESSURE TYPE 28480 1251 4735 1 PART OF A22W7 LINE SWITCH S2 3103 0056 9 1 SWITCH THRM 1672 154 OPN DN RISE 28480 3103 0056 S3 3101 2306 2 2 SWITCH SL DPDT N3 STD 54 125VAC DC 28480 3101 2306 S4 3104 2306 2 SWITCH SL DPDT N3 STD 54 125VAC DC 28480 3101 2306 Ut 5088 7022 1 1 SAMPLER ASSEMBLY 28480 5088 7022 W1 8120 2482 0 1 CABLE ASSY COAX 5 512 IN LG 28480 8120 2482 W2 8120 0664 6 1 CABLE ASSY 26AWG 24 CNDCT 28480 8120 0664 W3 05342 60105 1 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY IF EXT 28480 05342 60105 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 0370 1005 2 1 KNOB BASE PTR 3 8 JGK 125 IN ID 28480 0340 1005 0530 0592 8 3 RETAINER PUSH ON TUB EXT 14 IN DIA 28480 0510 0592 0520 0139 0 2 SCREW MACH 2 56 875 IN LG PAN MD POZI 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 0624 0078 6 2 SCREW TAG 6 32 375 IN LG PAN MD POZI 28480 0624 0078 1400 0015 8 3 CLAMP CABLE 25 DIA 375 WD STL 28
90. 081215 A13R21 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 081035 A13R22 0683 2015 RESISTOR 200 5 25W FC TC 400 4600 082015 A13R23 0683 3325 RESISTOR 3 3K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 083325 A13R24 0683 5125 RESISTOR 5 1K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 085125 A13R25 0683 6825 RESISTOR 6 8K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 086825 A13R26 0683 6825 RESISTOR 6 8K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 086825 A13R27 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 081035 A13R28 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 081035 A13R29 0683 1315 RESISTOR 130 5 25W TC 400 4600 081315 A13R30 0683 5115 RESISTOR 510 5 25W TC 400 4600 085115 A13R31 0683 3315 RESISTOR 330 5 25W FC TC 400 4600 083315 A13R32 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K 5 25W FC 400 4600 081025 A13R33 0683 5115 RESISTOR 510 5 25W TC 400 4600 085115 A13R34 0683 5115 RESISTOR 510 5 25W FC TC 400 4600 085115 1 1 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 A13TP2 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 A13TP3 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 A13TP4 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 A13TP5 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 OOOOO000O0 amp RO OO 2 1 O Im T TUI S SO O NO IO SERE SERES SERERE SERERE RE SE SE SE SE SM SM SM See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 21
91. 1 remains low after the clip lead is removed the serial poll FF U29 must be set high To do this ground U29 14 and clock U29 12 Verify that U29 10 is TTL high U12 13 grounded enables 024 U27 should still be enabled by the ground on U11 12 With the 59401A DIO switches all set to 0 switches down clock U27 11 and clock U24 11 Verify that the out puts of U24 2 5 6 9 12 15 16 19 are all TTL high Change the 59401A DIO switches to 1 all Switches up Clock U27 11 with the Logic Pulser Verify that all the U24 outputs are still TTL high Now clock U24 11 and verify that the U24 outputs are all TTL low g U16 CHECK Remove the clip lead from U12 13 U27 should still be enabled by the ground on U11 12 With the DIO switches of the 594014 all set to 1 all switches up clock U27 11 with the 546A Logic Pulser Next clock U16 9 and verify that the outputs of U16 2 5 7 10 12 15 are all TTL low Change the DIO switches on the 594014 to 0 all switches down and clock U27 11 Verify that U16 outputs remain TTL low Now clock U16 9 and verify that the U16 outputs are all TTL high 8 140 Model 5342 Service Table 8 21 Option 011 HP iB Troubleshooting Continued h U18 CHECK Change the clip lead on U11 from pin 12 to pin 13 so that U11 13 is now grounded This action will disable the U27 Data In register and will enable the U18 Interrupt Out register Clock each of the inputs to U18 2 4 6 10 12 with
92. 1 x I px SERE EE T 24 pa EE is 5 922 1820 1197 SN74LS00N LL pate aw eunt 2 i ci 1H HTE MU 7 pee 6 1820 1144 91 502 E T T I Eb de U7 1818 0706 Same N E _ Hr E ug 1820 1255 DM8098N AM vi iy 5t 4 Zi E i E Ec i Ug 1820 1202 9LS10PC 02 id i ta baat ae enn Hf la mL y M NT MERE TED M x ee U10 U15 U24 1820 1199 SN74LS04N S m B 2 m AN i LU OS Mens 2 EXT U11 1820 1425 SN74LS132N E H 3 E M 012 1818 0135 68101 1 3 4 U13 1820 1208 731532 a Fa 0 Eu U14 1820 1240 SN748138N ls x CM ic pe sua U16 U18 1820 1368 DM8096N E E cee le Say JEL uen m U17 1820 1072 SN745139N TRO d T THO mEmra ge Bern 019 1820 1112 SN74LS74N en Jam 20 1820 1240 SN748138N RECON s IE IE 021 1820 1480 MC6800L lt D d aiT ro susta LJ23 1820 1 804 6842 020 Bie Te SAISIR bus Wise a DE OQ cam 6 22 TEE RM IE _ J RA2441 Sat so zm T OBE 72 XAITUS lt 80041414 meo E m 24 a AE prr ras x s E BIS TO xA121 i3 row Smp ss _ M ILOILL WAS met as qe mue 7 mer a _ quy rp
93. 10 196 125W 0 100 24546 4 1 8 1002 27 2 0757 0418 9 3 RESISTOR 619 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 619R F A27R3 0757 0418 9 RESISTOR 619 1 125W 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 619R F A27R4 0757 0418 9 RESISTOR 619 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 619R F A27R5 0757 0401 0 2 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 101 F A27R6 0698 7202 7 1 RESISTOR 38 3 1 05W F TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 TO 38R3 G A27R7 0757 0401 0 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 TO 101 F A27R8 0698 3435 0 1 RESISTOR 38 3 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 TO 10R3 F A27R9 2100 3053 5 1 RESISTOR TMR 20 20 C SIDE ADJ 17 02111 43P200 A27R10 2100 3095 5 1 RESISTOR TMR 200 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 02111 43P201 05342 00015 4 1 COVER 28480 05342 00015 05342 20110 4 1 HOUSING 28480 05342 20110 U2 05342 80005 2 WF AMP ASSY 28480 05342 8005 W1 8120 2660 4 1 CABLE ASSY 28480 8120 2668 W2 05342 60119 7 1 CABLE ASSY LF 50 28480 05342 60119 W3 8120 2516 1 1 CABLE ASSY SEMIRIGID 28480 8120 2316 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 40 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Table 6 6 Option 003 Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code 05342 60037 EXTENDED DYNAMIC RANGE ASSEMBLY 05342 60037 SERIES 1720 A16C1 0180 0490 CAPACIT OR FXD 68UF 10 eVDC T
94. 10 Hz 500 MHz and 500 MHz 18 GHz Out of Frequency Limits Amplitude EF EFF MH Eua 206 if frequency lt 10 MHz frequency gt 18 4 GHz Shown for 1 Hz resolution Digit shifts one position to left for each step decrease in resolution tFor input signal levels greater than 22 9 dBm it is possible for the IF detector not to indicate an excessive level condition so that frequency will be displayed five leftmost digits However the amplitude option will cause dashes in the amplitude portion of the display because of excessive level 3 17 Model 5342 Operation 3 53 Limit Errors and Sequence Errors 3 54 A limit error for example setting a manual center frequency less than 500 MHz will be displayed as GHz MHz kHz Hz 3 55 sequence for example pressing digit key before pressing function key will be displayed as _ 5 M NEN GHz MHz kHz Hz 3 56 For detailed descriptions of error codes refer to Table 8 5 3 57 OPTIONS 3 58 The operating characteristics of the 5342A are affected by the addition of any of the options described in the following paragraphs 3 59 Time Base Option 001 3 60 Option 001 provides an oven controlled crystal oscillator time base Model 10544A that results in higher accuracy and longer periods between calibration refer Table 1 1 The oven temperature is maintained wh
95. 10K 1 05W F TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 6 TO 1002 G A16R7 0698 7234 5 1 RESISTOR 825 1 05W F TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 6 10 4258 G A16R8 0698 4243 6 2 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 05W TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 6 TO 1961 G A16R9 0698 7252 7 1 RESISTOR 4 64K 195 05W F TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 TO 8641 G A16R10 0757 0407 6 1 RESISTOR 200 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 201 F See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 38 ss s Desig nation Number A16R12 A16R13 A16R14 A16R15 A16R16 A16R17 A16R18 A16R19 A16R20 A16R21 A16R22 A16R23 A16R24 A16R25 A16R26 A16R27 A16R28 A16R29 A16R30 A16R31 A16R32 A16R33 A16R34 A16R35 A16R36 A16R37 A16R38 16 1 A16TP2 A16TP3 A16TP4 A16TP5 A16TP6 A16TP7 A16TP8 A16TP9 A16TP10 A16TP11 A1601 A1602 A1603 A1604 A1605 A1606 A1607 A1608 A1609 A16010 16011 16012 16013 16014 16015 16016 16017 16018 98 7243 0698 7236 0757 0418 0698 7260 0757 0399 0698 7236 0698 7260 0698 7260 0698 7260 0698 7332 2100 3122 0757 0424 0757 0438 0698 3154 0698 3150 2100 3103 0698 0084 0757 0260 2100 3095 0757 0422 0757 0440 0757 0440 0757 0421 0698 6619 0757 0421 0698 6362 0757 0421 0698 3155 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 1820 1199 1820 1144 05342 80005 1818 0468 1820 1195 1820 1439 1820 1439 1820 1995 1820
96. 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1820 0493 1820 0493 1826 0355 1826 0428 1205 0273 5000 9043 5040 6852 cO o00 RESISTOR 2 15K 1 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 196 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 4 60K 1 125W F 0 100 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 2 IC OP AMP 8 DIP P IC OP AMP 8 DIP P 1 IC 555 8 DIP P 1 IC 3524 MODULATOR 16 DIP C un A21 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 2 HEAT SINK SGL PLSTC PWR PXG 1 BIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR 1 EXTRACTOR ORANGE See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 24546 24546 24546 28480 28480 28480 28480 27014 27014 28480 01295 28480 28480 28480 CW 1 8 TO 2151 F CW 1 8 TO 1003 F CW 1 8 TO 4641 F 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 LM307N LM307N 182640355 SG3524J 1205 0273 5000 9043 5040 6852 6 31 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code 05342 60022 MOTHERBOARD ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 28480 05342 60022 A22J1 1200 0785 5 2 SOCKET IC 24 CONT DIP DIP SLDR 28480 1200 0785 A22J2 1200 0785 5 SOCKET IC 24 CONT DIP DIP SLDR 28480 1200 0785 A22Y1 9100 3067 8 1 TRANSFORMER POWER 28480 9100 3067 A22W1 05342 6010
97. 12SW 1 330 800 881515 0598 5075 RESISTOR 130 5 125 TCz 330 800 881315 0698 5075 B RESISTOR 130 5 125 CC TCz 330 800 881315 0698 5075 B RESISTOR 130 5 125W CC TCs 330 800 881315 0675 1021 RESISTOR 1 10 125W TCs 330 800 881021 5060 9436 7 22 SWIYC PUSHBUTTON 5060 9436 6060 9436 7 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 505029436 506029436 7 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 50609436 5060 9436 7 SWITCH PUSH BUTTON 5060 9436 5080 9436 7 Sv ITCH PUS HBUTTON 506099436 5060 9436 7 Sw1TCH PUSHBUTTON 5060 9436 5060 9436 7 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 505029436 5067 9436 7 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 5060 9436 5060 9436 7 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 506029436 8060 9436 7 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 060 9436 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference int Mfr Designation D Description Code Mfr Part Number 506099436 ITCH PUSHBUTTON 50 60 9436 50 6029436 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 506099436 5060 9436 Sw ITCH PUSHBUTTON 506099436 506 09436 3 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 506029436 50650 9435 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 506099036 5060 9436 SWITCH PUSH BUTTON 5000 9436 8060 9436 8w ITCH PUSHBUTTON 5060 9436 506029436 SwfTCH PUSHBUTTON 060 9436 060 9436 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 504099436 50 60 9436 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 506029436 5060 9436 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 50609436 5060 9436 PUSHBUTTON 5060 9436 3101 2220 SW IT CHol OPDTeNS MINTR 54 125
98. 13 state counters puts out 0000 then the output of U11 will be 1101 5 7 9 11 and the output of 08 wil be 1010 5 7 9 11 The column scanner has output U7 1 low and all other outputs high U2 10 is also low but it is not connected to any digit Thus 45 0 volts is applied to DS21 and the correct segment inputs to 0521 are grounded to tum on segments a b g e and d which formsa digit 2 The DO D3 data lines and AO A1 address lines are also connected from driver U17 to the Option 004 DAC circuit on A2 assembly Figure 8 25 Refer to paragraph 8 340 for Option 004 circuit description 8 138 Keyboard Operation 8 139 Ven a key pushbutton switch is depressed it is not immediately recognized but must wait until the column scanner reaches that particular key However since the scan rate is 6 kHz this is much faster than the operator can depress and withdraw his finger Wen the column scanner places a low on the line connected to the key which has been depressed a low pulse is generated on the output of A2U5 6 This pulse is called KEY and when low indicates that a key has been depressed Service Model 5342 Service 8 48 COUNT 1 COUNT 1 COUNT 1 SCAN INPUT TO U3 10 INPUT TO U9 2 KEY DEPRESSED HERE SCAN E INPUT TO U9 3 U9 1 gt CLOCKS THE OUTPUT OF U3 INTO LATCH U22 WHICH IS THE LOCATION OF THE COLUMN OF THE KEY WHICH WAS DEPRESSED 8 14
99. 14 U16 13 U16 12 U16 1 1 1 Hz 1 10 2 1 100 2 0 1 kHz 0 10 kHz 0 100 kHz UC C UC L3 0 0 1 1 0 0 8 260 Since U15B 8 is high the low to high transition at U15 3 clocks high into U15A 5 U15A 6 low then presets U15B 8 low so that after one period of the divided U16 output a low is clocked into U15A 5 After passing through a TIL to ECL level shifter the gate signal is clocked into the high speed ECL D flip flop U17A and U17B U17A and U17B act as the main gate flip flop for the counter U17A is used for measurements in the 0 5 18 GHz range and U17B for direct measurements below 500 MHz 8 261 U15A 6 goes low when the gate time has expired and this is sent to three state driver U18A 2 Wen LTIM RD goes low U18A 3 low indicates to the microprocessor that the gate time is over and that the program may advance to the next operation 8 262 Sample Rate Generation 8 263 The sample rate rundown is initiated by writing a low into U19 2 followed by writing a high into U19 2 During the time that U19 2 is low C16 is charged toward 5 volts through the saturated transistor Q2 The voltage at the base of Q1 is sufficient to tum on Q1 which generates TIL high at U18C 6 Wh U19 2 high the charge on C16 is discharged through R16 and the 1 SAMPLE RATE pot R9 on A2 until the voltage at the base of Q1 tums off the transistor thus producing a TIL low at U18C 6 The microprocessor reads this dat
100. 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0122 0065 CAPACITOR VOLTAGE VAR 29 PF 3V 0122 0065 1902 3179 CAPACITOR VOLTAGE VAR 29 PF 3V 0122 0065 9120 0016 DIODE 2NR 5 00 7 PDF 48 TC49 0624 1902 3171 9100 2268 CORE SHIELDING HEAD 0170 0016 9100 2268 COIL MLD 22UH 1096 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2268 9100 2267 COIL MLD 22UH 1096 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2268 9100 2268 COIL MLD 100UH 10 Q 34 0950 25LG NOM 9100 2247 0100 2268 COIL MLD 22UH 1096 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2268 9100 2268 COIL MLD 22UH 1096 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2268 9100 2268 COIL MLD 100UH 10 Q 34 0950 25LG NOM 9100 2247 9100 2268 COIL MLD 22UH 1096 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2265 9100 2268 COIL MLD 22UH 1096 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2268 9100 2268 COIL MLD 22UH 1096 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2268 9100 2268 COIL MLD 100UH 1096 Q 34 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2247 9100 2268 COIL MLD 22UH 1096 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2268 9100 2268 COIL MLD 22UH 1096 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2268 9100 2268 TRANSISTOR NPN 2 5179 31 TO 72 PD 200HW 2 5179 0698 5174 TRANSISTOR NPN 51 PD 30007 FT 200MHZ 1854 0071 0698 3394 RESISTOR 200 5X 125M CC 130 4600 BB2015 0698 5172 RESISTOR 43 5X 125M CC 270 4540 4303 0698 5994 RESISTOR 13 5X 125 CC 270 4540 1305 0698 3376 RESISTOR 560 5 125 330 4800 5615 0698 5079 RESISTOR 43 5 125 270 4540 BB4305 0698 3374 RESISTOR 130 5X 125M CC TC 330 4800 BB1315 0698 3374 RESISTOR 51 5X 125M CC
101. 2geINP IC INv TTL LS ICeDGTL 648IT RAM TTL TTL NO Ne INV HEX LeINP SCHMITTSTRIG TTL LS QUAD go INP IC BFR TTL NO 1 1 IC MUX EL TTL LS 1 eL INE QUAD IC TTL L8 De TYPE POS EDGEe TRIG IC FF TYL L8DeTYPE POS eEDGEeTRIG IC RGTR TTL LS DeTYPE QUAD 1820 1049 182060468 182091028 1820 1144 182001200 1820 1028 1820 1254 1820 1025 1820 1254 1820 1428 142091112 1820 1172 1820918 5 wOouwo A2 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 0380 0336 SPACEReRVTeON 31P 152 e INS IO 1202 0455 0 1 2u CONT DIPe SLOR introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Mfr Part Number 05342060002 016023879 150 0105 00 042 016003879 15 00104 9035 2 0160 3879 1500606 000662 016093878 0160 3879 1500337 900552 0160 3879 150060 60006 82 016043878 016 0 057 0150 0573 0100 0570 8 36740 1 8 70 751 1810 0125 102 105 2 685105 82205 81015 2205 81025 82205 84725 CB2205 84725 82205 82205 CB2205 8220 1810 0164 84725 84725 84725 84725 081015 684725 684725 84725 84725 12 51 06 00 1251 06 00 1251 0600 4743 7 SN7445N 174 LS293N N7437N SN74LS14N 5 743678 N7445N SN7189N SN74LS02N SNT4L 0SN SN7189N 0 8095 474 31 0 809
102. 3 dB pad consisting of R9 R17 and R16 which provides a well defined driving impedance for all subsequent filter and amplifier stages The signal then passes through an elliptic function filter consisting of L3 L4 L6 C10 L5 L7 and C11 This filter reduces the 500 MHz bandwidth of the first two stages to something less than 175 MHz Variable capacitor C11 is adjusted to provide the required roll off at 175 MHz Differential pair 01 provides approximately 14 dB gain 8 288 The output of Ul passes through 200 MHz low pass filter whose major purpose is to filler out the fundamental sampling frequencies of the main oscillator and offset oscillator which appear in the output of the sampler Differential pair U2 provides another 14 dB gain and the output is coupled through capacitor C26 to the A11 IF Limiter Assembly Service Model 5342 Service 8 72 8 289 Diode CRI rectifies the output of the 175 MHz elliptic filler and provides an output which is proportional to the amplitude of the RF input signal This level is fed to voltage com parator U3 which due to the positive feedback provided by R33 has hysteress and operates like a Schmitt trigger Wen the dc level from the detecting diode CRI rises above the level at U3 2 set OFST potentiometer R31 the output of U3 goes TIL high which causes 04 3 to go low This output called LOVL is sent to the A12 IF Detector where it is buffered and read by the microprocessor If LO
103. 32 21 Telex 3274 ONLINE RHODESIA Field Technical Sales 45 Kelvin Road North P O Box 3458 705231 5 lines Telex RH 4122 SINGAPORE Hewlett Packard Singapore Pte Ltd 1150 Depot Road EO 0 Box 58 Tel Telex HPSG RS 21486 Cable HEWPACK Singapore SOUTH AFRICA Hewiett ae South Africa Wendywood fansvaal 2144 Hewieti Packard Centre Daphne Street Wendywood Sandton 2144 Tel 802 1040 8 Toiex 8 4782 Cable HEWPACK Johannesburg South Africa td eg 120 Howard Place Cape Province 7450 Pine Park Canto Forest Drive Pinelands Caps Province 7405 53 7955 thu 9 Telex 57 0006 TAIWAM Hewiett Packard Far East Ltd Taiwan Branch 39 Chung Hsiao West Road Section 1 7th Floor Taipei Tel 3819160 4 3141010 3715121 Ext 270 279 Cable HEWPACK TAIPEI Hewlett Packard Far East Ltd Taiwan Branch 58 2 Chung Cheng 3rd Road Faonelurg Tel 07 242318 Kaohsiung Analytical Only San Kwang Instruments Co Ltd 20 Yung Sui Road 3715171 4 5 lines Telex 22894 SANKWANG Cable SANKWANG Taipei TANZANIA Medical international Aeradio E Ltd P O 8 Der es Salaam Tel 21251 Ext 265 Telex 41030 THAILAND UNIMESA Co Ltd Elcom Research Building 2538 Sukumvit A Sos d prn UGANDA Medical Only International Aeradio E A Ltd Box 2577 Kampala Tel 543
104. 4 12 Cruickshank Street Kilbirnie Wetlington 3 P O Box 9443 Courtney Place Weli 877 199 Cabie Wellington Hewlett Packard N Z Ltd Pakuranga Professional Centre 267 Pakuranga Highway Box 51092 Tel 569 651 Cable HEWPACK Auckland AnalyticaVMedical Only Medical Supphes N Z Ltd Scientific Division 79 Cartton Gore Road Newmarket 0 Box 1234 Auckiand 75 289 Cable DENTAL Auckland icaV Medical Only Medical Supplies N Z Ltd Private Norrie Parumoana Streets Analyti tn Supe N rem 239 Sanoo Road Cari stchurch 892 019 DENTAL Christchurch 0 Supphes N 2 Ltd 303 Great King Street 0 Box 233 nedin Tel 88 817 Cable DENTAL Dunedin Instrumentations Ltd N68 770 Oyo Road Quien House 5402 Ibadan 61577 Telex 31231 TEIL Nigeria Cable THETEIL Ibadan on The Electronics Instrumenta tions Ltd 144 Agege Motor Road Mushin 0 Box 6645 ah le THETEIL Lagos PAKISTAN Mushko amp Company Ltd Oosman Chambers Abdullah Haroon Road Karachi 3 Tet 511027 512927 Telex 2894 Cable Karachi Mushko amp Company Ltd 388 Satellite Town Rawalpindi Tel 41924 Cable FEMUS Rawalpind PHILIPPINES The Advanced Systems Corporation Rico House Amorsolo cor Harrera Str Legasp Village Makati P box 12 Metro Manila Tel 85 35 81 85 34 91 85
105. 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R20 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R21 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R22 0683 1015 7 RESISTOR 100 5 25W FC TC 400 4500 01121 CB1015 A2R23 0683 4785 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R24 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R25 2100 2655 1 2 RESISTOR TRMR 100K 10 TOP ADJ 1 TRN 73138 B2PR100K A2R26 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25M FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R27 2100 2655 1 RESISTOR TRMA 100K 10 C TOP ADJ 1 TRN 71138 82PR100K A2R28 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2R29 0683 1035 1 1 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB1035 A2R30 0683 1845 1 2 RESISTOR 180K 5 25W FC TC 800 4900 01121 CB1845 A2R31 0683 1845 1 RESISTOR 180K 5 25W FC TC 800 4900 01121 CB1845 A2R32 0683 2745 2 2 RESISTOR 270K 5 25W FC 800 4900 01121 CB2745 A2R33 0683 2745 2 RESISTOR 270K 5 25W FC 800 4900 01121 CB2745 A2R34 0683 3925 2 1 RESISTOR 3 9K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB3925 A2R35 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB4725 A2TF1 1251 0600 0 1 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC S2 SQ 28480 1251 0600 A2U1 1820 0539 1 2 IC BFR TTL NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N7437N A2U2 1820 0468 5 2 DCDR TTL BCD TO DEC 4 TO 10 LINE 01295 8N7445N A2U3 1820 1443 8 1 IC CNTR TTL LS 8IN ASYNCHRO 01295 8N74L8293N A2U4 1820 0539 1 IC BFR TTL NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N7437N A2
106. 5 low the 5342A has been addressed to listen Wen the talking device puts data on the HP IB data bus and pulls LDAV low indicating data valid the acceptor handshake causes HDAC to go high indicating that the data has been read into U27 After the data in U27 has been read by the microprocessor the acceptor hand shake causes HRFD to go high indicating that U27 has been read by the MPU and that the MPU is ready to receive the next data byte 8 368 A timing diagram of a typical acceptor handshake is shown below The talker places a data byte on the eight data lines and after allowing for settling pulls LDAV low to indicate to the listener 5342A in this case that there is valid data on the data bus The first positive tran sition of the 2 clock after goes low clocks a high into flip flop U3B 9 This causes the input to U3A 2 to go high On the next clock U3A 5 goes high and U3A 6 goes low U3A 5 high and U3B 9 high cause U1C 8 to go low which enables ROM U23 Wen ROM U23 is enabled Data flip flop U19A 5 is set high which causes U32 12 to go high HRFD goes low and also clocks the data into U27 Simultaneously goes low to interrupt the microproces sor The nex 2 clock causes U3B 9 to retum low thus disabling U23 Since U3B 9 is low and U3A 6 is low HDAC goes high indicating to the talking device that the data has been accepted read into U27 and maybe removed from the data lines The talker then remove
107. 50 8 117 Model 5342 Service Table 8 16 A11 A12 A25 U1 IF Troubleshooting Continued Check the IF signal at 11 1 using a 10 10 pF oscilloscope probe Signal should appear as follows Re If this signal is not present suspect A25 Check the IF LIM signal at XA11 12 with 10 M0 10 pF oscilloscope probe Signal should appear as shown 8 16 11 A12 A25 If this signal is not present suspect A11 Check the IF COUNT signal at XA12 8 with 10 MQ 10 pF scope probe Signal should appear as shown IF COUNT M If this signal is not present suspect amplifiers U2 and or U4 on A12 8 118 Model 5342 Service Table 8 16 A11 A12 A25 U1 IF Troubleshooting Continued Testing A12 IF Detectors Put the A121F detector on an extender board Monitor TP8 48 102 MHz detector and TP9 22 128 MHz detector with a logic probe Put the 5342A in AUTO and the 500 MHz 18 GHz range Apply a 20 MHz 0 dBm signal to the high frequency input Note that both TP8 and 9 are low Increase the input frequency to 22 MHz and notice that the logic probe indicates a high at TP9 near the limits of the detectors the logic probe will blink high Increase the input frequency to 48 MHz and check that TP8 goes high As the frequency is increased to 102 MHz both TP8 and 9 should be high As the fre quency is increased beyond 102 MHz TP8 should go low and TP9 should remain high until 128 MHz is
108. 50 MHz 0 dBm br Pes 10 msec 5 With the 5342A set up as in 8 place the 5342 diagnostic mode 6 for a 0 dBm input observe CW 100 kHz signal at the 100 kHz b fe o1 vort 16 100 kHz TEST POINT EN bo 50 MHz 0 dBm Ae EE ov SET SET 6 beum 6 To check the switching signals which are sent to the input multiplexer U2 and A27 apply a 50 MHz 10 dBm signal to the low frequency input of the 5342A Place the 5342A 500 10 Hz 500 MHz range 1 MHz resolution sample rate full CCW and AMPL mode Monitor the AMPL SEL signal at XA16B 4 with an oscilloscope 8 130 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting Continued XA16B 4 AMPL SEL 50 MHz 10 dBm INPUT Eoo o 7 If this signal shown above is not present go to diagnostic mode 6 and measure the following dc levels for AMPL on and AMPL off A16 DC Levels 50 MHz 10 dBm Input Front Panel U5 10 Q8 07 Collector Emitter Collector AMPL 0 2 14 6 0 02V 13 9V 13 IV AMPL OFF 13 9 14 5V 3 3 15 1 14 5V m 8 131 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting Continued 8 Apply a 10 dBm 500 MHz signal to the 500 MHZ 18 GHz input and press RESET Set the 5342A to 1 MHz resolution AMPL on and the 500 MHz 18 GHz_range Check the AMPL ON signal at XA16B 4 and the FREQ ON signal at X
109. 5342A Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A17 A17C1 A17C2 A17C3 17 4 17 5 17 6 17 7 17 8 A17C9 A17C10 A17C11 A17C12 A17C13 A17C14 A17C15 A17C16 A17C17 A17C18 A17C19 A17CR1 1701 1702 A17R1 A17R2 A17R3 A17R4 A17R5 A17R6 A17R7 A17R8 A17R9 A17R10 A17R11 A17R12 A17R13 A17R14 A17R15 A17R16 A17R17 A17R18 A17R19 A17R20 A17R21 A17R22 A17R23 A17R24 A17R25 A17R26 A17R27 A17TP1 A17TP2 17 17 4 A17TP5 A17TP6 A17TP7 A17TP8 A17TP9 A17TP10 A17U1 A17U2 A17U3 A17U4 A17U5 A17U6 A17U7 A17U8 A17U9 A17U10 05342 60017 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 0291 0160 3879 0180 0106 0160 3879 1902 3182 1854 0560 1853 0036 0683 1035 0698 5174 0698 5426 0698 5426 0698 5426 0698 5426 0675 1021 0675 1021 0698 7102 0698 5181 0698 7102 0698 5566 0698 7102 0698 5181 0698 5566 0698 5426 0698 5181 0698 5566 0698 7097 0698 5994 0675 1021 0698 5999 0698 5999 0683 1435 0698 5566 0698 5181 0698 7102 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1820 1430 1820 1430 1820 1197 1820 1433 1820 1433 1820 1211 1820 1433 1820 1197 1820 1112 1820 1202 NONONNNNNNNNNNNNNNN A Oo cO O gt
110. 74LG NOM 28480 9140 0131 A16L2 9140 0131 5 COIL MLO 10MH 5 Q 60 240X 74LG NOM 28480 9140 0131 1601 1853 0058 8 5 TRANSISTOR PNP 81 PD 300MN FT 200MHZ 07263 832248 A16Q2 1853 0058 8 TRANSISTOR PNP 81 PD 300MN FT 200MHZ 07263 832248 A16Q3 1853 0058 8 TRANSISTOR PNP 81 PD 300MN FT 200MHZ 07263 832248 A16Q4 1854 0246 8 4 TRANSISTOR PNP 81 PD 350MN FT 250MHZ 04713 8PB233 A16Q5 1854 0246 8 TRANSISTOR PNP 81 PD 350MN FT 250MHZ 04713 8PB233 A16Q6 1854 0246 8 TRANSISTOR NPN 81 PD 350MN FT 250MHZ 04713 8PB233 A16Q7 1853 0058 8 TRANSISTOR PNP 81 PD 300MN FT 200MHZ 07263 832248 A16Q8 1854 0246 8 TRANSISTOR NPN 81 PD 350MN FT 250MHZ 04713 8PS233 A16Q9 1853 0058 8 TRANSISTOR PNP 81 PD 300MN FT 200MHZ 07263 332248 A16Q10 1854 0691 7 3 TRANSISTOR NPN 81 TO 92 PD 350 28480 1850 0691 A16Q11 1854 0691 7 TRANSISTOR NPN 81 TO 92 PD 350MN 28480 1854 0691 16012 1854 0691 7 TRANSISTOR NPN 81 92 PD 350MN 28480 1854 0691 A16Q13 1850 0071 7 1 TRANSISTOR NPN 81 PD 300MW FT 200MHZ 28480 1854 0071 A16R1 0698 7260 7 9 RESISTOR 10K 1 05W TC 0 100 24544 C3 1 6 TO 1002 G A16R2 0698 7260 7 RESISTOR 10K 1 05W 0 100 24544 3 1 6 1002 A16R3 0757 0399 5 RESISTOR 82 5 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 82R5 F A16R4 0698 7260 7 RESISTOR 10K 1 05W 0 100 24546 C3 1 6 TO 1002 G A16R5 0698 7260 7 RESISTOR 10K 1 05W 0 100 24546 3 1 6 1002 A16R6 0698 7260 7 RESISTOR
111. A11TP4 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 A11U1 1826 0065 IC 311 COMPARATOR 8 DIP P SN72311P A11U2 1826 0372 IC 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP 1826 0372 A11 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 5000 9043 PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR 5000 9043 5040 6852 EXTRACTOR ORANGE 5040 6852 OOA OO BRABNNNNN a eee 1 6 0 8 1 2 9 5 5 1 3 8 9 7 0 0 0 0 2 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 18 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A12 A12C1 A12C2 A12C3 12 4 A12C5 A12C6 A12C7 A12C8 A12C9 A12C10 A12C11 A12C12 A12C13 A12C14 A12C15 A12C16 A12C17 A12C18 A12C19 A12C20 A12C21 A12C22 A12C23 A12C24 A12CR1 A12CR2 12 12 4 A12L1 A12L2 A12L3 A12L4 A12L5 A12L6 A12L7 A12Q1 A12R1 A12R2 A12R3 A12R4 A12R5 A12R6 A12R7 A12R8 A12R9 A12R10 A12R11 A12R12 A12R13 A12R14 A12R15 A12R16 A12R17 A12R18 A12R19 A12R20 A12R21 A12R22 A12R23 A12R24 A12R25 A12TP1 A12TP2 A12TP3 A12TP4 A12TP5 A12TP6 A12TP7 A12TP8 A12TP9 A12TP10 05342 60012 0160 3878 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 2262 0160 3877 0160 2262 0160 3879 0160 3879 0150 0115 0160 4084 0180 0490 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 0491 0180 0491 0180 0490 0180 0490 0160 3872 1901 0535
112. A2 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS table Change C19 under Deleted to C9 gt Page 1 2 Table 1 1 Specifications Change 10544A Short Tem Stability to lt X 10 for 1 second average time Model 5342 Manual Changes ERRATA Cont d Table 1 Troubleshooting Information The following charts are provided as an aid to troubleshooting 5342A assemblies A3 thru A9 A11 thru A14 A25 and A26 This information was to be published in the permanent 5342A manual but was inadvertently omitted Its intended location was the apron of the appropriate assembly schematic diagram A3 DIRECT COUNT AMPLIFIER CONDITIONS No signal input and A17 removed from instrument Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 95 Q6 0 8 0 09 D 5 1 2 1 0 5 15 B 01 5 0 0 09 B 19 03 4 4 5001 5 1 1 MQ 5 515 G 00 5 15 C 00 5 1 5001 2 9 1 MM 97 Q8 Q9 Qi 5 15 0 7 0 7 17 B 5 1 5005 45 1 MN B 0 72 0 04 B 10 2 9 500 5 1 1 0 C 00 C 0 54 C 03 Us U6 U7 1 0 27 509 1 23 MM 1 5 15 1 5 15 1 5 15 2 0 37 2 0 64 2 0 33 2 1 93 509 1 88 1 0 3 0 37 3 0 64 4 0 37 3 0 00 4 515 4 0 64 7 511 4 1 74 5 1 4 5 0 0 8 0 34 5 1 74 6 13 6 0 0 5 1 75 7 4 5 7 18 6 0 00 8 5 0 8 0 37 7 1 9 500 3 3 1 8 3 3 500 1 9 1 MN 4 OFFSET ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS signal input 5342 in CHECK mode Junction of varactors CR2 to CR3 V 1 4 in CHECK m
113. A7L10 9100 2268 9 COIL MLD 22UH 10 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2268 A7L11 9100 2268 9 COIL MLD 22UH 10 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2268 A7Q1 1854 0345 8 2 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI TO 72 PD 200MA 04713 2N5179 A7Q2 1854 0092 2 2 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 200MW FT 600MHZ 28480 1854 0092 A7Q3 1854 0092 2 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 200MW FT 600MHZ 28480 1854 0092 A7Q4 1854 0071 7 2 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ 28480 1854 0071 A7Q5 1854 0071 7 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PF 300MW FT 200MHZ 28480 1854 0071 A7Q6 1854 0345 8 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 1 0 72 PD 200MW 04713 2N5179 A7R1 0698 7101 5 1 RESISTOR 5 125W cc 350 857 01121 BB3025 A7R2 0698 5426 3 2 RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC TC 350 857 01121 BB1031 A7R3 0698 5426 3 RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC 350 857 01121 BB1031 A7R4 0698 5180 6 4 RESISTOR 2K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 01121 BB2025 A7R5 0698 5181 7 1 RESISTOR 3 6K 5 125W TC 350 857 01121 BB3625 A7R6 0698 6294 5 1 RESISTOR 47K 5 125W CC 466 875 01121 BB4735 A7R7 0698 3378 0 2 RESISTOR 51 5 125W CC TC 270 540 01121 BB5105 A7R8 0698 5075 8 2 RESISTOR 130 5 125W CC TC 330 800 01121 BB1315 A7R9 0698 3113 1 3 RESISTOR 100 5 125W 270 540 01121 1015 7 10 0698 5172 6 2 RESISTOR 13 5 125W 270 540 01121 1305 7 11 0698 5567 3 1 RESISTOR 27K 5 125W CC TC 466 875 01121 BB2735 A7R12 0698 5174 8 1 RESISTOR 200 5 125 CC
114. AUTO 10 kHz resolution HOLD and wait until addressed output mode Program takes a measurement trg 702 and reads it into the A register After waiting 500 ms the program loops back to the next trigger then read statement EXAMPLE 2 This program also assumes the range switch was previously set to the 0 5 18 GHz position The program puts the counter in AUTO mode 10 Hz resolution fast sample and only if addressed output mode The program takes a measurement unaddressed the 5342A as a talker cmd 7 so that the counter will continue making measurements at a fast rate and waits 500 ms until reading the next measurement EXAMPLE 3 This program sets a manual center frequency of 10 GHz input frequency 10 03 GHz 1 Hz resolution 0 5 18 GHz range FM mode front panel sample rate control and out put only if addressed Each reading is printed on the 9825A printer 5342 Operation 4 a ur Fes AUSR This program selects AUTO mode 1 Hz resolution fast ST2STLAML sample output only if addressed and amplitude The 1 red T S R IB frequency is read into the register andthe amplitude 1 prt Asprt B read into the B register Notice that although the frequency 2 sto 1 is displayed only to 1 MHz resolution on the counter the full 2 end _ 1 Hz resolution is output to the calculator 32729 5 B ore 782 abs BR _ This progr
115. C O NTACT 23880 CSA2900 14B Change 16 1J 6 Description column from NOT ASSIGNED to CONNECTOR RF 28480 1250 1565 6 38 Table 6 5 Option 002 Replaceable Parts Change A16 part numbers in HP and Mfr part number columns from 05342 60038 to 05342 60016 NOTE The 05342 60038 circuit board is electrically identical to the 05342 60016 and usesthe same parts except forthe six coaxial cables and connector The two boardsare not inter changeable due to the difference in interconnection The cable differences are listed below Delete A16W 8120 2668 CABLE ASSY YPLUG 28480 8120 2668 Add the following cable assemblies 05342 60113 CABLE ASSY GRAY BLUE 28480 05342 60113 05342 60114 CABLE ASSY GRAY BROW 28480 05342 60114 05342 60115 CABLE ASSY GRAY RED 28480 05342 60115 05342 60116 CABLE ASSY GRAY ORANGE 28480 05342 60116 05342 60117 CABLE ASSY GRAY YELLO 28480 05342 60117 05342 60118 CABLE ASSY GRAY GREEN 28480 05342 60118 Page 6 41 Table 6 6 Option 003 Replaceable Parts Change A16 part numbers in HP and Mfr columns from 05342 60037 to 05342 60016 Page 8 179 Figure 8 39 A16 Schematic Diagram Change A16 part number and series number top of diagram from 05342 60038 SERIES 1812 to read 05342 60016 SERIES 1720 At left edge of diagram change the pin numbers of connectorj7to J numbersasfollows CHANGE FROM J3 Pin Numbers J Number land 14 jl 2 13 4 and 11 5 and
116. DIP C DAX80 CCD V N O gt O gt O gt O OO CABLE ASSY OUTPUT 05342 60106 A2 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS SPACER RVT ON 312 IN LG 152 IN ID ORDER BY DESCRIP TION SOCKET IC 24 CONT DIP SLDR 1200 0565 SOCKET IC 24 CONT DIP SLDR 1200 0600 KIT WIRES 05342 60124 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 43 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 8 Option 001 Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A15 05342 60015 2 HP IB ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 28480 05342 60015 A15C1 0160 3879 7 T CAPACITOR FxD 9 20 oovDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A15C2 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FxD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A15C3 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FxD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 15 4 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FxD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A15C5 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FxD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A15C6 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FxD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A15C7 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR ExD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A15C8 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FxD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A15C9 0160 0106 9 1 CAPACITOR FxD 01UF 20 eVDC 56289 1500606X000682 A15C10 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR ExD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A15C12 0130 3879 7 CAPACITOR FxD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A15C13 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FxD 01UF 20 100VDC CER
117. Designation Number A D ONN OR ONT PIN 1 1u 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 12010 12011 12012 12013 12014 12015 1826 0065 1826 0372 1820 1225 1826 0372 1820 0765 1820 1322 1820 1197 1820 1285 1820 1285 1820 1193 1820 0174 1820 1255 1820 1112 1820 1204 1820 1193 5000 9043 5040 6852 ANANO 311 8 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP IC FF ECL D V S DUAL IC 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP IC CNTR TTL BIN ASYNCHRO NEG EDGE TRIG IC GATE TTL S NOR QUAD 2 INP IC GATE TTL LS NAND GUAD 2 INP IC GATE TTL LS AND OR INV 4 INP IC GATE TTL LS AND OR INV 4 INP IC NTR TTL LS BIN ASYNCHRO IC INV TTL HEX IC INV TTL HEX 1 INP IC FF TTL L8 0 POS EDGE TRIG IC GATE TTL L8 NAND DUAL 4 INP IC CNTR TTL LS BIN ASYNCHRO A12 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR EXTRACTOR ORANGE SN72311P 1826 0372 MC10231P 1826 0372 SN74197N SN74502N SN74LS00N SN74LS54N SN74LS54N SN74LS197N SN7400N SN74368N SN74LS74N SN74L320N SN74LS197N 5000 9043 5040 6852 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 20 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation EE E AT 3C1 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01 UF 20 100VDC CER 01 60 3879 A13C2 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100
118. ERA CR2 2008 57 4 100 i DESIGHATIONS i 4 2 4 6 1 5 T gp ES sealing i I i 22 R r S U2A l V 3 RI 2205 R2 TS t0 2 27 it 2 I J 3300 ecu c2 s 2900 01 Ha l i A 22 x ixi VA LH be 3 22UH t ee Y iu RE L 3 220 RR E go Vos E 15 12 C C28 17 c 1 um v UB 424 8 4 HSKCH Y 2 TO XA6 8 001 22UH 5 8 a L6 7 V IUH TABLE ACTIVE ELEMENTS amas ee 2 FROM RIO R8 I REFERENCE HP PART MFR OR INDUSTRY a B 130 5 ons DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER Ww ic 2 Ly 2 8 10 11 17 10 1 1 CR2 1901 0518 i TTC 8 s Q1 Q6 1854 0345 n Ni ox Q2 Q3 1854 0092 NC L 4 4 Q4 Q5 1854 0071 FROM_ OFFSET VCO XA4 T 5 lt 50 STRIPLINE 2 4 6 1 I i L4 22 5 2V 5 5 lt jt I c9 47 6 8UF T 6 8UF 001 vuv 0 e M 22UH I5V 3 3 CIO c5 c3 Figure 8 30 A7 Mixer Search Control Assembly 8 161 Model 5342 Service SIDE SOLDER SIDE Part otLfigure 8 37 A8 Assembly 8 162 5342 Service MAIN ASSEMBLY 05342 60008 SERIES 1720
119. Figure 8 24 The only other signal input to the DAC circuit is the Load Digital Analog LDA signal from Decoder 017 on A14 Microprocessor Service Model 5342 Service 8 80 8 343 Data lines 00 03 are connected to counters U14 020 U21 which act as buffer regis ters control lines connected to 45V Wen LDA is low the Ao and 1 lines are decoded by 015 to provide a clock signal to the buffer registers Each of the buffer registers provides a 4 bit out put to the 12 bit digital to analog converter U23 Register U14 U20 and U21 provide the least next and most significant digit respectively to 023 for conversion to analog voltage which is output at pin 15 to the DAC OUT connector 8 344 The AD variable resistor R25 and OFFSET variable resistor R27 are intemal service adjustments to set the high and low limits of the DAC output voltage Refer to paragraph 5 41 for adjustment procedures 8 345 To keep incremental changes in the DAC output as small as possible the 5342A should be operated in the manual mode with minimum required resolution and as fast a sample rate as possible If operating with a low sample rate or high resolution 1 Hz is highest and a rapidly changing counted input the DAC output will change in large increments The AUTO operating mode may also have a similar effect with a resultant loss of smoothness in the DAC output 8 346 OPTION 011 HEWLETT PACKARD INTERFACE BUS HP IB 8 347 Introduction
120. GHz Detectors 2 required Osciloscope Mainframe Directional Coupler Directional Coupler Signal Generator Mainframe Bus System Analyzer T Troubleshooting Adjustments P Model 5342A General Information Table 1 4 Recommended Test Equipment REQUIRED RECOMMENDED CHARACTERISTICS MODEL 100 MHz bandwidth 10 Hz 10 MHz 10 MHz 2 4 GHz 2 GHz 18 GHz RF inputs from 1 MHz 500 MHz 20 Range 0 05V Resolution 10 MHz 350 MHz 100 kHz 1 accuracy HP 1740 compatibility 5342A compatibility DC 18 GHz TIL compatibility 1 mA 1 A range TIL compatibility DC 18 GHz 10 dB steps Clip for 14 pin 16 pin IC s 120V IN Isolated 120V OUT 2 X 10 pin 2 X 12 pin 2 X 15 pin 2 X 18 pin 2 2 X 22 pin 2 2X 24 pin A 14 Exender A15 Extender 10 MHz 18 GHz 10 MHz 18 GHz 30 dBm to 420 dBm DC 18 GHz 1 GHz 2420 dBm Output 100 MHz 20 dBm 2100 MHz gt 20 dBm 100 MHz 18 GHz HP 8755B compatibility 0 1 18 GHz HP 8755B compatibility 2 18 GHz 100 500 MHz Two Microwave sources needed for automatic amplitude discrimination test see D q ph 4 Control HP IB lines V Operational Verification Full Performance Testing TA OV P TA OV P HP 1740A HP 651B HP 8620 86222 HP 8620 86290 HP 1411 85524 8554 HP 3465A HP 3406A HP 3400A HP 1607A use with HP 1740A HP 5004A HP 11667A HP 546A HP 547A HP 545A HP 8495B HP P N 1400 0734 A
121. HANUAL CO f AUTJ on spc 2 CHECK POINT Z Press CONTINUE stp if L l gto 13 prt L CHECK POINT 3 wrt ctr Ohl beep dsp FREQ OFFSET 5000 wrt prt OrS hnz off sspe 2 dsp CHECK POINT 3 Press CONTINUE stp if L 1 gto 21 prt CRECK POINT 4 wrt ctr L beep dsp Low Range wait 5000 wrt ctr H beep prt Low Range lOiidz High Range 00000000000 2 ase CHECK POINT 4 Press Continue stp if L ligto 28 prt CHECK POINT 5 wrt ctr F beer dsp 5000 wrt ctr C beep prt ASTERISK off aso CHECK POINT 5 Press Continue spc 2 stp if L l gto 35 oe on DUN WHF oe 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 SIO BW D k O xr 41 Model 5342 Performance Tests Table 4 2 Model 9825A Program Continued prt CHECK POINT 6 fmt l SR f C SRl wrt ctr 1 X beep AtleX weit 20060 if X 1l0 gto 2 gto 2 prt RES lHHz2 dsp CHECK POINT 7 Press Continue Spc 2 stp if L 1 gto 42 prt CHECK POINT 7 Enter Menual Center Freq ent X fmt 3 SM 0 E if X 5e2 or X 1l 8e4 prt LIMIT ERROR gto 2 wrt ctr 3 X spe l prt Recall Cernter rreg spc l fxd O prt Does Center Freq X dsp CHECK POINT 8 Continue spe 2 stp if L 1 gto 51 prt CHECK POINT Enter Frequency Offset u2
122. L5 1 1 5 2V I C24 L 25 C26 T 6 8 T 6 8 001 R9 m ab 120 9 9 lt 1 Nc 22UH L ca 22 001 001 Figure 8 31 A8 Main VCO Assembly 8 163 5342 Service COMPONENT SIDE 3OLDER SIDE 8 164 td 9i2 9 80 112 A 1 UY 1 12 12 il P1 Part of Figure 8 32 A9 Main Loop Amplifier Assembly i5 Model 5342 Service A9 MAINLOOP AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY 05342 60009 SERIES 1720 ee NOTE 93 BILATERAL SWITCH SYMBOL NARROWBAND P O Eus fo FILTER SEE NOTE 1 93 1000 IN OUT _ IN OUT YY oe ON is T OFF Vss clo 28 PINS AND 2 OF ARE JUMPERED CLOSED PERMANENTLY SEE NOTE 1 U38 5 781011 5 8 718 10 11 I REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS WIDEBAND RIT SEE NOTE 1 E 2000 R9 LI L2 FROM XAIO 1 12 RAIN AU 383 KA Ba x A8 SL LCONTROL S o RIO C12 2000 390P e i FROM 12 MAIN Dee M qe 001 TABLE OF ACTIVE CLEMENTS e 2 Ct 6 REFERENCE HP PART MFR OR INDUSTRY DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER ISO CR1 CR4 CR2 Q1 Q3 Q4 U1 U2 U3 1902 0049 1901 0040 1853 0020 1854 0071 1820 1112 1820 0493 1820 1325 FZ7240 Same Same Same SN74LS74N LM307N CD4066AF 5V FROM XAI4A 3 FROM XAI4B IO 9 R6 21 5
123. MHz Press LED in key goes out function is off and display shows actual mea sured frequency Offset is still stored in memory and can be added to the measurement by pressing OFS MHz again Figure 3 3 Operating Procedures Continued Model 5342 Operation AUTOMATIC OFFSETS Example To hold a measurement and use it as a negative offset in subsequent measurements Rotate SAMPLE RATE cw to HOLD Blue SET OFSMHz key 8710 Rotate SAMPLE RATE to nomal NOTE The measured frequency will now be negatively offset by the frequency captured when in HOLD RESET RESET Pressing key clears the display and initiates a new measurement without clearing stored values of offset or center frequencies Clears any blinkng ready state key indicators but does not clear steady state indicators 5342A maintains current operating modes Figure 3 3 Operating Procedures Continued 3 11 Model 5342 Operation t 5342 MICROWAVE FREQUENCY COUNTER Bi HEWLETT PACKARD sev 12 MEC SAL GHz FREQ a RESOLUTION AUTO MANIMHzI VOKH2 HOOK Hz 5Q0MHz 500MH 18SHz TO MEASURE AMPLITUDE Example To simultaneously display frequency to 1 MHz resolution 5 leftmost digits and amplitude to 0 1 dB resolution 4 rightmost digits AMPL Press TO SET AMPLITUDE OFFSET Example To add 4 3 dB to the measured amplitude SET OFS dB ENTER
124. MHz of 4 GHz if then N number computed is off by 1 due to excessive FM then the displayed frequency will be off by 300 to 350 MHz 4 25 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 35 Automatic Amplitude Discrimination Test Specification The 5342A measures the largest of all signals present providing that the signal is 6 dB above any signal within 500 MHz 20 dB above any signal 500 MHz 18 GHz Description In this test two microwave generators are used to provide two signals into the 5342A The relative level of the two signals is adjusted to the specification and the 5342A must count the higher amplitude signal oo 00 Ac cos GENERATOR 1 POWER METER HP 11667A POWER SPLITTER CABLE HP 8481A POWER SENSOR GENERATOR 2 00 00 6 06 Set generator 1 to 18 GHz at a level to deliver 5 dBm to the 5342 set this level disconnect generator 2 from the 11667A and terminate that input port of the 11667A with a 909A Option 012 500 termination Con nect the 848 to the 5342A end of cable A and adjust the 86290A output fer a 5 dBm reading Set generator 2 to 500 MHz and at a level to deliver 25 dBm to the 5342A To set this level disconnect generator 1 from the 11667A input recon nect generator 2 to 11667A and terminate the generator 1 input of the 11667A with a 909A 500 termination Connect the 8481A to the 5342A end of cable A and adjust
125. MISCELLANEOUS 5000 9043 PIN BOARD EXTRACTOR 5000 9043 5040 6852 EXTRACTOR ORANGE 5040 6852 See introduction to this section for ordering information indicates factory selected value 6 22 14 A14C1 A14C2 A14C3 A14C4 14 5 14 6 14 7 A14C8 A14C9 A14C10 A14C11 A14C12 A14C13 A14C14 A14C15 A14C16 A14C20 A14C21 A14C22 A14C23 A14C24 A14C25 A14C26 A14C27 A14C28 A14CR1 A14CR2 A14CR3 A14L1 A14Q1 A14R1 A14R2 A14R3 A14R4 A14R5 A14R6 A14R7 A14R8 A14R9 A14R10 A14R11 A14R12 A14R13 A14R14 A14R15 A14R16 A14R17 A14R18 A14R19 A14R20 A14R21 A14R22 A14R23 A14R24 14 1 14 2 A14TP1 A14TP2 A14TP3 A14TP4 A14TP5 A14TP6 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 05342 60014 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 0106 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 2743 0160 2743 0160 2743 0160 3879 0160 3651 0160 0106 0160 3651 0160 2743 0160 3878 0160 0571 0160 3878 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 9100 1788 1854 0574 0698 5426 1810 0055 0698 7027 1810 0164 0698 5426 1810 0055 0698 5999 0698 5999 0675 1021 0675 1021 0698 5999 0698 8127 0675 1021 0698 6283 0698 5426 0698 8127 0675 1021 0698 6283 0698 5999 0698 5426 0698 5180 0698 5562 0675 1021 3101 1856 3101 1841 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1818 0698 1820 1081 1820 1081 1818 0697 1820 1197
126. Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A13TP6 1251 0600 A13TP7 1251 0600 A13TP8 1251 0600 A13U1 1820 0634 A13U2 1820 0634 A13U3 1820 1199 A13U4 1820 1112 A13U5 1820 1238 A13U6 1820 1238 A13U7 1820 1199 A13U8 1820 1197 A13U9 1820 1238 A13U10 1820 1238 A13U11 1820 1950 13012 1820 1225 13013 1820 1251 A13U14 1820 1251 A13U15 1820 1052 A13U16 1820 1225 A13U17 1820 1251 A13U18 1820 1251 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM B3C SZ SQ 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 IC CNTR MOS DECD 1820 0634 IC CNTR MOS DECD 1820 0634 IC INV TTL 15 MEX 1 01295 04N IC FF TTLLS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG SN74LS74N IC MUXR DATA SEL TTL LS 4 TO 1 LINE DUAL SN74LS253N IC MUXR DATA SEL TTL LS 4 TO 1 LINE DUAL SN74LS253N IC INV TTL LS HEX 1 01295 GATE LS QUAD 2 SN74LS00N IC MUXR DATA SEL TTL LS 4 TO 1 LINE DUAL SN74LS253N IC MUXR DATA SEL TTL LS 4 TO 1 LINE DUAL SN74LS253N IC GATE ECL OR NOR 3 INP MC10212P IC FF ECL D M S DUAL MC10231P IC CNTR TTL LS DECD ASYNCHRO SN74LS196N IC CNTR TTL LS DECD ASYNCHRO SN74LS196N IC XLTR ECL TTL ECL TO TTL QUD 2 INP MC10125L IC FF ECL D M S DUAL MC10231P IC CNTR TTL LS DECD ASYNCHRO SN74LS196N IC CNTR TTL LS DECD ASYNCHRO SN74LS196N 010 13
127. NOT FIELD REPAIRABLE 9 CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR 0960 0394 b A24 OPTION 00 IOMHZ OSCILLATOR 10544 6001 1 Figure 8 44 A24 Oscillator Assembly 8 189 Model 5342 Service ag d TO 11 1 PANEL TO A5 BOARD X A22 N MOTHERBOARD 91 Part of Figure 8 45 A25 Preamplifier Assembly 8 190 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS REFERENCE DESIGNATION CR1 CR2 CR3 CR5 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 HP PART MFR OR INDUSTRY NUMBER PART NUMBER 1901 0535 Same 1901 0040 Same 1854 0591 8FR 90 1854 0071 Same 1853 0058 S32248 1853 0020 Same 1826 0372 Same 1826 0065 LM311N 1820 0054 7400 Model 5342 Service C26 01 6 IF QUT M TO XAlI T STRIPLINE VIA A22W3 J3 c23 FROM n 01 SAMPLER VIPI IF OUT EXT J2 TX 5 15 Eat R24 REAR PANEL Fab ioo VIA W3 R34 RST 510 R29 FROM 15V 68IK 268 11 4 4 8 R4 U4A via 22 5 poop Ute UB UE 4 84 lt 9 10 lt 15V cR2 OFST V cw R33 8323 680K 150K 10K i i TP2 OVL s 96K 9 R45 1000 470K gt 15V I Q4 AY N ATI TO AI6B 3 AMPLITUDE 002 003 C33 VIA A22 AT2 1000P MT USED C32 7 1000 14 lo ior R35 I 1000P fg 1 62 FROM A22 TOUR MOTHERBOA
128. O0 O gt O gt O C0 CO COOOOOOOOOO O Inm O1O1 O O O lt O 0000 C000 00 OO 26 Ere NA 11 won nm EP 2 1 TIMING GENERATOR SERIES 1720 CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VbC CER 010 20 100VDC 01UF 20 100VDC CER 01UF 20 100VDC CER 01UF 20 100VDC CER 01UF 20 100VDC CER 01UF 20 100VDC CER 010 20 100VDC 01UF 20 100VDC CER 01UF 20 100VDC CER 01UF 20 100VDC 01UF 20 100VDC CER 01UF 20 100VDC 01UF 20 100VDC 01UF 20 100VDC CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 35VDC TA CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 60UF 20 VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER DIODE ZNR 12 1V 5 DO 7 PD 4W TC 064 TRANSISTOR NPN SI DARL PO 310MW TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 310MW FT 250MHZ RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 700 RESISTOR 200 5 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 10K 10 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 5 1K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 3 6K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 5 1K 5 125
129. OSCILLATOR 502 OUTPUT HP 1740A OSCILLOSCOPE Set the 5342A to 1 10 Hz 500 MHz range Set the 651B to 10 Hz and adjust level for 141 mV p p signal 50 mV rms Increase the frequency of the 651B and verify that the 5342A counts proper frequency from 10 Hz to 10 MHz Measure actual sensitivity at 10Hz 1kHz 500kHz 5MHz and 10MHz by monitoring p p voltage on oscilloscope Enter on performance test record Table 4 5 b 10 MHz 25 MHz n 6 onan n a OOS eg uo HP 1740A OSCILLOSCOPE 199299 6 o 9 9 8620 SWEEPER HP 86222A 5342A settings remain unchanged Adjust 86222A output for a 141 mV p p 50 mV rms reading on the 1740A Increase the frequency of the 8620C from 10 MHz 25 MHz and verify that the counter counts properly Monitor the output level on the oscil loscope for 141 mV p p 50 mV rms over the range Measure actual sensitivity at 15 MHz 25 MHz and enter on performance test record Table 4 5 4 18 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 31 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Sensitivity Test Standard and Option 003 Instruments Only Specification Description Setup Sensitivity 25 dBm 500 MHz 12 4 GHz 20 dBm 12 4 GHz 18 GHz For Option 003 Sensitivity 22 dBm 500 MHz 12 4 GHz 15 dBm 12 4 GHz 18 GHz The 5342A is set to the 500 MHz 18 GHz range a
130. Option 004 Display Driver Additions on A2 Assembly 8 151 Model 5342 Service y COMPONENT SIDE 1 SOLDER SIDE 1 Part of Figure 8 26 Direct Count Amplifier Assembly 8 152 CR1 CR2 CR6 CR7 CR5 CR8 Q1 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS 1901 0040 1901 0535 1901 0050 1854 0215 1855 0081 1853 0015 1854 0546 1854 0071 1820 0736 1820 1224 1826 0139 1820 0982 Same Same Same SPS3411 2N5245 Same Same Same Same MC10214P MC1458P1 Same FROM AlJl VIA A22W1 FROM AlJICIS VIA U2 FROM AlJ3 VIA A22W2 Model 5342A DIRECT INPUT ASSEMBLY 05342 60003 SERIES 1804 _ _ ts 220 p o MEGOHM PI INPUT RIS RIT 5100 R28 750 5V AAA SCHMITT TRIGGER AN 57 IK pe TR A RIS 42 2 R GATE m n Q4 T t 82 5 E R4 1 SV 133 QU EECL GATE R29 510 l R22 NE L2 4TK d 3 5V 1 c6 T 68 R36 50 i LI E sy LIMITER L c5 5V I 68 T V C24 1 8 6 8 11 12 10 0014 13 6 gp cre FI 50_ INpuT _ 01 STRIPLINE M 19 R43 1000 i 622 R37 po3 7 314 750 14 MAS e R38 al ke 90 ra 8 R R46 j NC 5 EECL 2 5 796 H DIRECT A R33
131. POWER SENSOR Set the 5342A to 10 Hz 500 MHz range and 500 e Set 8620C to 10 MHz and a level of 19 3dBm 25 mV ms as measured on the 436A Power Meter Measure actual sensitivity and verify that the 5342A counts at 10 MHz 100 MHz 520 MHz and record on operational verification record Table 4 1 Disconnect 11667A and connect 8481A directly to 86222A output Set 8620C to 25 MHz at a level of 19 3 dBm 25 mV ms Disconnect 8481A from 86222A output Switch 5342 to the 1 position Connect 86222A output to 5342A 10 Hz 500 MHz input 86222A supplies 25 mV mms into 500 or 50 mV ms into 1 Verify that the 5342A counts 25 MHz at 50 mV ms and record on oper ational verification record Table 4 1 4 2 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 14 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 500 Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test Option 002 Specification 1 5 dB accuracy for frequencies from 10 MHz to 520 MHz Minimum Level 17 dBm Setup HP 436A POWER METER HP 8620C SWEEPER HP 86222A OR 86290A 11667A POWER SPLITTER lt ET HP 8481A POWER SENSOR HP 8495B STEP ATTENUATOR Connect the 11667A directly using type N to BNC adapter to the 5342A BNC low frequency input Connect 8481A directly to the other 11667A output Set the 5342A to 10 Hz 500 MHz range 500 and amplitude mode Set the 86222A to 10 MHz and adjust output level and 8495B for a level of 17 dBm as measure
132. REQUEST IRQ This level sensitive input requests that an intemupt sequ ence be generated within the machine The processor will wait until it completes the current instruction that is being executed before it recognizes the request At that time if the interrupt mask bit in the Condition Code Register is not set the machine will begin an interupt sequence The Index Register Program Counter Accumulators and Condition Code Register are stored away on the stack Next the MPU will respond to the interrupt request by setting the interrupt mask bit high so that no further interrupts may occur At the end of the cycle a 16 bit address will be loaded that points to a vectoring address which is located in memory locations FFF8 and FFF9 An addressloaded at these locations causes the MPU to branch to an intenupt routine in memory The HALT line must be the high state for interrupts to be recognized The IRQ has high impedance intemal pullup however 3 extemal resistor to Vcc should be used for wire OR and optimum control of interrupts d Valid Memory Address VMA This output indicates to peripheral devices that there is a valid address on the address bus In nomal operation this signal should be utilized for enabling peripheral interfaces This signal is not three state One standard TIL load and 30 pF may be directly driven by this active high signal e Read We R W This TIL compatible output signals the peripherals and
133. T P1 Part of Figure 8 43 A19 A20 A21 and A23 Power Supply Assembly 8 186 i Model 5342 Service ATE MOTHERBOARD i DEFERENCE 19 P ARY POWER ASSEMBLY longa amp nojgl SEAIES O OO 20202 9 05 022 __ _ a SL CONDARY POWER ASSEMBLY 06542 0020 SERIES 1708 __ 06342 00221 AZI DRIVE ASSEMBLY 06542 20021 SERIES 804 __ ZOKHZ LI NOTE TRANSFORMER TEE er ns Me me ow ITE SYMBOL INDCATES 4 Li WARNING 300y PRESENT CIRCUITS ALWAYS T1ED TD POWER CORD M 2 2 1L a AS TEST POINT 1 A22 2160 n 2 ALL X amp CONNECTORS ARE CA2 MOTHERBDAND 3 MOUNTED ON A22 MOTHERBOARD 081 052 98342 00022 G1 RTI I Ri RI1 wis TS Pen 1 PrO A22 cia o aooe ATI RT2 o MSRE our mia ay LN Low MOTHERBOARD i ME t 05342 50022 yi v2 r ZEN Ti te li I I TP1 TP6 E li aa TL 10V P o _ 1 w RED26RY
134. The IF OUT on the rear panel of the 5342A should appear as follows IF OUT REAR PANEL OSCILLOSCOPE IN 500 POSITION OT us If this output is as shown above go to step 3 a If this output is not present then either the U1 Sampler or the A25 Preamplifier has failed Check the A25 Preamplifier by checking the dc voltages on the active components as given on the apron of the A25 schematic 8 116 Model 5342 Service Table 8 16 A11 A12 A25 Ut IF Troubleshooting Continued The U1 Sampler may be checked for continuity does not guarantee proper oper ation across the frequency range however in the following manner 1 Remove U1 sampler Refer tb Table 8 18 2 Measure the following resistance values on an ohmmeter set to the 1 KN resistance range 1 mA constant current Different values are obtained if the current is different than 1 mA IF OUTPUT RF INPUT ui IF OUTPUT SAMPLER DRIVER INPUT TABLE 8 15 All AR A25 RF INPUT 10042 10052 IF P IF OUT SAMPLER DRIVER INPUT Measure from the RF Input to IF OUT both forward and reverse bias Ohmmeter should read 570 forward bias e for reverse bias Measure from the RF Input to IF OUT both forward and reverse bias Ohmmeter should read 5700 forward bias 9 for reverse bias e Measure from the RF input to ground Ohmmeter should read 50 50 e Measure from sampler driver input to ground Ohmmeter should read 50
135. The offset channel switch is composed of CR3 CR2 and the main channel switch is composed of CR5 CR6 Wh the LO WCH signal TIL high the base of increases to approximately 3 8 volts which decreases the current through the emitter Since the differential amplifier formed by Q2 is driven by constant current source Q1 the current through the Q2 emitter increases since the total current must remain constant This causes the voltage dropped across R27 to decrease because the current decreased so that the collector of is at 0 8 volts Since the voltage dropped across R18 increases the collector of Q2 goes to 40 8 volts The 0 8 volts at the Q3 collector is passed through the decoupling network L1 L2 C2 which prevents the 300 350 Service Model Service 8 50 5342A MHz signal in one channel from passing through the switching network over to the other channel A 0 8 volt at the cathode of CR1 causes CR1 to be foreward biased and CR2 CR3 to be reversed biased thereby blocking the OFFSET OSC signal The 0 8 volt at the cathode of CR6 reverse biases CR6 and forward biases CR5 and CR4 thus permitting the MAIN OSC signal to pass in to the differential amplifier U2 Wh LO SWCH TIL low the current through Q3 increases and the operation is reversed 8 157 The output of the U2 differential pair drives common emitter amplifier U3 which uses one half of a differential transistor pair The output at a level of
136. Troubleshooting U sss 1 A2 Keyboard Display Troubleshooting ss Direct Count Amplifier Troubleshooting D COTRA ANS A13 Counter Troubleshooting LLL 02220002200 A17 Timing Generator Troubleshooting a ss 8 A9 A10 Main Loop Synthesizer Troubleshooting T A11 A12 A25 U1 IF Troubleshooting r I A4 A6 A7 Offset Loop Synthesizer Troubleshooting EERE ES TE A26 Sampler Driver Troubleshooting a A5 RF Multiplexer Troubleshooting IRR es Option 002 Amplitude Measurement Troubleshooting 0 Option 001 HP IB Troubleshooting vray Acceptor Handshake HP IB e e n Source Handshake HP 1B sss U23 U26 ROM Table HP IB a ey el LIST OF FIGURES e Figure Title Page 1 1 Model 5342A Microwave Frequency Counter 2 1 Line Voltage Selection Vs 2 1 2 Power Cable Part Numbers versus Mains Plugs Available 2 3 Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Connection 3 1 Front Pa
137. XA17 12 A22 1 18 A22W13 10 18 XA13 4 15 6 16 6 XA17 13 A22 1 17 22 14 10 15 XA12 15 15 XA15A 7 16 7 XA17 11 A22 1 5 22 15 XA10 16 XA12 16 16 15 8 XA16A 8 XA17 10 A22 1 6 22 16 XA10 17 XA12 17 17 XA15A 9 XA16A 9 XA17 9 A22 1 7 22 23 10 18 XA12 18 18 XAI5AJ 10 XA16A 10 17 8 A22 1 8 22 24 18 10 XA13 1 75 MHz sgnal sent from A1C Divide by N to All IF Limiter when 5342 is in CHECK mode 1 MHz TIL clock sent from A17 Timing Generator to A14 Microprocessor clock generator to derive 1 and 22 from MPU Divide by two output of Direct Count Amplifier Assembly to A13 Counter Assembly Divide by four output of Direct Count Amplifier Assembly to A13 Counter Assembly Signal from A8 Main VCO to AIO Divide by N Data Lines Signal from an extemal source via J2 on rear panel to A18 Time Base Buffer Assembly Option 002 signal from A16 board to U2 HF Amp to select frequency measurement Model Service 5342A RST High ECL Reset HECLR High Display We HSRCH EN High Search Enable IF Intermediate Frequency IF COUNT Intermediate Frequency to Counter Intermediate Frequency Limiter Output Intermediate Frequency output ISOLATOR Optical Isolator LAM PEN Option 002 Low Amplitude Enable AMP MTR Low Amplitu
138. Y 3 4 5 3 B IBV x IE iii FROM e ORE E I 0555 1 H A 1 I I FROM 3 M xaar 644 Yea l SUPPLY TD UISA B D PEE COUNTER A __ Loj AT WULTIPLENER 7 I 2 2 Ol 1 tb 1 13 13 on 50 Re ux 19115 BI s Eni 7 t 22 22 3 un l I IT F ri 21 21 1 I a Mid 5 25 1 i 5 T i 14 1 EM WX 1 t T 15 L I BB 1 EH FRDM ed 12 EIN L Lc a FAN CIT 1 w p FROM X 3 21 7 P v i mum gd Se Mite ui aaa ES E m mm LO DIRECT j nem HE spn pe a aa L cM eea a oom _ _ LU OPTION Figure 8 36 13 Counter Assembly 8 173 Model 5342A Service e lu z 22 o m tc lt e m LL x o 1 m l 3015 939705 4 991 LN3NOdWO2 Part of Figure 8 37 A14 Microprocessor Assembly 8 174 4 PROCESSOR ASSEMBL Y _I65342 6D013 SENIES 1840 _ Model 5342A Service
139. a 546A Logic Pulser and simultaneously check the corre sponding output U18 3 5 7 9 11 with the 545A Logic Probe Remove the ground from U11 13 bo vany He clocking an input has no effect upon an output all the outputs should be in the igh Z state U30 CHECK Change the ground to U11 15 with the clip lead This enables the State In register U30 Clock each of the inputs to U30 2 6 10 12 14 and simultaneously check the corresponding outputs of U30 3 7 9 11 13 Remove the ground from U11 15 and verify that clocking an input has no effect upon an output U15 CHECK Change the ground to U11 14 which enables the Command In register U15 Set the DIO switches and ATN to the following su Ng a 00000 5342A rear panel HP IB address switches set to 00001 This should cause the U26 ROM outputs to present a TTL low to U15 12 13 14 Verify this with a logic probe U15 11 will be TTL high since the A15 assembly powers up with the U20 Listen FF reset Clock U15 7 with the Logic Pulser and verify that U15 3 4 5 are TTL low and U15 6 is TTL high Set the DIO switches to the following ATN 87654321 1 00100001 Clock U20 12 to set the U20 Listen FF This causes U15 11 to go TTL low Now set the DIO switches to the following ATN 87654321 1 00010001 This causes the U26 ROM outputs to present a TTL high to U15 12 13 14 Verify this with the logic probe U15 11 should beTTL low Clock U15 7 and verify that
140. a diagnostic mode press front panel set key twice SET SET and then the number corresponding to the desired mode For example pressing SET SET 8 goes into diagnostic mode 8 the keyboard check To leave a diagnostic mode press RESET The following de scribes the available diagnostic modes TABLE 8 8 DIAGNOSTIC MODES DIAGNOSTIC MODE FUNCTION 0 Displays mnemonics SP 23 followed by Hd SP indicates that the VCO s are sweeping 2 indicates that the unlatched power detector is set indicating an IF of sufficient amplitude and an IF in the range of 50 100 MHz 3 indicates that there is a proper IF for both the Main VCO and OFFSET VCO 3 is displayed after the VCO s have stopped sweeping Hd indicates harmonic determination has been complete it is displayed at the end of the prs Counter displays OSC in MHz to 100 kHz sign of IF for subtract and for add and the harmonic number N For example IF is added 344 2 MHz 10 99 rounded to 11 thi ALILI 2 1 z a n MHz kHz Hz This is displayed at the end of the harmonic determination The sign of the IF indicates that the Nth harmonic of the VCO is less than the unknown so that the IF must be added the sign of the IF indicates that the Nth harmonic of the VCO is greater than the unknown so that the IF must be subtracted Counter continuously displays the contents of the A counter during harmonic dete
141. and Service Office listed at the back of this manual Instruments having a lower serial prefix than that listed on the title page are covered inLSection VIII 1 9 ACCESSORIES 1 10 Table 1 2 lists accessory equipment supplied and Table 1 3 lists accessories available Table 1 2 Equipment Supplied DESCRIPTION HP PART NUMBER Detachable Power Cord 229 cm 7 feet long 8120 1378 5342A 1 3 Model 5342 General Information 1 4 Table 1 3 Accessories Available Bail Handle Kit 5061 2002 Rack Mounting Adapter Kit Option 908 5061 0057 Rack Mounting Adapter Kit with slot for access K70 59992A to front connectors from rear Transit Case 9211 2682 Service Accessory Kit refer to Model 10842A Microwave Attenuators Model 8491B 8494 5 6H Signature Analyzer Model 5004A 1 11 DESCRIPTION 1 12 The 5342A Microwave Frequency Counter measures the frequency of signals in the range of 10 Hz to 18 GHz with a basic sensitivity of 25 dBm Signals in the frequency range of 10 Hz to 500 MHz are measured by the direct count method Signals in the frequency range of 500 MHz to 18 GHz are down converted to an IF by a heterodyne conversion technique for application to the counter circuits The unique conversion technique employed results in high sensitivity and FM tolerance in addition to automatic amplitude discrimination The counted IF is added to the local oscilator frequency to determine the unknown frequency for display 1 1
142. and connect the 8481A directly to the other 11667A output Set the 8620C at 500 MHz and adjust the output level and the step attenu ator for 22 dBm as measured on the 436A Power Meter 8495B set for at least 10 dB Set the 5342A to the 500 MHz 18GHz range and select amplitude mode Slowly vary the 8620C up to 12 4 GHz and verify that the 5342A counts correctly Take measurements at 500 MHz 1 GHz 5 GHz 10 GHz 12 4 GHz Verify that the 436 reading is within 1 5 dB of the 5342A reading Be sure to change the 436A calibration factor with frequency At each frequency increase level by taking out 10 dB in the 8495B attenuator and verify that the readings agree within 1 5 dB Record the actual 5342A amplitude readings on the performance test record Table 4 5 Set the 8620C to 12 4 GHz and adjust the output level to 15 dBm as mea sured on the 436A Power Meter Slowly vary the frequency to 18 GHz and verify that the 5342A counts correctly Take measurements at 12 4 GHz 15 GHz 17 GHz 18GHz and verify that the 5342A is within 1 5 dB of the 436A reading be sure to adjust 436A calibration factor At each frequency increase level by reducing 8495B 10 dB and verify that readings again agree within 1 5 dB Record the actual amplitude readings on the performance test record 4 5 4 27 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 37 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 500 Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test Option 002 Specificatio
143. approximately 15 dBm is ac coupled through C25 and sent to the A26 Sampler Driver 8 158 A6 OFFSET LOOP AMP SEARCH GENERATOR ASSEMBLY 8 159 The Offset Loop Amplifier Search Generator assembly Figure 8 29 consists of a filter and amplifier which condition the phase signal from A7 for locking the offset loop b A search signal generator which drives the offset VCO such that the difference frequency between the offset VCO and the main VCO is within the capture range of the offset phase locked loop A signal called LPOS Slope is generated on A6 which prevents the loop from locking up when the offset VCO is 500 kHz above the main VCO this insures that the offset VCO is always 500 kHz below the main VCO 8 160 The search generator consists of transistor Q4 Schmitt trigger NAND gates UI1B 10 diodes and the integrator formed by operational amplifier U2 and integrating capacitor C 10 This integrator is also used by the error signals from A7 and is part of the compen sation for the phase locked loop 8 161 Variable resistors R1 SEP CENTER FREQ and R2 SWEP RANGE are adjusted to provide a triangular waveform at test point TP1 of 4 to 4 volts which corresponds to VCO search frequency range of approximately 380 MHz to 270 MHz 8 162 Wh HSRCH EN low both diodes CR3 CR4 are reversed biased and the search generator is effectively isolated from the integrator U2 Wh HSRCH EN low the
144. are reset every 8 microseconds and the counting of the IF begins again This process of counting the IF for 4 microseconds setting the qualifiers and resetting the counters after 8 microseconds occurs continuously 8 211 IF signal output is prescaled by 4 2 and 2 The ECL output of U3 15 is translated to TIL levels by transistor Q1 This signal is then counted for 4 microseconds The NOR gate U6 is enabled for a period of 4 microseconds by U6 2 going low for 4 microseconds This 4 microsecond gate is generated by divider U15 which divides 1 MHz input by 8 The input is from the A18 Time Base Buffer During the 4 microseconds gate time the count is totalized by binary counters U5 and 010 The contents of the counters are decoded by 08 U9 such that if the IF frequency is in the range of 48 MHz to 102 MHz the U5 and U10 counters count 48 to 102 counts during the 4 microsecond gate U6 13 TP5 will be high If the IF is in the range of 22 MHz to 128 MHz U6 10 TP6 will be high Dual flip flop U13 is loaded with this qualifier infor mation every 8 microseconds by a clock signal from U11 12 TP4 After a 1 microsecond delay the U5 U10 counters are reset by a low level from U14 6 Figure 8 T3 shows the timing for the filte r Transfer TP4 Reset U5 U10 Figure 8 13 Filter Timing on A12 IF Detector Model 5342 Service 8 212 Wen the instrument is sweeping the A14 Microprocessor issues LPDREA
145. cable is connected to an appropriate ac power source this cable connects the chassis to earth ground The type of power cable plug shipped with each instrument depends on the country of destination Refer to Figure 2 2 for the part numbers of the power cable and plug configurations available 8120 1369 POWER INPUT SOCKET 8120 1378 8120 0698 8120 2104 Figure 2 2 Power Cable HP Part Numbers versus Mains Plugs Available WARNING BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS INSTRUMENT THE PROTECTIVE EARTH TERMINALS OF THIS INSTRU MENT MUST BE CONNECTED TO THE PROTECTIVE CONDUCTOR OF THE MAINS POWER CORD THE MAINS PLUG SHALL ONLY BE INSERTED IN A SOCKET OUTLET PROVIDED WITH A PROTECTIVE EARTH CONTACT THE PROTECTIVE ACTION MUST NOT BE NEGATED BY THE USE OF AN EXTENSION CORD POWER CABLE WITHOUT A PROTECTIVE CONDUCTOR GROUNDING Model 5342A Installation 2 11 Operating Environment 2 12 TEMPERATURE The 5342A be operated in temperatures from 0 C to 55 C 2 13 HUMIDITY The 5342A may be operated in environments with humidity up to 95 How ever it should be protected from temperature extremes which cause condensation in the instrument 2 14 ALTITUDE The 5342A may be operated at altitudes up to 4 600 metres 15 000 feet 2 15 STORAGE AND SHIPMENT 2 16 Environment 2 17 The instrument may be stored or shipped in environments within the following limits TEMPERATURE 40 C to 75
146. can be determined from the relation fx 1 1 where fx unknown frequency N harmonic of frequency synthesizer which mixed with unknown to produce countable IF 1 programmed frequency of synthesizer IF produced by Nefimixing with fx 8 88 The frequency fi of the programmable synthesizer is known since it is known where indexing of the synthesizer was stopped The IF flF1 is known since it is counted by the low fre quency counter Stil to be determined are number and the sign of the IF the sign of flF1 will be if Nefis less than fx the sign of flFiis if Nefxis greater than fx 8 37 Model 5342 Service 8 89 To determine N and the sign of fiF one more measurement must be taken with the synthesizer offset from its previous value by a known frequency f2 f1 Af This produces an IF firz which is counted by the low frequency counter is determined by the following fir2 fx if Nfo gt fx therefore N fiF1 fiF2 fi fo or if fx is greater than fir1 fx if lt fx fx if lt fx therefore N fir fip fi fo 8 90 Referring tb Figure 8 7 it is seen that if fxis greater than Nefi then fi produced by mixing with fx will be less than fir2 produced mixing N f2 with fx since f2is less than f1 by Af However if fx is less than Nef1 then fir1 will be greater than fir if fy gt
147. comes in at XA13 8 and after passing through TIL to ECL con verters drives 012 and U12B to switch the IF between counter and counter B Wen LO Switch is high counter A is selected and LO Switch is low counter B is selected 8 219 The 8 decade channel A counter consists of decade counter 017 the least significant decade decade counter U13 6 decade counter U1 8 decade channel B counter con sits of decade counter U18 least significant decade decade counter U14 and 6 decade counter U2 8 220 To output the contents of the 8 decades to the microprocessor each counter has outputs which pass through multiplexer The counter A multiplexer consists of 4 line to 1 line data selectors U5B The counter B multiplexer consists of U6A U6B U10A and U10B If the LCTRRD low counter read sgnal goes low and if A5 logic 1 then the A counter multi plexer is enabled otherwise the three state outputs are in the high Z state and the contents of 8 59 Model 5342 Service 8 60 the A counters are output on the data lines to the microprocessor Wh LCTRRD low and the A5 logic then B counter multiplexer is enabled and its contents are output on the data lines 8 221 After passing through main gate 011 the signal is switched to either the A counter or the B counter by gates associated with 2 flip flop U12A and 1128 If the A counter is selected the IF signal is divided by 2 by U12B and divide
148. complement of 4 9 s complement of 3 don t care digits f Tnot check if 1 check if 0 This would be followed by D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 02 01 08 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 LSYL No o id d a 7 9 5 complement of 2 3 9 s complement of 6 Model 5342 Service 8 188 The most significant bit in the upper byte is used to indicate the CHECK condition If U17 12 is low the D flip flop U5 is enabled and the output of U6 is again divided by two In CHECK mode the main VCO is programmed to 300 MHz The CHECK signal at XA10 11 is 300 MHz divided by four so that the 5342A displays 75 MHz in CHECK In CHECK the following out puts should be present U16 LSB Least significant BCD digit 9 s complement of 2 MSB LSB Digit 2 9 s complement of e 03 CQ r3 MSB LSB Digit 3 9 s complement of 2 c oc on MSB U17 15 0 Most significant digit 0 8 189 Before the divider chain formed 012 U9 013 014 and 08 be explained the two following divide by N techniques must be discussed a Two modulus prescaler technique b A counter divider chain utilizing 95 complement 8 190 Two Modulus Prescaler Technique 8 191 The two modulus prescaler technique is illusrated below HIGH AFTER P 1 X D INPUT PULSES SCALER CONTROL DISABLES D CTR DISABLE y PROGRAMMABLE 2 MODULUS COUNTER COUNTER fin PRESCALER Np fout P OR
149. drop out or excessve FM deviation 8 208 The IF signal enters differential pair U2 and is amplified by approximately 14 dB The output at U2 5 passes through a 125 MHz low pass filter formed by C5 L1 C10 12 C7 and is detected by CR1 and Cl The voltage across is presented to the inverting input of voltage comparator U1 which due to the postive feedback provided by resistor R9 exhibits approxi mately 5 mV hysteresis The OFFSET potentiometer R7 is adjusted so that the output of U1 7 goes low when the input signal to the counter drops below 32 dBm for a 1 GHz input 8 209 The other IF output of U2 U2 8 is ac coupled through C11 to differential pair U4 where it is amplified by another 14 dB Potentiometer R12 B2 is used to equalize balance the currents through the two emitters of the transistor pair This is done by adjusting R5 for maximum gain through the stage Potentiometer R2 B1 is adjusted in a similar manner U4 has two outputs 04 5 and U4 8 The output at U4 5 IF COUNT appears at XA12 8 and is sent to the A13 counter to be counted The output at U4 8 is ac coupled by capacitor C16 to a digital filter 8 210 The digital filter consists of U6 05 010 U8 U9 011 014 and 015 The filter counts the IF signal fora period of 4 microseconds and based on the number of counts totalized during the 4 microseconds sets two qualifiers which indicate if the IF is within the necessary frequency range The counters
150. ent X fmt 4 SOI f 6 E vrt ctr 4 X fxd 6 prt Recall OFS MZ spc l prt Does OFS MHZ X asp CHECK POINT 9 Press Continue spc 2 stp if L l gto 58 prt CHECK POINT 9 wrt ctr AUHOMOSR3SR1l red ctr A prt CHECK A RECALL on dsp CHECK POINT 10 CONTINUE spc 2 stp if L l gto 63 prt CHECK POINT 10 wrt ctr KELSR3T1 trg ctr wait 4000 trg ctr beep wait 4000 trg prt 2 Heasurements HOLL wrt Ctr RESRO9TO spc 2 prt Vary SR Pot dsp Press Continve strp wrt ctr T2 spc 2 prt Fast Sample dsp Press Continue stp wrt ctr T13 beep wait 4000 wrt ctr T3 beep wait 4000 wrt Spc 2 prt 3 measurements sample then HOLD dsp CHECK FOINT ll Press CONTINUE spc 2 stp if L l gto 68 prt CHECK POINT 11 wrt ctr LSR6TOSTl1 dsp only If Adressed wait 5000 rea ctr A beep prt freg A wrt 512 dsp Wait Until Addressed wait 5000 beep red ctr A prt freq A Model 5342 Performance Tests Table 4 2 Model 9825A Program Continued asp CHECK POINT 12 Press Continue spc 2 str if L l gto 80 87 prt POINT 12 1 88 wrt X 1 gt X if X 500 trg 90 rds ctr A Sp 91 if X21000 prt status A gto 2 92 gto 3 93 dsp CHECK POINT 12 Press Continue stp 94
151. erint 61 9 l 23 SY 01 E ECL s x C15 RI pop 78K pt 1 n 5 NC 4 js 2 DIRECT B 5 C26 R 50 STRIPLINE Lou s T te Ha x t g 2n id 5v d co 5V ii lr Bv 1 RSET gt yp Cor een ae cae Service 5 FROM XAIT 4 2 TO XAI3 7 TO XAI3C14 4 FROM XAI3 10 Figure 8 26 A3 Direct Count Amplifier Assembly 8 153 Model 5342 Service COMPONENT SIDE SOLDER SIDE Part of Figure 8 27 A4 Offset VCO Assembly 8 154 Model 5342 Service 4 OFFSET VCO ASSEMBLY 05342 60004 _SERIES 1708 mE NOTES P O PI INDUCTANCE OF TUNED CIRCUIT FORMED 3 3 5V A BY TRACE ON THE BOARD 22UH C6 3 C5 T 6 8 001 601 6 8 sig 001 C25 0 ose ly TO TO _8 50 STRIPLINE iud 10 i l 22 AM 142 DESIGNATIONS V i i R14 EET E c20 43 V 100P 5 R13 LT 0 100 are i FROM xae e 5 OFFSET CONTROL RIS RII E C14 hos BEAD cis 00 tue G CR2 V 001 NOTE 46 2 4700 CI6 L5 2 d 001 22UH vn TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS RT L REFERENCE
152. for an increase in the voltage of 35V D the pulse width of the A21U4 outputs decrease The net result of controlling the pulse width of the 20 kHz output is to control the duty cycle of the output waveforms of Q1 Q2 and hence the duty cycle of the rectangular waveform delivered to the LC filter in the 45V D output The IC filter averages this rectangular waveform to produce a dc output level which is proportional to the duty cycle of the input waveform 8 273 The feedback provided by the 5 D sense signal establishes a controlled input to the primary of 20 1 Other taps on the secondary of 2011 are rectified filtered and de livered to individual linear voltage regulators to provide 45V A output analog supply 5 2V 15V 15V and 12 8 274 The oven transformer output is rectified and filtered to provide power to the control circuits 04 on A21 and oven power when the Option 001 oven oscilator is installed These oven transformer voltages are available whenever the 5342A is plugged into the line voltage regardless of the position of front panel power switch 8 275 CURRENT LIMITING Total current load is sensed by resistor A19R5 and a signal is sent via optical isolator CR2 to the 2103 Timer which acts as an overcurent shutdown cir cuit Wen excessive current is drawn the output of U3 tums off the 20 kHz oscilator on U4 for approximately 2 seconds 8 276 For output voltages other than the 45V D output exces
153. front panel Pull out A1 A2 which are sandwiched together by a center press on connector Make sure ribbon cable remains connected to A2 3 Remove A14 from the 5342A chassis With a clip lead ground the following pins and observe the display for the following lighted LED segments a 8 102 A2U1 3 all b segments and dBm light should light A2U1 6 all decimal points and blue key should light A2U1 8 all d segments REM light and MAN key should light A2U1 11 all c segments GATE light and OFS MHz key should light A2U4 3 all g segments and RECALL key should light A2U4 6 all a segments and FM light and AMPL key should light A2U4 8 all e segments and AUTO key should light A2U4 11 all f segments SET key and OFS dB key should light a ofa fo dg If all segments light as specified then the LED s A1DS11 through DS21 and the associated transistor drivers on A1 are operating properly In addition the scan clock comprised of A2U5 U3 013 U6 and the column scanners A2U2 U7 are operating properly If only one segment in the display lights troubleshoot the scan clock and column scanners on A2 Model 5342 Service Table 8 11 A1 A2 Keyboard Display Troubleshooting Continued If the 5342A does not perform the power up diagnostic but A1 A2 properly perform the test described in step 3 the probable cause of the failure is A2U11 U8 TTL RAM memory A2U16 data bus buffer 205 U13
154. if L l gto 88 95 prt POINT 13 96 ctr beep 97 spc 2 prt REMOTE Off dsp CHECK POINT 13 Press Continue stp 98 if L 1 gto 2 99 prt CHECK POINT 14 100 rem ctr sp REMOTE 101 llo 7 beep prt LOCAL LOCKOUT csp Press Continue stp 102 lcl 7 prt Return to LOCAL 103 spc l prt Off dsp CHECK POINT l4 Press Continue stp 104 ren 7 105 if Leligte 5 106 ent AMPL C if CS YES gto 2 107 END prt END stp 108 spc 4 prt AMPL 002 spc 2 109 prt CHECK POINT 1 110 wrt ctr AM1 beep wait 5000 lll wrt 112 prt Off 113 dsp CHECK POINT 1 Press Continue spc 2 stp 114 if L l gte 110 115 prt CHECK POINT 2 116 wrt 1 1 wait 5000 wrt 117 prt DE Off 118 POINT 2 Press Continue spc 2 stp 119 if L l gto 116 120 prt POINT 3 spc l prt Enter AMP OFFSET 121 ent X 122 if lt 99 9 or X 39 9 prt LIMIT ERROR gto 2 123 fmt 5 SOB I l E swrt ctr 5 X 124 fxd l prt Recall CFS DB Does OFS DB 125 dsp CHECK POINT 3 Press Continue spc 2 stp 126 if Lel gto 120 127 prt CHECK POINT 4 128 dsp Press Continue stp ct
155. information Indicates factory selected value 6 41 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 7 Option 004 Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code 05342 60026 7 1 DISPLAY DRIVER ASSEMBLY SERIES 1826 28480 05342 60028 ASCO 0160 3879 7 6 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF Don 100VDC CE 28480 0160 3879 A2C3 0180 0230 0 1 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC TA 56289 1500105X0050A2 A2C3 0180 0106 9 2 CAPACITOR FXD 60UF 20 6VDC TA 56289 1500606X0006B2 2 4 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A2C5 0180 1743 2 1 CAPACITOR 1UF 10 35VDC TA 56289 150D104X9035A2 2 6 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A2C7 0160 3878 6 2 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A2C8 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A2C9 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A2C10 0180 1714 7 1 CAPACITOR FXD 330UF 24 1096 6VDC TA 56289 1500337X900652 A2C12 C15 NOT ASSIGNED A2C11 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A2C16 0180 0106 9 CAPACITOR FXD 60UF 20 6VDC TA 56289 150D606X000682 A2C17 0160 3878 6 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A2C18 0160 0573 2 2 CAPACITOR FXD 4700PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 0573 A2C19 0160 0573 2 CAPACITOR FXD 4700PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 0573 A2C20 0160 0570 9 1 CAPACITOR FXD 220PF 20 100VDC 28480 0160 0570 A2J2 1250
156. interrupt to the microprocessor The program stops executing the current program and jumps to subroutine to find out which device caused the interrupt and why subroutine determines that the keyboard generated the intemupt Circuitry on A2 tells the microprocessor that the SET key was pressed The program then sends commands to A2 to cause the light in the SET key to blink as well as the code to be displayed both of which actas prompters to the user All of this occurs very quickly and is virtually transparent to the user 8 134 The A2 Display Driver assembly is driven by 6 kHz clock scan clock formed by Schmitt trigger U5E feedback resistor R7 and capacitor C5 This clock is continuously running and out puts a TIL signal with a positive pulse width of approximately 40 ps The output of the scan clock goesthrough a jumper which maybe removed to allow testing with a logic pulser to simulate the clock and drives decade counter U3 The outputs of U3 are decoded by U13C and U6 to reset the U3 outputs to all TIL low after 13 clocks have been counted These 13 states correspond to the 11 digits and 2 annunciator lines which need to be driven in the display 8 135 The output of the U3 counter passes through 3 state driver U6 The purpose of U6 is to force invalid states into column scanner U2 and U7 so that on power up when LDVRST goes low the display is blank On reset the input to U10 goes low and the control to U6 1 goes high whic
157. is at 40 7 volts A positive signal at the AMPL ON input approximately 42 5 volts tums on CR2 and routes the signal to detector CR3 CRI is off in this model The detected microwave signal DETEC TED RF HF exists through feedthrough capacitor C10 This dc level can vary from 500 uV for inputs around 30 dBm up to 2 volts for 20 dBm inputs 8 309 The 100 kHz HF input from A16 is detected by Shottky diode CR4 which is in thermal proximity to CR3 The DETECTED 100 kHz HF output is sent to A16 for comparison with the detected microwave signal 8 310 A27 Low Frequency Amplitude Assembly 8 311 This assembly shown in Figure 8 39 performs the same function as the U2 assembly by switching the input signal in the range of 10 520 MHz between the A3 Direct Count Ampli fier for frequency measurements and A27CR3 Shottky diode detector for amplitude measure ments The frequency range foramplitude doesnot go below 10MHz due to the storage time of the PIN diodes 8 312 Wen the AMPL SEL input is 15 volts 1 is tumed on via R4 to ground and CR2 is turned off This routes the input signal to for frequency measurements Wen AMPL SEL is 15 volts CR2 is tumed on via to ground and CRI is tumed off This routes the input to Shottky diode detector CR3 8 313 Detector CR4 detects the 100 kHz input and the detected output is sent to A16 for com parison with the detected low frequency signal Variable resistors R9 and R10 are us
158. like a resistor of 100 to 200 ohms to allow small amount of signal to pass through diode CR1 and capacitor C2 to RF OUT and to U1 Sampler providing 15 to 18 dB of attenuation The current that tums diode CRI on very lightly is provided from the 45V supply thru resistor R2 and R3 to U2C5 L2 CRI and 11 8 339 The current thru diode CRI is determined by the value of resistor A16R2 which is selected at the factory during manufacture to produce the comect amount of attenuation in the high attenuation mode This value is labeled on the outside of the U2 assembly 8 340 OPTION 004 DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERSION DAC 8 341 The digitalto analog DAC conversion option 004 provides an analog output at the rear panel DAC OUT connector Any group of three consecutive digits on the front panel display may be selected to produce an analog output of from 0 to 10 volts as described ih Figure 3 5 This conversion is performed by the circuit shown in Figure 8 25 The components of this circuit are added to the A2 Display Driver Assembly to provide Option 004 NOTE The following description assumes a knowledge of the theory of operation of AI Display A2 Display Driver paragraph 8 132 and A14 Microprocessor paragraph 8 225 8 342 The four data lines 00 03 and two address lines Ao A1are connected to the input of the DAC circuit as shown in Figure 8 25 These lines from A14 Microprocessor are connected via U16 on A2 assembly as shown in
159. m FEE Example To subtract 4 3 dB from the measured amplitude SET OFS dB CHS ENTER 3 12 Figure 3 4 Amplitude Measurements Option 002 Model 5342 Operation 5342A MICROWAVE FREQUENCY COUNTER VB PACKARD LE d EPI zl a KHr tee PREG RESOLUTION SAMPLE RATE AUTO MANIMHz D0KHE Ite ges Dc a B Z AMPE OFS HE OFS MHz 5 BE 5 one d DAC KEY The DAC key is effective only when DAC Option 004 is installed Selects any three consecutive dis played digits to convert to voltage The position of the most significant digit of selected digits is determined by the black numbered key For example Blue key To select digits as follows EE H H Lil I GHz MHz kHz Hz A dc voltage of 8 to 10 volts corresponding to the selected digits will be present at the DAC OUT connector on the rear panel Selected digits 000 produces V output 999 produces 9 99V output NOTE Use the manual mode minimum required resolution 1 MHz is lowest and as fast a sample rate as possible to obtain the smoothest output Figure 3 5 DAC Operation Option 004 3 13 Model 5342 Operation 3 45 OPERATOR KEYBOARD CHECK 3 46 Check for proper operation of the keyboard and display by pressing the keys listed and observing display To from keyboard check mode press RESET
160. memory devices whether the MPU is in a Read high or We low state The normal standby state of this signal is Read high Three sate Control going high will tum Read We to the off high impedance state Also when the processor is halted it will be in the off state The output is capable of driving one standard TIL load and 130 pF 8 230 The MPU U21 is driven by a two phase clock 41 at U21 3 and 42 at U21 37 As shown Figure 8 37 the two phase clock is derived from the 1 MHz input at XA14B 8 8 Switch S2 allowsa 1 MHz clock to be used normal operation or a 500 kHz clock debugging purposes The switch must be set as shown for 1 MHz operation or 500 kHz operation D BC 500 KHz HE A OPERATION 2 2 1MHz OPERATION e gt 8 231 The 1 MHz signal now passes through the delay generator formed by U22A U22B and U24F which delays 42 with respect to 01 clock driver consists of U23A and the 92 clock driver consiss of U23C and D 8 232 The address outputs of U21 pass through three state inverting line drivers U16 U18 and U8 Since the Bus Available control line U21 7 is low the three state drivers are always enabled In direct memory access applications which are not implemented in the HP 5342 Bus Available goes high indicating that the MPU has stopped and that the address bus is available The address lines drive RAM U12 and ROM UI U4 and U7 The U12 RAM occupies 128 memory
161. of A13 8 Put A13 on extender board and put AP clips on A13U3 U5 U8 and U10 Connect the following 1607 data bit lines as follows 1607 Data Inputs A13 Connections Description Data bit 0 U3 8 AB line U3 10 A1 line U3 12 A2 line U5 14 A3 line U5 2 A4 line 08 1 AS line U3 7 U8 12 U5 7 U5 9 U10 7 10 U10 9 11 NOT USED U5 8 CLOCK TP on A14 eGND U10 8 Set 1607A to repetitive Table A word trigger delay off and start display Put bits 15 7 in the OFF don t care position Place the 5342A in CHECK mode and 1 MHz resolution Select each of the following trigger words EXAMPLES 1 2 and 3 and verify the proper 1607A display in the don t card bits of the trigger word 8 106 Model 5342 Service Example 1 CHECK Mode 1 MHz Resolution OFF DATA BITS TRIGGER WORD COMMENTS SHOULD BE DATA BITS 10 9 4 3 2 These two bits ignored 0 0 0 CHECK since they repre sent state of dividers on A3 This reads out least signifi cant counts In this case we re reading state of divider U12B bit 9 and divider U16B bit 10 Count equals 3 in this case Bit 7 U17 5 output Bit U17 9 output Bit 9 U17 2 Bit 102 U17 12 Count 8 in this case Bit U13 5 output Bit U13 9 output Bit 9 U13 2 output Bit 10 U13 12 Count 1 in this case Bit 7 U1 15 10 decade Bit 8 U1 16 10 decade Bit 9 U1 1 10 decade Bit 10 U1 2 10 decade Count 0
162. program then there is a high probability that the HP IB Interface A15 assembly is working properly If the 5342A does not respond as described refer to HP IB troubleshooting in NOTE Prior to conducting the performance test check the A15 board revision letter adjacent to the board part number If the revision letter is D or later check the LSRQ line to pin 13 to be sure the jumper is installed as shown in Figure 8 38 4 7 Model 5342 Perfommance Tests 4 8 4 21 To perform the verification set up the 5342A as shown and set its rear panel address switches to address 07 FREQ STD OUT HP IB CABLE 98034A HP IB INTERFACE Pd SET TO ADDRESS 7 9825A should have either the 98213A General 1 Extended I O ROM or the 98214A Plotter Generat IMPEDANCE SELECT 5022 1 0 Extended 1 0 ROM 5342A ADDRESS SWITCHES TALK ONLY As L D A1 le 4 22 The program listed in Table 4 2 thay be keyed into the 9825A or may be loaded from a HP IB Verification Cassette HP P N 59300 10001 Revison B or later which also contains HP IB verification programs for the 59300 series of instruments To run the program on the cassette insert the cassette into the 9825A load 0 and press RUN Enter 5342 when the instrument mode number is requested and select code 707 when select code is requested The 9825A will then load the 5342A verification program into memory 4 23 Apply power to the 5342A
163. reached at which TP9 also goes low If these test points are correct the detectors operate properly If the detectors do not operate go to step 7 If the detectors operate as above but if the counter is in AUTO with a 50 MHz signal applied to its high frequency input and if after placing the counter in diagnostic mode 0 the counter displays SP or SP2 only the most probable cause is that the U12 output gates which drive the data bus are bad or else LPDRD is not being sent by the MPU Use a logic pulser to pulse LPDRD and check the bus driver outputs with a logic probe Also use a pulser to pulse LPDWRT to see if that sets the U7 latch to the low state monitor TP10 Troubleshooting 48 102 MHz Detector on A12 With a dual trace oscilloscope monitor TP5 48 102 MHz detector and 4 transfer signal on A12 under the following con ditions Check that the correct display is obtained Put A12 on extender board 05342 60034 X Apply a 45 MHz signal at 0 6V to the 500 MHz 18 GHz input of the 5342A FOR 45 MHz INPUT 5 48 102 MHz DETECTOR TP4 TRANSFER Increase the frequency to 48 MHz The following display should be observed TP5 48 102 MHz DETECTOR TP4 TRANSFER 8 119 Model 5342 Service Table 8 16 A11 A12 A25 U1 IF Troubleshooting Continued Increase the frequency from 48 to 102 MHz Over the entire frequency range the transfer pulse TP4 should occur inside the detector pulse TP5 Th
164. reading is checked for the proper count For the range of 10 MHz to 520 MHz a different generator is used For Option 002 sensitivity is tested in paragraph 4 37 a 10 Hz 10 MHz HP 6518 TEST OSCILLATOR Set the 5342A to 500 10 Hz 500 MHz range 1 Hz resolution Set 651B to 10 Hz and 25 mV ms Increase the frequency of the 651B and verify that the 5342A counts proper frequency from 10 Hz to 10 MHz Measure actual sensitivity by decreasing the 651B level until the 5342A gives an unstable count at these frequencies 10 Hz 1 kHz 500 kHz 5 MHz 10 MHz Enter on performance test record Table 4 7 b 10 MHz 520 MHz SWEEPER HP 8620C HP 86222A 11667 POWER SPLITTER HP 8481 POWER SENSOR 5342A settings remain unchanged Set 436 power meter for AUTO range and dBm mode Set the 86222A for INT leveling and adjust the output power level for a 436A reading of 19 3 dBm 25 mV ms into 500 Increase the frequency of the 8620C over the range of 10 MHz to 520 MHz and verify that the 5342A counts proper frequency Use 436A to verify input power Measure actual sensitivity at 50 MHz 250 MHz 520 MHz and enter on performance test record Table 4 5 4 17 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 30 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Sensitivity Test 1MQ Specifications 1 position sensitivity 50 mV rms for frequencies from 10 Hz 25 MHz Setup a 10 Hz 10 MHz HP 6518 TEST
165. s generate intemupts set or reset various control flags and are read by the microprocessor via Command in register U15 8 360 During the acceptor handshake U1C 8 goes low for one period of the 02 clock just prior to the HDAC signal going high thus enabling U23 U26 is always enabled The byte on the data lines of the HP IB appears at the inputs to U23 and U26 The ROM outputs change accordingly 8 361 If the Unlisten command is given U26 1 goes low and U23 2 goes high to clock Unlisten FF U20B causing it to be reset If a talk address other than the 5342A s talk address is sent U23 1 goes high to clock into the U20A Talk FF the output of Address Comparator U33 Since the 5342A s talk address was not sent U33 14 is low and the U20A Talk FF is set low If the 5342A s listen address is sent U23 2 goes high to clock a high from U33 14 into Listen flip flop U20B 8 362 Now that the 5342A is addressed to listen consider what occurs when program data is sent Wen program data appears at the inputs to ROM s U23 and U26 output U23 5 goes low to set the Data flip flop U19A Wen U23 5 retums high Data In register U27 is clocked and the data byte is stored in U27 At the same time that U23 5 goes low U23 6 goes low which resets Interrupt flip flop U14A and causes LIRQ the output of U17B to go low and intemupt the microprocessor The microprocessor reads Interupt In buffer U18 which clears interrupt FF Model Service 5342A
166. select line biases pin 7 or 8 approximately 2 volts 500 or 3 3 volts 1 8 147 The 500 signal path consists of 0 1 amp fuse F1 3 5V rms maximum input clamping diodes CR8 CR5 and the limiting diode bridge formed by CR6 CR7 which limit the output to 1 volt peak to peak 8 148 1 path consists of ac coupling capacitor ATR13 A1C1 A2 compensation network C8 R13 clamping diodes CR1 CR2 source follower and emitter follower Q1 Field effect transistor Q2 is biased as a cument source for Q3 8 149 Balanced amplifier U7 provides complementary outputs of the input signal increased in amplitude by times 2 These complementary outputs drive differential amplifier U6 which pro vides amplification of times 10 so that the overall gain from U7 input to U6 output is mately times 20 A portion of the output of U6 is integrated by U3 C17 to provide a dc voltage proportional to amplitude This voltage provides AGC to U7 so that the input to Schmitt trigger US remains relatively constant The output of U5 is a OV to 650 mV signal which is divided by 2 in 04 and divided by 2 01 The main gate on U4 passes the output of U5 on to the dividers only when it is enabled by the LDIR GATE signal from A17 going low 8 150 The DIRECT A output passes through EECL to TIL converter formed by Q8 Q9 to A13 where it is ready by the microprocessor The DIRECT B output passes through EECL to ECL con verter U2 t
167. should be checked With out of the instrument ground XA4 5 so that the A4VC0 goes to 325 MHz Put the 5342A in manual mode and program the MAN center frequency to check that the VCO fre quency is that desired put the 5342A in diagnostic mode 1 so that the main VCO fre is displayed For example program the MAN center frequency to 576 MHz the iagnostic mode 1 displays 325 5 MHz as the main VCO frequency Monitor A7TP1 the output of the mixer and check for the presence of the difference frequency between the main VCO programmed frequency and the free run frequency of A4 With removed HSRCH EN 7 2 should TTL high To check install and remove A7 from the instrument Remove the short to ground on XA4 5 The search generator on A6 should begin searching and driving the OFFSET CNTRL signal in a search ramp LPOS SLOPE should go low to indicate when the fre quency of the VCO is being swept from higher to lower values TABLE 8 17 A4 A6 A7 A6TP1 OFFSET CNTRL L POS SLOPE XA6 8 8 123 Model 5342 Service TABLF 8 18 A26 8 124 Table 8 18 A26 Sampler Driver Troubleshooting Remove the U1 Sampler and A26 Sampler Driver as follows Remove bottom panel by loosening screw at rear remove two front feet and slide panel rearward Locate assemblies at bottom front of instrument Pull off coax cables from A1J1 A1J3 A25J1 IF OUT INT and A25J2 IF OUT EXT Disco
168. should be displayed by the counter when the manual center frequency is recalled Wen the 9825A displays X enter a frequency offset in MHz decimal points allowed Press CONTINUE Verify that the counter was set to this frequency offset by pressing RESET RECALL OFS MHz For example if 12345 678987 is entered then 12 345678987 GHz should be displayed by the counter when the fequency offset is recalled The 9825A should print 75 MHz which is the output of the 5342A in check mode The 5342A RECALL light should flash on during output indicating that it has been addressed asa talker In the first part of the test the 5342A is placed in HOLD and a trg 722 is executed For each beep of the calculator observe that the 5342A GATE lights After the second measurement the 5342A is programmed for front panel control Vary the front panel sample rate pot and observe the change in GATE delay Press CONTINUE and the 5342A is programmed for fas sample Verify that the front panel pot has no effect and that there is minimum time between measurements Press CONTINUE and the 5342A is programmed for sample and HOLD Before each beep from the 9825A the 5342A is sent T3 which takes one measurement and holds 4 13 Model 5342 Performance Tests Table 4 3 Model 9825A Program Description Continued CHECK POINT TEST OBSERVE ON 5342A Only If Wait Until Addressed Status Byte Go To Local Local Lockout AMPL OPTION 002 Amplit
169. that level which achieved lock The timing diagram for this operation is shown in Figure 8 77 Main VCO programmed to lower frequency 500 kHz no longer present 500 kHz offset detected HSRCH EN TP1 LPOS SLOPE A4 offset VCO removed from instrument turn off instrument turn on HSRCH EN TP1 LPOS SLOPE F Figure 8 11 Timing Diagram or A6 Search Generator Operation 8 166 A7 MIXERISEARCH CONTROL ASSEMBLY 8 167 The output of the main loop VCO which comes in at 7 12 Figure 8 30 is amplified by differential pair U4 to a level of approximately 5 dBm and is half wave rectified by transistor Q6 whose base emitter junction is used as the rectifying diode The output of the offset VCO which comesin at XA7 9 isamplified by U3 to a level of approximately dBm and isapplied to the base of Q1 Since Q1 is being altemately tumed on and off by the Main VCO signal appearing at the Q1 emitter the output appearing across R15 contains the sum and difference frequencies fMAIN x fOFFSET if fMAIN gt fOFFSET or fOFFSET fMAIN if fOFFSET gt fMAIN Since Q2 is a low frequency Service Model Service 8 32 5342 transistor the sum frequency is attenuated and only the difference frequency is amplified Attest point TP1 the difference frequency at an amplitude of to 5V isavailable 8 168 To insure that the offset phase locked loop locks up only when a 500 kHz difference fre quency is produced by th
170. that the control inputs U20 4 and U20 5 are both low U20 5 goes low when the inputs to 0220 are both high high and 92 high U20 4 is low when 017 decodes the address output by the MPU and the address in the range of 0010 to 0017 U17 11 is low when U17 14 is high and U17 13 is low provided that the control input U17 15 is low Since inverted A3 is high and inverted A4 is low the U17 11 output will be low provided that U17 15 is low U17 15 is low provided that U13A 2 and U13A 1 are both low U13A 1 is low since inverted A5 is high Inverted A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 all high is decoded by U9A U9B and U13C A9 is also high Thus 014 is enabled Since inverted 8 A7 are all high the decoded 7 output U14 7 goes low In summary U14 7 goes low only when inverted A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 8 7 are all high Inverted A5 high A4 low high is decoded by U17B Inverted A2 1 all high is decoded by 120 8 235 The eight bidirectional data bus lines coming out of U21 pass through an eight section switch S1 which allows each line in the data bus to be opened for troubleshooting purposes Resistor pack R6 with individual pull up resistors connected to the data lines together with two lines connected to ground via and these lines connected to ground only when LFRERUN is ground by switch S2 cause a CLB clear accumulator B instruction to be presented to the MPU when the s
171. the CLOCK probe to test pin on the A14 assembly and the GND probe to test pin on the A14 assembly Set the 5004A front panel switches as follows START J stop J crock Observe the following signatures 5V 0003 Characteristic High Signature Signature Pin Signature 854F U9 1 0002 8540 9UP2 6U2C 0003 6U28 0003 0003 0003 6114 854F 486 4FC9 a C91U 1 6114 3F53 0003 854U 3F50 0003 0000 3F50 0000 3F53 8 136 Model 5342 Service Table 8 21 Option 011 HP IB Troubleshooting 1 Acceptor Handshake Troubleshooting a Setup HP IB CABLE 59401A BUS SYSTEM ANALYZER Set 5342A rear panel address switch to 59401A settings TALK MEMORY OFF ONLY COMP OFF TALK Mode HALT 1 SRQ 0 0 REN true REN light on DIO switches to 5342A listen address 87654321 00100001 5 b Remove the A14 Microprocessor assembly from the 5342 Perform the actions listed in Table 8 21A to verify the acceptor handshake Use a 546A Logic Pulser to apply a clock pulse to a particular circuit node Use a 545A Logic Probe to check the state of circuit nodes Table 8 21 Acceptor Handshake HP IB Low Low Low Low Since the 5342A s listen address is on the data lines U33 14 should be high If not check inputs U3314 5 67 9 10 11 12 should all be TTL high U33 3 13 should be TTL low U
172. the digit keys Digit keys are labeled in black numbers under RESOLUTION Indicates selection of amplitude offset mode when lighted and adds amplitude offset to measured amplitude Option 002 NOTE An offset value is an arbitrary value selected for entry into the display to be added or subtracted from a measured value OFS MHz key After pressing the SET key the OFS MHz key is pressed prior to entering an offset value via the digit keys Digit keys are labeled in black numbers under RESOLUTION Indicates selection of frequency offset mode when lighted and adds frequency offset to measured frequency RESOLUTION keys The resolution keys select the display resolution according to the blue labeling above each key after the blue key is pressed The keys are defined by the black number labeled on the key when entering offsets and manual center frequencies CHECK key After pressing the blue key the CHECK key is pressed to perform a self check of the instrument The display will indicate 75 MHz for proper operation Press RESET to exit self check NOTE The instrument must not have an input signal connected at the 500 MHz 18 GHz input to perform the self check ENTER key Used to enter digits for manual center frequencies or offsets into memory via black numbered keys After the digits have been selected ENTER key is pressed to signal the end of the digit sequence LINE switch In ON position applies power to all circuits except the crys
173. tolerance and automatic amplitude discrimination 8 85 All microwave counters must down convert the unknown microwave frequency to a low frequency signal which is within the counting range of an intemal low frequency counter typically 200 to 500 MHz Heterodyne converters down convert the unknown signal fx by mixing it with an accurately known local oscillator frequency such that the difference fre quency fir fx fio if fx gt and fio fx if fx lt fio is within the counting range of the low frequency counter The counted frequency flF is then added or subtracted if fx lt f o to from the local oscillator frequency to determine the unknown frequency 8 86 Like heterodyne converters transfer oscillators also mix the unknown signal with har monics of an intemally generated signal fvco Wen one of the harmonics of the VCO signal NZfvco mixes with the unknown to produce zero beat then the VCO frequency is measured by the low frequency counter After determining which harmonic produced zero beat the mea sured VCO frequency is multiplied by fx Nefvco One of the major differences between the heterodyne technique and the transfer oscillator technique is the fact that the heterodyne Model 5342 Service converter employs a filter to select only one harmonic of the oscillator to mix with the unknown whereas the transfer oscillator mixes the unknown simultaneously with all harmonics of the intemal freque
174. will measure carier frequencies which are modulated in frequency such as a microwave radio carrier The FM tolerance is the worst case FM deviation which can be present without affecting the counters ability to acquire the signal If the deviations about the carrier are symmetrical then the counter averages out the deviations to measure the actual carrier fre quency The FM tolerance is determined by the position of the CWM switch on the rear panel The CMposition provides FM tolerance of 20 MHz peak to peak The FM position provides a tolerance of 50 MHz peak to peak but results in Sower acquisition time 2 4 seconds compared to 530 milliseconds for CWposition NOTE Most measurements should be made with the rear panel FM CWswitch in CWposition The FM position should be used only when the input signal has significant amounts of FM 220 MHz p p In comect measurements may result if the FM position is used with a stable input non FM signal which has been locked to the counter s time base 3 34 Automatic Amplitude Discrimination 3 35 The automatic amplitude discrimination feature allows the 5342A to acquire and display the highest level signal within its sensitivity range The highest level signal must be 20 dB greater in amplitude than any other signal present Typical operation is approximately 10 dB This feature is useful for discriminating against spurious signals harmonics 3 36 MAXIMUM INPUT SIGNAL POWER CAUTION Do n
175. within 50 MHz and entered into display via the black numbered keys Figure 3 1 Front Panel Controls and Indicators 3 5 Model 5342 Operation 3 6 Blue key Pressing this key activates the blue labeled functions of the RESOLUTION keys RESET key Clears the display and restarts a measurement Clears any blinking lights in key center indicators SET key Mus be pressed prior to selecting OFS dB OFS MHz or MAN MHz The SET condition is indicated by lighted segments in the GHz digits of the display This indicates that a center frequency offset frequency or amplitude offset may be entered into the display RECALL key Recalls stored memory information into display The MAN MHz OFS dB or OFS MHz keys if held in after RECALL is pressed will result in a display of previousy entered or com puted information NOTE Information stored in memory by digit keys after MAN MHz key is pressed is available for display until AUTO mode is selected Then the center frequency determined by the automatic measurement overrides the manual information AMPL key Selects amplitude mode when Option 002 is installed The amplitude of the input signal is displayed in the four rightmost digits of the display to a resolution of 0 1 dBm The frequency of the input sgnal is displayed in the five leftmost digits of the display OFS dB key After pressing the SET key the OFS dB key is pressed prior to entering an offset value in dB via
176. 0 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 2114 2114 2114 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 28480 01295 04713 01295 01295 04713 28480 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 04713 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 28480 28480 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts 05342 60010 150D685X0006A2 150D606X0006B2 150D685X0006A2 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 150D685X0006A2 150D685X0006A2 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3875 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 9100 2268 VK200 20 48 VK200 20 48 VK200 20 48 BB1021 BB5615 BB1625 BB3015 BB1225 BB7505 BB8215 BB3025 BB2225 BB4305 BB1021 1251 0600 SN75LS196N MC4044P SN7420N SN74LS74N MC10231P 1820 0736 5 74574 5 7415160 SN74LS160N SN74LS174N SN74LS175N MC12013L SN74LS160N SN74LS160N SN74LS174N SN74LS175N SN74LS174N 5000 9043 5040 6852 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code 05442 6001 1 IF LIMITER ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 05342 6001 1 A11C1 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A11C2 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A11C3 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 11 4 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC 0160 3879 A11C5 0160 3879 CA
177. 0 Wh KEY low and SCAN low U9 1 goes high which clocks latch U22 and causes it to store the address 0000 to 1100 of the column of the key which was pushed Since there are two keys per column another line is used to indicate top or bottom row The output of U9 1 which Clocks U22 also clocks U19A U19A 5 will be low if a top row key is pushed and will be high if a bottom row key is pushed In this manner the microprocessor determines exactly which key has been depressed 8 141 U18A is also clocked by the output of U9 1 Its output at U18A 5 will be high anytime that a key is pushed It is reset to low when the 13 state counter reaches the end of the scan at state 1100 The low signal at U2 5 causes the output of U9 10 to go momentarily low and reset U18A The End of Scan signal at the output of U9 13 clocks U19B and if U18A 5 is high will clock a high into U19B 9 This output is the Key Down sgnal Key Down high goes to U22 9 10 and inhibits other addresses from being latched U19B 9 is also used as part of the Recall sub routine To recall a value the recalled value will be displayed as long as its associated key is depressed The program examines the output of U19B 9 and if it remains high continues to display the recalled value Wen the key is released U19B 9 will be reset by End of Scan and the program upon detecting this stops displaying the recalled value and displays the original display e g frequency
178. 0 0005 0360 0042 1400 0249 6 39 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 5 Option 002 Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Part Number Designation Number 3m 05342 00027 6 LOW FREQUENCY AMPLITUDE MODULE 28480 05342 60027 A27C1 0160 3879 7 5 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 1000 VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A27C3 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100 VDC CER 28480 0160 0579 A27C4 0160 0576 5 1 CAPACITOR 1UF 20 50 VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 27 4 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100 VDC 28480 0160 3879 27 5 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100 VDC 28480 0160 3879 A27C6 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100 VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A27C7 0160 4082 6 3 CAPACITOR FXDT THRU 1000PT 20 200 28480 0160 4082 A27C8 0160 4082 6 CAPACITOR FXDT THRU 1000PT 20 200 VDC 28480 0160 4082 A27C9 0160 4082 6 CAPACITOR FXDT THRU 1000PT 20 200 VDC 28480 0160 4082 A27C10 0160 3926 5 1 CAPACITOR FXDT THRU 1000PT 20 200 VDC 28480 0160 3926 A27CR1 1901 0639 4 2 DIODE PIN 110V 28480 5082 3080 A27CR2 1901 0639 4 DIODE PIN 110V 28480 5082 3082 A27CR3 CR4 1906 0208 3 2 DIODE SCHOTTKY 28480 1906 0206 MATCHED PAIR A27J1 1250 0901 2 2 CONNECTOR RF SMB M SGL MOLE FR 50 OHM 28480 1250 0901 A27J2 1250 0901 2 CONNECTOR RF SMB M SGL MOLE FR 50 OHM 28480 1250 0901 A27R1 0757 0402 9 1 RESISTOR
179. 0 05342 60100 AS MISCELLANEUUS PARTS 036300335 CONTACTeFINGER 13e WD O9eFREESHGT BE CU 0363 0133 032040970 STANDOFFeHEx 375 1 0 go THD i 0380 0970 05342 20101 SC REw GROUND 05342 20101 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 12 A6C1 A6C2 A6C3 A6C4 A6C5 A6C6 A6C7 A6C8 6 9 6 10 6 11 6 12 A6C13 A6CR1 A6CR2 A6CR3 A6CR4 A6Q1 A6Q2 A6Q3 A6Q4 A6R1 A6R2 A6R3 A6R4 A6R5 A6R6 A6R7 A6R8 A6R9 A6R10 A6R11 A6R12 A6R13 A6R14 A6R15 A6R16 A6R17 A6R18 A6R19 A6R20 A6R21 A6R22 A6R23 A6R24 A6R25 A6U1 A6U2 0180 0228 0160 3879 0180 0210 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 0210 0160 3879 0180 0228 0180 1701 0160 0125 0160 3879 0160 0162 0160 3879 1902 3193 1902 3193 1901 0040 1901 0040 1853 0020 1854 0071 1854 0020 1853 0020 2100 2489 2100 2633 0757 0288 0757 0279 0757 0442 0757 0280 0757 0442 0757 0279 0757 0280 0757 0416 0757 0280 0757 0440 0757 0289 0757 0280 0757 0279 0757 0438 0757 0200 0757 0424 0757 0407 0757 0401 0698 3153 0757 0199 0757 0427 0757 0427 0757 0279 1820 1425 1820 0493 1251 0600 5000 9043 5040 6852 00 NONWON OND NNO NOD AANA Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number een SERIES 1720 CAPACITOR EXD 22
180. 0 1254 DM8095N ui a 1820 1 1 97 SN74LS00N m koua de 1820 1428 SN74LS158N tia ee ee 1820 1112 SN74LS74N 1820 1885 DM74LS173N Deleted 1 14 U15 U20 U21 jh Figure 8 24 A1 Display Assembly and A2 Assembly Driver Assembly 8 149 8 150 blank 5342 Service A2 DISPLAY DRIVER ASSEMBLY 05342 60028 ADDITIONS FOR OPTION 004 B E RC CRUS x AEREAS E BV FROM A2J1 12 13 B 2m 16 01U x mo 12 NC COMMON FROM A2J1 11 14 u21 2s NC V i et Ss Se FROM A2U16 13 me 03 7 D FROM A2U16 11 E FROM 2163 Pow gt DO p 5 R23 4700 MOST DIGIT 15V a ner our 2 R32 R33 270K 270K GAIN ADJ 100K R34 i 15 3900 15V COMMON JUNCTION 20v R30 15V I RANGE 180K R31 180K 822 923 100K i DIGITAL ANALOG CONVERTER R29 YU xY 10K Ay r FROM A2U18 7 1 4 DAC FROM 2016 5 0 oou OUTP Lo NC I 2 2 1 LDA FROM 15 XA14 B3 wHT GRY 4 I E gt Logic 13 A22 lt SUPPLY CHASSIS MOTHERBOARD I c12 V QU FROM 12 13 J1 12 13 cis UN cu 19 LEAST SIGNIFICANT DIGIT VY Sas 15V 16 FRON A22 MOTHERBOARD Figure 8 25
181. 0 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1503 F A25R33 0698 7966 0 1 RESISTOR 680K 5 125W CC TC 60 1137 01121 BB6845 A25R34 0698 5176 0 RESISTOR 510 5 125W CC TC 330 800 01121 BB5115 A25R35 0698 7241 4 1 RESISTOR 1 62K 1 05W F TC 0 100 28480 0698 7241 A25R36 0757 0027 6 1 RESISTOR 365 1 5W F TC 0 25 28480 0757 0027 A25R37 0698 7259 4 2 RESISTOR 9 09K 1 05W F TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 T0 9091 G A25R38 0698 7253 8 3 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 05W F 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 T0 5111 G A25R39 0698 7259 4 RESISTOR 9 09K 1 05W F TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 T0 9091 G A25R40 0698 7253 8 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 05W F TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 T0 5111 G A25R41 0698 7250 5 1 RESISTOR 3 83K 1 05W F TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 T0 3831 G A25R42 0698 7253 8 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 05W F TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 T0 5111 G A25R43 0698 7243 6 1 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 05W F TC 0 100 24546 C3 1 8 T0 1961 G A25R44 0698 5994 0 1 RESISTOR 6 8K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 01121 BB6825 A25R45 0698 8373 5 1 RESISTOR 470K 5 125W CC TC 600 1137 01121 BB4745 25 1 1251 0600 0 4 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 114 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A25TP2 1251 0600 0 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 114 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A25TP3 1251 0600 0 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 114 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A25TP4 1251 0600 0 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 114 MM BSC SZ SQ 28480 1251 0600 A25U1 1826 0372 2 2 IC 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP 28480 1826 0372 A25U2 1826 0372 2 IC 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP 28480 1826
182. 0 3879 01UF 20 I00V DC CER 28480 0160 3879 Delete A14C 26 0160 3879 CAPAC MOR FXD 01UF 20 100V DC C ER 28480 0160 3879 Delete A14C27 0160 0571 CAPACITOR FXD 470PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 0571 Delete A14R22 0698 5174 RESISTOR 200596 125W C TC 300 800 01607 BB2015 Delete A14R23 0698 5562 RESISTOR 120596 125W C TC 300 4800 01607 1215 Change A14UI in both HP part number and Mfr part number columns from 1818 0698 to 1818 0329 Change 1404 in both HP part number and Mfr part number columns from 1818 0697 to 1818 0330 8 94 Table 8 9 A14 Troubleshooting Select the signatures as follows Signal Name Location Signature LDO A14A 3 7 LD1 14 4 9UH5 LD2 A14A 6 A4PF LD3 A14A 6 F1P9 LD4 A14A 7 1 9 LD5 8 A0A6 LD6 A14A 9 312H LD7 A14A 10 54C7 8 95 Table 8 9 A14 Troubleshooting Select the signature as follows Signal Name Location Signature DO U3 9 IPFC 01 U3 12 2945 D2 U3 4 127F D3 U3 7 7779 04 U3 12 5779 D5 U3 9 163C D6 U3 7 87CH D7 U3 4 P227 Page 8 95 Table 8 9 A14 Troubleshooting Select the signature obtained when the START and SIOP of the 5004A is on R2 test point as follows Signal Name Location Signature DO U4 23 FAA3 01 U4 22 9597 D2 U4 21 UHU3 D3 U4 20 A6A8 D4 U4 19 196H D5 U4 18 24F6 D6 U4 17 A956 D7 U4 16 92F1 Page 8 96 Table 8 9 A14 Troubleshooting Select the signatur
183. 0 MHZ w ww woo TRANSISTOR NPN 31 PDa3SoMw FTa300MHZ TRANSISTOR JeFET NeC HAN DeMODE SI TRANSISTOR JeFET NeCMAN OeMODE SI TRANSISTOR PNP SI POs200Mw FT28500MMZ 616708 NPN 81 70 72 Mm or TRANSISTOR NPN 81 PD 300Mw FTR200MM Z TRANSISTOR NPN 8 PORSOOMW 0 2 TRANSISTOR NPN 8 POw3OOMw FTag0UMMZ TRANSISTOR NPN I PDa300 w 200 2 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 10 72 0 200 48 RESISTOR 2K SX 125w CC TCz 350 857 RE SISTOR 1 78K 1X 0Sw F 80 00 RESISTOR 10K 10 125w CC TCno350 e857 eESISTOR 133 1X 125 F 7 809 100 RESISTOR 82 5 1 125 F TCaQeei00 RESISTOR 510 5 1254 CC TCss330 800 RESISTOR 10K 10 125w 1 8 350 857 RES ISTOR TRMR 2K 10 SIDESADS Le TRN RESTISTOR2 4 5 125 CC 108035074857 RESISTOR 47K 5 125 CC 875 RESISTOR 10 5X 125 CC 7 120 9400 RESISTOR 33 5 125w CC TCs 270 Su0 RESISTOR 470 5 125 CC RESISTOR 1K 1 125 F TCsn lt 10 RESISTOR 42 2 1X 125W F FACTORY SELECTED PART RESISTOR 51 5X 125w CC 1 270 9540 RESISTOR 2 06K 1 125 F 0 100 RESISTOR 47K SX 125 CC TCS 466 875 RESISTOR 510 5 125 CC YCue330 800 RESISTOR 820 Sx 125 CC TCa 330 8R00 FACTORY SELECTED PART 4 4 4 4 0698 5180 0698 7242 0698 5426 069823437 0757 0399 0698 5176 069825426 2100 3273 069865566 0698 6294 0698 6283 069893375 059
184. 00 C m 1 8 10 5181 1251 0600 CON NE CT ORSSGL PIN 1 85 57 SQ 1251 0600 1251 06 00 CONNECTOR s9GL CONT PIN 1 14 83 5280 1251 0800 1251 0600 CON QReSGL CONT PIN 1 14e MMeBSCe 327 SQ 1251 06 00 1820 0736 IC CNTR ECL BIN DUAL 1820 0736 1820 1224 RCVR ECL LINE RCvR TPL 2 1 10216 1826 0139 1458 AMPR DIPeP 14580 142000736 IC CNTR ECL BIN DUAL 1820 0736 1820 0982 b IC DIFF AMPL 1600 IP lt C 1820 0982 1820 0982 E IC DIFF AMPL les DIP ol 1820 0982 1820 0982 DIFF AMPL 16 C 1820 0982 AY M18C ELLA NEDUS PARTS 038020970 STANDOFF 375 1 N LG OTHD 036090970 1251 3205 CONNECTOR SGL CONT SKT 022 IN pSC SZ 1251 3205 3050 0105 WASHER FL MTLC NO 4 125 IN ID 3050 0105 05342 220101 SCREW GROUND 05342020101 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference Designation Description Mfr Part Number 0534 6000u OFFSET VCO ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 05342 60004 PACT TURF XD 3UF 20X 15v 1500335x001542 CAP ACITORe FXD 6 8UF e2UX amp VOCTA 1500685x000642 ACIT on 6 AUF e20X eVDC TA 1500685X0006A2 AC IT Qn eFXD 1000PF ee20X 100 0 CER 0160 5878 PACITOReFXDe e20X BVOC 1500685 000642 0180 0210 018001701 0180 1701 016023878 0420291701
185. 000 U6 4 P258 US 4 NA 08 4 P258 U9 4 6097 U6 5 1F2C U5 5 9HPO U8 5 0000 U9 5 2F60 U6 6 0000 U5 6 9HPO U8 6 UP73 U9 6 UP73 U6 7 0000 U5 7 0000 U8 7 0000 U9 7 0000 U6 8 0000 U5 8 A1C9 U8 8 UP73 U9 8 0000 U6 9 UP73 U5 9 2F60 U8 9 UP73 U9 9 UP73 U6 10 0000 U5 10 NA U8 10 0000 U9 10 UP73 U6 11 0000 U5 11 NA 08 11 0000 U9 11 0000 U6 12 UP73 U5 12 1F2C U8 12 UP73 U9 12 0000 U6 13 0000 U5 13 UP73 U8 13 0000 U9 13 UP73 U6 14 UP73 U5 14 UP73 U8 14 UP73 09 14 UP73 U10 1 UP73 U11 1 UP73 U7 1 6097 U14 1 0U16 U10 2 0000 U11 2 0000 U7 2 2F60 U14 2 55H1 U10 3 NA U11 3 0000 U7 3 HPO1 U14 3 0000 U1O 4 NA U11 4 UP73 U14 4 U10 5 0000 U11 5 0000 U14 5 0000 U10 6 0000 U11 6 UP73 U14 6 UP73 U10 7 0000 U11 7 0000 U14 7 0000 U10 8 1F2C U11 8 ACA2 U14 8 UP73 U10 9 0000 U11 9 55 1 U14 9 0000 U10 10 NA U11 10 FH3F U14 10 FH3F U10 11 NA U11 11 3340 U14 11 NA U10 12 0000 U11 12 0000 U14 12 ACA2 U10 13 UP73 U11 13 UP73 U14 13 0016 U10 14 UP73 U11 14 UP73 U14 14 UP73 Probe blinks 8 121 Model 5342 Service Table 8 17 A4 A6 A7 Offset Loop Synthesizer Troubleshooting 1 To test if the Offset Loop Synthesizer is working put the 5342A in AUTO 500 MHz 18 GHz range and no input signal Monitor the OFFSET CNTRL signal at AGTP1 and the MAIN CNTRL signal at A9TP1 MAIN CNTRL A9 TP1 OFFSET CNTRL A6TP1 gt 20 ms Also measure the 4 out
186. 000 to 77FF and ROM U7 6800 to 6FFF 8 234 The address lines are decoded by device decoding circuitry on A14 in some instances further decoding occurs at a particular device for example on the A13 Counter assembly The MPU treats an extemal device jus like a memory location To pass information between the registers of the MPU and the registers of an extemal device such asthe count registers on the A13 Counter assembly the program writes or reads data from orto the location associated with the device Address decoding circuitry decodes the address output from the MPU and generates a strobe which enables the register on the device For example to read data from the A1 keyboard LKBRD goes low which enables the three state bus driver A1U12 to drive the data bus and send keyboard information back to the MPU The address location assigned to reading the keyboard 50010 Wen 0010 is output by the MPU address decoding causes U20 7 to go low Since only one device can drive the data bus at a time all other device code outputs are high so that the device buffers on these devices are in the high Zstate To see how 0010 causes U20 7 to go low consider that the inverted address lines at the output of inverter buffers U16 U18 08 will be A15 A14 A13 A12 11 A10 A9 A8 A7 6 A5 4 A2 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 Since Al and A2 are all high these inputs to U20 will cause 7 to be decoded and U20 7 to go low provided
187. 0160 3879 0160 3879 150D685X0006A2 0160 3879 0160 0301 0160 0153 0160 0160 0160 4084 DM15F391J0300WV1CR 150D226X901582 1500335 001542 0160 3879 0160 0153 150D226X9015H2 0160 0137 0160 3879 1902 0049 1901 0040 1901 0040 1902 0049 9140 0131 9140 0131 9140 0131 1853 0020 1853 0020 1853 0020 1854 0071 4 1 8 0 3161 2035 4 1 8 0 1001 4 1 8 0 2152 6225 C4 1 8 T0 2152 F BB2035 BB6225 C4 1 8 T0 383R F C4 1 8 T0 3161 F C4 1 8 T0 1001 F 4 1 8 0 2371 1 8 0 6191 C4 1 8 T0 2152 F C4 1 8 T0 619R F C81065 C4 1 8 T0 2001 F C4 1 8 T0 1001 F C4 1 8 T0 2001 F CD4066AE 1251 0600 SN74LS74N LM307N 5000 9043 5040 6852 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 16 A10 A10C1 A10C2 HA10C3D 10 4 10 5 A10C6 A10C7 A10C8 10 9 10 10 A10C11 A10C12 A10C13 A10C14 A10C15 A10C16 A10C17 A10C18 A10C19 A10C20 10 21 A10L1 A10L2 A10L3 1014 A10R1 A10R2 A10R3 A10R4 A10R5 A10R6 A10R7 A10R8 A10R9 A10R10 A10R11 A10TP1 A10U1 A10U2 A10U3 1004 A10U5 A10U6 A10U7 A10U8 A10U9 A10U10 A10U11 A10U12 A10U13 A10U14 A10U15 A10U16 A10U17 05342 60010 0180 1701 0180 0106 0180 1701 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0180 1701 0180 1701 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3875 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 01
188. 0161 4 1 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 10 200VDC POLYE 28480 0160 0161 A21C22 0180 0229 7 CAPACITOR FXD 33UF 10 10VDC 56289 150D336X9010B2 A21CR1 1902 0522 6 2 DIODE ZNR 1N5340B 6V 5 PD 5W IR 1UA 04713 1N5340B A21CR2 1906 0096 7 1 DIODE FW BRDG 200V 2A 04713 MDA202 A21CR3 1902 0522 6 DIODE ZNR 1N5340B 6V 5 PD 5W IR 1UA 04713 1N5340B A21CR4 1902 0644 3 1 DIODE ZNR 1N5363B 30V 5 PD 5W 29 28480 1902 0644 A21CR5 1901 0040 1 1 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS 00 35 28480 1901 0040 A21DS1 1990 0486 6 1 LED VISIBLE LUM INT 1MCD IF 20MA MAX 28480 5082 4684 A21L1 9100 2276 9 1 COIL MLD 100UH 10 Q 50 095DX 25 LG NOM 28480 9100 2276 A21Q1 1854 0635 9 1 TRANSISTOR NPN 1 PD 50W 03508 D44H5 A21Q2 1854 0634 8 1 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 1W FT 50MHZ 04713 MPS U01 A21Q3 1854 0215 1 2 TRANSISTOR NPN 1 PD 350MW FT 300MHZ 04713 SPS 3611 A21Q4 1853 0326 3 1 TRANSISTOR PNP 1 PD 1W FT 50MHZ 28480 1853 0326 A21Q5 1853 0036 2 1 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 310MW FT 250MHZ 28480 1853 0036 A21Q6 1853 0363 8 1 TRANSISTOR PNP 1 PD 50W 03508 X45H281 A21Q7 1826 0275 4 2 IC 78L12A V RGLTR TO 92 04713 MC78L12ACP A21Q8 1826 0275 4 IC 78L12A V RGLTR TO 92 04713 MC78L12ACP A21Q9 1854 0246 8 2 TRANSISTOR NPN 1 PD 350MW FT 250MHZ 04713 SPS 233 A21Q10 1853 0058 8 2 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ 07263 S32248 A21Q11 1854 0246 8 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 350MW FT 250MHZ 04713 SPS 233 A21Q
189. 09 CR LF caused by excessive input level e DISPLAY OVERFLOW Amplitude off SP F SP SP 99999 999999 E 06 CR LF caused by offset which makes display overflow f OVERLOAD Amplitude on SP F SP SP 99999 999999 09 A SP SP 99 9 CR LF caused by excessive input level g DISPLAY OVERFLOW Amplitude on SP F SP SP XXXXX XXXXXX 06 SP SP 99 9 E 0 CR LF caused by offset which makes display overflow h INSUFFICIENT SIGNAL Amplitude off SP F SP SP 00000 000000 06 CR LF i INSUFFICIENT SIGNAL Amplitude on SP F SP SP 00000 000000 E 06 A SP 99 9 E CR LF 3 78 When the 5342 is remote the front panel REMOTE annunciator lights When thi 5342 is addressed to talk the front panel RECALL pushbutton lamp will light 3 24 Model 5342 Operation 3 79 9825A PROGRAM EXAMPLES 3 80 The following 9825A program examples are illustrative of 5342A programming B wrt ZBZ RUSSE 71468727 1 tra 2 red TH2Z Asder Hs wait 500 2 ato 1 3 eng 38002 B wrt AUSR 4T25T1 1 red FAZAT cmd Fs Aswait 588 2 sto 1 3 end 6699 B wrt 792 SM1LB BBBESRSHFTBST1 1 red B2 HRi prr A 186360659545 68 18630869544 86 186346869599 88 iga388632529 08 18838089524 0 1882088695 114 19838069512 08 EXAMPLE 1 This program assumes the range switch was set to 0 5 18 GHz before the program was executed The program puts the 5342A in
190. 0L5 A20Q1 A20Q2 A20R1 A20R2 A20R3 A20T1 05342 60020 9 SECONDARY POWER ASSEMBLY SWERIES 1720 28480 05342 60020 0180 1780 7 2 CAPACITOR FXD 500UF 75 10 10VDC AL 56289 39D507G010EJ4 0160 0576 5 3 CAPACITOR FXD 10F 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 10F 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 0180 1780 7 CAPACITOR FXD 500UF 75 10 10VDC AL 56289 39D507G010EJ4 0160 0573 2 1 CAPACITOR FXD 4700PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 0573 0180 1746 5 2 CAPACITOR FXD 15RF 10 20VDC TA 56289 150D156X902082 0180 0160 5 2 CAPACITOR FSD 22UF 20 35VDC 56289 150D226X0035R2 0180 1746 5 CAPACITOR FXD 15RF 10 20VDC TA 56289 150D156X902082 0180 0160 5 CAPACITOR FSD 22UF 20 35VDC 56289 150D226X0035R2 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 0180 0651 9 2 CAPACITOR FXD 1700UF 75 10 10VDC AL 09023 UFT 1700 10 0180 0651 9 CAPACITOR FXD 1700UF 75 10 10VDC AL 09023 UFT 1700 10 1906 0079 6 1 DIODE FW BRDG 100V 10A 28480 1906 0079 1906 0051 4 1 DIODE FW BRDG 100V 1A 28480 1906 0051 1901 0784 0 2 28480 1901 0784 1901 0784 0 28480 1901 0784 1902 0522 6 1 DIODE ZNR 1N53408 6V 5 PO 5W IF 1UA 04173 1N53408 1990 0485 5 1 LED VISIBLE LUM INT 800UCD IF 30MA MAX 28480 5082 4984 9100 3065 6 2 28480 9100 3065 9140 0250 9 2 COIL 1MM 2 25 3125DX 9LG NDM SOR 100KHZ 28480 9140 0250 9140 0250 9 COIL 1MM Z 25 3125DX 9LG NDM SOR 100KHZ 28480 9140 0250 9100 3065 6 284
191. 1 COUNTS DOWN COUNTS DOWN TO ZERO TO ZERO fin P OR fin P 1 1 8 192 At first the scaler control line is set to a low level so that the two modulus prescaler can operate as a 1 prescaler Therefore it generates a pulse every P H input pulses After P 1 X D input pulses occur the second counter D reaches zero since it was preprogrammed to D at first Wen the content of the second counter D gets to zero it generatesa pulse which changes the level of the scaler control line high and disables the D counter itself at the same time So actually the output of D is not a pulse but a level change Therefore after this change occurs the D counter stops counting and keeps the new state which lets the two modulus pre scaler operate as a prescaler Model Service 8 56 5342A 8 193 Wen the level change occurs the content of the counter which was prepro grammed to Np is Np D since D pulses have passed by so far So the Np counter will reach zero after receiving Np D ZP input pulses fin As soon as the Np counter gets to zero it generates a pulse at fout terminal 8 194 Therefore the total input pulses fin necessary to get one output pulse is P 1 ZD pZ Np D 1 8 195 For example if we choose 10 as P and 100A 10B C as Np equation 1 becomes as follows 11D 10 100A 10B C D 1000A 100B 10C D 2 NOTE The output is also used as a loading pulse to initiate the ne
192. 1 tEntio 1 E Valencia 10 Tel 96 361 13 54 36 13 58 SWEDEN Hewiett Packarc Sverige mghetsvagen 3 Fack 5 18 Bromma 20 108 730 05 50 Terex 10721 Cable MEASUREMENTS Stocknelr Hewier Packard Sverige AB Fr tallsgatan 30 5 421 32 Vaatra Frolunda Tet 10311 49 09 50 Telex 10721 via Bromma othice SWITZERLANO Hewiett Packard Schweiz AG Zurcherstrasse 20 PO Box 307 CH 8952 Schlieren Zurich Tel 01 7305240 Telex 53933 npag ch Cable HPAG C Hewlett Packard Schweu AG Chateau Bioc 19 CH 1219 Le Li nor Geneva Tei 022 a 2 Telex 2733 Cable SE Geneva SYRIA General Electronic inc Nuri Basha Ahnaf Ebn Kays Street Box 5781 Damascus Tel 33 24 87 Telex 11215 ITIKAL Cable ELECTROBOR DAMASCUS Medical Personal Calculator onty Sawah amp Co Place Arm B P 2308 Damascus 16 367 19 697 14 268 Telex 11304 SATACO SY Cable SAWAH DAMASCUS Suleiman Hilal El Mlawi Box 2528 Mamoun Bitar Street 56 58 11 46 63 Telex 11270 Cable HILAL DAMASCUS TUNISIA Tunisie Electronique 31 Avenue de la Liberte Tunis Tel 280 144 Corema Jter Av de Carthage Tunis Tel 253 821 Telex 12319 CABAM TN TURKEY TEKNIM Company Ltd Sah Pehievi Caddesi 7 Kavakhdere Ankara Tel 275800 Telex 42155 TKNM TR Medical only EMA Muhendislik Kollektif Sirket Mediha Eidem Sokak 41 6 Yuksel Caddes Ankare 17 56 22 Cable EMATRADE An
193. 1 and is the primary identifi cation All assemblies with the same part number are interchangeable Ven a production change is made on an assembly that makes it incompatible with previous assemblies a change in part number is required The series number such as 1720A is used to document minor electrical changes Aschanges are made the series number is incremented replacement boardsare ordered you may receive a replacement with a different series number If there is a difference between the series number marked on the board and the schematic in this manual a minor electrical difference exists If the number on the printed circuit board is lower than that on the schematic refer t Section VII for backdating information If it is higher refer to the looseleaf manual change sheets for this manual If the manual change sheets are missing contact your local Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office See the listing on the back cover of this manual 8 10 Revision letters A B etc denote changes in printed circuit layout For example if a capacitor type is changed electrical value may remain the same and requires different spacing for its leads the printed circuit board layout is changed and the revision letter is incremented to the nex letter Wen a revision letter changes the series number is also usually changed The production code is the four digit seven segment number used for production purposes Model 5342 Service DANGER
194. 10 3and 12 9 N Ww 5342 Manual Changes CHANGE 4 6 23 Table 6 3 A14 Replaceable Parts Change the series number from 1808 to 1804 Change A14R5 from 0698 5426 RESISTOR 10K 10 125WCC 350 857 0160G BB1031 to read 0698 7097 RESISTOR 1M 5 125WCC TC 600 1137 0160G BBIO55 Add A14C 25 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 Add A14R22 0698 5174 RESISTOR 200 5 125WCC 330 4800 0160G 2015 Add A14R23 0698 5562 RESISTOR 120 5 125WCC TC 300 800 0160G 1215 Delete A14R24 0675 1021 RESISTOR 1K 10 125WCC 330 800 0160G BBIO21 Delete 1401 1854 0574 TRANSISTOR NPN PD 500 MIN FT 125 MHz 28480 1854 0574 Page 8 175 Figure 8 37 414 Schematic Diagram Change the series number top of page from 1808 to 1804 Replace the input circuit of U11A left side of diagram with the following circuit CHANGE 5 Page 6 7 Table 6 3 A2 Replaceable Parts Change A2 series number from 1804 to 1720 Delete A2C17 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC 28480 0160 3878 Delete A2C18 0160 0573 CAPACITOR FXD 4700PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 0573 Delete A2C19 0160 0573 CAPACITOR FXD 4700PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 0573 Page 8 149 Figure 8 24 2 Schematic Diagram Change A2 series number top of diagram from 1804 to 1720 Delete A2C
195. 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W 0 25 RESISTOR 825 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 4 64K 1 125W F TC 0 100 TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB IC INV TTL LS HEX 1 INP IC GATE TTL LS NOR QUAD 2 INP PROW WATCHED PAIR IC NMOS B192 BIT ROM 45C NS 3 S FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM IC MUXR DATA SEL TTL LS 2 TO 1 LINE IC MUXR DATA SEL TTL LS 2 TO 1 LINE IC 7550 CONVB AD DIP C IC GATE TTL LS NAND 8 INP IC CNTR TTL LS DECD ASNCHRO IC REF AMPL TO 5 IC OP AMP TO 94 IC SWITCH 16 DIP F IC OP AMP 8 DIP P IC OP AMP TO 99 IC OP AMP TO 99 IC SWITCH 16 DIP P IC OP AMP TO 99 A16 MISCELLANEIOUS PARTS TERMINAL STUD FKD TUR SWGFRM MTG SOCKET IC BLK 14 CONTACT SOCKET IC 20 CONT DBL STRP DIP SLDR SOCKET IC 40 CONT DIP BLDR SOCKET IC 24 CONT DIP BLDR PINIP C BOARD EXTRACTOR EXTRACTOR ORANGE KIT WIRES TUBING KS 093WD 048 RCVD 02 WALL TUBING KS 125WD 062 RCVD 02 WALL SCREW MACH 4 40 1 IN LG PAN HD POZI WASHER LK EXT T 4 116 IN ID TERMINAL SLDR LUG PL MTG FOR 6 SCR CABLE TIE 062 625 DEA 091 WD NYL See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Mfr Part Number Code 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 2454
196. 12 1853 0058 8 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ 07263 32248 A21Q13 1854 0215 1 TRANSISTOR NPN 1 PD 350MW FT 300MHZ 04713 SPS 3611 A21R1 0757 0419 0 5 RESISTOR 681 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 681R F A21R2 0757 0417 8 1 RESISTOR 562 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 562R F A21R3 0698 3441 8 3 RESISTOR 215 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 215R F A21R4 0757 0419 0 RESISTOR 681 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 681R F A21R5 0757 0419 0 RESISTOR 681 1 125W 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 681R F A21R6 0698 3155 1 5 RESISTOR 4 64K 1 125W 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 4641 A21R7 0698 5808 5 1 RESISTOR 4K 1 125W 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 4001 A21R8 0698 3444 1 1 RESISTOR 316 1 125W TC 04 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 316R F A21R9 0811 1827 2 2 RESISTOR 1 10 3W PW 0 90 28480 0811 1827 A21R10 0757 0419 0 RESISTOR 681 1 125W 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 681R F A21R11 0698 3155 1 RESISTOR 4 64K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 4641 F A21R12 0811 1827 2 RESISTOR 1 10 3W PW TC 0 90 28480 0811 1827 A21R13 0757 0346 2 1 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 10R0 F A21R14 0698 3441 8 RESISTOR 215 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 215R F A21R15 0698 3441 8 RESISTOR 215 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 215R F A21R16 0698 0082 7 2 RESISTOR 464 1 125W 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 4640 F A21R17 2100 3154 7 1 RESISTOR TRMR 1K 10 SIDE ADJ
197. 1207 1820 1442 1826 0316 1826 0471 1826 0480 1820 0477 1820 0224 1826 0371 1826 0480 1826 0472 0360 0065 1200 0424 1200 0525 1200 0552 1200 0565 5000 9043 5040 6552 05342 60122 0890 0706 0890 0983 2200 0155 2190 0005 0360 0042 1400 0249 GOO OO N I PO N NI ONN O OO O OO O OO O OO O OO O1 OO OOO UNO BRAN NNOIN ON O O FO O SG O O 0 Table 6 5 Option 002 Replaceable Parts P 0 gt Ny k Ny t x gt Na pp aa a a Description OR 1 96K 1 05 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 05W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 619 1 125W F TC 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 5W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 82 5 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 05 TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 05W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 05W 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 05W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 100 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR 1 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 4 22 1 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 2 37K 1 125W F TC 100 RESISTOR TRMR 10K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR 2 15K 1 125W F T 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 100 RESISTOR TRMR 200 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR 909 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 825 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 15K 1 125W F TC 0 25 RESISTOR 825 1 125W F TC 0
198. 17 1000P from 09 pin 1 top left part of diagram Delete A2C18 and C19 4700P from U13 pin 1 top left part of diagram Page 6 8 Table 6 3 A3 Replaceable Parts Change A3 series number from 1804 to 1720 Delete A3C26 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 8 153 Figure 8 26 Schematic Diagram Change A3 series number top of diagram from 1804 to 1720 Delete A3C26 1000P from U2 pin 4 6 30 Table 6 3 21 Replaceable Parts Change A21 series number from 1804 to 1720 Change A21R14 215 from 0698 3441 to 0757 0280 RESISTOR 1K 196 125WF TC 0 100 0329B C 4 1 8 TO 1001 F Page 8 187 Figure 8 43 21 Schematic Diagram Change A21 series number top right of diagram from 1804 to 1708 Change A21R14 from 215 to 6 33 Table 6 3 25 Replaceable Parts Change A25 series number from 1804 to 1720 Delete A25C35 0160 3029 CAPACITOR FXD 7 5 5 100VDC CER 28480 0160 0329 Delete A25C36 0160 3029 CAPACITOR FXD 7 5PF 5PF 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3029 Page 8 191 Figure 8 45 25 Schematic Diagram Change A25 series number top of diagram from 1804 to 1720 Delete A25C35 7 5PF and A25C36 7 5PF from junction of R9 R16 and R17 7 9 5342 Manual Changes CHANGE 5 CONTD 6 23 Table 6 3 14 Replaceable Parts Change A14 series number from 1804 to 1720 Delete A14C 25 016
199. 17 TRN 02111 43P102 21 18 0757 0465 6 3 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1003 F A21R19 0698 0084 9 3 RESISTOR 2 15K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 2151 F A21R20 0757 0280 3 2 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1001 F A21R21 0698 0082 7 RESISTOR 464 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 4640 F A21R22 0757 0280 3 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1001 F A21R23 0698 3155 1 RESISTOR 4 64K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 4641 F A21R24 0698 3155 1 RESISTOR 4 64K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 4641 F A21R25 0757 0465 6 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1003 F A21R26 0698 3150 6 2 RESISTOR 2 37K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 2371 F A21R27 2100 3211 7 1 RESISTOR TRMR 1 10 TOP ADJ 1 TRN 28480 2100 3211 A21R28 0757 0419 0 RESISTOR 681 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 681R F A21R29 0698 3150 6 RESISTOR 2 37K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 2371 F A21R30 0698 0084 9 RESISTOR 2 15K 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 2151 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 30 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Model 5342A Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A21R31 A21R33 A21R37 A21TP1 A21TP2 A21TP3 A21TP4 A21U1 A21U2 A21U3 A21U4 0698 0084 0757 0465 0698 3155
200. 18 T8 4 1 qt 1820 1255 DM8098N AL 620 14 5 1820 1112 SN74LS74N RN SES 1820 1204 SN74LS20N ni 22 22 LU i 5V D 5V D e e s Y F ao 17 17 TO XAI4A 9 21 21 5 1 i 2x 5 ig Te TO 0 J I FROM 1 T6 12 IP T F 1 25 15 15 TO XAI4A 7 FROM XA148 10 14 3 Z z aJ _ MR FROM XAI4B 9 13 LPoREAD A 2 em ee _ _ B rer ds READ _ d ET A25 C29 Figure 8 35 A12 IF Detector Assembly 8 171 Model 5342 Service 1 ul z e z SOLDER SIDE Part ofi 8 36 13 Counter Assembly 8 172 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS REFERENCE HP PART MFR OR INDUSTRY DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER CR1 CR2 Q1 Q2 U1 U2 U3 U7 U4 U5 UB U9 410 U8 U11 U12 U16 U13 U14 U17 U18 U15 1901 0040 1854 0071 1820 0634 1820 1199 1820 1112 1820 1197 1820 1950 1820 1225 1820 1251 1820 1251 1820 1052 SN74LS04N SN74LS74N SN74L5253N SN74LS00N MC10212P MC10231P SN74L5196N SN74LS196N MC10125L Model 5342A
201. 18 4 Signal NAMES uuu u irte rr nce lands REUS 10842 Kit Contents Replaceable Parts for Extender Board 05342 60036 Overall Troubleshooting ns Assemblies Tested by Test Mode Probable Failed Assemblies by Test Mode Diagnostic Modes of the 5342A A14 Microprocessor Troubleshooting 8 91 A19 A20 A21 Power Supply Troubleshooting e 8 97 A1 A2 Keyboard Display Troubleshooting TERRE ESTEE A3 Direct Count Amplifier ere ees mn Lai A13 Counter Troubleshooting 8 105 A17 Timing Generator Troubleshooting PE A8 A9 A10 Main Loop Synthesizer Troubleshooting 248 113 A11 A12 A25 U1 IF Troubleshooting pk pa s sss 8 116 A4 A6 A7 Offset Loop Synthesizer Troubleshooting A26 Sampler Driver Troubleshooting ius EN RF Multiplexer Troubleshooting DEED Option 002 Amplitude Measurement Troubleshooting Option 001 HP IB iE a Acceptor Handshake HP IB Source Handshake HP 1B 023 026 ROM Table HP IB e Change 1 vii 11 6625 3014 14 TABLE CONTENTS continued Diagnostic Modes of the 5342A a A14 Microprocessor Troubleshooting U sss 19 A20 A21 Power Supply
202. 1858 0060 05342 20107 28480 00000 00000 00000 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 0380 0486 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 1205 0011 1250 0901 1250 1353 05342 00009 05342 00011 05342 00013 05342 00016 05342 40001 6 35 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HPP Qty D Mfr Part Numb Designation Code CHASSIS PARTS B1 3160 0209 4 1 FAN TBAX 45 CAM 115V 50 60 HZ1 5 THK 28480 3160 0209 F1 2110 0360 2 1 FUSE 75A 250V SLO BLO 1 25X 25 UL IEC 75915 313 750 F1 2110 0421 6 1 FUSE 375A 250V SLO BLO 1 25X 25 UL 75915 313 375 FL1 9135 0042 6 1 FILTER LINE WIRE LEAD TERMS 28480 9135 0042 42 1250 0083 1 4 FEM SGL HOLE FR 50 28480 1250 0083 J3 1250 0083 1 CONNECTOR RF BNC FEM SGL HOLE FR 50 OHM 28480 1250 0083 J4 1250 0083 1 CONNECTOR RF FEM SGL HOLE FR 50 OHM 28480 1250 0083 45 1250 0083 1 CONNECTOR RF FEM SGL HOLE FR 50 OHM 28480 1250 0083 MP1 5020 8815 0 1 CASTING FRONT FRAME 28480 5020 8815 MP2 5020 8816 1 1 CASTING REAR FRAME28480 5020 8816 MP3 5020 8837 6 2 STRUT CORNER 28480 5020 8837 MP4 5004 0423 0 1 TOP COVER 28480 5001 0423 MP5 5061 1940 4 1 BOTTOM COVER 28480 5061 1940 MP6 05342 00001 0 1 PANEL REAR 28480 05342 00001 MP7 5342 20102 4 1 PANEL FRONT 28480 05342 20102 MP8 05342 20405 7 1 HOUSING 28480
203. 2 Ser 0 imt uM 1 95V S1 NC 2 ovn ipis wr c2 c5 BT 50 0 3 L2 22UH Figure 8 33 A10 Divide by N Assembly 8 167 Model 5342 Service TP1 R14 TP2 TP3 8 168 T AN 813 R12 m R1 RBS Rio y e M ERL Q ORA xm 2 ul R2 Part of Figure 8 3 A11 IF Limiter Assembly ees 1 1 COMPONENT SIDE SOLDER SIDE P1 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS REFERENCE MFR OR INDUSTRY DESIGNATION PART NUMBER CR1 CR2 1901 0535 U1 1826 0065 5000 9043 U2 1826 0372 Same Model 5342A Service All I F LIMITER ASSEMBLY 05342 60011 SERIES 1720 m Q Uj R8 R4 220k 100K DET P O R14 1000 EPAR ROI 4 4 A25C34 R13 8200 45V A RI I 5000 T es E By s FROM XAIOCII 7 7 CRECE ai FROM A25 J2 T UH 50 STRIPLINE 11 12 3 C5 5 01 1OUH 68 i L3 RI 5V J 68 Figure 8 34 A11 IF Limiter Assembly 8 169 Model 5342 Service fe COMPONENT SIDE 1 SOLDER SIDE Part of Figure 8 35 A12 IF Detector Assembly 8 170 Model 5342
204. 2 _ NAN NNNNN NONNO O N Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code hoo Ere TIME BASE BUFFER ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 CAPACITOR EXD 60UF 20 eVDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 600 20 eVDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 330UF 10 6VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 330UF 10 6VDC DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWIT CHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 COIL MLD 22UM 10 Q 75 155DX 375LG NDM COIL MLD 22UM 10 Q 75 155DX 375LG NDM COIL MLD 22UM 10 Q 75 155DX 375LG NDM RESISTOR 1 5K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 3 6K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 1 5K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 3 6K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 100 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 3 6K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SG IC FF TTL D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG IC CNTR TTL LS DECD ASYNCHRO IC CNTR TTL LS DECD ASYNCHRO DRVR TTL NOR QUAD 2 INP IC SCHMITT TRIG TTL NAND QUAD 2 INP A18 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS BOARD EXTRACTOR EXTRACTRO ORANGE See introduction to this section for
205. 2 1901 0040 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 1901 0040 A13L1 9100 1788 CHOKE WIDE BAND 2 680 180 MHZ VK200 20 48 1801 14540071 TRANSISTOR NPN Si PD 300MN FT 200MHZ 1854 0071 Al KE 1854 0071 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MN FT 200MHZ 1854 0071 13R1 1810 0055 NETWORK RES 9 PIN SIP 15 PIN SPCG 1810 0055 A13R2 0683 4725 RESISTOR 4 7K 596 25W FC TC 400 4700 084725 A13R3 0683 4725 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 084725 A13R4 0683 5115 RESISTOR 510 5 25W FC TC 400 4600 085115 A13R5 1810 0055 NETWORK RES 9 PIN SIP 15 PIN SPCG 1810 0055 A13R6 0683 2225 RESISTOR 2 2K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 082225 A13R7 0683 4725 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 084725 A13R8 0683 4725 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W TC 400 4700 084725 A13R9 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K 5 25M FC TC 400 4600 081025 A13R10 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 081035 A13R11 0683 4725 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 084725 A13R12 0683 1635 RESISTOR 16K 5 25W FC TC 400 4800 081635 A13R13 0683 6825 RESISTOR 6 8K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 086825 A13R14 0683 2735 RESISTOR 27K 5 25W FC TC 400 4800 082735 A13R15 0683 4725 RESISTOR 4 7K 596 25W FC TC 400 4700 084725 A13R16 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 081035 A13R17 0683 6825 RESISTOR 6 8K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 086825 A13R18 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 081035 A13R19 0683 3915 RESISTOR 390 5 25W FC TC 400 4600 083915 A13R20 0683 1215 RESISTOR 120 5 25W FC TC 400 4600
206. 2 8 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY 1 0 MAG 28480 05342 60102 A22W2 05342 60121 1 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY LF MB 28480 05342 60121 A22W3 05342 60103 8 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY IF INT 28480 05342 60103 A22W4 05342 60109 5 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY MICRO INT 28480 05342 60109 A22W5 05342 60104 0 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY SHIELD 28480 05342 60104 A22W6 05342 60112 0 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY SHIELD 28480 05342 60112 A22W7 05342 60111 9 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY POWER 28480 05342 60111 INCLUDES LINE SWITCH A22XA3 1251 1626 2 5 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 12 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1626 22 4 1251 2034 8 EDGE 10 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2034 A22XA5 1251 2034 8 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 10 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2034 A22XA6 1251 2034 8 EDGE 10 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2034 A22XA7 1251 1626 2 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 12 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1626 A22XA8 1251 1626 2 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 12 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1626 A22XA9 1251 1626 2 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 12 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1626 A22XA10 1251 1365 6 5 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 22 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1365 A22XA11 1251 1626 2 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 12 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1626 A22XA12 1251 1365 6 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 22 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1365 A22XA13 1251 1365 6 EDGE 22 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1365 A22XA14A 1251 2026 8 6 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 18 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2026 A22XA14B 1251 2026 8 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 18 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28
207. 20 10 and U29 6 should go high U23 2 should go high U1 8 should go high Interrupt flag U10 5 should go high NRFD NDAC STEP ACTION 9 Apply power TABLE 8 21 OPTION 011 Clock U3rtti once NOTES DAV ON means that LDAV at 15031 6 is TTL Low NRFD ON means that HRFD at A15U22 14 is TTL Low NDAC ON means that HDAC at A15U25i 14 is TTL Low 8 137 Model 5342 Service Table 8 21 Option 077 HP IB Troubleshooting Continued 2 Source Handshake Troubleshooting a Setup HP IB CABLE 99 Bed Fd J 59401A BUS SYSTEM ANALYZER Set rear panel address switch to Talk only 59401A settings REN true REN light ON HALT LISTEN mode TABLE 8 21 b Remove the A14 Microprocessor assembly Perform the actions listed Table 8 21 to verify the OPTION 011 source handshake Use a 546A Logic Pulser to clock circuit nodes and a 545A Logic Probe to check the state of circuit nodes Table 8 21B Source Handshake HP IB A DAV NRFD NDAC ACTION Light Light Light us uag 924 10203 uao U503 U4 5 U360 N High High Low Low High Low High 1 W 5 power to 5342 OFF OFF O Low 1 OFF OFF Lo 1 OFF OFF Low 1 0 Low g Press EXECUTE on High 6 Clock U4 1 7 Go to Step 1 and the Hand shake Sequence Repeats
208. 20 1225 MC10231P 1820 1254 DM8095N 1820 1196 AM74LS174N cie 1820 1255 DM8098N n 1000 for FROM 102 2 16 18 T 12 saa ae tly z 3 5 7 14 h 1 16 79 5v C3 CT CB 15 19 Figure 8 41 17 Timing Generator Assembly 8 183 VaR Service 1 B 2 u 2 Q SOLDER SIDE tye Sh E SA of Part of Figure 8 42 A18 Time Base Buffer Assembly DESIGNATIONS TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS REFERENCE HP PART DESIGNATION NUMBER CR1 CR2 1901 0040 1820 0693 1820 1251 1820 1074 1820 1056 MFR OR INDUSTRY PART NUMBER Same 74S74PC SN74LS196N SN74128N SN74132N FROM __ J2 REAR PANEL 10 lt FROM 4 PANEL 9 FROM A24 OSCILLATOR 24 15 5 P O CIO R5 PI CORN S IN 01 100 5V RI R6 I500 LEXT 2 3600 HINT V 12 5V 01 R4 3600 AULA 01 R3 1500 STRIPLINE AY 1 C4 50 01 P I MHZ uy 9 XAI2 10 7 6 I I l I 500 KHz 3 TO 7 10 5 I I i OMHZ 5 TO J3 REAR PANEL Figure 8 42 A18 Time Base Buffer Assembly 8 185 5342 Service COMPONENT SIDE 1 SOLDER SIDE 1 P1 COMPONENT SIDE 1 SOLDER SIDE 1 STATE
209. 221 989 Telex 21 5329 INTE GR Cable NTEKNIKA Medicat Technomed Hellas Ltd 52 Skouta Street Athens 135 3626 972 Telex 21 4693 Cable ETALAK HUNGARY MTA Muszer gy s M r stecnnikar Srotgalata Hewlett Packard Service Lenn 67 241 1391 Budapest VI 42 03 38 Telex 22 51 14 ICELAND Medical Only Elding Inc Yaya rygovag tu Box 8 fS Reyklavik Tel 1 58 20 1 63 03 Cable ELOING Reykjavik IRAN Hewlett Packard Iran 10 No 13 Fourteenth St Emad Avenue Box 41 2419 Tehran Tel 851082 5 Telex 213405 hewp or IRELAND Hewlett Packard Ltd King Street Lane G8 Winnersh Wokingham Berks RG11 SAR Tel 0734 78 47 74 Telex 847178 Cable Hewpie London ITALY hewlett Packard italiana S p A Amerigo Vespucci 2 pastale 3645 i 20124 Milano Tei 102 251 10 unes HEWPACK T Milano Telex 32046 Hewiett Pacsatd S p Via Peil zz0 9 1 35190 Padova Tel 049 66 38 88 Telex 41612 Packard Italiana S p A Va S 1C 1 00113 Roma lel 54 69 61 Teer 51514 Cable Roma Hewlett Packard S p A Corso Giovanni Lanza 94 130133 Torino Te 011 582245 659308 Medical Calculators Only Aewlen Packard italiana S p A Via Principe Nicola 43 G C 195126 Catania Tei 095 37 05 04 Hewlen Packard italiana S p Via Amerigo Vespucci 9 180142 Napo
210. 28480 0160 3879 A15C1 0100 1788 6 1 CHOKE WIDBAND ZMAXB660 180 MHZ 02114 VK200 20 48 A15R1 0787 0390 0 1 RESISTOR 51 1 1 125W 0 100 24548 C4 1 8 T0 5181 F A15R2 1810 0164 7 3 NETWORK RES 9 PIN SIP 15 PIN 8PCG 28480 1810 0164 A15R3 1810 0164 7 NETWORK RES 9 PIN SIP 15 PIN 8PCG 28480 1810 0164 A15R4 1810 0164 7 NETWORK RES 9 PIN SIP 15 PIN 8PCG 28480 1810 0164 0360 0124 3 2 CONNECTOR 8GL CONT PIN 04 IN 6SC 32 RND 28480 0360 0124 0360 0124 3 CONNECTOR 8GL CONT PIN 04 IN 6SC 32 RND 28480 0360 0124 1501 1820 1197 9 2 IC TTL L8 NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 BN74L800N A15U2 1820 1144 6 4 GATE TTL L8 NAND QUAD 2 01295 BN74L802N A15U3 1820 1112 6 8 IC FF TTL L8 D TYPE PO8 EDGE TRIG 01295 BN74L874N 1504 1820 1112 8 EF TTL L8 D TYPE PO8 EDGE TRIG 01295 BN74L874N A15U5 1820 1144 6 IC GATE TTL L8 NOR QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74L802N A15U6 1820 1144 6 IC GATE TTL L8 NOR QUAD 2 INP 01295 BN74L802N A15U7 1820 1211 8 1 IC GATE TTL L8 EXCL DR QUAD 2 INP 01295 BN74L886N A15U8 1820 1144 6 IC GATE TTL L8 NOR QUAD 2 INP 01295 BN74L802N A15U9 1820 1112 8 IC FF TTL L8 D TYPE POPS EDGE TRIG 01295 BN74L874N A15U10 1820 1112 5 IC FF TTL L8 D TYPE POPS EDGE TRIG 01295 BN74L874N A15U11 1820 1210 3 1 IC DCDR TTL L8 3 TO 8 LINE 3 INP 01295 BN74L5138N 15012 1820 1206 1 1 GATE TTL 18 NOR TTL 3 INP 01295 BN74L827N A15U13 1820 1199 1 1 IC INV TTL L8 HEX 1 INP 01295 BN74L804N A15U14 1820 1112 6 IC FF TT
211. 3 OPTIONS 1 14 Options available with the 5342A are described in Table 1 and paragrap an option is included in the initial order it will be installed at the factory and ready for operation upon receipt If an option is ordered for field installation it will be supplied as a retrofit kit Refer to Section Il for kit part numbers and installation instructions 1 15 SERVICE EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE 1 16 Extender boards are available for servicing printed circuit assemblies while extended from the instrument The extender boards allow assemblies to be extended from their plug in con nectors for monitoring with appropriate test equipment Extender boards for each assembly are supplied in Service Accessory Kit 10842A as described in paragraph 8 46 1 17 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT 1 18 The tes equipment listed in Table 1 4 is recommended for use during performance tests adjustments and troubleshooting Substitute test equipment may be used if it meets the required characteristics listed in the table Oscilloscope Signal Generator Spectrum Analyzer DC Voltmeter AC Voltmeter AC Voltmeter Logic State Analyzer Signature Analyzer Power Splitter Logic Pulser Current Tracer Logic Probe Step Attenuator AP Clips 4 Isolation Transformer Extender Boards Power Meter Power Sensor 500 Termination Microwave Amplifier Signal Generator Signal Generator Swept Frequency Analyzer 15 MHz 18GHz Modulator 15 MHz 18
212. 3 Power Module 4 Onde bx A24 Oscillator Assembly iiec rebat rit suscita te rp ma Phase beds A25 Preamplifier uiui testae m hene treo leh Max ane a A26 Sampler Driver Assembly sss sanis Options Theory Options 002 003 004 011 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Overall Theory RN Block Option 002 Detailed Theory 2 U2 High Frequency Amplitude Assembly 5088 7035 27 Low Frequency Amplitude Assembly nanan nnne A16 Amplitude Assembly aa ddtduba ai dato aa cu SOUS Exa gend p Option 008 Extended Dynamic Range aaa Option 004 Digital to Analog Conversion DAC Option 011 Hewlett Packard Interface Bus 1 vi Changel 8 132 A1 Disolav Assemblv and A2 Displav Driver Assemblv 8 11 6625 3014 14 LIST TABLES Title Page Model 5342A Specifications 1 2 Equipment Supplied sees Accessories Available
213. 3378 and A3C10 at 2 2 pF 0160 3872 b If the counter miscounts change A3R16 to 5100 0698 5176 and change A3C10 to 10 pF 0160 3874 8 42 Procedures for Selecting Resistor R16 on Main Loop Amplifier A9 8 43 Wenever a repair is made in the main syntheszer loop consisting of assemblies A9 8 and A10 it may be necessary to change the value of resistor A9R16 If A9R16 is not the proper value the counter will miscount at high frequencies This miscount will be independent of input signal level Start with A9R16 equal to 10 HP P N 0683 1565 and test as follows a Tes setup 18 GHz GENERATOR 8620 86290 141T 8552A 8554B b Set the signal generator to 18 GHz and approximately 10dBm Place the 5342A to AUTO and observe 18 GHz count Set 5342A to MANUAL and observe the 5342A rear panel IF OUT on the spectrum analyzer Set spectrum analyzer SCAN WTH to 5 MHz and observe the following 8 16 Model 5342 Service d Reduce input signal level until counter no longer counts 18 GHz but displays all zeros The IF OUT on the spectrum analyzer should appear as 5MHz lt e If the spectrum analyzer display remains as in the first photo or if the IF is centered as shown below then change 16 to 15 Mf 0683 1565 IF THIS IS CENTERED THEN CHANGE 9 16 to 15 MQ SHOULD BE OFFSET FROM CENTER EITHER SIDE 8 44 Procedure for Selecting Resistor A16R2 on A16 Assembly Option 002
214. 47392 A16C27 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C28 0160 0576 4 CAPACITOR FXD 68UF 10 6VDC 90201 TOC686K006WLF A16C29 0160 0579 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC 28480 0160 0576 A16C30 0160 0128 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C31 0160 3879 4 CAPACITOR FXD 66UF 10 6VDC 90201 TOC686K006WLF A16C32 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C33 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C34 0160 3879 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C35 0160 0128 3 1 CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0128 A16C36 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A16C37 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C38 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C39 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A16CR1 1901 0040 1 3 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 28480 1901 0040 A16CR2 1901 0040 1 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 28480 1901 0040 A16CR3 1901 0731 7 1 DIODE PWR 400V 1 28480 1901 0731 A16CR4 1902 0064 1 1 DIODE ZNR 7 5V 5 DO 7 PO 4W 05 28480 1902 0064 A16CR5 1901 0040 1 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50 2NS DO 35 28480 1901 0040 A16K1 0490 0617 4 1 RELAY REED 1C 250MA 28VDC 5VDC COIL 28480 0190 0617 A16L1 9140 0131 5 2 COIL MLO 10MH 5 Q 60 240X
215. 480 1251 2026 A22XA15A 1251 2026 8 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 18 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2026 A22XA15B 1251 2026 8 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 18 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2026 A22XA16 1251 2026 8 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 18 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2026 A22XA16B 1251 2034 8 6 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 10 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2034 A22XA17 1251 2026 8 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 18 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2026 A22XA18 1251 2034 8 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 10 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2034 A22XA19 1251 2582 1 1 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 24 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2582 A22XA20 1251 1365 6 EDGE 22 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1365 A22XA21 1251 1365 6 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 22 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 1365 A22XA24 1251 2034 8 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 10 CONT ROW 2 ROWS 28480 1251 2034 0380 0383 8 5 STANDOFF RVT ON 125 IN LG 6 32 THQ 28480 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 1251 2205 5 2 POLARIZING KEY PC EDGE CONN 28480 1251 2205 5040 0170 6 1 GUIDE PLUG IN PC BOARD 28480 5040 0170 A23 0960 0400 2 1 POWER MODULE UNFILTERED 28480 0960 0444 A24 05341 60047 9 1 10 MHZ OSCILLATOR ASSY SERIES 1804 28480 05341 60047 A24C1 0160 2143 6 1 CAPACITOR FXD 2000PF 80 20 1MVDC CER 28480 0160 2143 A24C2 0180 0552 9 1 CAPACITOR FXD 220UF 20 10VDC 28480 0180 0552 A24L1 9100 2430 7 1 COIL MLD 220UM 10 55 156DX 375LG NOM 28480 9100 2430 A24Y1 0960 0394 1 1 CRYSTAL 28480 0960 0394 See introduction to this section for ordering information 6 32 Ind
216. 480 1400 0015 1400 0053 4 1 CLAMP CABLE 172 DIA 375 WD NYL 28480 1400 0053 1460 1345 5 2 TILT STAND SST 28480 1460 1345 2680 0172 1 2 SCREW MACH 10 32 375 IN LG 100 DEG 28480 2680 0172 3050 0050 0 1 WASHER FL MTLC 7 16 IN 5 IN ID 28480 3050 0050 8120 1378 1 1 CABLE ASSY 18AWG 3 CNDCT JGK JKT 28480 8120 1378 5040 7219 8 1 STRAP HANDLE CAP FRONT 28480 5040 7219 5040 7220 1 1 STRAP HANDLE CAP REAR 28480 5040 7220 5060 9604 3 1 28480 5060 9804 05342 00020 3 1 GUARD CABLE 28480 05342 00020 See introduction to this section for ordering information indicates factory selected value 6 36 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 4 Option 001 Replaceable Parts Reference tr Designation Code 10544 60011 1 CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR ASSEMBLY 28480 10544 60011 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 37 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 5 Option 002 Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A16 05302 60038 9 AMPLITUDE MEASUREMENT ASSEMBLY 28480 05342 60038 SERIES 1812 A16C1 0160 3879 7 10 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 4 209 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 16 2 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER A16C3 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER A16C4 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER A16C5 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER A16C6 0160 3
217. 4LS10N A14U10 1820 1199 1 3 IC INV TTL LS HEX 1 01295 8N74LSD9N A14U11 1820 1425 6 1 IC SCHMITT TRIG TTL L8 NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74LS132N A14U12 1818 0135 8 1 IC NMOB 1K NAM STAT 360 NS 3 8 04713 MCM68A10L A14U13 1820 1208 3 1 IC GATE TTL LS OR QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74LS32N A14U14 1820 1240 3 2 IC DCDR TTL S 3 TO 8 LINE 3 INP 01295 8 745138 A14U15 1820 1199 1 IC INV TTL LS HEX 1 01295 8N74LSDAN A14U16 1820 1368 6 2 1C DRVR TTK BUS DRVR HEX 1 INP 01295 8N74166N A14U17 1820 1072 9 1 IC DCDR TTL S 2 TO 8 LINE DUAL 2 INP 01295 8N748139N A14U18 1820 1368 6 DRVR TTL BUS DRVR HEX 1 01295 8N74366N A14U19 1820 1112 8 1 IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG 01295 8N74LS74N A14U20 1820 1240 3 IC DCDR TTL S 3 TO 8 LINE 3 INP 01295 8 745138 A14U21 1820 1480 3 1 IC MICPROC NMOS 8 B17 04713 MC6800L A14U22 1820 1197 9 IC GATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74LS00N A14U23 1820 1804 5 1 IC DRVR CLOCK DRVR 04713 MP06842 A14U24 1820 1199 1 IC INV TTL LS HEX 1 01295 8N74LSD4N A14 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 1200 0552 4 1 SOCKET IC 40 CONT DIP SLDR 28480 1200 0552 5000 9043 6 1 PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR 28480 5000 9043 5040 6852 3 1 EXTRACTOR ORANGE 28480 5040 6852 A15 SEE TABLE 6 8 OPTION 011 A16 SEE TABLE 6 5 OPTION 002 OR TABLE 6 6 OPTION 003 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 24 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Model
218. 5 8N74L 158N SNT4L874N NT4LS74N DOMT4LS173N OROE R BY DESCRIPTION 1200 0555 6 7 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Reference Designation 83 836 A3C2 A3C5 A3C4 A3CS 83 6 asc Azca 8309 83610 LS EE 45612 15513 A3C10 A3CIS 16 A3C17 13018 83619 A3C20 A3C22 A3C23 A3C24 A3C25 A3C26 8329 asCR2 83693 ACRU ASCRS 483 8 3 87 AXCRA 2 A391 4392 8393 8394 8305 A396 A307 A308 A309 3610 8383 4194 8385 A3R6 A3RT A3R8 A389 A3R10 A3R11 5912 3813 83814 838165 83816 3817 83819 43820 6 8 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Mfr code HP Part Number Description 05342 60003 DI COUNT AMPLIFIER ASSEMB Ly SERIES 1816 016003879 CAPACITOREFXO _orUF 100VOC CER 0190 3879 CAPACITOR FXD otuF 20 100VDC CER 015093878 OReFXO 1000PF 20 100 DC CER 0160 3878 PA CI TOReFXD 1000PF 20 100 0 CER 0180 0490 CITUReFXD OVOC 0180 0490 CAPACITOReFXD eRUF 101X evOC T 016093876 CAPAC I TOReFX D 47PF 20 Poo vot CER 0160 34154 CAPACITUReFXD 220PF 10 CER 0100 3879 CaPACITOR FXO 01UF 20 10 OVOC CER 0150 1872 CAP 110 0 2 PPF 25 290 VOC CER FACTORY SELECTEDPART 0160 3879 CAPACITORSFXD 010 20 100 0 CER 0180 0490 CAPACITOR FXD
219. 5 LGeNOM 9100 2255 9100 2208 910002255 9100 2269 910002269 910002258 9100 3255 910002255 9100 2255 9100 2205 9100 2255 6 6 6 5 3 3 7 6 5 7 7 7 7 7 7 3 3 6 4 q 4 5 0 0 4 4 4 4 4 05342 80001 1853 0058 1853 0058 1853 0058 0683 1215 0083 2005 0698 3113 0898 5172 0698 3378 COIL 5 TURNS 05342080001 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PDS300MW FTR200MMZ 832248 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 0 FTR200MHZ 532248 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PDz300Mw FTa 200 MHZ 832248 RESISTOR 120 5 25 FC TCm sq00 600 81215 RESISTOR 20 5X 25 TCws 400 500 82005 RESISTOR 100 5 125 270 540 881015 RESISTOR 13 5 125 1 270 540 881 305 RESISTOR 51 SX 125 CC TCs e270 540 885105 0698 3111 0698 3111 0698 5174 069803380 069851113 RESISTOR 30 5 125 CC TCszs 270 540 883005 RESISTOR 30 5 125W CC TCze270 840 883005 RESISTOR 200 SX 125W 7 330 800 882015 RESISTOR 75 5 125 270 540 887505 RESISTOR 100 Sx 125 CC TCRe270 45400 881015 RESISTOR 6 8 SX 125w CC 7 8 120 400 886865 RESISTOR 15 5 1254 CC 1 8 270 540 881505 RESISTOR 240 SX 125 CC 5350 6800 01121 BB2415 RESISTOR 75 1 125w F TC 0 100 Coat 0 7 590 RESISTOR 6 8 Sx 125 CC TCw 120 800 886805 coo BOD 0698 5661 0598 5998 0698 5564 0757 0398 0698 5561 See introduction to this section for ordering informatio
220. 54 0246 2N3543 2 OPTION 002 HIGH FREQUEN INPUT DBI1 oor 1950 CRI 1000 82 5 T ua CRi CRS QI 012 1854 0691 Same 774 UENCT AMPLIIUDE ASSEMBLY 11098 70922 SERIES ren i u s amp il AED rare ont 98 TUIS Q13 1854 0071 Sama VOLTAGE as ala 22 7 OY SHEET 31 18 Mat Assigned REFERENCE m E y ca ue di ui 1820 1199 SN74LS04N LM SS FRED 2 Tz AF TO VI a 2 INPUT 5 i 15 4 uz 1820 1144 9LSO2PC abe Lam pog e ANALOG 16 x 4 C TNR See Option 002 Parts List COUNT IN rcc s 42 1112 ANALOG IN HE e 1 a Ooi 1818 0468 Same V 1 COUNT OUT 7 lay xis __ i Us 1820 1195 AM74LS175A m D e mag us 7 Sm s Us ur 1820 1439 SN74LS258N BF IH B I 126 ai 4549 Ae en TPI TP11 UB 182021505 abn 21 em L pese E E sa 5 urns ug 1820 1207 SN74L 30N Ji 930 m CC Ril Big Ra ul u1b 1820 1442 SN74LS290N V IM er f 190 Utt 1826 0316 LH0070 IH LA Ko u Um T 1826 0471 Same 013 1826 0480 4 30 tib P E 1114 1820 0477 LM301AN DETECTED RF YEL Y 2 _ d 1 U15 1820 0224 LMODO2CH v U18 1826 0371 LF 256H ce ty Be PUN 1826 0480 S
221. 6 24546 24546 28480 02111 24546 24546 24546 24546 02111 24546 24546 02111 24546 24546 24546 24546 28480 24546 28480 24546 24546 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 01295 01295 28480 18324 01295 01295 01295 24355 01295 01295 27014 06665 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 28480 23884 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 00000 28480 28480 28480 3 3 8 10 1961 C3 3 8 T0 1001 G C3 3 8 T0 619R F C3 3 8 T0 1002 G C3 3 8 T0 8245 F C3 3 8 T0 1001 G C3 3 8 T0 1002 G C3 3 8 T0 1002 G C3 3 8 T0 1002 G 0698 7332 43P101 C4 1 8 T0 1101 F C4 1 8 T0 5111 F 4 1 8 0 4221 4 1 8 0 2371 43 103 C4 1 8 T0 7501 F C4 1 8 T0 7501 F 43P201 C4 1 8 T0 9098 C4 1 8 T0 7501 F C4 1 8 T0 7501 F C4 1 8 T0 8258 F 0698 6362 C4 1 8 T0 8258 F 0698 6362 C4 1 8 T0 8258 F 4 1 8 0 4641 ORDER DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION SN74L525BN SN74L525BN 05342 60005 B2S2708 PROGRAMMED SN74LS175N SN74L36BN SN74L36BN AD7550BD SN4L830N SN4L8290N LH0070 14 OP 07CJ LF13333N LM301AN LHOO02CH LF2564 LF13333N LHOD44ACH 0360 0065 CSA2900 14B 1200 0525 1200 0552 1200 0565 5000 9043 5040 6852 05342 60122 0890 0706 0890 0983 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 219
222. 60 3878 9100 2268 9100 1788 9100 1788 9100 1788 0675 1021 0698 5996 0698 8073 0698 3114 0698 6242 0698 3380 0698 5177 0698 7101 0698 5565 0698 3376 0675 1021 1251 0600 1820 1251 1820 0630 1820 0069 1820 1112 1820 1225 1820 0736 1820 0693 1820 1429 1820 1429 1820 1196 1820 1195 1820 1888 1820 1429 1820 1429 1820 1196 1820 1195 1820 1196 5000 9043 5040 6Y852 IOO OOO O OO OONN OOO O 0 0 OO O O O O OO OOO GOO OD ND OO OTOCOTO N Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code EP 15 E DIVIDE BY N ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 6VDC TA CITOR FXD 60UF 20 6VDC CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 6VDC CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 6VDC CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 6VDCTA CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 22PF 4 596 200VDC CER 04 30 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20
223. 60 ms If this signal is present then A9 A10 and part of A8 as well as the ROM program on A14 are operating properly To test if the A8 Main VCO is operating properly put the 5342A in MANUAL mode 500 MHz 18 GHz range and set the MANUAL center frequency to the values in the following table Connect a coax cable with BNC connector on one end and alligator clips on the other from XA5 10 to the 5342A direct count input front panel 5 10 is the Main OSC signal and will be measured by the 5342A if the range switch is changed to the 10 Hz 500 MHz range impedance select should be in 500 To change MANUAL center frequency place the range switch back in the 500 MHz 18 GHz position and SET MAN Verify that the counter measures the proper MAIN OSC fre 8 quency for each of the MANUAL center frequencies selected MAN CENTER MAIN OSC FREQ FREQ 500 MHz 300 0 MHz 550 MHz 312 5 MHz 600 MHz 337 5 MHz 650 MHz 350 0 MHz Also test the output level of the A8 outputs Using an RF Millivoltmeter with a high Z probe the following A8 output levels should be measured 100 mV XA8 7 MAIN OSC 500 mV rms XA8 3 MAIN VCO 250 mV rms XA8 DIV N 250 mV rms These levels are essentially independent of frequency If steps 1 and 2 pass the test then the Main Loop Synthesizer is working properly If not proceed to step 3 A8 FREE RUN FREQUENCY CHECK Connect XA5 10 the MAIN OSC signal to the direct count input front panel
224. 698 5 72 0698 5999 0698 5075 069603376 0698 3378 0598 7212 0698 3376 069825172 RESISTOR 43 5X 125 CC TC89270 5u0 884305 RESISTOR 51 5X 125 CC 270 540 885105 RESISTOR 100 1 05w 0 100 C3 1 8 T0 100R G RESISTOR 43 SX 125 CC TCss270 Sa0 884305 RESISTOR 13 SX 129 CC 270 540 881305 0698 5996 0598 5075 0698 3378 RESISTOR 560 5 125w CC 7 8 350 800 885615 RESISTOR 130 5 125 TCs29330 eBn0 881315 RESTS TOR 51 SX 125 CC ICss270 540 885105 1826 0372 1826 0372 IC 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP 1826 0372 5GHZLIMITER AMP 1826 0372 Eroon PUPAN B MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 03 63 0133 CONTACTeFINGER 09e FREEeHGT BE CU 036320133 0380 0970 STANDOFF HEX 375 IN LG 0 0 0380 0970 0 342 20101 SC pEw GROUND 05342020101 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 10 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Bereits Nose Description Mfr Part Number 05342 60005 RF MULTIPLEXER ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 05342 60005 016 093478 0160 3878 0150 3878 0160 1878 0180 0210 CITOR sFxD 1000PF 20 100 0 CER 0160 3878 PACITOR FXD 16000PF 20 10 0 CER 016003878 CAP AC ITOR FXO 1000PF 20 10 0VDC CER 016023878 CITOR F xD 1000PF 20 100 0 CER 016023878 PACTTOR FXD 3 3 UF 20x 15VDC 1500335x001542 016023029
225. 698 7241 Delete A25R37 resistor HP Part No 0698 7259 Delete A25R38 resistor HP Part No 0698 7253 NOTE The above parts serve no electrical function on circuit board assembly A25 Page 8 191 Figure 8 45 A25 Schematic Diagram Change series number at top of diagram from 1804 to 1904 Delete A25C 32 CR4 R35 R37 and R38 Make appropriate changes in REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS table and TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS 6 36 Table 6 3 Miscellaneous Replaceable Parts Add 1400 0985 CD 1 CLAMP RIBBON CABLE 28480 1400 0985 CHANGE 2 1916A Page 6 5 Table 6 3 AI 05342 60001 Replaceable Parts Change from SERIES 1720 to SERIES 1916 Change 1051 thru 1058 to 1990 0670 in HP Part Number and Mfr Part Number columns Change CD column from 7 to O Page 8 149 Figure 8 24 Al Schematic Diagram Change SERIES 1720 at top of diagram of Display Assembly to SERIES 1916 7 6 OLDER INSTRUMENTS 7 7 To adapt this manual to older instruments having a serial prefix lower than 1840A perform the backdating that applies to your instruments serial prefix as listed in Table 7 1 below Table 7 1 Manual Backdating If Instrument has Serial Prefix Make the Following Changes to Manual CHANGE 1 Page 6 7 Table 6 3 A2 Replaceable Parts Change A2 series number from 1828 to 1804 Delete A2C20 0160 0570 CAPACITOR FXD 220PF 2096 100VDC CER 28480 0160 0570 Change A2R22 from 0683 10151 1000 to 06
226. 705 0084 120V AC MAY BE USED FOR THIS PURPOSE CONNECT THE TRANSFORMER BETWEEN THE AC POWER SOURCE AND THE POWER INPUT TO THE 5342A 8 18 Safety Symbols 8 19 The following safety symbols are used on equipment and in manuals IF 1 gt gt ie 0 WARNING CAUTION Instruction manual symbol The product will be marked with this symbol when it is necessary for the user to refer to the instruction manual in order to protect against damage to the instrument Indicates dangerous voltage terminals fed from the interior by voltage exceeding 1000 volts must be so marked Protective conductor terminal For protection against electrical shock in case of a fault Used with field wiring terminals to indicate the terminal which must be connected to ground before operating equipment Low noise or noiseless clean ground earth terminal Used for a signal common as well as providing protection against electrical shock in case of a fault A terminal marked with the symbol must be connected to ground in the manner described in the installation operating manual and before operating the equipment Frame and chassis terminal A connection to the frame chassis of the equipment which normally includes all exposed metal structures Altemating current power line Direct cument power line Altemating or direct current power line The WARNING signal denotes a hazard It calls attention to a procedure practi
227. 73 705 3344 COLORADO 5600 Parkway Englewood 80110 Tet 303 771 3455 CONNECTICUT 12 Lunar Drive New Haven 06525 203 389 6551 TWX 710 465 2028 FLORIDA 24210 2727 N W 62 0 Street Ft Lauderdale 33309 Tel 305 973 2600 4428 Emerson Street Unit 1 acksonville 32207 904 725 6333 13910 6177 Lake Ellenor Or Orlando 32809 305 859 2900 Box 12826 Sure 5 Bog 1 Office Park North 32575 Tet 904 476 8422 GEORGIA 105005 450 Interstate North Parkway Atlanta 30348 404 955 1500 810 766 4890 Medica Service Onty ista 30903 404 736 0592 Box 2103 1172 Davis rive Werner Robine 31098 912 922 0449 HAWAII 2875 So King Strem Honolulu 96825 808 955 4455 ILLINOIS 5201 Tolview Dr Rolling Meadows 50008 Tel 312 255 9800 TWX 910 687 2260 INDIANA 7301 North Shadeland Ave India 1845250 Tel 1317 842 1000 TWX 810 260 1797 IOWA 2415 Henz Road lowa Clty 52240 Tei 319 338 3466 KENTUCKY Medical Only 3901 Atkinson Dr Sune 407 Atlgnson Square Loulsvie 40218 502 456 1573 LOUISIANA Box 1449 3229 39 Wilkams Boulevard Kenner 70063 Tei 504 443 6201 MARYLAND 5707 Whitestone Road Baltimore 21207 Tai 301 944 5400 TWX 716 862 9187 2 Choke Cherry Road Rockville 20850 Tei 301 948 6370 TWX 710 828 9684 MASSACHUSETTS 32 Hartweit
228. 7777 Date Sent 19 OCT 93 Pub no 55 2840 229 23 Pub Title TM 0 Publication Date 04 JUL 85 11 Change Number 7 12 Submitter Rank MSG 13 Submitter FName Joe 14 Submitter MName T 15 Submitter LName Smith 16 Submitter Phone 123 123 1234 17 Problem 1 18 Page 2 19 Paragraph 3 20 Line 4 21 NSN 5 22 Reference 6 23 Figure 7 24 Table 8 25 Item 9 26 Total 123 27 Text This is the text for the problem below line 27 Use Part Il reverse for Repair Parts and Spe DATE RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND cial Tool Lists RPSTL and Supply Catalogs BLANK FORMS Supply Manuals SC SM For use of this form see AR 25 30 the proponent agency is ODISC4 8 3 0 02 TO Forward to proponent of publication or form Include ZIP Code FROM Activity and location Include ZIP Code Commander U S Army Aviation and Missile Command MSG Jane Q Doe ATTN AMSAM MMC MA NP 1234 Any Street Redstone Arsenal AL 35898 Nowhere Town AL 34565 PART 1 ALL PUBLICATIONS EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC SM AND BLANK FORMS PUBLICATION FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE Organizational Direct Support And General Support Maintenance Manual for Machine Gun 50 TM 9 1005 433 24 16 Sep 2002 caliber and M3P Machine Gun Electrical Test Set Used On Avenger Air Defense Weapon System ITEM PAGE PARA LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON NO NO GRAPH NO NO NO 0005 Test Correct
229. 8 103 Model 5342 Service Table 8 12 8 104 Table 8 12 Direct Count Amplifier Troubleshooting To check that the direct count amplifier is working connect the 10 MHz FREQ STD rear panel output to thedirect count input front panel BNC Place the range switch in the 10 Hz 500 MHz range and the impedance select to 500 Monitor TP1 of A3 for the following wave form TP1 is the output of Schmitt Trigger U5 A3TP1 U5 5 NOTE Check that the output of A3 DIRECT B available at XA3 1 is divided by four and that DIRECT A available at XA3 2 is divided by two Model 5342 Service Table 8 13 A13 Counter Troubleshooting Apply approximately 50 MHz signal at 10 dBm to the high frequency input of the 5342A Put the counter in diagnostic mode 2 press SET SET 2 to read the contents of the A counter The A counter should read approximately 8 200 000 Put the 5342A in diagnostic mode 3 to read the B counter it should be the same reading as 1 count provided the stability of the 50 MHz source is that good If this is true then A13 is good If it is not true A13 may be at fault as well as A17 for the prs generation and gate time generation Check the inputs to the A counter as follows Apply 10 MHz FREQ STD OUT on rear panel to the direct count input fron panel with 500 position selected Check the following A counter test points since 10 MHz is divided by four on A3 TP6 which divides
230. 8 7022 5088 7035 5088 7038 05342 60027 05342 60029 8 14 Although this instrument has been designed in accordance with intemational safety standards this manual contains information cautions and wamings which must be followed to ensure safe operation and to retain the instrument in safe condition Service and adjustments should be performed only by service trained personnel ANY INTERRUPTION OF THE PROTECTIVE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR INSIDE OR OUT SIDE THE INSTRUMENT OR DISCONNECTION OF THE PROTECTIVE EARTH TERMINAL IS LIKELY TO MAKE THE INSTRUMENT DANGEROUS INTEN TIONAL INTERRUPTION IS PROHIBITED 8 4 Model 5342 8 15 Any adjustment maintenance and repair of the opened instrument under voltage should be avoided as much as possible and when inevitable should be carried out only by a skilled person who is aware of the hazard involved 8 16 Capacitors inside the instrument may still be charged even if the instrument has been disconnected from its source of supply 8 17 Make sure that only fuses with the required rated current and of the specified type normal blow time delay etc are used for replacement The use of repaired fuses and the short circuiting of fuseholders must be avoided PRIOR TO MAKING ANY VOLTAGE TESTS ON THE A19 PRIMARY POWER ASSEMBLY THE VOLTMETER TO BE USED OR THE 5342A MUST BE ISOLATED FROM THE POWER MAINS BY USE OF AN ISOLA TION TRANSFORMER A TRANSFORMER SUCH AS AN ALLIED ELECTRONICS
231. 8 8373 0767 0280 0757 0316 0598 3378 0698 4102 0698 5294 06 9805176 0698 5177 Q uuum ut r wo See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Mfr Part Number 05342 60003 0160 3879 016023879 0160 3878 016023878 TOCOREKOOOMLF TNC OBOKOOGMLF 0160 3875 0160 3454 0160 3879 016023872 016 003879 TOC OBOKOOONLF 0160 35879 0160 3879 0180 5876 0160 3878 0160 0128 016003879 0160 3878 0180 3879 0180 0491 0160 3878 016093879 016003878 016003877 015093878 1901 0040 1901 0040 190100535 1901 0535 190190050 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0050 9170 0029 9170 0029 2110 0436 VK200 20 48 VK200 20 48 5 5 3611 2 5245 25245 1853 0015 1850 0546 1864 0071 185420971 1854 0071 1850 0071 1854 0506 8820 238174 881031 441 8 70 1338 4 1 8 10 2 5 885115 881031 2100 5273 882425 884735 881005 883305 884745 4 1 8 10 100147 1 8 0 2 885 PE S32 1 BeTOe20e1 F 884735 85115 888215 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Number 0598 6242 RESISTOR 1 2 5 125w 1 350 857 861225 0698 6294 3 SISTOR SX 125 CCTCz 9466 4875 884735 0698 5183 RESISTOR 4 5X 125 CC 0 882 884325 0598 6242 RESISTOR y aK SX 125 CC 2 350 857 881225 69 79 RESISTOR 1 8K 5 125
232. 8 8548 Voltmeter AN USM 451 6625 01 060 6804 Isolation Transformer Allied Electronics P N 705 0048 Service Accessory Kit HP 10842 Analyzer Spectrum IP 12 16 P GR 6625 00 424 4370 Tunning Sect on PL 1406 U 6625 00 140 0156 IF Section PL 1388 U 6625 00 431 9339 Power Meter TS 3793 U 6625 00 033 5050 Power Sensor HP 8481A 6625 00 354 9762 Power Splitter HP 11667A 6625 01 017 2713 Logic Pulser HP 546A Current Tracer HP 547A Logic Probe HP 575A Voitmeter Sampling ME 426 U 6625 00 113 3491 Frequency counter TD 1225A V 1 U 6625 01 103 2958 Logic State Analyzer HP 1607A Signature Analyzer HP 5004A TS 3791 U 6625 01 068 8641 Swept Frequency Analyzer HP 8755 Modulator HP 11665B Detectors HP 11664a 2 each Oscilloscope Mainframe HP 182T Directional Coupler HP 778D Directional Coupler HP 11692D Bus System Analyzer HP 59401A 00 PUO PP S m r m m m t m t omm m Im m m m m 2 g g g g 9 9 g g g 9 g uococOoouuuuouUuUucouuu B 5 SECTION IV REMARKS Counter Electronic TD 1225A V 1 U REFERENCE CODE REMARKS Test by use of keyboard and display Replace fuses knobs power cord as required Repair normally performed along with next higher assembly B 6 TM 11 6625 3014 14 APPENDIX C ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION C 1 SCOPE This appendix lists additional items you are authorized for the support of the Frequency Counter C 2 GENERAL This list identifie
233. 8 D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG 01295 BN74L874N A15U35 1820 1112 8 IC FF TTL L8 POS EDGE TRIG 01295 BN74L874N A15U36 1820 1197 9 IC GATE TTL L8 NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 BN74L800N 5000 9043 6 1 PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR 28480 5000 9043 5040 6852 3 1 EXTRACTOR ORANGE 28480 5040 6852 A29 05342 60029 6 1 HP 1B INPUT ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 28480 05342 60029 29 1 1251 3283 1 1 24 PIN F MICRORIBBON 28480 1251 3283 A29J2 1200 0485 2 1 OKT IC 14 PIN PC M7G1 RT AGLE CONT 28480 1200 0485 A29S1 3101 1973 7 1 SWITCH 8L 7 1A N8 DIF SLIDE ASSY 1 28480 3101 1973 A29W5 0120 1966 3 1 CABLE ASSY 26AWG 24 CNDCT 28480 8120 1966 A29 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 0380 0644 4 2 STANDOFF METRIC SHORT STUD MOUNTS FOR 28480 0380 0644 1830 1098 4 2 CLEVIS 0 070 IN W SLTS 0 454 IN PIN CTR 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 2190 0034 5 2 WASHER LK HLCL NO 10 194 IN ID 28480 2190 0034 05342 00017 8 1 PLATE PATCH 28480 05342 00017 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 44 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 9 Manufacturers Code List Any Satisfactory Supplier Norelco North Amer Philips Corp Allen Bradley Co Texas Instr Inc Semiconductor Cmpnt Div RCA Corp Solid State Div Spectrol Electronics Corp Ferroxcube Corp GE Co Semiconductor Prod Dept KDI Pyrofilm Corp Motorola Semiconductor Products Precision Monolithic Inc Fairchild Semiconductor Div Comell Dubil
234. 8 feet 1 hectometer 10 dekameters 328 08 feet 1 kilometer 10 hectometers 3 280 8 feet Weights 1 centigram 10 milligrams 15 grain 1 decigram 10 centigrams 1 54 grains 1 gram 10 decigram 035 ounce 1 decagram 10 grams 35 ounce 1 hectogram 10 decagrams 3 52 ounces 1 kilogram 10 hectograms 2 2 pounds 1 quintal 100 kilograms 220 46 pounds 1 metric ton 10 quintals 1 1 short tons The Metric System and Equivalents Liquid Measure 1 centiliter 10 milliters 34 fl ounce 1 deciliter 10 centiliters 3 38 fl ounces 1 liter 10 deciliters 33 81 fl ounces 1 dekaliter 10 liters 2 64 gallons 1 hectoliter 10 dekaliters 26 42 gallons 1 kiloliter 10 hectoliters 264 18 gallons Square Measure 1 sq centimeter 100 sq millimeters 155 sq inch 1 sq decimeter 100 sq centimeters 15 5 sq inches 1 sq meter centare 100 sq decimeters 10 76 sq feet 1 sq dekameter are 100 sq meters 1 076 4 sq feet 1 sq hectometer hectare 100 sq dekameters 2 47 acres 1 sq kilometer 100 sq hectometers 386 sq mile Cubic Measure 1 centimeter 1000 cu millimeters 06 cu inch 1 cu decimeter 1000 cu centimeters 61 02 cu inches 1 cu meter 1000 cu decimeters 35 31 cu feet Approximate Conversion Factors To change To inches centimeters feet meters yards meters miles kilometers square inches square feet square yards square c
235. 80 9100 3065 9140 0249 6 1 COIL 30UM Q 25 4DX 875LG NDM SRF 100KHZ 28480 9140 0249 1826 0214 1 1 IC V RGLTR TD 220 04713 MC7915CT 1826 0106 0 1 IC 7815 V RGLTR TO 22004713 7815 0683 4305 4 1 RESISTOR 43 5 25W TC 400 500 01121 4305 0684 0271 7 1 RESISTOR 2 7 10 25W 400 500 01121 27 1 0683 1015 7 1 RESISTOR 100 5 25W FC 400 500 01121 1015 9100 3064 5 1 IRANSFORMER POWER 28480 9100 3064 A20 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 1205 0219 0 2 HEAT SINK SGL TO 66 PKG 28480 1205 0219 1251 0400 0 1 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BBC SZ SG 28480 1251 0600 3050 0003 3 1 WASHER FL NM NO 6 141 IN ID 375 IN 00 28480 3050 0003 3050 0082 8 2 WASHER FL NM ND 4 116 IN ID 188 IN 00 28480 3050 0082 5000 9043 6 1 PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR 28480 5000 9043 05342 00012 3 2 HEAT SINK SOLID 28480 05342 00012 5040 6852 3 1 EXTRACTOR ORANGE 28480 5040 6852 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 29 11 6625 3014 14 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part C TN Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number D oy Description Code A21 05342 60021 0 1 SWITCH DRIVE ASSEMBLY SERIES 1804 28480 05342 60021 A21C1 0180 0229 7 4 CAPACITOR 33UF 10 10VDC TA 56289 150D336X901082 A21C2 0180 0229 7 CAPACITOR FXD 33UF 10 10VDC 56289 150D336
236. 83 2015 RESISTO R FXD 200 5 25 TC 400 600 0160G CB2015 Change A2U13 from 1820 1425 to 1820 1197 IC GATE TIL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP 0169H 5 741500 Change A2U22 from 1820 1885 to 1820 0574 FF TIL D TYPE CLEAR QUAD 0340F DM8551N Page 8 149 amp 24 A1 and A2 Schematic Diagram Change A2 series number from 1828 to 1804 Change the value of resistor A2R22 from 100 to 200 ohms Delete capacitor C20 from A2U8 pin 3 5342 Manual Changes CHANGE 2 6 23 Table 6 3 A14 Replaceable Parts change A14 series number from 1840 to 1812 Change A14U7 part number from 1818 0706 to 1818 0331 Annotate that the older part number 1818 0331 is obsolete and the new part number 1818 0706 is the recommended replacement Page 8 175 Figure 8 37 A14 Schematic Diagram Change A14 series number from 1840 to 1812 CHANGE3 Page 6 23 Table 6 3 A14 Replaceable Parts Change A14 series number from 1812 to 1808 Delete A14C 28 0160 3878 R FXD 1000PF 22096 100V DC C ER 28480 0160 3878 Page 8 175 Figure 8 37 A14 Schematic Diagram Delete A14C28 1000PF from U11A pin 3 Change series number top of diagram from 1812 to 1808 6 23 Table 6 3 16 Replaceable Parts Change A16 part number from 05342 60038 to 05342 60016 in the HP and Mfr part number columns Change SERIES 1812 to SERIES 1720 Delete 16 7 1200 0424 SOCKET IC BLK 14
237. 8480 28480 28480 28480 56289 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 25403 25403 28480 28480 07263 28480 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 28480 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts 42 600 15001 05X0050A2 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 2263 0121 0445 150D105X0050A2 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3878 0160 2260 0160 2265 0160 2260 0160 0576 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 150D105X0050A2 150D105X0050A2 0160 3879 0160 4082 0160 4082 0160 4082 0160 4082 0160 4082 0160 4082 0160 4082 0160 4082 0160 3029 0160 3029 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 05342 80002 05342 80002 9100 0346 9100 0346 05342 80002 05342 80002 9100 0346 9100 2265 9100 2265 9100 2247 9100 2247 9100 2247 9100 2265 9100 2265 8FR 90 8FR 90 1854 0071 18544 0071 832248 1853 0020 BB1015 BB5115 BB1021 BB5015 BB1625 BB2715 BB2725 BB2035 BB91G5 05342 80004 6 33 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number D Code A25R11 05342 80004 1 RESISTOR MODIFIED 28480 05342 80004 A25R12 0698 5996 2 2 RESISTOR 560 5 125W TC 330 800 01121
238. 8480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 02114 28480 01121 28480 01121 28480 01121 28480 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 18324 18324 28480 01295 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts 05342 60014 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 150D606X0006B2 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 2743 0160 2743 0160 2743 0160 3879 0160 3651 150D606X0006B2 0160 3651 0160 2743 0160 3878 0160 0571 0160 3878 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 VK200 20 48 1854 0574 BB1031 1810 0055 BB1061 1810 0164 BB1031 1800 0055 BB4725 BB4725 BB1021 BB1021 BB4725 BB2205 BB1021 BB1005 BB1031 BB2205 BB1021 BB1005 BB4725 BB1031 BB2025 BB1215 BB1021 3101 1850 3101 1841 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1818 0698 NBT26B NBT26B 1818 0697 8N74LS02N 6 23 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part C Qiy Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number D Code A14U6 1820 1144 6 1 IC GATE TTL 1 NOR QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74LS02N A14U7 1818 0706 9 1 IC ROM MOS 3K X 8 28480 1818 0706 A14U8 1820 1255 0 1 IC INV TTL HEX 1 INP 01295 8N74368N A14U9 1820 1202 7 1 IC GATE TTL LS NAND TPL 3 INP 01295 847
239. 86222A for a 25 dBm reading Connect both Generators to the 11667A inputs Connect cable to the 5342A Verify that the 5342A counts 18 GHz Increase the level of gener ator 2 until the 5342A counts incorrectly measure that level by using the same procedure described above and record on test record Set generator 1 to 2 5 GHz and at a level to deliver 5 dBm to the 5342A using the technique described above Set generator 2 to 2 0 GHz and at a level to delivery 11 dBm to the 5342A using the technique described above Connect both generators to the 11667A and cable A to the 5342A Verify that the 5342A counts 2 5 GHz Increase generator 2 level until counter counts incorrectly measure that level and record on test record Table 4 5 4 26 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 36 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test Option 002 Specification Description Setup OO 1 5 dB accuracy for frequencies from 500 MHz to 18 GHz Minimum level 22 dBm 500 MHz 12 4 GHz 15 dBm 12 4 GHz 18 GHz A signal at the minimum level is applied to the 5342A and 436A Power Meter and is varied over the frequency range The amplitude reading of the 5342A is compared to the 436A Power Meter calibration factor included HP 436 POWER METER HP 8481A POWER SENSOR HP 11667A POWER SPLITTER HP 8495B ATTENUATOR Connect the 11667A directly to the 5342A type N connector
240. 876 0160 3879 0160 3876 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 1745 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 0576 0160 4542 0160 4082 0160 4082 1901 0796 1901 0179 05342 20109 05342 20108 9100 0346 1854 0071 0757 0384 0698 7101 0698 5179 0757 0180 0698 3111 0698 4132 0698 6648 0698 3437 0360 1682 0360 1682 1858 0060 05342 20107 0380 0486 0520 0127 0570 0007 0570 0024 1205 0011 1250 0901 1250 1353 05342 00009 05342 00011 05342 00013 05342 00016 05342 40001 NA 0000 NNANN ANANO oo OM W oo N PP N o a N PP SAMPLER DRIVER ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 CAPACITOR FXD 27PF 5 500VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 47PF 20 200VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 47PF 20 200VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 1 CAPACITOR FXD 1 5UF 10 20VDC CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 1 CAPACITOR FD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 1 CAPACITOR FXD 15PF 5 50VDC CER 04 30 CAPACITOR FDTHRU 1000PF 20 200V CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 1000PF 20 200V CER 1 DIODE SWITCHING 15V 50MA 750PS 00 7 1 SUPPORT CONNECTOR OUTPUT 1 SUPPORT CONNECTOR INPUT 1 COIL MLD 50NH 20 Q 40 0950K 25LG NDM 1 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ 1 RESISTOR 20 1 125W F 0 100 1 RESISTOR 5 125W CC 350 857 1 RESIS
241. 879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER A16C7 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER A16C8 0160 0490 4 3 CAPACITOR FXD 68UF 10 6 VDC A16C9 0160 0579 5 15 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER A16C10 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER A16C11 0160 4401 3 1 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 10 100VDC POLYP A16C12 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C13 0180 0491 5 3 CAPACITOR FXD 10UF 20 25VDC TA 28480 0180 0491 A16C14 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C15 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C16 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 16 17 0180 0491 5 CAPACITOR FXD 10UF 20 25VDC TA 28480 0180 0491 A16C18 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A16C19 0180 0491 5 CAPACITOR FXD 10UF 20 25VDC TA 28480 0180 0491 A16C20 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A16C21 0140 0159 8 1 CAPACITOR FXD 3000PF 4 295 300VDC MICA 72136 DM19F302G0300WV1CR A16C22 0160 2205 1 1 CAPACITOR FXD 120PF 4 595 300VDC MICA 28480 0160 2205 A16C23 0160 3704 7 1 CAPACITOR FXD 015UF 5 50 06 28480 0160 3704 A16C24 0140 0190 7 1 CAPACITOR FXD 39PF 5 300VDC MICA 72136 DM56390J0300WV1CR A16C25 0170 0040 9 2 CAPACITOR FXD 47UF 4 109 200VDC POLYE 56269 292P47392 A16C26 0170 0040 9 CAPACITOR FXD 47UF 10 200VDC POLYE 56269 292P
242. 88 INTAERIO Kampala Paare Tilbury Zambia Ltd 0 Sox 24 Lusaka Tel 73793 Cable Lusaka OTHER AREAS NOT LISTED CONTACT MHewiett Packard Intercontinental 3200 Hillview Ave Palo Alto California 94304 Tet 415 856 1501 Twx 910 373 1267 Cable HEWPACK Palo Alto Telex 034 8300 034 8493 ALBERTA Hewlett Packard Canada 110 11620A 168th Street Edmonton T5M 3T9 Tel 403 452 3670 TWX 610 831 2431 Hewlett Packard Canada Ltd n 7220 Fisher St S E ee T T2H 2H8 Tet 403 253 2713 Twx 610 821 6141 BRITISH COLUMBIA Hewien Packard Canada Ltd 10691 Shettbridge Way Richmond v6X 2 7 Tel 604 270 2277 TWX 610 925 5059 MANITOBA Hewlett Packard Canada Ltd 380 550 Century St Winni OY1 2 86 6701 TWX 610 671 9531 ONTARIO Hewiett Packard Canada Ud 1020 Morrison Dr Ottawa K2H 8K7 Tet MR AS ee Os Corea Canada Ud tw 1M8 92 4246 QUEBEC Hewlett Packard Canada Ltd 275 Hymus Blvd Pointe Claire HOR 167 Tet 544 09422 TWX 610 422 3022 TLX 05 821521 HPCL FOR CANADIAN AREAS NOT LISTED Contact Hewiett Packard Canada Lid in Mississauga CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA ARGENTINA Hewlett Packard Argentina SA Leandro Alem 822 12 1001 Buenos Aires Tel 31 6063 4 5 6 Telex 122443 AR CiGY Cable HEWPACKARG Biotron SAC I y M Bolivar 177 1066
243. 9 13 3 T 22 V 2 2 NC s NN ede SUME DNE MEE 2 M Ee _ EE Figure 8 29 A6 Offset Loop Amp Search Generator Assembly 8 159 Model 5342 Service 1 uj z o 2 Q SOLDER SIDE Part of Figure 8 30 A7 Mixer Search Control Assembly 8 160 Model 5342 Service 27 MIXER SEARCH CONTROL ASSEMBLY 05342 60007 SERIES 1720 e zx te 2 110 ES 22UH 22H i 390 ee Quid 5 Tw 46 6 cce T a ps i C26 C19 SCAM MEE T 6 85 cis 2001 19 2014 4 T 6 8 N T 001 U 2 UH 2000 g 2000 N PS i ry Cin SEDED RI9 Hs T 130 Rice a G AR SET AS I TO XA6 10 T ul i I lt lt C27 RIS e Vi RN OFT SETRATE ai TO XA6 10 Q2 i Ras Aa iS BEB 1 51 1 100 2 F1 Cis i Ps i Q6 QI G00KHZ f EX us Bi X E Wegen SCONE 7 FROM XAi8 3 100 R5 i gue 3600 4 P 0 U2 FROM Pl MAIN VCO 3 Re 12 1 M REFERENCE gt 50 STRIPLINE ot
244. 9 150D606X000682 A19CR1 1906 0069 4 1 DIODE FW BRDG 40DV 14 28480 1906 0069 A19CR2 1990 0543 6 1 OPTO ISOLATOR LED PXSTR IF 150MA MAX 28480 1990 0543 A19DS1 2140 0018 0 2 LAMP GLOW A9A C 90 58VDC 700UA T 2 BULB 0046G AGA C A19DS2 2140 0018 0 LAMP GLOW A9A C 90 58VDC 700UA T 2 BULB 0046G AGA C A19Q1 1854 0311 8 2 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N4240 SI TO LL PD 35W 01928 2N24240 A19Q2 1854 0311 8 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N4240 SI TO LL PD 35W 01928 2N4240 A19R1 0686 1045 9 3 RESISTOR 100K 5 5W CC 0 882 01121 E81045 A19R2 0686 1055 1 1 RESISTOR 1M 5 5W CC TC 0 1000 01121 E81055 A19R3 0686 1045 9 RESISTOR 100K 5 5W CC 0 882 01121 E81045 A19R4 0686 1005 1 3 RESISTOR 10 5 5W CC 0 412 01121 E81005 A19R5 2100 0552 3 1 RESISTOR TRMR 50 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN 28480 2100 0552 A19R6 0683 3005 9 1 RESISTOR 30 5 25W FC 400 500 01121 C83005 A19R7 0698 0021 4 1 RESISTOR 3 3 10 5W CC TC 0 412 01121 E83361 A19R8 0813 0001 6 1 RESISTOR 1K 5 3W PW TC 0 20 28480 0813 0001 A19R9 0686 1045 9 RESISTOR 100K 5 5W CC TC 0 882 01121 E81045 A19R10 0686 1005 1 RESISTOR 10 5 5W CC TC 0 412 01121 E81005 A19R11 0686 1005 1 RESISTOR 10 5 5W CC TC 0 412 01121 E81005 A19RT1 0839 0006 5 2 THERMISTOR DISC 10 DGN TC 3 8X C DEG 28480 0839 0006 A19RT2 0839 0006 5 THERMISTOR DISC 10 DGN TC 3 8X C DEG 28480 0839 0006 A19RV1 0837 0106 2 2 VARISTOR 150VRMS 28480 0837 0106 A19RV2 0837 0106 2 VARISTOR 150VRMS 28480 0837
245. 9 15 high prs enable U19 12 low gate time disable U19 7 high for 1 MHz prs clock and U19 5 high for the long prs or sets U19 2 high for the normal prs For the short prs 100 kHz prs clock is used and U19 7 is low Decade divider U11 divides down the 1 MHz input to 100 kHz which appears at U10 8 For the long prs a 1 MHz prs clock is used and U19 7 is high Since 111 3 are both high the counter is preset to 9 so that U11 9 8 are both high which enables U10 Thus the 1 MHz input appears at U10 8 and becomes the prs clock Service 8 65 Model 5342 Service 8 250 The prs generator consists of shift registers U7 U4 U5 4 bit counters U2 U1 and logic gates U6 U3 Wen U19 15 prs enable goes high the output of U14 11 goes high which releases the reset signal from all the components of the prs generator and starts the sequence To generate the sequence data is shifted through the shift register formed by U5 U4 and U7 Feedback taps exclusively OR two of the shift register outputs to generate the next input This feedback generates the prs For the short prs U3B 4 is high and U6A is used to perform the exclusve OR function the output of U7 6 is not used for the short prs For the long prs 1 is high and U6B performs the exclusive OR The data is then fed back to the input of the shift register at US 1 2 via inverter U3C 8 251 The short prs is 15 bits long and stops after 14 consecutive highs in
246. A 12 XA16A 12 22 4134 10 Address 10 XA14A 13 XA15A 13 XA16A 13 A22W4135 A11 Address 11 14 14 XA15A 14 XA16A 14 A22W4 36 12 Address 12 14 15 XA15A 15 XA16A 15 A22W4137 XA15A 16 XA16A 16 A22W4 38 15 17 XA16A 17 A22W4 39 XA15A 18 XA16A 18 A22W4 40 A13 Address 13 XA14A 16 14 Address 14 XA14A 17 15 Address 15 XA14A 18 AMPL ON XA16B 4 Amplitude On U2 Option 002 signal from A16 board to U2 HF Amp to select the amplitude measurement Optin 002 signal from A16 board to A27 LF Amp to switch from frequency to ampltiude measurement AMPL SEL Amplitude XA16B 4 Select AT1 or Attenuation 25 1 XA16B 3 Signal from A25 Preamp current source to the A16 curcuits that controls attenuation of RF input signal Table 8 2 Signal Names Continued Model 5342A Service INEMONIC NAME FROM JE FUNCTION DIRECT A DIRECT B Check Output Direct Count A Output Direct Count B Output Divide by N Data 0 External Input XA 14A 10 2 rear panel XA11 amp 7 7 XA14B 8 8 10 8 9 9 10 15 14 3 15 16 3 17 10 22 20 22 11 10 16 XA13 2 17 11 22 1 19 A22W12 XA10 17 XA13 3 15 5 XA16A 5
247. A TDC686KDDO6WLF A16C2 0180 0490 CAPACITOR FXD 68UF 10 6VDC TA TDC686KDDO6WLF A16CR1 1901 0040 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 1901 0040 A16Q1 1852 0058 A16Q2 1852 0058 A16Q3 1854 0246 A16R1 0757 0407 A16R2 0757 0442 A16R3 0757 0399 A16R4 0757 0418 A16R5 0757 0442 A16R6 0757 0280 A16R7 0757 0399 A16R8 0698 3155 A16R9 0757 0442 A16R10 0757 0421 16 1 0360 0535 A16TP2 0360 0535 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW ET 200MHZ 32248 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ S32248 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 350MW FT 250MHZ SPS 233 RESISTOR 200 196 125W 0 100 C4 1 8 TO 201 F RESISTOR 10K 1 125W 0 100 C4 1 8 TO 1002 F RESISTOR 82 5 196 125W 0 100 C4 1 8 TO 82R5 F RESISTOR 619 1 125W 0 100 C4 1 8 TO 619R F RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 C4 1 8 TO 1002 F RESISTOR 1K 1 125W 0 100 C4 1 8 TO 1001 F RESISTOR 82 5 1 125W F TC 0 100 C4 1 8 TO 82R5 F RESISTOR 4 64K 196 125W 0 100 C4 1 8 TO 4641 F RESISTOR 10K 196 125W F 0 100 1 8 1002 RESISTOR 825 1 125W TC 0 100 C4 1 8 TO 825R F TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB ORDER BY DESCRIPTION TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB ORDER BY DESCRIPTION RARO 8120 2516 CABLE ASSY SEMIRIGID 8120 2516 A16 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 0890 0706 TUBING MS 093 0 046 HCVD 02 WALL 0890 0706 05342 60123 KIT WIRES 05342 60123 5088 7038 ATTENUATOR ASSEMBLY 5088 7038 See introduction to this section for ordering
248. A15 Option O11 HP IB assembly is described under OPTIONS in paragraph 8 346 8 242 A16 OPTION 002 AMPLITUDE MEASUREMENTS ASSEMBLY AND A16 OPTION 003 EXTENDED DYNAMIC RANGE ASSEMBLY 8 243 A16 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements assembly is described under OPTIONS in paragraph 8 296 The A16 Option 003 Extended Dynamic Range assembly is described in para graph 8 331 NOTE The A16 slot is used for either the Option 002 or 003 pc assembly Only one of these options can be in staled in an instrument 8 244 A17 TIMING GENERATOR ASSEMBLY 8 245 The A17 Timing Generator shown in Figure 8 47 the following functions during acquisition it generates the pseudorandom sequence used to switch the A5 Multiplexer and the A13 counters for N determination after acquisition it generates gate times for the measurement of the IF on A13 between measurements its sample rate circuitry determines when to begin a new measurement 8 246 The D through 05 data lines from the microprocessor data bus transmit data from the microprocessor to the hex D type register U19 when the signal decoded on A14 goes low LTIMWT retuming high clocks the data into the register The data lines also transmit data back to the microprocessor from hex three state driver U18 which drives the data bus when LTIMRD decoded on A14 goes low 8 247 Pseudorandom Sequence Generation 8 248 During acquisition after a countable signal has been detected and t
249. A16B 3 with an oscilloscope AMP XA16B 3 FREQ XA16B 4 20 ms 9 If the waveforms shown above are not present go to diagnostic mode 6 and check the voltages in the following table A16 DC LEVELS 500 MHz 10 dBm INPUT Mode _ U5 10 5 1 Q5 Q9 Q6 Q4 Q1 Q2 Emitter 134 489 4 4 97C 0 07 4 99 0 05 0 05 428 4007B 508 50B 10 2 4145 40010 486 0070 5 00 5 0 44 988 0468 078 44B 43 Note Collector Base amplitudes greater approximately 5 dBm at the high fre quency input the ATT signal at XA16B 3 changes from 7 1 volts low levels to 0 1 volts high levels To verify proper operation apply a 500 MHz 10 dBm signal to the 5342A high frequency inPut Select AUTO and AMPL off Increase the input level while monitoring XA16B 3 on the ATT test point with a DVM Decrease input level until ATT goes to 7 volts again The input signal level where this occurs should be around 1 2 dB less than the level which originally caused ATT to go low 8 132 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting Continued ANALOQ TO DIGITAL CONVERTER CHECK a Using DVM measure the following voltage points 1 Check the 10 volt reference at the 10V TP or A16U8 3 for 10 00 volts 2 Check the 6 6V TP or 1608 7 for 6 64V DC 3 Check the 3 2V TP or A16U8 8 for 3 20V DC Apply a 50 MHz 10 dBm s
250. AC BIEN D NOTE The DAC variable resistor adjustments OFFSET R27 and GAIN ADJ R25 are located at the top rear of the A2 Display Driver Assembly Remove the top cover of the 5342A to gain accessto these adjust ments located below the top of the front frame e Adjust GAIN ADJ and observe DVM for indication of 9 99 volts dc f 5342A keyboard press Blue Key DAC 100 0 Adjust OFFSET and observe DVM for 0 volts dc 2 Repeat steps d and f and observe DVM for proper indication Readjust if necessary Model 5342 Replaceable Parts SECTION VI REPLACEABLE PARTS 6 1 INTRODUCTION 6 2 This section contains information for ordering parts Table 1 is a list of exchange assem blies and Table 2 lists abbreviations and reference designations used in the parts list and throughout the manual Table 6 3 lists all replaceable parts for the standard 5342A in reference designator ordei Tables 6 4 6 5 6 6 6 7 and 6 8 lit replaceable parts for Options 001 002 003 004 and 011 respectively Table 6 2 dontains the names and addresses that correspond to the manufacturers code numbers 6 3 EXCHANGE ASSEMBLIES 6 4 able T lists assemblies within the instrument that may be replaced an exchange basis Exchange factory repaired and tested assemblies are available only on a trade in basis therefore the defective assemblies must be retumed for credit For this reason assemblies required for sp
251. ADE COUNTER The decade counter has four master slave flip flops and gating for which the count cycle length is divided by five This counter hasa gated zero reset anda gated set to nine input To use the maximum count length the pin 11 input is connected to the pin 9 output The input count pulses are applied to the T input at pin 10 A symmetrical divide by ten count can be obtained by connecting the pin 8 ouptut to the pin 10 input and applying the input count to the pin 11 input to obtain a divide by ten square wave at the pin 9 output 8 81 THEORY OF OPERATION 8 82 The following theory of operation is introduced with a description of the unique harmonic heterodyne technique used in the 5342A Then the overall operation is described with a simplified block diagram followed by discussions of FM tolerance automatic amplitude dis crimination and sensitivity The function and relationships of the major assemblies are described next to a complete block diagram folowed by a detailed description of the circuits on each assembly with reference to the schematic diagrams 8 83 HARMONIC HETERODYNE TECHNIQUE 8 84 The HP 5342A Frequency Counter uses a harmonic heterodyne down conversion tech nique to down convert the microwave input frequency into the range of its internal low frequency counter This technique combines the best performance characteristics of heterodyne converters and transfer oscillators to achieve high sensitivity high FM
252. BNC of the 5342 Use a coax cable BNC on one end and alligator clips on the other With a jumper short MAIN CNTRL A9TP1 to ground The 5342A should read approximately 325 MHz 2 MHz If not adjust A8R22 If no signal is present repair A8 Test all of the A8 outputs for a signal 8 113 A9 8 15 A10 Model 5342 Service Table 8 15 A8 A9 A10 Main Loop Synthesizer Troubleshooting Continued Troubleshooting A9 and A10 Put A10 on an extender board and put an AP clip on A10U2 Connect scopes probes to U2 5 which is MAIN and U2 10 which is MAIN Ground TP1 9 with a clip lead This causes the A8 VCO to go to its free run frequency of 325 MHz Put the 5342A in AUTO 500 MHz 18 GHz range and no input This causes the 5342A to sweep the synthesizers Verify that the U2 phase detector outputs appear as follows MAIN 491 MAIN 2 gt mesa If these signals are not present then either the divide by N or the phase detector on A10 is faulty If this signal is present but there is MAIN CNTRL sweep signal at XA8 1 TABLE 8 15 as in step 1 then A9 is faulty 8 A9 10 The following test determines if the divide by N is faulty With the Main Synthesizer loop working properly the signal at A10TP1 is a 50 kHz signal as shown 01 5 MIXED SCOPE DISPLAY 8 114 Model 5342 Service Table 8 15 A8 A9 A10 Main Loop Synthesizer Troubleshooting Conti
253. Buenos Aires Tel 30 4846 34 9356 34 0460 Telex 17595 BOLIVIA Casa Kavin S A Calle Potosi 1130 PO Box 500 La Par Tei 41530 53221 Telex CWC 5298 1 3560082 Cadie KAVLIN BRAZIL Hewlett Packard do Brasil le Rua Padre Chagas 32 90000 P rto Alegre AS Tet 0512 22 22 5621 HEWPACK Porto Alegre Hewlett Packard do Brasil Ru 5 qua G 5 Siqueira Campos C abana 20000 Rio de Jeneiro RJ 257 80 94 000 021 Telex 391 212 905 HEWP BR Cable HEWPACK Rio de Janeiro caga Ltda 807 21 X Te 3 Telex pi Cable CALMET Santiago Hewlett Packard do Brasil C Lida ul COLOMBIA 5 n i Carrera 7 48 Apartado A reo 287 Bogot D E Tel 69 88 77 Telex 044 400 Cable AARIS Bogot Instrumentaci n Langebask amp Ker S A rado Aereo 54000 Tet 30415 COSTA RICA Cientifica Costarricense S A Avenida 2 5 San Pedro de Montes de Oca Apartado 10159 Jose 24 38 20 24 08 19 Telex 2367 GALGUA CR Cable GALGUA Box 6423 CCI Eloy Altaro No 1824 3 Piso Quito Tel 453 482 Telex 2548 CYEDE ED Cable Sagita Quito 545 250 Cable Hosprtaiar Quito EL SALVADOR Instrumentacion y Procesamiento Electronico de el Salvador Bulevar los Heroes 11 48 San Salvador Tei 252787 QUATEMALA IPESA Avenida Reforma 3 48 Zo
254. CE FUNCTI ON Counter Electronic TD 12254 V 1 U Inspect Test Test Ad just 1 Repair Replace Circuit Card Inspect Display Assenb1y Repair 2 Replace Circuit Card Assembly 2 Inspect Display Driver Repair 2 Replace Cirevit Card Assembly A2 Inspect Direct Count Amp z Circuit Card Assembly Ah Offset VCO Circuit Card Assembly 5 RF Multiplexer Cable Assembly A5W1 Cirouit Card Assembly Offset Loop Amp Circuit Card Assembly A7 Mixer Search Control Replace Circuit Card Assembly 8 Inspect Main Circuit Card Assembly A9 Main Loop Amp Circuit Card Assembly A10 Divide Dy N Circuit Card Assembly A11 IF Limiter Circuit Card Assembly A12 IF Detector Circuit Card Assembly A13 Counter CireuitCard Assembly 1 Microprocessor Circuit Card Assembly 1 5 HP IB Interface Cirouit Assembly 417 Timing Generator see footnotesa t the endofthistable B 3 GROUP NUMBER 0 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 2h 25 26 27 28 29 2 COMPONENT ASSEMBL Y Circuit Card Assembly A1 8 Time Base Buffer Circuit Card Assembly A19 Primary Power Circuit Card Assembly A20 Secondary Power Circuit Card Assembly 421 Switch Drive Circuit Card Assembly A22 Motherboard Circuit Card Assembly A2h Oscillator Circuit Card Assembly A25 Preamplifier Circuit Card Assembly A26 Sampler Driver Circ
255. Cn Mein 5 gt lt 4 4 lt ny 35900 l D HU Spat 8 5 dou 4 I I I I TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS 1 EM CIL NR OS AN 1 HOM 4 3 5 RETURN PART OR INDUSTRY 8 5 N T gt bog Nr m DESIGNATIO NUMBER PART NUMBER gt 6 REGULATOR CA 1906 0059 Same Rie cog i isu 1 t LE CR2 1990 0543 Same gt 4 AME 981 052 2140 0018 AAC NEN i 5 Td 13 13 y _ I I 13 15 L 10 16 2 154 1 i I i fou 1 1 12 9 REGULATOR E ii x ee a L5 14 UH 2 5 2 00 TP 5v CE C1012 ove 5 CRI CRS E2 ig 081 N t H 1 14 5 JO wo _ _ BRS 5 2 4 I T 12 16 75 LB D a REGULATOR Uu 19 74 22 20 20 23 23 24 24 19 19 6702 RETURM 3 30 Pio A72 PQ Xa ee v I MOTHERBOARD 15 45 ov Pit NARI 79 3 PIG A2 05542 40072 n __ XA20 0 THERB0ARD TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS ITTF 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 xx 06342 80022 REFERENCE PART MFR OR INDUSTRY V l P _ DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER E 519 I H 1906 0079 Same
256. D D1 U4 ROM test change the START and STOP of the 5004 to the R2 test point on the A14 extender board All other settings remain unchanged 15V 826P 8 95 Model 5342 Service Table 8 9 A14 Microprocessor Troubleshooting Continued U1 ROM test change the START and STOP of the 5004A to the R1 test point on the A14 ex tender board All other settings remain unchanged 5V 826P Signal Name Signatures for ROM Combinations listed A14U1 P N 1818 0329 A14U1 1818 0698 A14U1 1818 0698 A14U4 P N 1818 0330 A14U4 1818 0697 A14U4 1818 0697 A14U7 P N 1818 0331 A14U7 1818 0331 A14U7 1818 0706 A14U1 PNN 1818 0329 A14U1 1818 0698 A14U1 1818 0698 A14U4 P N 1818 0330 A14U4 1818 0697 A14U4 1818 0697 A14U7 P N 1818 0331 A14U7 1818 0331 A14U7 1818 0706 8 Tocheck the read buffers place A14 in free run BOR Set the LX ROM switch on the A14 extender board to the down position to disable ROM s U1 U4 U7 Ground U19 2 to halt the microprocessor b With a logic pulser pulse the read buffer inputs U2 3 6 10 13 U3 3 6 10 13 and verify no output pulse on U2 2 5 11 14 U3 2 5 11 14 otputs with a logic probe Verify that the read buffer outputs U2 2 5 11 14 U3 2 5 11 14 all indicate an inter mediate or high Z state dim lamp Place on AP clip on U3 and ground U3 1 to enable the read buffer Now pulse the U2 U3 inputs with the logic pulser and verify with the logi
257. D which enables the three state buffer driver U12 and data from A12 is placed onto the data bus The 48 102 MHz detector output D6 is examined and when D6 is low high the micro processor stops sweeping the main oscillator After the sweep has stopped the microprocessor issues which sets the U7 11 output of the latch formed by U7C and U7D to the low state U7 11 TP10 goes low when LPDWI goes low since U13 5 is high since U6 13 is high then U6 10 must also be high 8 213 The program then begins the N determination At the conclusion of the N determi nation the microprocessor sends LPDREAD and examines the latched 22 128 MHz detector D7 If the input power has dropped below 32 dBm or if the IF has exceed the range of 22 MHz to 128 MHz then U13 5 will have been low at some time and the U7 11 output of latch U7C U7D will have been reset to a high If the D7 bit read by the microprocessor is low then the N determi nation is considered invalid and the sweep routine is recentered at a point 100 kHz lower in fre quency than when it previously stopped searching 8 214 At different points in the algorithm the microprocessor issues LPDREAD and examines bit 04 LOVL If this bit is high then the input signal level to the counter exceeds 5 dBm and the microprocessor sends dashes to the 5342A display 8 215 A13 COUNTER ASSEMBLY 8 216 The IF Count signal enters the A13 Counter Assembly shown ir Fi
258. DC CAPACITOR FXD 10UF 20 25VDC CAPACITOR FXD 68UF 10 6VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 68UF 10 6VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 2 2PF 25 200VDC CER DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 COIL MLD 180NH 10 Q 34 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 180NH 10 Q 34 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 10UH 10 60 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 10UH 10 Q 60 095DX 25LG NOM COL MLD 10UH 10 Q 60 095DX 25LG NOM CHOKE WIDEBAND ZMAX 680 180MHZ CHOKE WIDEBAND ZMAX 680 180MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5079 SI TO 72 PD 200 MW RESISTOR 5 1K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR TRMR 5K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR30 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 316K 1 125W F TC 100 RESISTOR 110 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 110 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 500 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 91 5 125w CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 100K 5 125W TC 466 875 RESISTOR 510 5 125W CC TC 350 600 RESISTOR 200 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 5K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 68 1 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 5 1K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 75 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 82 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 200 5 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 150 5 125W CC TC 300 800 RESISTOR 30 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 200 5 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 300 5 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 300 5 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 1K 10 125
259. DC POLYE CAPACITOR FXD 22UF 10 15VDC TA CAPACITOR EXD 33UF 20 25VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER DIODE ZNR 6 19 5 DO 7 PD 4W 022 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE ZNR 6 19V 5 DO 7 PD 4W 22 COIL MLD 10MM 5 80 24DX 74LG NOM COIL MLD 10MM 5 Q 80 24DX 74LG NOM COIL MLD 10MM 5 Q 80 24DX 74LG NOM TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW ET 150MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 150MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 150MHZ TRANSIS TOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 20K 5 125W 466 875 RESISTOR 1K 1 125 TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 2K 5j 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 20K 5 125W CC TC 466 857 RESISTOR 6 2K 5 125W TC 350 857 RESISTOR 383 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 37K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 619 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10M 5 25W FC TC 900 1000 RESISTOR 2K 1 125 F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 IC SW CMDS BILATL QUAD CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC S2 SQ IC FF TTLLS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG IC OP AMP 8 DIP P A9 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR EXTRACTOR ORANGE 0160 4084 0160 0165 150D335X0015A2
260. E TRANSFORMER BETWEEN THE AC POWER SOURCE AND THE AC POWER INPUT TO THE 5342 5 16 Adjust resistor A19R5 over current threshold as follows a Put A19 on extender board b Apply power to 5342A via the isolation transformer c Connect scope probe to A19TPJ and scope probe ground to A19TPG d Adjust A19R5 for 1 volt amplitude on trailing edge of pulse as shown e Momentarily short 5V on A17 to ground Observe red LED on A21 tum on and green LED on A20 tum off for approximately 2 seconds f Remove isolation transformer and replace A19 5 17 Main Synthesizer Adjustment 5 18 Adjust resistor A8R22 Main VCO free run frequency as follows a Put 5342A 10 Hz 500 MHz range 500 Using cable with BNC on one end clip leads the other connect XA5 10 the Main OSC signal to the direct count input of the 5342A and measure the main VCO frequency b W a clip lead ground A9TPI1 c Adjust A8R22 for a 325 22 MHz reading d Remove ground on Model 5342 Adjustments 5 19 Offset Synthesizer Adjustments 5 20 Offset Synthesizer adjustments are made on assemblies A4 and as follows a Adjust A4RI Offset free run frequency as follows 1 Put 5342A in 10 Hz 500 MHz range 500 Using cable with BNC on one end clip leads on the other connect XA4 10 the Offset OSC signal to the direct count input of the 5342 and measure the Offset VCO frequency 2 Wh a clip lead ground A6
261. E LUVeIN Tm3MCO IFE20MA lt SMAX 5082 4655 8105911 1990 0546 3 1 DISPLAYeNUMeSEG ICHAR 43 5082 7550 410812 1990 0540 3 DISPLAY SNUMsSSEG JeCHAR 43 5082 7550 810513 1990 0540 3 DISPLAYeNUMeSEG LeCHAR Jen 082 7650 810814 1990 0540 3 DISPLAYeNUMeSEG LeCHAR 43 508207650 10935 1990 0540 3 DISPLAYeNUMeSEG 1 CH R 43 H 5082 7650 10916 1990 0540 3 DISPLAYeNUM SEG 1eCHAR 3eH 5082 7850 10817 1990 0540 3 DISPLAYeNUM SEG JeCHAR 3eH 5082 1650 810818 1990 0540 3 DISPLAYeNUMeSEG 1eCHAR 5082 7550 410819 1990 0540 3 DISPLAYeNUMeSEG JeCHAR 43 508207650 410820 1990 0540 y DISPLAY NUMeSEG 1eCHAR 5082 7650 10821 1990 0540 3 DISPLAYeNUMeSEG 1eCHAR q3 H 5082 7650 10422 1990 0517 4 LEDeyISIBLE INTR3MCD IF 22008 May 5082 4655 10323 1990 0517 4 LEDeVy SIBLE LUMeINTS3MCD IFS20MA NMAX 5082 4555 4105824 1990 0517 q VISIRLE LUMe INTZSMCO 12520 6082 4655 10325 1990 0517 4 LEDeV ISIBLE LUMSINTE3MCD 1 20 5082 4655 810526 1990 0517 4 LED VI SIR LE LUMSINTm3MCD 1 20 5082 4555 A1J1 1250 0257 1 2 CONNECTOR RF SMB PC 50 0 1250 0257 142 1250 0257 1 CONNECTOR RF SMB PC 50 OHM 1250 0267 A1J3 125001163 0 1 CONNECT UR RF BNC FEM 50 0 125091163 A101 1953 0318 3 3 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PDsS00 Mw FTzeoMHZ MPS6562 A102 1883 0318 s TRANSISTOR PNP SI PDsS00MA FTma60MHZ MPSeS62 A123 1853 0318 3 TRANSISTOR PNP SI S500MW FTa amp oMHZ MPSe562 A104 1853 0318 3 TRAN
262. E ail i I 62 1000 I t FROM 14 4 att G 1 I lu 9 8 14 1 043 l FROM XAI4A 3 I 2 c i 7 TOV 1 2 1 I 8 R c2 2001 18 g PHASE DETECTOR 1 5V A2 TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS x I 5 MAIN 1 TO XA9 12 10 MAIN 2 xag i2 REFERENCE HP PART MFR OR INDUSTRY DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER GIUM FROM XAI4A 7 I U1 1820 1251 SN74LS196N U2 1820 0630 MC4044P FROM XAI4ACIO U3 1820 0069 7420PC I U4 1820 1112 SN74LS74N FROM TT CL lo rums 95 1820 1225 MC10231P _ MM EN _ U6 1820 0736 Same FROM 4 12 14 e a PNE 1 07 1820 0693 74574 L NOT USED U8 U9 U13 U14 1820 1429 AM74LS160N U10 U15 U17 1820 1196 AM74LS174N FROM XAI48 CIT DE L SYH V ia 12119 1 4 U11 016 1820 1195 AM74LS175N E U12 1820 1888 MC12013L enc ha oe LHP ea ee iz a S 37 Ula 5 2 21 21 A bs Ms b E ora e 5 q FROM XAI8 3 5 5 ya SOOKHZ e EH E EE E ENEE APER SPESE u 1
263. EASUREMENT AD USTM ENTS 5 34 A16 Adjustments 5 35 Adjust resistor R21 A to D converter reference voltage as follows a Place 5342A in AMPL mode and diagnostic mode 6 sed Table 8 8 b Connect a DVM HP 3465A from test point labeled 3 2V connects to pin 8 of A16U8 to the common pin on the board c Adjust A16R21 leftmost potentiometer A16 for a DVM reading of 43 200 30 0005 V 5 36 Adjust resistor R29 Loop Gain as follows a Set up equipment as in following diagram HP 3400A RMS VOLTMETER HP 3465A DIGITAL MULTIMETER TO A16 TP 2100 HP 8601A iENERATOR SWEEPER b Set the 5342A to 500 10 Hz 500 MHz range AMPL mode and diagnostic mode 6 Set the 8601A to 100 MHz at approximately 20 dBm d W the 3400A measuring the ac voltage from the 100 kHz test point output of A16U15 to the common pin on the board adjust the 8601A output level for an ac voltmeter reading of 2 24 0 005 V ms e Wh the 3465A measuring the dc voltage from the VIN test point A16U8 5 to the common pin on the board adjust A16R29 the rightmost potentiometer 16 for a dc level of 5 02 30 01 V dc 5 37 Adjust resistor R26 dc Offset as follows a Wh the same set up as above set the 8601A for an output level of approximately 28 dBm at 100 MHz b Adjust the 8601A output level for an ac voltage reading at the 100 kHz test point of 8 9 30 1 mV ms c Adjust R26 for a dc voltage reading at the VI
264. F 33700 Meriguac Ter 156 97 2 GERMANFEDERAL REPUBLIC Hewiert Packard GmbH Vertriebszentraie Frankfurt Berner Strasse 17 Posrlach 560 140 0 6000 Frankfurt 56 Tel 0611 50 04 1 HEWPACKSA Frankturt Telex 24 13249 d Hewlett Packard GmbH Technisches Buro Boblingen Herrenberger Strasse 11 0 7030 B blingen Wurttemberg 10703 667 1 HEWPACK B blingen Teiex 07265738 bbn hewlett Packard GmbH Technisches Dusseldort Emanuet eutze Str 1 Seestern D 4000 Dusseldort Tel 10211 59711 085 86 533 hpdd d rewlen Packard Tecnriscnes Bura Hamburg Wengenstrasse 23 D 2000 Hambur Tet 04062413 Cable HEWPACKSA Hamourg Telex 2 63 032 nphn 1 Hewieit mp4 Tecna sches Am Grossmarkt 5 2 3000 Hannover 91 Tel i05 1 36 60 2 Telex 282 3259 Smor Technisches Nurnbe g Nesmeyerstrasse 90 D BS00Nurnberg Tel 10911 56 30 B3 Telex 0623 860 Hewlett Packard Technisches Murchen Eschenstrasse 5 0 802 Taufkirchen Tet 1089 611 Hewlett Packard GmbH Technisches Buro Bertin Kailstrasse 2 4 D 1000 Berlin 30 Tet 030 24 90 86 Telex 018 3405 hpbin d GREECE Kostas Karayannis 8 Omurou Street Athans 133 32 30 303 32 37 731 Telex 2 59 62 RKAR GR Cable RAKAR ATHENS Analyticat INTECO G Papathanassiou amp Co 17 Marni Street Athens 103 Tel 5522 915 5
265. FXD 0jUF 20 100V DC CER 0160 3879 1000 20 100 0 CER 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100 0 CER 016 043878 DIODE SWITCHING 15V SOMA 750 8 00 7 1901 0179 01006 SWITCHING 15V 50MA 750 00 7 1901 0179 2100 SWITCHING 15V SOMA 750 8 00 7 1901 0179 DIODESSWIYCHING 15V SOMA 750 PS 00 7 1901 0179 DIODE SwIYCHING 15V SOMA 750 PS 00 7 1901 0179 2100 1 15V SOMA 750 PS 00 7 190190179 190100179 1901 0179 1901 0179 190190179 1901 0179 9170 0029 917000029 CORESSHIELDING BEAD 9170 0029 CORE SHIELDING BEAD 9170 0029 910002265 910002255 910002255 9100 2255 910002255 IL MLD 10UM 10 9850 0950 251 6 NOM 910002265 COIL MLD 470NH 10 0835 0950 xX 25LG NOM 9100 2255 CO IL MLD 0TONH 10 0825 095D 25 LGeNOM 910002255 CO IL MLD 470 10 0835 0 9SDx 2SLG NDM 9100 2255 CO IL MLD 4708 10 0825 0950 X 25 LGeNOM 9100 2255 CO IL MLD 120NH 10 0834 09SDX 25LG NDM 910072248 CO IL MLD 10 9835 095DX 2SLGe NOM 910002255 CO IL MLD 27UH 10 9445 0950X 25LGeNOM 9100 2269 CD IL MLD 27UH 10 QEUS 0 950x 25LGeNOM 9100 2269 CO ILsMLD 470NH 10 0535 0950 SLGeNOM 910092255 COI LSMLO 10 Qx35 0950X 25LG NOM 9100 2255 CO 47 10 0835 0950 x 2S c NOM 9100 2255 CO IL MLD U7ONK 10 0835 0 950 25 GeNOM 9100 2255 COIL MLD10UH10X G26 0 0950X 25 LGeNOM 9100 2205 CO ILeMLD 470 10 0235 0950 2
266. H decoded on A14 goes high Since the range of VCO is 270 to 380 MHz the most significant digit of the N number will be eithera 6 or 7 9 s complement of 3 and 2 respectively In BCD this means that only the least significant bit of the BCD encoded most significant digit of the N number need be sent If the most significant digit of N is 6 then the D4 input will be a low If MSD of N is 7 then D4 will be high U7A stores the D4 bit and presents it to U8 which represents the most significant digit of the N number 8 186 The lower byte is loaded into U16 and U11 when LSYL decoded on A14 goes high The data which has been temporarily stored 016 011 017 is next transferred to U10 015 and U7A by the operation of U4A and U4B LSYL goes high a high is clocked into U4A 5 and is presented to U4B 12 The next positive transtion at U4B 11 causes U4B 8 to go low which clears U4A 5 The following positive transition at U4B 11 then clocks U4B 8 high The low to high transition of U4B 8 loads the data into U10 U15 and U7A Fiqure 8 12 shows the timing of this operation TRANSFERS DATA U4B 8 eee U4A 5 Sf LSYL eee een Figure 8 12 Data Transfer Timing in A10 8 187 For example if the program wants to set the VCO to 342 6 MHz the following data would be sent D7 D6 D5 D4 03 02 D CONTROL SIGNAL 11 d d 4 0 1 0 1 LSYH TL results 6 in 08 5 9 s
267. HP PART MFR OR INDUSTRY L6 DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER 7 CIT I 001 1902 3171 FZ7264 RIO 0122 0065 c19 1854 0071 5 yale OFS VCO 1854 0345 235179 7 TO XAT 9 1826 0732 Same 500 STRIPLINE 5 Figure 8 27 4 Offset Assembly 8 155 Model 5342 Service lt m COMPONENT SIDE SOLDER SIDE Part of Figure 8 28 A5 RF Multiplexer Assembly 8 156 Model 5342 Service A5 RF MULTIPLEXER ASSEMBLY 05342 60005 SERIES 1720 sas SS LIO RIS c23 PI 27UH ABV 6 8 1000 5V 7 1 w 9 t cie 060 i Md 01 3 3 R26 of R24 ii 1 2 43 e 115 L6 47UH RII E2 Wr 6 8 BEAD reo cii C25 118 RI3 us 45 01 22 STURNS LO FREQ ABW 240 FROM XAI7 1 5 LO SWITCH an CS T TO A26 J2 I 47 TOUR 22 750 420 25 yh TRACE INDUCTOR V AN REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS 1000 5 8 EI R3 R5 c6 n 1000 100 51 7 5 CR2 LEAD iuc db PAN d BEAD 1 2 3 5 L3 R4 V L5 7 47 CRI 13 2 3 47UH JN 2 I 0 1000 2 4 6 OFS OSC 30 R2 FROM 4 10 1 20 CR4 R8 R6 i 200 30 R9 RIO L8 c5 7 7 3 75 100 4TUH 1000 TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS d re 5V cio c9 i REFERENCE HP PART MFR OR INDUSTRY Mis 1000 1000 5 2V RI6 RI9 c20 2 116 DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER SUB is
268. ITORS VOLTAGE VAR429 PF 3V 0122 0055 wuu MOC OO WA oe COCON NONNO 9170 0016 CORE SHIELDING BEAD 9170 0015 MLO 22 8 10 0845 0950 261 6 NOM 9100 2268 CO ILeMLD 22UH 10 0845 0950 25 LGeNOM 9100 2268 CO 22UH 0X 0845 0950 25 LGeNOM 910002268 CO IL sMLD 10 0445 095Dx 25LGeNOM 9100 2268 22UM 10 0545 0950x 2S LGeNOM 9100 2258 910002268 910002268 9100 2268 910002268 9100 2258 m 910002247 9100 2268 9100 2208 9100 2247 1854 0071 1854 0345 CO 100NH 10 Q 34 09 SO X 25LG NOM 910002247 CO IL MLO 22UP 10 45 09 50 x 25LGeNOM 9100 2258 CO IL MLD 22UH 10 0945 0950 26106 0 9100 2268 CO IL MLD 100NH 10 34 095 0 2546 0 9100 2247 TRANS ISTOR NPN 81 PDw300MW FTs200MHZ 1854 0071 YRANS ISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI 10 72 20 2 6179 2100 2489 0598 3380 0698 5426 0596 5178 069805174 RESISTORs TRMR 5k 10 SIDEeADJ ETSoxSo2 RESISTOR 75 5X 126 CC TCze270 540 BB7505 RESISTOR 10K 10 125 CC 7 350 857 BB1031 RESISTOR 1 5 Sy 125w CC TCz 350 857 881525 RESISTOR 200 5 125W CC 8 330 800 882015 RESISTOR 4 7 SX 12SW CC T 350 857 884726 RESISTOR u 7K SX 125w CC TCs 350 857 884725 RESISTOR 13 5 125 CC 1 270 540 881305 RE SISTOR 7 5X 125w CC TCz 350 857 884725 RESISTOR 130 5X 125W CC TCue330 800 881315 0698 5999 0698 5999 0
269. L L8 D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG 01295 BN74L874N A15U15 1820 0570 6 1 IC AG7R TTL D TYPE 4 BIT 01295 BN74173N A15U16 1820 1196 6 1 IC EF TTL L8 D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM 01295 BN74L8174N A15U17 1820 1198 6 1 GATE TTL L8 NAND QUAD 2 01295 BN74L803N A15U18 1820 1368 6 2 IC DRVR TTL BUS DRVR DEX 1 01295 BN74366N A15U19 1820 1112 8 IC FF TTL L8 POS EDGE TRIG 01295 BN74L874N A15U20 1820 1282 1 2 IC FF TTL L8 J K BAR POS EDGE TRIG 01295 BN74L8109N A15U21 1820 1997 7 3 IC FF TTL L8 D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG PRL IN 34335 BN74L8374PC A15U22 1820 1659 4 4 IC MISC QUAD 04713 MC3496P A15U23 1816 1154 9 1 ROM 32 X 8 OC 01295 BN748180N PROGRAMMED 1200 0473 8 2 SOCKET IC 16 CONT DIF DIP SLDR 28480 1200 0473 A15U24 1820 1997 7 IC FF TTL L8 D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG PRL IN 34335 BN7465374PC A15U25 1820 1669 4 IC MISC QUAD 04713 MC3446P A15U26 1816 1155 0 1 ROM 32 X 8 OC 01295 BN748100N PROGRAMMED 1200 0473 8 SOCKET IC 16 CONT DIF DIP SLDR 28480 1200 0478 A15U27 1820 1997 7 IC FF TTL L8 D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG PRL IN 38335 BN74L8374PC A15U28 1820 1689 4 IC MISC QUAD 04713 MC3446P A15U29 1820 1282 3 IC FF TTL L8 J K BAR POS EDGE TRIG 01295 BN74L8109N A15U30 1820 1368 6 IC DRVR TTL BUS DRVR DEX 1 INP 01295 BN74366N 15031 1820 1689 4 IC MISC QUAD 04713 MC3446P A15U32 1820 1202 7 1 IC GATE TTL L8 NAND TRL 3 INP 01295 BN74L810N A15U33 1820 0904 4 1 IC COMPUTER TTL L MAGTD 5 BIT 07261 93L24PC A15U34 1820 1112 8 IC FF TTL L
270. LY CONDITIONS No Input Signal No Sampler Driver Input Disconnect cable from A26 2 Be sure to ground A26 ground to chassis ground with clip lead Q1 Q2 ul 92 Q3 0 09 0 04 171 4 36 7 437 2 0 28 1211 0 87 0 79 81 3 51 18 3 07 3 028 1137 434 C 4500 11 0 01 1 002 7 030 C 1210 9 1151 t 1402 j 293 13 2 90 Q4 t ov 0 685 16 if LOVL line grounded U4 pin 31 0 03 14 54 if LOVL line grounded 1U4 3 Qs 12 16 14 55 if LOVL line grounded U4 pin 31 B 11 4 14 55 if LOVL line grounded U4 pin 3i C 12 15 9 81 if LOVL line grounded U4 pin 3i Q6 41216 9 81 if LOVL line grounded U4 pin 3 8 11 45 49 115 if LOVL line grounded 10 4 31 C 41216 49 80 if LOVL line grounded U4 pin 3 Q1 AND Q2 A26 SAMPLER DRIVER ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS Ground sampler driver to chassis Disconnect cable at 26 2 No signal input no output Ui CR2 CR1 1 275 Anode 5 187 Anode 8V 2 1 55 Cathode 5 19 Cathode 0 03 3 0 82 4 Not Used 5 Not Usedi 6 0 80 7 16 B 5 02 Model 5342 Manual Changes CHANGE 1 1904A Pages 6 33 and 6 34 Table 6 3 A25 05342 60025 Replaceable Parts Change A25 from SERIES 1804 to SERIES 1904 Delete A25C32 capacitor HP Part No 0160 4082 Delete A25CR3 and CR4 diodes HP Part No 1901 0040 Delete A25Q3 transistor HP Part No 1854 0071 Delete A25R35 resistor Part No 0
271. Measures 75 MHz for resolution chosen Frequency offset Selected from front panel pushbuttons Displayed frequency is offset by entered value to 1 Hz resolution Sample rate Variable from less than 20 ms be tween measurements to HOLD which holds display indefinitely IF out Rear panel BNC connector provides 25 MHz to 125 MHz output of down converted microwave signal Operating temperature 0 to 50 Power requirements 100 120 220 240V ms 4596 10 48 66 Hz 100 VA Accessories furnished Power cord 229 7 ft Size 133 mm H X 213 mm 498 mm D 514 X 836 x 1956 Weight Net 9 1 kg 20 Ibs Shipping 12 7 kg 28 Ibs 1 6 This product is a Safety Class instrument provided with a protective earth terminal Safety information pertinent to the operation and servicing of this instrument is included in appropriate sections of this manual 1 7 INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION 1 8 Hewlett Packard instruments have a 2 section 10 character serial number 0000A00000 which is located on the rear panel The four digit serial prefix identifies instrument changes If the serial prefix of your instrument differs from that listed on the title page of this manual there are differences between this manual and your instrument Instruments having higher serial prefixes are covered with a Manual Changes sheet included with this manual If the change sheet is missing contact the nearest Hewlett Packard Sales
272. N test point of 0 320 20 001 V dc 5 10 Model 5342 Adjustments 5 38 A27 Adjustments Resistors A27R9 A27R10 a Set up the equipment as in the following diagram 9 o o 436 860 GENERATOR SWEEPER POWER METER b Set the 8601A to 10 MHz and with the output connected to the 8481A adjust the 8601A output level for a reading on the 436A of 10 00 0 02 dBm C the 5342A press AUTO SET SET 6 for diagnostic mode 6 AMPL Select 1 MHz reso lution Select 500 position and 10 Hz 500 MHz range d Connect the 8601A output to the 10 2 500 MHz input of the 5342 e Adjust A27R9 CAL potentiometer toward front of instrument so 5342A reads 10 00 0 dBm f Reconnect 8601A output to 8481A Power Sensor and adjust 8601A output for 420 00 30 02 dBm reading on the 436A Connect 8601A to 5342A g Adjust A27R10 High Level Cal potentiometer toward rear of instrument for a 5342A reading of 420 0 0 dBm h Go back to step b and check the 5342A reading so that both levels read correctly The CAL R9 adjustment affects both levels equally whereas the R10 High Level Cal affects low levels only slightly Model 5342 Adjustments 5 12 5 39 OPTION 002 003 ADJ USTMENTS 5 40 All A25 Adjustments Resistors A11R14 A25R31 a Set the equipment as in the following diagram HP 8620C SWEEPER HP 66222A HP 436A POWER METER
273. NC connector on one end and alligator clips on the other from 5 10 to the 500 Channel A input of 5345A Electronic Counter The 5345A counter will measure the MAIN OSC signal at XA5 10 Verify the 5345A measurement indicates the comect MAIN OSC frequency for each of the MANUAL center fre quencies selected Page 6 32 Table 6 3 A24 05341 60047 Replaceable Parts Add A24 MISCELLANEOUS 0380 0044 CD 6 SPACER 0 25 INCH 28480 0380 0044 Page 8 179 Figure 8 39 A16 OPTION 002 Schematic Diagram Change color of cable to J7 pins 2 and 13 from ORN to RED Page 6 7 Table 6 3 A2 Replaceable Parts Change Reference Designation for A2C6 part number 0180 0106 from A2C6 to 2 1 6 42 Table 6 7 Change Reference Designation for A2C3 part number 0180 0106 from A2C3 to A2C1 Add A2C12 C14 C15 0180 0230 CD 0 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC 56289 150D105X0050A2 Add A2C13 0160 3879 CD 6 CAPACITOR FXD 0 01 UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 Page 8 187 Figure 8 43 A22 Motherboard Schematic Change reference designation for OVEN TRANSFORMER from 4 to Add troubleshooting information in attached Table 1 on aprons of schematic diagrams as specified in the table Page 6 41 Table 6 6 Option 003 Miscellaneous Replaceable Parts Add 5000 9043 CD 6 PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR 28480 5000 9043 Add 5040 6852 CD23 ORANGE 28480 5040 6852 Page 8 149 Figure 8 24
274. OR 4 7 SX 2Sw FC TCesu00 700 RESISTOR 22 5 25 FC TCs 400 500 REST STOR qK Sy 25W FC 4007 700 RESISTOR 22 54 225m FC 00 500 0583 2205 0683 2205 0683 2205 1810 0164 0683 4725 RESISTOR 22 5X 25 FC 8 400 500 RESISTOR 22 Sx 4254 400 500 RESISTOR 22 5 25 FC 00 4500 THORK RES 9 P NeSIP 15 INeSPCG RESISTOR 7 5 25 FC TCssa00 700 RESISTOR 7 Sy 25 000 700 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25w FC 4 00 700 RESIS TOR 7 5 Teed 00 700 RESISTOR 100 5 25 FC 1 400 500 RESISTOR 4 7 5 25 FC 00 4700 0683 4725 0683 4725 0683 4725 0683 1015 0683 4725 0683 4725 0583 4725 0683 4725 RESISTOR 4 7 25 FC 00 9700 RES STOR amp 7 5 4254 FC 3 400 700 RESISTOR 4 7 SX 25 FC TCue000 700 uN 40090 On ON O 90040 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1414 50632 SQ CON OR SGL CONT PIN 1 10e M Me BSC SZ SQ CONNECTORSSGL CONT PIN 1 14 BSCe 87 80 125190600 12 51 0600 1251 0600 1820 0539 1820 0468 182051443 1820 0539 182091416 ooo BFR TTL QUAD 2 1 IC OCOR TTL BCDeTO sOEC qeTOet10 L INE CNTR TTL LS BIN ASYNCHRO ICBPFRTTLNAND QUA DQaeINP ICSCH ITTeTRIGTTLLS INV HEX 19INP ui A BFR TTL NO NsINV MEX ICOCDRTTL BC De TO DECU TOe10 eL INE IC906TL 64811 RAV TTL IC GATE TTL LS NOR QUAD
275. OR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3877 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 200VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3877 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 4 209 6 200VDC CER 0160 3877 0160 3877 CAPACITOR FXD 2 28F 25RF 200VDC CER 0160 3872 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3877 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 200VDC CER 0160 3877 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3877 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 20 200VDC CER 0160 3877 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0160 3878 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0180 0210 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0180 1701 CAPACITOR FXD 3 30F 20 15VDC TA 1500335X001542 0180 1701 CAPACITOR FXD 6 80F 20 6VDC TA 1500685X000642 0180 3075 CAPACITOR FXD 6 80F 20 6VDC 1500685X000642 0180 1701 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3878 0180 1701 CAPACITOR FXD 6 80F 20 6VDC TA 1500685X000642 0180 3876 CAPACITOR FXD 6 80F 20 6VDC TA 1500685X000642 0122 4069 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF
276. OUS VOLTAGE EXCEEDS SYMBOLS 1000 VOLTS KNOB CONTROL SCREWDRIVER ADJUST REAR PANEL LABEL MAIN SIGNAL PATH INTERIOR AND PC BOARDS LABEL FRONT PANEL LABEL FEEDBACK PATH WIPER MOVES TOWARD CW WHEN CONTROL 15 ROTATED CLOCKWISE o 8 TEST POINT PROTECTIVE CONDUCTOR TERMINAL INSTRUCTION MANUAL REFERENCE NAI CIRCUIT COMMON ALTERNATING CURRENT IDENTIFIED COMMON DIRECT CURRENT CHASSIS TERMINAL ALTERNATING OR DIRECT CURRENT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD IDENTIFICATION HP PART NO 05340 60037 MANUFACTURING DIVISION CODE REVISION LETTER PRODUCTION CODE SERIES Be Stamped Elsewhere On The Board REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS WITHIN ASSEMBLIES ARE ABBREVI ATED ADD ASSEMBLY NUMBER TO ABBREVIATION FOR COM PLETE DESCRIPTION JACKS ARE THE STATIONARY CONNECTORS AND PLUGS ARE THE MORE MOVEABLE OF TWO CONNECTORS ASSEMBLY ABBREVIATION COMPLETE DESCRIPTION A25 25 1 25 1 CRI A25AICRI NO PREFIX J3 J3 Assembly Stk No Assembly Series No Assembly Assembly includes A25A1 used to document Number Name Assembly changes AN aeae A25 POWER SUPPLY 55 05100 6007 SERIES 330 J2 mounted on Rectifier Al RECTIFIER ASSY J3 not mounted Assembly A25 Assembly mm on Assembly A25 Numbers indicate Part of A25 Pins of J2 PIO WHT ORN GY sco E 46 3V 1 5 6 6 3 supplied from J3 to Pin 6 of Plon Aanembly Ad
277. OV 19 4 Scope ground on TPG test point V 10 us If the above waveform is not present check the collector of A19Q1 for 300V with re spect to the test point TPG If 300V dc is not present suspect input rectifier A19CR1 and associated circuitry If 300V dc is present suspect open transistors Q1 and Q2 5342 Service Table 8 10 A19 A20 A21 Power Supply Troubleshooting Continued Fabricate the following special test extender board shown below This board is useful because by placing a 1 load in series with the A20T1 transformer the current drawn from transistors 1901 02 is limited If A19Q1 Q2 have failed because of excessive current due to a failure in the A21 overcurrent protection circuitry then replacing 1901 Q2 and using the 1 load allows the power supply to be checked out without danger of blowing A19Q1 Q2 again a 22 extender board such as HP P N 05342 60034 and cut the traces on pin 8 and 8 as shown below b Solder a 1 20W resistor HP P N 0819 0006 above and below the cut as shown PIN 8 8 ON OPPOSITE SIDE CUT TRACE 1 20W RESISTOR Insert A20 in the above extender board into the instrument Insert A21 on stand ard HP P N 05342 60034 extender board into the instrument Short A21TPJ to TPG low right test point Insert A19 on extender into instrument Monitor A19TP4 with the scope probe ground on A19 TPG test point emitter of Q2
278. Observe IF OUT on the spectrum analyzer Set 5342A to manual mode to setup peak to peak deviation EXT 0 dBm IF OUT 10 MHz div 300 kHz BW IF 75 MHz A i 2 0 GHz 10 dBm input 4 24 Model 5342 Performance Tests Apply modulating signal to EXT FM input the panel of 86290 Use 100 kHz sine wave of sufficient amplitude to give 20 MHz FM deviation as shown Modulating rate for this photo was 100 kHz Record on performance test record Table 4 5 Switch the counter from manual to AUTO to verify that the counter will acquire and count the signal 0 dBm 10 MHz div 300 kHz BW If deviations are symmetrical about center frequency the 5342A will average out the deviations and display the 4 0 GHz center frequency Retum the MAN mode Increase amplitude of modulating waveform to product a 50 MHz deviation as shown below fm 100 kHz Record on performance test record Table 4 5 0 dBm 10 MHz div 300 kHz BW Switch rear panel switch to FM Switch counter from MAN to AUTO Verify that the counter will acquire and count the signal If deviations are symmetrical about the center frequency the 5342A will average out the deviations and display the 4 0 GHz center frequency For this case the deviation is not symmetrical about the center frequency To verify that the counter has passed the test check that the displayed fre quency is within 300
279. PACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A11C6 0180 0490 CAPACITOR FXD 68UF 10 6VDC TA TDC686K006WLF A11C7 0180 0490 CAPACITOR FXD 68UF 10 6VDC TA TDC686K006WLF A11CR1 1901 0535 DIODE SCHOTTKY 1901 0535 A11CR2 1901 0535 DIODE SCHOTTKY 1901 0535 A11L1 9100 2247 COIL MLD 100NH 10 Q 34 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2247 A11L2 9100 2265 COIL MLD 10UH 10 Q 60 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2265 A11L3 9100 2265 COIL MLD 10UH 10 Q 60 095DX 25LG NOM 9100 2265 A11R1 2100 3207 RESISTOR TRMR 5K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN 2100 3207 A11R2 0698 7102 RESISTOR 5 1K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 BB5125 A11R3 0698 5176 RESISTOR 510 5 125W CC TC 330 800 BB5115 A11R4 0698 7964 RESISTOR 100K 5 125W CC TC 466 875 0698 7964 A11R5 0698 3113 RESISTOR 100 5 1125 CC TC 270 540 BB1015 A11R6 0698 5996 RESISTOR 560 5 125W CC 330 800 BB5615 A11R7 0698 3111 RESISTOR 30 5 125W CC TC 270 540 BB3005 A11R8 0698 7185 RESISTOR 220K 5 125W CC TC 600 1137 BB2245 A11R9 0698 7185 RESISTOR 220K 5 125W CC TC 600 1137 BB2245 A11R10 0698 3113 RESISTOR 100 5 125W CC TC 270 540 BB1015 A11R11 0698 7026 RESISTOR 91 5 125W CC 270 540 BB9105 A11R12 0875 1021 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W CC 330 800 BB1021 A11R13 0698 5993 RESISTOR 8 2K 5 125W CC 350 857 BB8225 A11R14 2100 3352 RESISTOR TRMR 1K 1096 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN 2100 3352 A11TP2 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600 A11TP3 1251 0600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ 1251 0600
280. PACITOR FXD 7 5PF 5 100VDC CER DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DD 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DD 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DD 35 COI 3 TURNS COI 3 TURNS COIL MLD 50NH 20 Q 40 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 50NH 20 40 095DX 25LG NOM COI 3 TURNS COI 3 TURNS COIL MLD 50NH 20 Q 40 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 10UH 20 Q 40 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 10UH 20 40 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 100NH 20 Q 40 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 100NH 20 Q 40 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 100NH 20 Q 40 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 10UH 20 40 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 10UH 20 Q 40 095DX 25LG NOM TRANSISTOR NPN SI PO 180MW FT 4GHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PO 180MW FT 4GHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PO 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PO 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP SI PO 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP SI PO 300MW FT 150MHZ RESISTOR 100 5 125W CC TC 270 540 RESISTOR 510 5 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 300 5 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 1 6K 5 125W TC 350 857 RESISTOR 270 5 125W 330 800 RESISTOR 2 7K 5 125W CC 350 857 RESISTOR 20K 5 125W CC TC 466 875 RESISTOR 9 1 5 125W CC TC 120 400 RESISTOR MODIFIED See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 5150 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 2
281. R 100 1 125 F TC 100 RESISTOR 3 83K 1 125 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5 1 125 0 100 RESISTOR 1 5 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 1 5 196 125W 5 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16 1 125W F 0 100 IC SCHMITT TRIG TYL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP IC OP AMP 8 DIP P A6 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM 88C 8Z SQ PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR EXTRACTOR ORANGE See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Model 5342A Replaceable Parts 42 60006 1500226X9015B2 0160 3879 150D335X0015A2 0160 3879 0160 3879 150D335X0015A2 0160 3879 1500226 901582 1500685 0006 2 0160 0128 0160 3879 0160 0162 0160 3879 1902 3193 1902 3193 1901 0040 1901 0040 1853 0020 1854 0071 1853 0020 1853 0020 50 502 50 102 MF4C1 8 T0 9091 F C4 1 8 T0 3161 F C4 1 8 T0 1002 F C4 1 8 T0 1001 F C4 1 8 T0 1002 F C4 1 8 T0 3161 F C4 1 8 T0 1001 F C4 1 8 T0 511R F C4 1 8 T0 1001 F C4 1 8 T0 7501 F 1 8 0 1332 C4 1 8 TO 1001 F 4 1 8 0 3161 C4 1 8 TO T111 F C4 1 8 T0 5621 F 4 1 8 0 1101 4 1 8 0 201 4 1 8 0 101 4 1 8 0 3831 4 1 8 0 2152 4 1 8 0 1501 4 1 8 0 1501 4 1 8 0 3161 5N74LS132N LM307H 1251 0600 5000 9043 5040 6852 6 13 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designati
282. RI CAL POWER IF YOU CANNOT TURN OFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER PULL PUSH OR LIFT THE PERSON TO SAFETY USING A WOODEN POLE OR A ROPE OR SOME OTHER INSULATING MATERIAL n FOR HELP AS SOON AS POSSIBLE E THE I NJ URED PERSON IS FREE OF CONTACT WITH THE SOURCE OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK MOVE THE PERSON A SHORT DISTANCE AWAY AND IMMEDIATELY START ARTIFICIAL SAFETY This product has been designed and tested according to International Safety Requirements To ensure safe operation and to keep the product safe the information cautions and warnings in this manual must be heeded Refer to Section for general safety considerations applicable to this product RESUSCI TATI ON 11 6625 3014 14 C1 CHANGE Headquarters Department of the Army No 1 Washington D C 13 January 2006 OPERATOR S ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MICROWAVE FREQUENCY COUNTER 1225 V 1 U NSN 6625 01 103 2958 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION This document has been reviewed for the presence of solvents containing hazardous materials as defined by the EPCRA 302 and 313 lists by the AMCOM 4 Logistics Environmental Division of the base document dated 10 September 1981 all references to solvents containing hazardous materials have been removed from this document by substitution with non hazardous or less hazardous materials where possible OZONE DEPLETING CHEMICAL INFORMATION This docum
283. RO C28 7 A iu 15V I Cw C27 t2 1000P Ds FT iy 10UH c30 C26 1000P Jl qu 1 1 Figure 8 45 25 Preamplifier Assembly 8 191 Model 5342 Service o oe ASSV YAAING H3 ldWVS cf Part of Figure 8 46 A26 Sampler Driver Assembly 8 192 Ko N REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS Ne TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS REFERENCE HP PART MFR OR INDUSTRY DESIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER CR1 1901 0796 CR2 1901 0179 Q1 1854 0071 U1 1856 0060 A26 SAMPLER DRIVER LO FREQ N l FROM A25C3I O O M 5V 5 ROM 25 27 Su 1000 P 1 ASSEMBLY 05342 60026 SERIES 1708 CI 5V RI 20 pr SEE NOTE LI T 47 L3 L2 8 Y MH Model 5342 Service NOTES INDUCTOR L2 IS FORMED BY A DIODE CLIP HP PART NO 05342 20106 L3 IS A WIRE LINK 2 CAPACITOR CI2 IS MOUNTED ON BACK OF BOARD TO SAMPLER UIP2 Figure 8 46 A26 Sampler Driver Assembly 8 193 HEWLETT PACKARD SALES amp SERVICE OFFICES AFRICA ASIA AUSTRALIA ANGOLA Telectra Empresa Tecnica de tquipamentos El ctricos S A R L Barbosa Rodrigues 42 1 DT Postal 6487 Luanda Tei 355156 TELECTRA Luanda AUSTRALIA Hewle
284. ROL ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS A4 and VCO assemblies removed from instrument us Q4 Q5 1 001 1 0 01 E 075 E 0 0 E 13 E 07 E 0 0 3 24 3 3 5 0 00 0 5 06 01 06 5 38 5 31 C 05 448 48 C 44 C 46 7 1447 7 4 i 8 41 8 3 5 CONDITIONS 5342 in CHECK MODE NOTE U4 voltages approximately the same as with VCO s removed Qi Q2 Q3 9 95 05 00 13 28 0 0 0 0 40 36 0 6 34 07 c 0 7 C 17 48 C 48 002 A8 MAIN VCO ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS 5342A In CHECK mode qi 92 Ut 02 E 28 7 5 001 1 002 34 B 62 3 23 3 28 C 91 151 5 4 0 3 7 7 445 7 47 8 40 8 437 A9 LOOP AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS 5342A in CHECK mode QI Q2 Q3 Q4 E 53 E 457 57 57 B 59 B 450 B 462 B 63 C 147 C 57 C 5 3 C 151 CONDITIONS 5342A NOT in CHECK mode Q2 57 B 46 2 C 53 57 50 C 57 OB AA a Junction of CR4 CR3 1 58V E 07 00 00 t 05 B 001 00 0 02 3 0 3 5 47 3 6 2 09 3 1 6 179 Model 5342 Manual Changes ERRATA Cont d Table 1 Troubleshooting Information Continued The following charts are provided as an aid to troubleshooting 5342A assemblies A3 thru 9 A11 thru A14 A25 and A26 This information was to be published in the permanent 5342A manual but was inadvertently omitted its intended location was the apron of the appropriate assembl
285. RTUGAL Telectra Emoresa T cnica de Equipamentos S Rua Rodrigo da Fonseca 103 P Box 2531 P Lisbon 1 Tet 191 68 60 72 Cable TELECTRA Lisbon Telex 12598 Medica oniy Mundinter Intercambio Mundial de Com rcio Sari Box 2761 Avenida Antonio Augusto Aguiar 138 P Lisbon Tei 19 53 21 317 Teiex 16691 munter Cable INTERCAMBIO Lisbon RUMANIA Hewlett Packard Reprerentanta Baicescu 16 Bucuresti Tel 15 80 23 13 88 85 Telex 10440 HAUC Intreprinderea Pentru Intretinerea S Repararea Utlayetor de Calcul B dui Prot Omane Pompei 6 Bucuresti Sectorui 2 Tei 88 20 70 88 24 40 88 67 95 Telex 118 SAUDI ARABIA Modern Electronic Establishment Head Office Box 1228 Baghdadiah Street Jeddah Tei 27 798 Teiex 40035 Cable ELECTA Modern Electronic Establishment Branch Box 2728 Cable RAOUFCO Modern Electronic Establishment Branch PO Box 193 Al Khobar Tei 44678 44813 Telex 67044 OTESTA Cable ELECTA AL KHOBAR SPAIN Hewlett Packard Espa ola S Calle Jerez 3 E Madrid 3 Tel 1 458 26 00 10 lines Telex 23515 Hewlett Packard Espa ola S A Milanesado 21 23 E Barcelona 17 3 203 6200 5 ines Telex 52603 hpbe e Edificio Sevilla planta 9 Seville 5 Tei 64 44 54 58 Hewlett Packard Espanola 5 Edie 1 7 Bilbao Tel 23 83 06 23 82 06 Hewlett Packard Espa ola S C Ramon Gordillo
286. S 10 9 8 4 3 2 Count 0 Count 0 Count 0 Count 0 Count 5 Count 2 Count 6 Count 0 Count 0 I o ooooooooo OO 0000000 0 0 1 0 1 0 Oo 00000 In the direct count mode because of the divide by 4 on A3 the output of the decade dividers must be multiplied by 16 instead of 4 So total count is 16 625 000 0 10 000 000 and is displayed as 10 000000 MHz To check the B counter the same set up may be used but Bit 5 in the Trigger word must be a zero Put the counter in diagnostic mode 3 with a 50 MHz 10 dBm signal applied to the high frequency input Observe that a reading of around 8 200 000 is output for 1 Hz resolution 8 108 Model 5342 Service Table 8 14 A17 Timing Generator Troubleshooting The A17 Timing Generator has a number of outputs a LO SWITCH at XA17 1 which switches the AS multiplexer and A13 counters in a pseudorandom sequence after acquisition b LDIR GATE at XA17 4 which gates the main gate on A3 for direct count measurements LIF GATE at XA17 5 which gates counter A on A13 for measuring the IF CLOCK at XA17 4 which drives A14 When A17 is read by the microprocessor the D4 line is examined to see if the gate time is over The D1 line indicates the end of the prs The D2 line indicates the end of the sample rate run down LO SWITCH verif
287. SISTOR PNP 31 0 50 FTR6 OMHZ MPSeS62 4105 185300318 3 TRANSISTOR PNP 31 04500 4 MHZ MPS6562 A106 1853 0318 3 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD2500MW bT26 OMKZ MP36562 A197 1863 0318 3 TRANSISTOR PNP gI PDzSOOMW FTR amp QMNZ 365 2 A108 1853 0318 5 TRANSIS TOR PNP SI 500 MHZ 50562 A109 1853 0318 3 TRANSISTOR PNP 31 POESQOMW FT26 OMHZ MP36562 A1010 1853 0318 3 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PDsSUOMW FTSO0MHZ MPS6562 1011 1853 0318 3 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 0 500 FTR60MHZ 36562 1012 1853 0318 3 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 0 500 2 MPS6562 1013 1853 0318 3 TR NSISTOR PNP PDSS00Mw Frag MHZ MPS6S62 AIR 0698 5075 B 3 RESISTOR 130 SX 125 CC TCse330 800 881315 AIR 0698 5075 8 RESISTOR 130 5 125W CC TCs 3302 800 881515 183 069895075 B RESISTOR 130 5 125w 17 684330 800 881315 AIRA 1810 0080 b 2 125 SPIN MPO E 1810 0080 AIRS 069805075 8 RESIST 130 Sx 125W CC 7 330 800 881315 AIRG 069805075 B RESISTOR 130 SX 125W CC TCms 330 800 881315 0698 5075 B RESISTOR 130 SX 125W CC TC 330 80 O 881315 069805075 B RESISTOR 130 5X 1254 CC TC8e330 4800 881315 0698 5075 B RESISTOR 130 5 125W CC 7 8 330 800 881315 0698 5075 8 RESISTOR 130 SX 125w 7 89330 800 881315 069895075 B RESISTOR 130 5 125 CC TCs lt 330 800 881315 1810 0080 b NE TWORKeRES BoP INS 12S PINeSPCG 181090080 0698 8354 2 RESISTOR 270 5X 125w CC TCw 330 800 882715 0598 3381 5 RESISTOR 150 5
288. SYNCHRO 01295 8N74L8290N A17U12 1820 1197 9 ICGATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74L800N A17U13 1820 1197 9 ICGATETTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74L800N A17U14 1820 1197 9 ICGATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74L800N A17U15 1820 1112 8 IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG 01295 8N74L800N A17U16 1820 1180 0 1 IC CNTR MOS 50088 MK5009P A17U17 1820 1225 4 1 IC FF ECL D M S DUAL 04713 MC10231P A17U18 1820 1254 9 1 IC BER TTL NDN INV HEX 1 INP 27014 DM8095N A17U19 1820 1196 8 1 IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM 01295 8N74L8174N A17U20 1820 1255 0 1 IC INV TTL MEX 1 01295 8N74368N A17 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 5000 9043 6 2 PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR 28480 5000 9003 5040 6852 3 2 EXTRACTOR ORANGE 28480 5040 6852 See introduction to this section for ordering information 6 26 Indicates factory selected value 18 18 1 18 2 A18C3 18 4 A18C5 A18C6 A18C7 A18C8 A18C9 A18C10 A18C11 A18C12 A18C13 A18CR1 A18CR2 A18L1 A18L2 A18L3 A18R1 A18R2 A18R3 A18R4 A18R5 A18R6 A18TP1 A18U1 A18U2 1803 1804 1805 05342 60018 0180 0106 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 0106 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 1714 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 1714 1901 0040 1901 0040 9140 0179 9140 0179 9140 0179 0698 5178 0698 5181 0698 5178 0698 5181 0698 3113 0690 5181 1251 0600 1820 0693 1820 1251 1820 1251 1824 1074 1820 1056 5000 9043 5040 685
289. Sometimes later the listener set HDAC high to indicate that the data has been accepted HDAC going high causes the U4 12 flip flop input to go high and the U4 9 output goes high on the nex clock pulse Since U4 9 is high and U4 5 is high U12 6 goes high and sets the Data Ready flip flop U9 9 to high Wen U9B 9 goes high 04 2 input goes low and causes the 04 5 flip flop output to go low on the next clock This causes LDAV to retum high After goes high the listener reset HDAC low in preparation for the next handshake cycle Since Service 8 83 Model 5342 Service U9B 9 is high the microprocessor writes the second data byte into U21 U21 11 going high resets U9B 9 to a low which sets the U4B 9 flip flop output low However the source hand shake logic can not indicate the presence of the second data byte by pulling LDAV low until the listener sets HRFD high When HRFD finally does go high the output of flip flop U4 5 goes high on the first clock after HRFD goes high U4 5 going high sets LDAV low When the listener senses LDAV low it sets HRFD low and the process continues as previously described Write into U21 Write data HRFD still low Listener Write 3rd byte into U21 not ready for more data 921 ii 8 372 ASSEMBLY LOCATIONS 8 373 Figures 8 19 8 20 8 21 and 8 22 shows the front A1 Display Assembly rear top and bottom views respectively of the 5342 The front and rear views show r
290. T 1 1 0 U11 9 U24 STATUS OUT 1 1 1 1118 021 DATA OUT 8 351 State in buffer U30 isread by the microprocessor when the microprocessor wantsto determine the state of the interface Listen flip flop U20B talk flip flop U20A serial poll mode flip flop U29B remote flip flop U29A and service request flip flop U9A are all buffered by U30 Buffer U30 is enabled by U11 15 going low 8 352 Command In register U15 is read by the microprocessor whenever an addressed com mand is sent by the controller Model 5342 Service 8 353 Intemupt In buffer U18 is read by the microprocessor in response to an intemupt The output of the intemupt buffer indicates why the A15 assembly generated the interupt low 8 354 Data In register U27 stores programming codes which have been sent over the HP IB by the controller Data In register U27 is clocked by decoding ROM U23 5 which sets Data flip flop U19A After one byte of ASCII program data has been clocked into U27 an interrupt is generated by A15 and the microprocessor reads the U18 Interupt In buffer to find out why the interrupt was generated Since U18 2 is high the microprocessor knows that program data is ready to be read from U27 The microprocessor then reads U27 If the byte completes a code for example the 5 of the code SR5 the microprocessor executes the code and then con tinues executing the operating program If the byte does not complete a code the micro processor waits unt
291. T COUNT TEST MODE in step 3 Set 5342A front panel range switch to 500 MHz 18 GHz Apply a 600 MHz signal at 0 dBm the input N type connector of the 5342 Verify that counter displays the correct fre quency and power readings If the counter displays are erroneous frequency reading problem is likely to be in U2 High Frequency Amplitude Assembly or U1 Sampler and related circuitry Refer to AUTO 1 GHz MODE in step 6 If the instrument displays an erroneous amplitude frequency measurement or an erro neous amplitude measurement only refer to Table 8 20 HP IB MODE Perform the Option 011 HP IB Performance Verification as outlined in para graphs 4 19 through 4 26 of the manual If the 5342A fails the performance verification program refer to Table 8 21 HP IB Option 011 Troubleshooting 5342A Service 8 87 Model 5342 Service Table 8 6 Assemblies Tested by Test Mode TEST MODES TROUBLE ASSEMBLIES POWER UP SHOOTING DIAG TABLE NO A1 Keyboard Display A2 Display Driver D A3 Direct Count Amp A4 Offset VCO A5 RF Multiplexer A6 Offset Loop Amp A7 Mixer Search Control A8 Main VCO A9 Main Loop Amp A10 Divide by N A11 IF Limiter A12 IF Detector A13 Counter Table 815 lt lt lt lt lt lt 14 Processor 15 1 Option 011 A16 Amplitude Option 002 A17 Time Base Generator A18 Time Base Buffer A19 Prima
292. TER ADDRESS SWITCHES T DECIMAL CODE usten Qn AWN 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 lt lt 4 x m0DnDnoep gt 6 2 eS 5 gt gt gt OK OA Ea Voi Aste 3 21 Model 5342 Operation Table 3 4 Option 011 HP IB Program Code Set FREQUENCY MODE SELECT MANUAL SET MANUAL CENTER FREQUENCY SMXXXXXE X s represent nonfixed length data string of up to 5 characters Decimal points cause entire string to be ignored signs and spaces are allowable Number is in MHz and must be less than 18 GHz or will be ignored Example SM10000E for 10 GHz center frequency SM775E for 775 MHz center frequency 5250 for 5 25 GHz center frequency AMPLITUDE MODE SELECT Amplitude off Amplitude on FREQUENCY OFFSET MODE SELECT Frequency Offset off Frequency Offset on SET FREQUENCY OFFSET SOMEXXXXXX XXXXXXE X s represent nonfixed length data string representing offset fre quency in MHz Spaces are ignored Example SOM10 7E for 10 7 MHz positive offset SOM 4000 25E fo
293. TOR 1 8K 5 125W TC 350 857 1 RESISTOR 31 6 1 125W 0 100 1 RESISTOR 30 5 125W CC TC 270 540 1 RESISTOR 62 5 125W TC 270 540 1 RESISTOR 620 5 125W TC 330 800 1 RESISTOR 133 1 125W TC 0 100 2 TERMINAL STUD SGL TUR PRESS MTG TERMINAL STUD SGL TUR PRESS MTG 1 TRANSISTOR ARRAY 1 CABLE COAX OUTPUT28480 A26 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS SPACER RND 5 IN LG 086 IN ID SCREW MACH 2 56 188 IN LG PAN HD POZI SCREW MACH 0 80 188 IN LG FIL HD SLT SCREW MACH 0 80 25 IN LG FIL HD SLT HEAT SINK TO 5 TO 39 PKG CONNECTOR RF SMA M UNMTD 50 0MM CONTACT DIODE HOUSING SAMPLER DRIVER COVER SAMPLER DRIVER 1 HEAT SINK SILICONE 1 DIODE MOLDER Allo See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value CONNECTOR RF 8 M SGL HOLE FR 50 0MM 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 19701 01121 01121 28480 01121 01121 01121 24546 28480 28480 28480 05342 60026 0160 4536 0160 3879 0160 3876 0160 3879 0160 3876 0160 3879 0160 3879 150D155X9020A2 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 0576 0160 4502 0160 4082 0160 4082 1901 0796 1901 0179 05342 20109 05342 20108 9100 0346 1854 0071 MF4C1 8 TO 20RO F BB3025 BB1825 0757 0180 BB3005 BB6205 BB6215 C4 1 8 Fro 133R F 0360 1682 0360 1682
294. TP1 3 Adjust 4 for 325 22 MHz reading 4 Remove ground on 1 b Adjust A6R1 A6R2 search sweep as follows 1 Remove the A7 Assembly from the 5342A 2 Connect scope probe to A6IP1 3 Adjust A6R1 A6R2 to obtain an 8V peak to peak 0 8V triangular wave form centered around OV as shown Wen adjusted properly the period will be 7 5 32 ms 5 21 IF Adjustment 5 22 Adjust resistor A25R28 Preamp Gain by connecting the equipment as shown below and perform step a HP 8620C SWEEPER HP 436A POWER METER HP 88222A HP 8481 POWER SENSOR a Set 8620C to 75 MHz at 15 dBm Wile monitoring the rear panel IF OUT power with the 436A Power Meter adjust A25R28 BAL for maximum signal level as read on the 436A 5 5 Model 5342 Adjustments 5 23 Adjust capacitor A25C11 175 MHz rolloff by connecting the equipment as shown below and proceed a HP 8820C HP 88290A 141T 8554B 8552A SWEEPER Set 5342A in AUTO mode HOLD and diagnostic mode 7 SET SET 7 Counter should display 350 5 MHz indicating that the MAIN VCO is at 350 5 MHz b Transpose IF OUT INT and IF OUT EXT cables on A25 cables connected to A25J1 and J 2 This causes the IF output of A25 to be routed to the rear panel connector of the 5342A for ease in connecting the signal to the spectrum analyzer Set the spectrum analyzer for a center frequency of 100 MHz 20 MHz div 300 kHz BW Adjus
295. TS OVERALL THEORY 8 297 Introduction 8 298 The 5342A measures amplitude by multiplexing the counter input signal either at the 0 5 to 18 GHz high frequency input or 10 Hz to 500 MHz low frequency input between the normal counting circuits and the amplitude measuring circuits An amplitude measurement takes approximately 100 millisec onds 8 299 The multiplexing is performed by the U2 High Frequency Amplitude Assembly for the 0 5 to 18 GHz input or by the A27 Low Frequency Amplitude Assembly for the direct count input when the 500 1 switch is in the 500 position The A16 Amplitude Assembly com pletes the assemblies required for amplitude measurements 8 300 Block Diagram 8 301 a simplified block diagram of the amplitude measurement option The incoming 0 5 to 18 GHz rf signal is applied to the rf detector diode insde the U2 assembly Since the transfer function of the detector diode changes with input level and temperature a feedback circuit usng two diodes in thermal proximity is used The feedback circuit linear izes the transfer characteristic between the rf input voltage and the dc voltage output to the analog to digital converter and compensates for the temperature drift of the detector diode 8 302 The if detector is driven by the input signal and the 100 kHz detector is driven by a variable amplitude 100 kHz signal generated on the A16 Amplitude Assembly The feedback loop adjusts the amplitude of the 100 kHz signal so tha
296. U10 3 Part Number 1820 1238 0 SN74LS253N F 3 2 1 0 F Description DUAL 4 INPUT MULTIPLEXER Input states on pins 2 and 14 are decoded according to their weighting modifiers to form AND gates GO through G3 in the common control block The data inputs have numeric modifiers to indicate the specific gate which must be active for that input to be selected The output on pin 7 will be HIGH IFF the selected input is HIGH and the inhibit input on pin 1 is LOW Similarly the ouptut on pin 9 will be HIGH IFF the selected input is HIGH and the inhibit input on pin 15 is LOW If an inhibit input pin 1 or 15 is HIGH the corresponding output pin 7 or 9 will be LOW regardless of the state of the selected input 8 33 Model 5342 Service 8 34 Reference Designation A14U2 A14U3 Reference Designation A15U23 Reference Designation A15U26 Part Number 1820 1081 8T26 Description QUAD BUS DRIVER RECEIVER The bus driver receiver consists of four pairs of inverting logic gates and two buffered common enable inputs pins 1 and 15 A LOV n the input enable pin 1 enables the receiver gates A HIGH on the bus enable pin 15 input allows input data to be transferred to the output of the driver and a LOViorces the output to a high impedance state Part Number 1816 1154 Part Number 1816 1155 Description READ ONLY MEMORY ROM WH 32 ADDRESSES Address selection is determined by the five upper inputs which are de
297. U15 3 4 5 are TTL high and U15 6 is TTL low 8 141 Model 5342 Service Part of Figure 8 19 5342A Front A1 Display View 8 142 Model 5342 Service B1 A23 A29J1 A22W4J1 Se 252 e e e 29 25 969696 e 9 6 a J3 34 45 42 S4 3 2951 Figure 8 20 5342 Rear View 8 143 Model 5342 Service A21R17 _ A21R27 Bottom 1282 B1 re A12R7 wm 412812 B2 BAL DFST Figure 8 21 5342A Top View Assembly Locations and Adjustments 8 144 Model 5342 Service DAC OUT CONNECTOR OPTION 004 HP 1B OPTION 011 22 4 USE WITH INSTRUMENTS A22 MOTHERBOARD J2 XAI6 CONNECTOR HP 1B i p i OPTION 011 i vi FOR A16 A OPTION 002 OR 003 CABLE OPTION 002 W2 TO A2J1 A27 LF AMPLIFIER OPTION 002 U2 HF AMPLIFIER OPTION 002 OR 003 Figure 8 22 5342A Bottom View Options Installed 8 145 8 146 blank Model 5342 Service i FROM XA14BU10 FROM 425 029
298. U5 1820 1416 5 1 IC SCHMITT TRIG TTL LS INV HEX 1 INP 01295 8N74LS14N A2U6 1820 1049 0 1 IC BFR TTL NON INV HEX 01295 8N74367N A2U7 1820 0468 5 DCOR TTL BCD TO DEC 4 TO 10 LINE 01295 8N7445N A2U8 1820 1028 5 2 IC DGTL 64BIT RAM TTL 01295 8N7189N A2U9 1820 1144 6 1 IC GATE TTL LS NOR QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74L802N A2U10 1820 1200 5 1 IC INV TTL LS HEX 01295 SN74LS05N A2U11 1820 1025 5 IC DGTL 64BIT RAM TTL 01295 8N7189N A2U12 1820 1254 9 2 IC BFR TTL NON INV HEX 1 INP 27014 DM8095N A2U13 1820 1425 6 1 IC SCHMITT TRIG TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 8N74LS132N A2U14 1820 1194 6 3 IC CNTR TTL LS BIN UP DOWN SYNCHRO 01295 8N74LS193N A2U15 1820 1216 3 1 IC DCDR TTL LS 3 TO 8 LINE 3 INP 01295 SN74LS138N See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 42 MODEL 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 7 Option 004 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part C Qiy Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number D Code 1820 1250 1820 1426 1820 1112 1820 1112 1820 1194 1820 1194 1820 1885 1813 0092 05342 60106 0380 0336 1200 0565 1200 0646 05342 00124 IC TTL NON INV HEX 1 INP DM8095N IC MUXR DATA SEL TTL LS 2 TO 1 LINE QUAD 5 7415158 FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG SN74LS74N FF TTL D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG SN74LS74N CNTR TTL LS BIN UP DOWN SYNCHRO SN74LS193N IC CNTR TTL LS BIN UP DOWN SYNCHRO SN74LS193N AGTR TTL LS D TYPE QUAD DM74LS173N IC DAC 60 CONV 24
299. U8 and the output connects to the D1 line of the data bus To check if Option 002 is present the MPU sends out address 0018 which causes the output of U11C 8 to go low and strobe a high if LAMP EN is low onto D1 of the data bus 8 238 The eight data lines after passing through switch S1 pass through bidirectional inverting line drivers U3 U2 When data is being written out to the external devices or to RAM U21 34 goes low which causes U12 16 to go low and U3 15 U2 15 to go high and U3 1 U2 1 low thereby enabling the drivers which write to external devices When data is being read from external devices or RAM U21 34 goes high which causes U12 6 to go high and U3 1 02 1 to go low and U3 15 U2 15 high This enables the drivers in U2 U3 which read data from external devices 8 239 The memory assignments are summarized Figure 8 15 Ordinarily when power on the MPU executes the instructions in FFFF and FFFE Since the A14 MPU assembly has the A15 address line configured as don t care the MPU in the HP 5342A executes 7FFF and 7FFE after the power on reset 8000 FFFF NOT USED USED AS 16 95 CTRRD 2048 ROM U1 64 NOT USED 2048 ROM U4 128 RAM 012 2048 ROM U7 3A00 67FF 80 RESERVED NOT USED AMP OPT 002 A16U3 AMP OPT 002 A16U4 8 HP IB 0180 2 LAMP USED 8 CONTROLS Figure 8 15 Memory Arrangement Model 5342 8 240 A15 OPTION 011 HP IB ASSEMBLY 8 241 The
300. UF 10 15VDC CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100 VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 3 3UF 20 15VDCTA CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 3 3UF 20 15VDC CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 22UF 10 15VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 6VDC TA CAPACITOR EXD 2 2UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100V DC CER CAPACITOR FXD 022UF 10 200VDC POLYE CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER DIODE ZNR 13 3V 5 00 7 PD 4W 059 DIODE ZNR 13 3V 5 00 7 PD 4W 059 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 150MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW ET 150MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 150MHZ RESISTOR TRMR 5K 10 SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR TRMR 1K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 9 90K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 511 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125K F TC 0 100 RESISOTR 1K 1 125W 0 100 RESISOTR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 125 0 100 RESISTOR 5 62K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 200 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTO
301. USING J2 A22 MOTHERBOARD FRONT FRAME PP TYPE N A25 PREAMPLIFIER K U1 SAMPLER CONNECTOR J1 FRONT PANEL DRIVER Figure 8 2 Front Frame A25 A26 and U1 Removal Model 5342 8 36 FACTORY SELECTED COMPONENTS 8 37 Some component values are selected at the time of final checkout at the factory These values are selected to provide optimum compatibility with associated components and are identified on schematics and parts liss by an asterisk The recommended procedure for replacing a factory selected part is as follows a Refer to paragraphs 8 3B through 8 45 for test procedures required for selection of critical value parts b For factory selected components that are not listed n paragraphs 8 3B through 8 45 use the original value c After replacing parts perform the test specified for the circuit in the performance and adjustment sections of this manual to verify correct operation 8 38 Procedure for Selecting Resistor R15 on Direct Count Amplifier A3 8 39 If resistor 15 is not properly selected for value average value 42 2 ohms the 5342A may exhibit a miscount at the low frequency direct count input for frequencies near 500 MHz To properly select A3R15 perform the following Set the 5342A to the 10 Hz500 MHz RANGE and select 1 kHz RESOLUTION b Wh assembly on an extender board monitor A3U4 14 with an oscilloscope c signal at A3U4 14 must go
302. V 12V oven 21 14 12 0 5 V 12 21 16 16 12 0 5 V If this voltage is not correct adjust A21R17 before making other voltage measurements NOTE If one or more of the voltage outputs is at ground then a probable cause is that one of the assemblies in the instrument connected to that voltage output has a short to ground Remove assemblies connected to that voltage output one at a time until the short is removed After removing an assembly replace it in the instru ment if that assembly is not the problem This must be done be cause the power supply looses regulation if not run at approxi mately 75 of full load The following table shows which as semblies are connected to the various supply voltages SUPPLY FROM TO 5V D XA20 18 18 1 A2 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A19 5 2 21 5 5 4 5 7 8 9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A15 A16 17 25 26 15V XA21 14 A4 A7 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A15 A16 A17 A25 15 XA21 13 7 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A15 A16 A17 A25 5V A 21 14 A4 5 7 8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A16 A18 A25 A26 12 oven XA21 14 A24 8 8 12V XA21 16 16 24 3 24V 21 11 11 24 8 8 The waveforms in the following paragraph require using isolation transformer as described in the CAUTION preceding step 1 8 97 Model 5342 Service Table 8 10 A19 A20 A21 Power Supply Troubleshooting Continued
303. V AC DC 3101 2220 3101 2220 SWITCH SL DPDT NS MINTR 54 125 VAC DC PC 3101 2220 1251 0600 CON NE CTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 140 85 92 1251 0600 50 1251 0600 CONNECT OR SGL CONT PIN 1 14e MeBSCeg2 SQ 1251 0600 A1 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 0624 0097 1200 0474 3050 0079 041 0276 5041 0285 504190318 504190342 504100450 5041 0784 5041 0785 594120786 5041 0787 5041 0788 5041 0789 5041 0802 SCREWe TPG Ged 188 1 021 0624 0097 SOCK 1 14 DIPeSLOR 1200 0474 wASHER FL NM NO 2 09de 10 188 INeOD 305090079 KEY CAP PEARL GRAY 5041 0278 KEY CAP PEARL GLP 50410285 KEY CAP PUT GLP 5041 0318 key 86 QTR 5041 0342 KEY CAP BLUE QTR 50 4190450 5 5041 0784 K Y CAP 5041 0785 5041 0786 5041 0787 5041 0788 5041 0789 5041 0802 fur u v AU p ea a 504120803 5041 0804 504100805 0534200001 0534202010 CAP 5041 0803 5041 0804 8041 0805 SHIELD INPUT 05342 00010 BLOCK ANNUNCIATOR 95342 20104 a See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 6 Reference Designation A2 AC A2C3 Aatu a2cs 42 sale a2ca 8209 afio amp 2 11 A2C12 C13 C14 C15 Aatte A2C17 AgC1A AaC19 A2C20 420 Aare A2R9 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Description 05342 60002
304. VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C3 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 13 4 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C5 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C6 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C7 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C8 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C9 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C10 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C11 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C12 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C13 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C14 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C15 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C16 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC 0160 3879 A13C17 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C18 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C19 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C20 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 1SUF 10 20VDC TA 150D156X9D20H2 A13C21 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 A13C22 0180 0106 CAPACITOR FXD 60UF 20 eVDC 150D606X000682 A13C23 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 0160 3879 3 0180 0106 EE SW CHINO OR 20 6VDC TA 150D606X000682 13CR1 1901 00400 30 50 2NS DO 35 1901 0040 A13CR
305. VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A7C20 0160 3877 5 2 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 20 200VDC CER 28480 0160 3877 A7C21 0160 3878 6 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A7C22 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A7C23 0160 3878 6 CAPACITOR EXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 6 24 0160 3878 6 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A7C25 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A7C26 0160 3878 6 CAPACITOR EXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 7 27 0160 3877 5 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 20 200VDC 28480 0160 3877 A7C28 0160 3878 6 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 7 1 1901 0518 8 2 DIODE SCHOTTKY 28480 1901 0518 A7CR2 1901 0518 8 DIODE SCHOTTKY 28480 1901 0518 A7L1 9100 2268 9 8 COIL MLD 22UH 10 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2268 A7L2 9100 2268 9 COIL MLD 22UH 10 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2268 A7L3 9100 2247 4 3 COIL MLD 100NH 10 Q 34 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2247 A7L4 9100 2268 9 COIL MLD 22UH 10 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2268 A7L5 9100 2268 9 COIL MLD 10 Q 45 095DC 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2268 A7L6 9100 2247 4 COL MLD 100 NH 10 Q 34 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2247 A7L7 9100 2268 9 COIL MLD 22UH 10 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2268 A7L8 9100 2268 9 COIL MLD 22UH 10 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2268 A7L9 9100 2247 4 COIL MLD 100 NH 10 Q 34 095DX 25LG NOM 28480 9100 2247
306. VL is low then the microprocessor sends dashes to the counter display Potentiometer R31 is adjusted so that LOVL goes low when the RF into the counter exceeds about 5 dBm Wen U4A 3 goes low due to the RF input level exceeding 5 dBm the RS latch formed by U4B and U4D is set so that U4B 6 is TIL high This causes 04 8 to go low which tums off transistor Q4 Wh Q4 tumed off the voltage at the base of Q5 goes to 15 volts and Q5 is tumed off The current source formed by Q6 R41 R39 CR5 and R40 is always on By tuming off the current source formed by Q5 and R36 the curent flowing through the pin diode attenuator Options 002 003 only is decreased and the diode resistance increases by approximately 15 dB This allows signals up to approximately 20 dBm to be measured if Option 002 or 003 is present For signals less than 45 dBm U4C 8 is high Q4 is on and the Q5 current source is on Since more current flows through the pin diode its re sistance is less by 15 dB A LPWST signal from A11 resets the RS latch U4B D when the input power level drops below about 15 dBm 8 290 A26 SAMPLER DRIVER ASSEMBLY 8 291 The A26 Sampler Driver shown in Figure 8 46 clonverts the LO FREQ sine wave signal into a negative spike waveform at the same frequency as the LO FREQ signal input The spike goes from 40 7V dc to about 8V dc with a slew rate of approximately 8 picoseconds volt This fast transition is used to tum on the sampling diodes in the sampl
307. W CC TC 330 800 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 05342 60012 0160 3878 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 2262 0160 3877 0160 2262 0160 3879 0160 3879 0150 0115 0160 4084 TDC686K006WLF 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 0491 0180 0491 5DC686K006WLF 5DC686K006WLF 0160 3872 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0040 9100 2250 9100 2250 9100 2265 9100 2265 9100 2265 VK200 20 48 VK200 20 48 2N5179 BB5125 ET50X502 BB3005 0698 3457 C4 1 8 TO C4 1 8 TO ET50X501 BB9105 0698 7964 BB5115 C4 1 8 T0 201 F 50 502 4 1 8 0 1002 0698 3457 C4 1 8 T0 68R1 F BB5125 BB7505 BB8205 BB2015 BB1515 BB3005 BB2015 BB3015 BB3015 BB1021 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 111 F 111 F 6 19 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued 0600 88 Q Reference HP Part Qty Description
308. W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 2 4K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 5 1K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 3 6K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 2 4K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 10K 10 125W 350 857 RESISTOR 3 6K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 2 4K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 1M 5 125W CC TC 600 1137 RESISTOR 6 8K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 1K 10 125W CC TC 330 800 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 700 RESISTOR 2 4K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 3 6K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 RESISTOR 5 1K 5 125W CC TC 350 857 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ IC CNTR TTL LS BIN SYNCHRO POS EDGE TRIG IC CNTR TTL LS BIN SYNCHRO POS EDGE TRIG IC GATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP IC SHE RGTR TTL LS R S SERIAL IN PRL OUT IC SHF RGTR TTL LS R S SERIAL IN PRL OUT IC GATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP IC SHF RGTR TTL LS R S SERIAL IN PRL OUT IC GATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP IC FF TTLLS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG IC GATE TTL LS TPL 3 INP See introduction to this section
309. X901082 A21C3 0180 0159 2 2 CAPACITOR FXD 2200 20 10VDC 56289 150D227X001082 21 4 0180 0159 2 CAPACITOR FXD 2200 20 10VDC 56289 150D227X001082 21 5 0180 0229 7 CAPACITOR FXD 33UF 10 10VDC 56289 1500336 901082 A21C6 0180 0210 6 4 CAPACITOR FXD 3 3UF 20 15VDC 56289 150D335X0015A2 A21C7 0180 0210 6 CAPACITOR 3 3UF 20 15VDC 56289 150D335X0015A2 A21C8 0180 0210 6 CAPACITOR 3 3UF 20 15VDC 56289 150D335X0015A2 A21C9 0180 0210 6 CAPACITOR FXD 3 3UF 20 15VDC 56289 150D335X0015A2 A21C10 0180 1746 5 1 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20VDC 56289 150D156X9020B2 A21C11 0180 1701 2 1 CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 6VDC 56289 150D685X0006A2 A21C12 0180 0197 8 1 CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 10 20VDC 56289 150D225X9020A2 A21C13 0160 0576 5 2 CAPACITOR 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A21C14 0180 0491 5 1 CAPACITOR 10UF 20 25VDC 28480 0180 0491 A21C15 0180 2373 6 3 CAPACITOR FXD 5800 150 10 35VDC AL 28480 0180 2373 A21C16 0180 2373 6 CAPACITOR 580UF 150 10 35VDC AL 28480 0180 2373 A21C17 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER 28480 0160 0576 A21C18 0160 3878 6 1 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A21C19 0160 0945 2 1 CAPACITOR FXD 910PF 5 100VDC MICA 28480 0160 0945 A21C20 0180 2373 6 CAPACITOR FXD 580UF 150 1095 35VDC AL 28480 0180 2373 A21C21 0160
310. a J K flip flop are active high and active low respectively 3 In a chain of logic under standing and the writing of logic equations are often facilitated if active low or negated outputs feed into active low or negated inputs 8 73 Other Symbols 8 74 Additional symbols are required to depict complex logic diagrams as follows Dynamic input activated by transition from a low level to a high level The opposite transition has no effect at the output Dynamic input activated by transition from a high level to a low level The opposite transition has no effect at the output Exclusive OR function The output will assume its indicated active level if and only if one and only one of the two inputs assumes its indicated active level Inverting function The output is low if the input is high and it is high if the input is low The two symbols shown are equivalent Noninverting function The output is high if the input is high and it is low if the input is low The two symbols shown are equivalent Y YO 4 OUTPUT DELAY The output signal is effective when the input signal retums to its opposite state L EXTENDER Indicates when a logic function increases extends the number of inputs to another logic function Big FLIP FLOP A binary sequential element with two stable states a set 1 state and a reset 0 state Outputs are shown in the 1 state when the flip flop is set in the reset state the outputs w
311. a and upon detecting the low advances to the beginning of the measurement algorithm For infinite sample rate the SAMPLE RATE pot is adjusted to 1 position so that the leakage through R16 and the SAMPLE RATE pot is less than the charging current flowing through R19 8 264 U18E U18F and 020 are not currently used but are reserved for future use 8 265 The LFM signal at XA17 12 will be low if the rear panel FM switch is on This will cause bit D3 to be low when the MPU reads the timing generator and tells the program to set the FM light on the front panel as well as select the long prs 8 266 A18 TIME BASE BUFFER ASSEMBLY 8 267 The A18 Time Base Buffer assembly shown in figure 8 42 provides logic to select a 10 MHz sgnal from either the intemal 10 MHz standard A24 or from a 10 MHZ extemal standard applied to the 5342A rear panel A rear panel switch generates an LEXT signal which when TTL low disables gate U5C and hence the intemal 10 MHz and enables gate U5A which allows the extemal standard to pass through gate U5B 8 268 The 10 MHz output of U5B is divided by 10 U3 to provide a 1 MHz output to A12 IF Detector and to the prs generator on A17 Timing Generator Dividers U2 and U1 divide by 20 to provide a 500 kHz output to the phase detector on A7 Mixer Search Control assembly and to the diyide by 10 circuit A10 Divide by N assembly Model 5342 Service 8 269 A19 A20 A21 POWER SUPPLY 8 270 The power supply
312. able 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Qty Description Mfr Part Number Designation Number cae 15 p N APD CAPACITOR 20 BOVDC TA CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 13PF 4 596 500VDC CER 04 30 CAPCITOR V TRMR CER 4 5 20PF 160V CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01 UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 13PF 5 500VDC CER 0 30 CAPACITOR FXD 13PF 5 500VDC CER 0 30 CAPACITOR FXD 13PF 5 500VDC CER 0 30 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 6 50VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPA CITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 100PF 20 200V CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 100PF 20 200V CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 100PF 20 200V CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 100PF 20 200V CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 100PF 20 200V CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 100PF 20 200V CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 100PF 20 200V CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 100PF 20 200V CER CAPACITOR FXD 7 5PF 5 100VDC CER CA
313. adevi Bombay 400 025 Tel 45 73 01 Telex 011 3751 Cable BLUESTAR Blue Suar Ltd 7 Hate Street Box 506 Calcutta 700 001 Tel 23 0131 Telex 021 7655 Cable BLUESTAR Blue Star Ltd Bhandari House 7th amp 8th Floor 91 Nehru Place New Oethi 110 024 Tel 634770 amp 635166 Tetex 031 2463 Cable BLUESTAR Star Ltd Blue Star House 11 11A Magarath Road Ban lore 560 025 Tel 55668 Telex 043 430 Cable BLUESTAR Blue Star Ltd Meeakshi Mandiram 1678 Mahatma Gandhi Rd Cochin 682 016 32069 32161 32282 Telex 0885 514 Cable BLUESTAR Blue Star Ltd Ttg Sarojini Devi Road Secunderabed 500 003 Tei 70126 70127 Telex 015 459 Cable BLUEFROST Blue Star Ltd 2 34 Kodambakkam High Road Medres 500 0 Tet 82056 Telex 041 379 Cable BLUESTAR INDONESIA BERCA Indonesia P T P O Box 496 Jkt Abdul Muis 62 karta Jal Tel 40369 49886 49255 356038 Telex Jkt 42895 Cable BERCACON BERCA indonesia P T 0 174 Sby 23 Jin Jimerto Sur a Tel 42027 Cable BErcacon ISRAEL Electronics Engineering Ow ot Motorola Israel Ltd 16 Kremenetski Street P 0 8ox 25016 Tel Aviv Tel 38973 Telex 33569 Cable BASTEL Tel Aviv Hewiett Packard Ltd okogawa ett wd Lt Chuo 4th Floor 4 20 Nisi jima 5 chome ee saka shi Osaka Tel 06 304 6021 Telex 523 3624 Yokogawa Hewlett Packard Ltd re ree ore inami
314. al resets the detector circuit in A25 Preamplifier and allows the cument source to tum on the cur rent to the A16 circuit This causes diode CRI in the U2 assembly to conduct heavily and pass the input signal to U1 Sampler Service 8 77 82 8 weeg pepuerx3 00 uondo 81 8 aunbi4 RF INPUT OPTION 003 U2 ATTENUATOR ASSEMBLY 5088 7038 A25 1 PREAMPLIFIER a A11 IF a a cJ TO A12 LIMITER IF DETECTOR U1 SAMPLER 1 LJ CR1 FOR LOW ATTENUATION CR2 ON FOR HIGH ATTENUATION OPTION 003 A16 EXTENDER DYNAMIC RANGE ASSEMBLY 05342 60037 ON FOR LOW CURRENT 4 ON FOR HIGH CURRENT L 39196 Voves 9po N Model 5342 8 334 The schematic diagram for the Option 003 is shown in Figure 8 40 he A16 assembly shown in the diagram plugs into the same connector used for Option 002 A16 Amplitude Assem bly and the U2 assembly is installed insde the high frequency input connector as is a similar module used by Option 002 Therefore only one of these options can be installed in the same instrument 8 335 A detailed description of the operation of Option 003 circuit shown in the schematic diagram is provided in the following paragraphs 8 336 For low attenuation of the input signal high level current is supplied from the current source in A25 Preamplifier As
315. al Tools Lists for Signal Generators SG 1112 V 1 U and SG 1112 V 2 U Hewlett Packard Model 8640B Options 001 and 004 NSN 6625 00 566 3067 SG 1112 V 1 U NSN 6625 00 500 6525 56 1112 V 2 0 Procedures for Destruction of Electronics Materiel to Prevent Enemy Us Army Logistics Readiness and sustainability The Army Maintenance Management Systems TAMMS Users Manual Functional Users Manual for the Army Maintenance Management System Aviation TAMMS A Product Quality Deficiency Report Change A 1 A 2 blank 11 6625 3014 14 Model 5342 APPENDIX MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION Section 1 General This appendix provides a summary of the main tenance operations for the TD 1225A V U It authorizes categories of maintenance for specific maintenance functions on repairable items and components and the tools and equipment required to perform each function This appendix may be used as an aid in planning maintenance opera tions B 2 Maintenance Function Maintenance functions will be limited to and de fined as follows a Inspect To determine the serviceability of an m by comparing its physical mechanical and or electrical characteristics with established stand ards through examination b Test To verify serviceability and to detect incipient failure by measuring the mechanical or electrical characteristics of an item and compar ing those characteristics with pr
316. al oven Option 001 in galled The crystal oven connects through a separate transformer a thermal circuit breaker and fuse directly to the ac line This allows the oven to maintain its operating temperature and accuracy when the LINE switch is in STBY position thereby eliminating warmup delays SAMPLE RATE control Adjusts the interval between measurements from 20 ms to HOLD Wen rotated to HOLD will hold display indefinitely GATE indicator Indicates when counters main gate is open and a measurement is in progress REMOTE indicator when counter is in remote operation 500 1 switch Selects input impedance for adjacent 10 Hz 500 MHz input connector 10 Hz 500 MHz 500 MHz 18 GHz switch Selects either low or high frequency range input connector BNC Input Connector Accepts 10 Hz500 MHz input for direct count measurements Measurements made at this input require that the range switch is set to the 10 Hz 500 MHz position Sensitivity is listed in Table 1 1 N Input Connector Input for measurements the 500 MHz18 GHz range Measurements made at this input require that the range switch is set to the 500 MHz18 GHz position Sensitivity is listed in Table 1 1 Figure 3 1 Front Panel Controls and Indicators Continued Model 5342 Operation 17058500059 PROCESSOR INTERFACE SERIAL NO 9 o PROCESSOR INTERFACE connector A22WI Not used This connector is part of cable W wh
317. all IF signals produced by inputs greater than the counter s sensitivity means that the IF is at the frequency of the largest amplitude signal in the input spectrum and is frequency modulated by the lower amplitude signals This is the well known AM to PM conversion characteristic of limiters The bandwidth and roll off of the preamp are chosen so that the PM does not introduce errors into the count 350 MHz 700 MHz 1050 MHz 1400 MHz 17 5 GHz is uL N 1 N 2 N 3 N 4 N 50 8 104 If there were gaps then there could be a signal in the 0 5 18 GHz range which would not appear in the down converted IF Thus this signal even if it were the largest could not be measured 8 105 SENSITIVITY 8 106 The limiting factor in determining the sensitivity of the HP 5342 is the effective noise bandwidth of the IF Since the IF signal to noise ratio must be kept at a value which insures that there are no noise induced errors in counting the IF signal the noise bandwidth of the IF deter mines the noise power and therefore sets the minimum input signal level 8 107 The IF Detector detects two parameters one output is true if the IF signal is in the range of 50 MHz to 100 MHz and the input power level is greater than approximately 30 dBm the other output is true if the IF signal is in the range of 25 MHz to 125 MHz and the input power level is greater than approximately 30 dBm The detector thus insures that the input signal is sufficiently larg
318. am measures the same signal as in 4 but enters 2T2ST1RH15 08 10 dB offset in the amplitude measurement l8 BE wee 1 red 82 R E Prt Abert B 0 i end 20921 2 k 1 4 4230028349 00 15 30 4230828249 00 15 38 4230029350 00 15 38 4230029342 BB 15 20 3 26 Model 5342 Operation EXAMPLE 6 B wrt 7825 RUSR This is the same program as 5 but with a 10 GHz offset 3T28T1RM180B 18 50 10000 0 Hl ee 1 red As ert B den 2 sta 1 3 end o t6 14230028337 00 15 38 14230028335 88 18 n a8 ES 14230828338 p 5 90 14230828332 38 3 27 Model 5342 operation 3 81 HP IB PROGRAMMING NOTES 3 82 The HP IB output is affected by input signal level as follows a For input signal levels greater than or equal to specified sensitivity the 5342A outputs measurement data as described i paragraph 3 77 b Forinput signal levels less than the actual sensitivity by 0 1 dB or more or for no input the counter outputs zeros when addressed to talk c For input signal levels just on the edge of the ccunter s actual sensitivity approximately a 0 1 dB band the detectors which indicate sufficient signal level for counting may become intermittent resulting in very long acquisition times The counter s display holds the previous reading during the prolonged acquisition but the counter will not output any data when a
319. ame I a H READ m ur 6 ees nis l EE 1826 0472 Same I Dgn s x ce LEAD a NU T NP See 4 LIS m I i B 272 gt an AIBBIA 1 s des IES WIA ME 5 B 10 j _ am 09 1 i d Ax e 198 1 m BENED Tad DETECTED 100KHZ cll His U TT o prO v RII Ah I T E Ce E 1 pee wQ 5 1 I 1 85 lt r P B M 7 2y abo oon I i Es x 4 Li 1 E EORR es AN xav F FROM l OPTION O92 AP LOW FREQUENCY AMPLITUDE ASSEMBLY 105542 60027 SSE ete 25 Rs 12 REESE ET Et rrou S ibd 109 Mi L 3EL H Tie o I I ta m T pi T zs E 1s i Piel EJ E 36 3 2 688 001 lt AAA ES LE ye i REFERENCE ad Secta o css 9 u E DESIGNATIONS l 5 1 i BE TABLE OF ACTIVE ELEMENTS L OIRECT d ues e HE FART MER OR INGUSTRY s i E Cel ii 2 A T NC SIGNATION NUMBER PART NUMBER 1 Bun E 1 3 i2 DN CR4 1806 a 1 02 03 c4 c5 b 06 0208 Same E EET BEES nl re Te TIU E os T i x tz TRIP Le aie 7 7 7 Y 2
320. an two inputs AND Y istrue if and only if A istrue and B is ORY istrue if and only if A istrue or Bistrue true or more generally if all inputs are or more generally if one or more input s true is are true Y 1 if and only if A21 and B 1 Y if and only if A21 or B 1 y A B Y A48 TRUTH TABLE DIE TRUTH TABLE ERE 1 1 1 0 1 0 8 63 logic symbology presence of negation indication symbol provides for the presentation of logic function inputs and outputs in terms independent of their physical values the state of the input or output being the state of the symbol referred to the symbol description A DJ gt 8 62 Negation EXAMPLE 1 EXAMPLE 2 EXAMPLE 3 EXAMPLE 4 TRUTH TABLE TRUTH TABLE TRUTH TABLE TRUTH TABLE a ejz pore pa we 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Model 5342 Service EXAMPLE 1 saysthat Zis not true if A is true and 5 or that Zis true if A and B are not both true Z AB or 7 This is frequently referred to as NAND for NOT AND EXAMPLE 2 says that Z is true if A is not true or if B is nof true 7 Note that this truth table is identical to that of Example 1 The logic equation is merely a DeMorgan s transformation _of the equations in Example 1 The symbols are equivalent EXAMPLE 7 or Z A B EXAMPLE 4 Z AsB i also share common truth table and are equivalent transformations of each othe
321. and C8 111 C22 C24 C25 C26 isolate the 5 2 volt power from the RF signal Decoupling networks L5 and C10 12 and C5 L9 and C14 and 112 C18 C27 C28 C29 isolate the 5 volt power from the RF signal The output of each buffer amplifier after removal of the dc component by dc blocking capacitor C17 or C12 is trans mitted to other parts of the instrument over a 500 microstrip transmission line The ground plane of the microstrip board is connected to the ground plane of the motherboard The output at 8 5 and XA8 3 should be approximately 250 mV rms while the output of XA8 7 should be approximately 500 mV ms 8 176 A9 MAIN LOOP AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY 8 177 The two variable duty cycle pulse outputs from the phase detector on A10 Main 1 and Main 2 are summed and integrated by U2 on the A9 Main Loop Amplifier assembly shown in Figure 8 32 Bidirectional switch U3 B and D controlled by D flip flop U1B selects the compensation for the phase locked loop by selecting one of two feedback paths around operational amplifier U2 and by selecting one of two low pass filters in the output Wen the HP 5342A is searching for an input signal the wideband filter is selected Wen the HP 5342A is making an actual measurement the namowband filter is selected 8 178 Wen the least significant bit of the data bus from A14 D is a logic 1 and the LPD We address is decoded on A14 so that LPD We goes high then U1 8 goes low which se
322. and verify that the counter powers up in AUTO mode and REMOTE off Verify that when the range switch is placed in the 10 Hz 500 MHz position and impedance selectto 500 the counter counts its 10 MHz time base 4 24 The program goes through 14 check points for the standard instrument and an additional 4 check points for the amplitude option 002 The information in Table 4 3 tellss what occurs during each test and what should be observed by the operator if the test has been successfully completed At the conclusion of each test the program stops and displays the cument check point To advance to the next test simply press CONTINUE If it is desired to repeat a test set the variable 1 via the keyboard 1 L EXEC UTE To go on to the next test after looping set back to when the program halts 0 4 EXECUTE Record on operational verification record Table 4 1 4 25 Wen the 9825A displays at the end of check point 14 enter YES if the 5342A has Option 002 Enter NO if the amplitude option is not present 4 26 Table 4 4 is a sample printout from the 9825A Model 5342 Performance Tests Table 4 1 Operational Verification Record 5342 S N Date PARAGRAPH TEST RESULTS mm PASS FAIL 4 18 All except 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Sensitivity Test 500 1 MQ Option 002 500 10 MHz 500 100 MHz 500 520 MHz 1 MO 25 MHz 14 Option 002 only 10 Hz
323. aph 3 48 If the 5342A operates properly go to step 3 If not a to Table 8 11 for Al A2 testing If the 5342A passed the power up diagnostic test but failed the diagnostic mode 8 test then likely problems on A1 A2 are failed Al keyboard or failed A2 keyboard decoding circuitry such as 2022 012 018 1 19 etc b Gd to Table 8 9 for A14 testing The difference between this test and the previous testis that the LKBRD device select is sent by A14 DIRECT COUNT MODE Apply the 10 MHz FREQ SID OUT from the rear panel of the 5342A to the direct count input front panel BNC Place the impedance select switch in 50Vposition and place the range switch in the 10 Hz 500 MHz postion If the counter counts 10 MHz 1 count for all resolution settings go to step 4 If not a Check the Direct Count Amplifier Table 8 12 b Check the A14 Microprocessor as described in Table 89 A difference between this tes and previous tests is that LCTRRD LCTRWT TMRD LTMWT device select codes are used Check the A13 counter Table 8 13 Only the counter is used in this mode d Check the A17 timing generator Table 8 14 Only the gate time generation circuitry is used in this mode CHECK MODE Place the 5342A in CHECK place range switch in 500 MHz 18GHz position and verify that the counter displays 75 MHz 1 count for all resolution settings If the counter operates properly go to step 5 If not a Go to Table 4 9 for
324. are parts stock must be ordered by the new assembly part number Table 1 Exchange Assemblies Ul Sampler 5088 7022 5088 7522 Option 001 Oven Oscillator 10544 60011 10544 60511 Option 002 U2 Multiplexer 05342 80005 05342 80505 A16U3 PROM Matched consists of matched 5088 7035 consists of matched 5088 7535 and A16U3 PROM and A16U3 Option 002 U2 Multiplexer 5088 7035 5088 7535 must be ordered as matched part 05342 80505 Option 003 U2 Attenuator 5088 7038 5088 7538 6 5 ABBREVIATIONS AND REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS 6 6 Table 6 2 85 abbreviations and reference designations used in the parts list the schematics and throughout the manual In some cases two forms of the abbreviation are used one all in capital letters and one partial or no capitals This occurs because the abbreviations in the parts list are always all capitals However in the schematics and other parts of the manual other abbrevi ation forms are used with both lower case and upper case letters 6 1 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts A ac ACCESS ADJ A D AF AFC AGC AL ALC AM AMPL APG ASSY AUX avg AWG assembly attenuator isolator termination fan motor battery capacitor coupler diode diode thyristor varacior directional coupler delay line annunciator signaling device audible or visual lamp LED ampere alternating current accessory adjustment analog to digital audio frequency automatic fr
325. articular address line is being held low or high by another assembly which is connected to the address bus To check this possibility isolate the A14 address bus from the other assemblies by setting the address bus switches on the A14 extender board all open low Place the 5004A data probe on the following device select codes and check that the proper free run signatures are obtained DEVICE SELECT CODE LOCATION SIGNATURE HDSPWRT U22 8 U05H LKBRD U20 7 FF48 LTIMRD 7311 LTIMWRT 9FF7 LCTRWRT A732 LPDRD A9FU LPDWRT 6A70 LSYNHI 1A9U LSYNLO 46M LCTRRD 94F1 LHPIB CC1A LAMPMTR 1P2A If these signatures are correct go to step 7 a If the signatures are not correct check the inputs to the IC s with the incorrect signatures If the inputs are not correct troubleshoot backwards along the signal flow from output to input until a device is found where the input exhibits a correct signature but the output is incorrect Change that IC If the inputs to U20 U22 U17 have good signatures then either the IC is bad or the output line is being held high or low by some other assembly connected to that signal To check this possibility A14 must be isolated from the rest of the instrument Perform as follows 1 Remove A14 assembly and place it near lefthand side of instrument 2 Connect a clip lead from the 5V test pin on A17 to the 5V test pin on A14 3 Connect a clip lead from the gound test pin on A17 to the ground test pin o
326. at the function table is the negative logic translation H2 L 1 of the the NAND truth table given in Example 1 8 70 It should be noted that one can easily convert from the symbology of positive logic merely by substituting a polarity indicator D gt for each negative indicator while leaving the distinctive shape alone To convert from the symbology of negative logic a polarity indication f is substituted for each negation indicator and the OR shape is substituted for the AND shape or vice versa 8 71 It was shown that any device that can perform OR logic can also perform AND logic and vice versa DeMorgan stransformation is illustrated in Example 1 through 7 The rules of the transformation are 1 Ateach input or output having a negation o or polarity indicator delete the indicator 2 At each input or output not having an indicator add a negation o or polarity f indicator 3 Substitute the AND symbol yor the OR symbo vice versa These steps do not alter the assumed convention positive logic stays positive negative logic stays negative and mixed logic stays mixed 8 24 Model 5342 Service 8 72 The choice of symbol maybe influenced by these consderations 1 The operation being performed may best be understood as AND or OR 2 In a function more complex than a basic gate the inputs will usually be considered as inherently active high oractive low e g the J and K inputs of
327. be supplied to the PIN diode U2CRI at a level near 42 5 volts The high current through the diode provides little attenuation to the microwave signal 8 330 For frequency measurements with attenuation the current supplied by ATI drops to a very low level which causes the voltage at the collector of Q6 to be near ground This means that Q9 is on Q4 is off and Q2 is off Q1 is still on so that FREQ ON is still at 42 5 volts but with Q2 off a lower level of current is being driven through PIN diode U2CRI This low level of current increases the diode s attenuation by approximately 15 dB 8 331 OPTION 003 EXTENDED DYNAMIC RANGE 8 332 Extended Dynamic Range Option 003 provides automatic attenuation of input signals in the 500 MHz to 18 GHz range This option extends the dynamic range of operation to 42 dB for signals in the 500 MHz to 12 4 GHz range and to 35 dB for signals in the 12 4 GHz to 18 GHz range 8 333 Wen the input signal level to the high frequency range input of 5342A exceeds approximately 5 dBm the high level is detected by a circuit in A25 Preamplifier Assembly as shown in the block diagram Figure 8 T8 The detector tums off the cument source to the A16 circuit which causes diode CR2 in the U2 assembly to conduct heavily and attenuate the input signal Wen the input signal level drops to approximately 15 dBm the Low Power Reset LPW RST signal is generated by the detector circuit on All IF Limiter Assembly The LPW RST sign
328. c probe that the U2 U3 outputs pulse NOTE Return A14 switch settings to normal operation see step 3 9 It is possible for the MPU U21 to freerun and still not operate properly If trouble persists replace U21 8 96 Model 5342 Service Table 8 10 A19 A20 A21 Power Supply Troubleshooting is extremely dangerous to troubleshoot the A19 assembly of the power supply if an isolation transformer is not used A19 is connected directly to the power main Use an isolation trans former such as Allied Electronics P N 705 0048 for 120V ac to isolate the instrument from the power main The measurements in this troubleshooting procedure may be made only if an iso lation transformer is used Connect 5342A power cord to isolation transformer TABIF 8 10 19 20 The first step power supply troubleshooting is to check the state of the green LED A20 and the red LED on A21 If the green LED is on and the red LED is off then the 5V D supply is working properly If the red LED is on and the green LED is off then one or more of the voltage outputs of A20 A21 may be drawing excessive current Even if the green LED is on one of the regulated outputs of A21 may be shut down due to excessive current Check the following voltage levels SUPPLY LOCATION VALUE 5 2V 158 3 5 2 0 1 0 05 V 5V D 158 4 5 0 1 V 15 XA15B 2 15 0 5 V 15 158 1 15 0 5 V 5V A 5 7 5 0 1
329. cation tenian x Safety eee eee nennen Safely sutikuq Signal titre Disassembly and Reassembly ness Top Cover Removal sirosis isisisi iaa iaa iiaa Bottom Cover Removal tenens tnnt entren Front Frame Removal eene Removal of A1 Display Assembly and A2 Display Assembly from Front Panel Frame sess Replacement of LED s in Front Panel Switches Removal of U1 Sampler A25 Preamplifier and A26 Sampler Driver e daret tte Factory Selected Components sse Procedure for Selecting Resistor R15 on Direct Count Amplifier sss entente nen Procedure for Selecting Resistor R16 for Capacitor C10 on Direct Count Amplifier Procedures for Selecting Resistor R16 on Main Loop Amplifier Procedure for Selecting Resistor A16R2 on A16 Assembly Option 002 or 003 Service Accessory Kit 10842 Equipment Supplied 2 200242244 0 nennen nennen Replaceable Parts ttt eet ces Using Extender Board 05342 60036
330. ce or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in personal injury The CAUTION sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to an operating procedure practice or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in damage to or destruction of part or all of the product Service 8 5 Model 5342 Service 8 6 8 20 SIGNAL NAMES 8 21 Table 8 list of signal names used in the 5342A The list is in alphabetical order and includes the mnemonics for cross reference with the schematic diagram signal names A descrip tion of the function of each signal and the source and destination is included in the table Table 8 2 Signal Names MNEMONIC ro FUNCTION Address 0 XA14A 3 XA13 1 XA15A 3 XA16A 3 22 4 5 22 1 24 A1 Address 1 XA14A 4 XA13 2 XA15A 4 XA16A 4 22 4 6 A22J1 23 A2 Address 2 XA14A 5 XA13 3 15 5 16 51 A22W4 9 22 1 22 Address 3 XA14A 6 XA13A 4 15 6 XA16A 6 A22W4 10 22 1 10 4 Address 4 4 71 13 51 XA15A17 _ XA16A 7 A22W4 17 A5 Address 5 14 8 XA13 6 15 81 16 81 A22W4 18 A6 Address 6 14 9 XA15A 9 XA16A 9 A22WA4119 A7 Address 7 14 10 XA15A 10 XA16A 10 Address Lines A22W4 201 AB Address 8 XA14A 11 XA15A TT 1 A22W41331 A9 Address 9 XA14A 12 XA15
331. change to agree with the inputs regardless of the state of the clocks When used as a high speed 4 bit ripple through counter the output of pin 5 must be externaly connected to the clock 2 input pin 6 The input count pulses are applied to the clock 1 input pin 8 Simultaneous divisions by 2 4 8 and 16 are performed at output pins 12 2 9 and 5 respectively When used as a 3 bit ripple through counter the input count pulses are applied to the clock 2 input pin 6 Simultaneous frequency divisions by 2 4 and 8 are avail able at the Qc and Qp outputs Independent use of flip flop A is available if the load and clear functions coincide with those of the 3 bit ripple through counter 8 32 Model 5342 Service Reference Designation A13U1 A13U2 Part Number 1820 0634 Description SIX DECADE COUNTER The six decade counter is an MOS 6 digit 10 MHz ripple through counter with buffer storage for each of the 6 decades The circuit has one set of BCD positive logic 8421 outputs that may be switched from digit to digit by means of a 3 to 6 line decoder An overflow output pin 7 and a fifth decade carry output pin 6 is also available When the transfer input pin 4 is held LOW the decimal count of a selected decade can be transmitted through its own decade storage buffer to the BCD outputs by means of the 3 to 6 line decoder which is controlled by the BCD inputs Reference Designation A13U5 A13U6 A13U9 A13
332. cillator to the motherboard by means of two 6 32X5 16 pan head screws Install the screws from the bottom of the motherboard using star washers d Perform Option 001 oscillator adjustment as described in paragraph 5 32 2 28 Installation of Amplitude Measurement Option 002 2 29 Option 002 consiss of U2 High Frequency Amplitude assembly and A27 Low Frequency Amplitude Assembly modules and the A16 Amplitude Assembly pc board U2 is connected to the high frequency input of the 5342A A27 is connected to the low frequency input and both of the modules are connected to the A16 board by the coax wires supplied See photo of installed option Figure 8 22 schematic diagram Figure 8 39 install the components proceed as follows NOTE The parts that comprise this option are listed in Table 6 5 a Remove the top and bottom covers and top plate from instrument b Place instrument top down c At inside front panel disconnect cables from A1J 1 1 3 25J 1 IF OUT INT and A25J2 IF OUT EXT d Solder one end of the white red green 14 inch wire 8120 0483 to ATI feedthrough capacitor terminal on A25 Preamplifier assembly Model 5342 Installation Install coax assembly 8120 2268 through A22 motherboard from top of instrument at A16 slot Place the wires through the holes as shown below BLUE GREEN YELLOW ORANGE PS RED 5 Ls gt BROWN 5 gt FRONT gt I 5342A 1
333. code is displayed to indicate the circuit fault area as follows Display Fault Area LI LLL Lr dug uum rq RAM A14U12 GHz MHz kHz Hz NEN HER WS MN 711 A14U1 an HIE G A16U3 EN HRK RE 50 mmm NOTE If any of the above codes are displayed refer to the troubleshooting procedures irj Table 8 5 3 51 Operator Error Displays Model 5342A Operation 3 52 The display indicates when the applied signal is insufficient or excessive in level or limits as follows Operating Mode Frequency Frequency Amplitude Option 002 Amplitude Option 002 Frequency tAmplitude Option 002 Frequency Amplitude Option 002 Amplitude Option 002 NOTES Range Switch 10 Hz 500 MHz 500 MHz 18 GHz 10 Hz 500 MHz 500 MHz 18 GHz 500 MHz 18 GHz 10 Hz 500 MHz and 500 MHz 18 GHz 10 Hz 500 MHz and 500 MHz 18 GHz 10 Hz 500 MHz and 500 MHz 18 GHz Insufficient Signal Level Display BE HEN GHz MHz kHz Hz LT gg GHz MHz kHz Hz HW WWE U Ld FI Pirie ite aie Libala Excessive Signal Level Display Overrange due to offset LHP V 2 EOD p Uus up ap 5 E Ome all Frequency measurement In presence of excessive frequency offset will be all 9 s
334. coded into 32 possible addresses AWhrough A31 corresponding to the weighing modifiers at the inputs Input modifier F pin 15 gates the outputs Stored data will be read from the selected memory address if F is active LOW The output data pins 1 7 and 9 are active HIGH Model 5342 Service Reference Designation A16U6 A16U7 Part Number 1820 1439 SN74LS258N Description 2 LINE TO 1 LINE DATA SELECTOR MULTIPLEXER 3 STATE This quad two input multiplexer selects one of two word inputs and outputs the data when enabled pin 15 is LOWthe level at pin 1 selects the input word The outputs are LOWMen pin 15 is HIGH the outputs are off high impedance Reference Designation 1704 A17U5 A17U7 Part Number 1820 1433 SN74LS164N Description 8 BIT PARALLEL OUT SERIAL SHIFT REGISTER This 8 bit shift register has gated serial inputs and an asynchronous clear A LOV t one or both gated serial inputs pins 1 2 inhibits entry of data and resets the first FF to the low level at the next clock pulse pin 8 A high level input pin 1 or 2 enables the other input which will then determine the state of the first FF Data is serially shifted in and out of the 8 bit register during the positive going transition of the Clock pulse Clear is independent of the clock and occurs when pin 9 is LOW 8 35 Model 5342 Service 8 36 Reference Designation A17U11 Part Number 1820 1442 SN74LS290N Description DEC
335. counter is enabled for exactly the same total amount of time The N number and sign of the IF are computed as previously described since counter A accumulates fir1 and counter B accumulates fir2 The prs pseudo random sequence is then disabled the main oscillator is selected and the frequency of firi is measured in counter A to the selected resolution 8 97 The total measurement time then consiss of these three components sweep time N determination time and gate time The period of the sweep is 150 ms which is the worst case time to detect a countable IF The normalprsfor N determination lasts for 360 4 ms a rear panel switch selects a longer prs for higher FM tolerance The gate time required depends on the resolution For 1 Hz resolution the gate is 1 second For gate times from 10 Hz to 100 kHz the gate time is 4 s Hz so that 1 kHz resolution is achieved 4 ms 1 MHz resolution takes a 10 microsecond gate time 8 99 FM TOLERANCE 8 99 The worst case normal mode FM tolerance is 20 MHz and occurs when the period of the modulation is nearthe period of the pseudorandom sequence which is 360 4 milliseconds the FM exceeds 20 MHz the computation of may be in error by 1 round off eron For FM is excess of 20 MHz p p a wide range FM mode with a long prsis selectable via a rear panel switch which provides a worst case FM tolerance of 50 MHz p p In this case however the limiting factor is not round off in t
336. cquisition time Automatic mode Normal FM 530 ms worst case wide FM 2 4 s worst case Manual mode 80ms after frequency entered 1 2 Model Information General Table 1 1 Model 5342A Specifications Continued EXTENDED DYNAMIC RANGE OPTION 003 Option 003 provides an attenuator that automati cally extends the dynamic range of operation for input 1 INPUT 1 Frequency range 500 MHzto 18 GHz Sensitivity 500 MHz to 12 4 GHz 22 dB 12 4 GHz to 18 GHz 15 dBm Maximum operating level 420 dBm Dynamic range 500 MHz to 12 4 GHz 42 dB 12 4 GHz to 18 GHz 35 dB Damage level 425 dBm peak SWR lt 5 1 DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER OPTION 004 Option 004 provides the ability to convert any three consecutive displayed digits into an analog voltage output A display of 22 produces V out put 999 produces 9 99V full scale Accuracy 5 mv 30 3 mV C from 25 C Conversion Speed 50 us to 0 01 of full scale reading Resolution 10 mV Output 5 mA Impedance lt 1 0 ohm Connector Type BNC female on rear panel 1 5 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS GENERAL Accuracy 1 count time base eror Resolution Front panel pushbuttons select 1 Hz to 1MHz Residual stability Wen counter and source use common time base or counter uses extemal higher stability time base 4 X 10 rms typcial Display 11 digit LED display sectionalized to read GHz MHz kHz and Hz Self check Selected from front panel push buttons
337. croprocessor may hang up and cause the display to stop counting To recover press LINE switch to SIBY then to ON EXT FREQ SID connector Accepts 10 MHz extemal time base sgnal when INT EXT switch is in EXT position FREQ SID OUT connector Supplies 10 MHz squarewave output at 1 5 volts peak to peak IF OUT connector provides the intermediate frequency IF output of the Preamplifier circuit for test or monitor of the IF DAC connector Provides the output voltage of the digital to analog converter when the Option 004 is installed Figure 3 2 Rear Panel Controls and Connectors 3 7 Model 5342 Operation FREQUENCY COUNTER 17 994 955 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES 1 On rear panel a Set INT EXT to INT position b Set CYVM switch to CWRefer to paragraph 3 33 for detailed description c ac power module check for proper fuse 0 75 amp for 100 120 volt operation 0 375 amp for 220 240 voh operation and check position of pc line voltage selector refer to paragraph 2 6lfor detailed description d For remote operation refer td paragraph 3 69 for explanation of HP IB programming and address switch settings on rear panel for 5342A s equipped with Option 011 2 On front panel set LINE switch to ON position Do not exceed 425 dBm peak of input power at the type N con nector 500 MHz 18 GHz Damage to the internal sampler may occur NOTE Wen the input signal level to the type connector e
338. d Table 3 4 for code set Starts a new measurement Same as front panel RESET Clears intemal count and starts new measurement 5342A goes to remote if REN is true and addressed to listen In absence of program data re mote operation is according to the sate of the front panel set tings just prior to going to remote Goes to local front panel con trol In absence of front panel data local operation is accord ing to the state of the remote data just prior to going to local Disables front panel RESET 07 5342 remains remote Local lockout cleared and tums to local front panel control Pulls on SRQ to indicate end of a measurement In serial poll mode 5342 out puts decimal 80 01010000 to indicate end of measurement Does not use Clears Talk Listen Serial Poll Enable registers 5342 interface Front panel annunci ators do not change however red 702 A wrt 702 AUSR4 tg Zor trg 702 clr 7 or clr 702 rds 7 A if bit 7 A bit 7 1 if SRQ true rds 702 A if A 80 then 5342A is ready to output Model 5342 Operation Table 3 3 Address Selection Rear panel address switch ADDRESS NOT USED Shown in addressable mode and address 02 f the 5342A is in TALK ONLY mode and it is desired to return to the addressable mode set TALK ONLY switch to 0 and press RESET on front panel ASCII CODE CHARAC
339. d as follows a Place 5342A with top cover facing up b At top rear of instrument remove pozidrive screw from rear cap retainer and remove retainer C Slide top cover back until free from frame and lift off d gain access to pc assemblies remove screws from top plate and remove plate 8 26 Bottom Cover Removal 8 27 To remove the bottom cover proceed as follows a Place 5342A with bottom cover facing up x In the following step the two front plastic feet must be removed from the bottom panel to avoid damage to internal wiring b Remove two front plastic feet from bottom cover Liftupon back edge of plastic foot and push back on front edge of plastic foot to free foot from bottom cover C Loosen captive pozidrive screw at rear edge of bottom cover d Slide bottom cover back until it clears the frame Reverse the procedure to replace the cover 8 28 FRONT FRAME REMOVAL 8 29 To remove front frame from main housing of the instrument proceed as follows a Remove top and bottom covers as described in preceding paragraphs b Remove nut from type N connector on front panel c Remove two screws from front of each side strut attaching front panel frame d From bottom front of instrument remove coax cable by pulling off connectors from 1 1 and 13 Remove cable strap connector from A2 Display Driver board Note orientation of connector pins for reference during reassembly In the following step note the cabl
340. d at XA16B pin 3 f Solder white black red wire from U2 to A22 Motherboard XA16B pin 3 g Solder white brown red wire from U2 to A22 Motherboard XA16B pin 4 h Remove the N type input connector from front panel and replace with U2 5088 7038 i Connect rigid coax supplied from U2 to J1 on Sampler U1 j Install A16 board 05342 60037 into XA16 connector k Perom the operational verification procedures in paragraphs 4 13 and 4 16 of this manual 2 32 Installation of Digital to Analog Conversion DAC Option 004 2 33 Option 004 consists of an A2 Display Driver Assembly 05342 60028 that contains DAC circuitry added to the standard A2 circuit Interconnecting wires are included with the Option 004 retrofit kit 05342 60202 Procedures for installation of Option 004 are as follows 2 7 Model 5342 Installation a Remove top and bottom covers front frame and A1 A2 assemblies Refer to disassembly procedures paragraph 8 22 b Replace the original A2 board 05342 60002 with Option 004 A2 board 05342 60028 and reassemble unit C If the series number of the instrument is 1812 or lower the U7 ROM 1818 0331 on the A14 Microprocessor board will have to be replaced with U7 ROM 1818 0706 as described in step d If instrument has the 1818 0706 ROM proceed to step e CAUTION ROM U7 is a large scale MOS IC Its inputs are susceptible to damage by high voltage and by static charges Particular care should be ex
341. d by 2 again by U16B The output of U16B 14 passes through ECL to TTL level converter U15 The outputs of these first two binaries are connected to the 0 data inputs of the multiplexer and are read first by the microprocessor 8 222 For example the output of the first binary in the A counter chain U12B 14 is connected via an ECL to TIL converter to U9A 6 Consequently the state of the A counter stwo least signifi cant binaries is read by the microprocessor by sending LCTRRD low A5 logic 1 A4 logic 1 the inverter U7 causes the 0 data inputs of the multiplexer to be connected to the multiplexer outputs The outputs of the first decade counter following the binaries are read in a similar fashion These outputs are connected to the 4 data input of the multiplexer For example to read the first decade of the A counter LCTRRD goes low with A5 logic A3 is set to logic 0 and A4 is set to logic 1 because of the inversion the I data iputs to the multiplexer are selected To read the last six decades the 3 data inputs of the multiplexer are selected by setting A4 logic 0 The 0 Al and A2 address lines used to address the decades U2 if A5 logic 0 or U1 A5 logic 1 To address the least significant decade in for example the logic state of the address lines would be LCTRRD 5 4 2 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 8 223 The Direct A input at XA13 7 is the output of the first h
342. d on the 436A Power Meter 8495B set to 10 dB or greater Slowly vary the 8620C from 10 Hz to 520 MHz and verify that the 5342A displays correct frequency Take a measurement at 10 MHz 100 MHz and 520 MHz and verify that 5342A reading is within 1 5 dB of 436A reading Enter results on oper ational verification record Table 4 1 4 3 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 4 4 15 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 500 Maximum Input Test Option 002 Specification 20 dBm Setup 3312 HP 436A _ FUNCTION GENERATOR POWER METER eee 8481 POWER SENSOR HP 8495B ATTENUATOR Set the 8495B to 10 dB Set the 3312A to 13 MHz sine wave with AMPLITUDE set to 10 Adjust amplitude vernier for a 15 dBm output level 5 dBm on 4364 Set the 5342A to ANPL mode 500 10 Hz 500 MHz range and connect the 3312A output to the 5342A input Increase the 3312A output until the 5342A measures 20 dBm Disconnect output of 3312A from 5342A and connect it to 8495B Power meter should display 10 dBm 1 5dB allowing for the 10 dB of 8495 B Enter on operational verification record Table 4 7 Reconnect 3312A to 5342A and increase power output until 5342A dashes the display to indicate overload This must occur at a level greater than 20 dBm Enter on operational verification record Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 16 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Sensitiv
343. d to display dBm when Amplitude Option 002 is installed Annunciators Sign On lighted indicates a negative frequency offset has been entered into display MHz OVN indicator oven monitor indicates when crystal oscillator oven is on warming Wen warmed up light goes out Option 001 only dBm indicator when lighted indicates amplitude of input signal is being measured Option 002 installed Selected bv pressing AMPL key and displayed in Hz portion of display The fourth digit from the right displays a sign for signals below 0 dBm indicator lighted indicates the rear panel switch is in FM position This selects the wide band mode which provides wider FM 50 MHz p p tolerance FREQ Keys The FREQ keys select the mode of operation and control the display NOTE Some keys are equipped with center indicator lights that serve as prompters to the user A blinking indicator light states a ready condition for the key function that was selected and the instrument is waiting for a mode or number to be entered A steady indicator light states that the key function that was selected is in operation AUTO key Selects the automatic mode of operation to acquire and display input signal frequencies in the 500 MHz18 GHz range The instrument goes into this mode when power is tumed on MAN MHz key Selects manual mode for input signal frequencies in the 500 MHz 18 GHz range Input signal frequency mus be known
344. d to the front panel BNC connector is amplified and con ditioned by the input amplfier on A3 The direct count main gate also on A3 is enabled for a specific period of time determined by the resolution selected by the LDIR GATE signal from A17 During the time that the A3 main gate is enabled counts pass through the main gate to Counter A on the A13 Counter assembly where they are totalized At the conclusion of the gate time the A14 Microprocessor assembly reads the contents of Counter A and sends the result to Al Display along with the correct annunciators and decimal point The microprocessor con tinually reads the status of a hardware flag on A17 which indicates the end of the sample rate delay At the end of the delay the measurement process begins again 8 114 Synthesizer Section 8 115 The synthesizer section consists of a main oscillator and an offset oscillator to provide two output frequencies to A5 RF Multiplexer in the range of 300 MHz to 350 MHz which are locked to the counter s 10 MHz time base The frequency is selected with 100 kHz resolution by the A14 Microprocessor The main oscilator is formed by the Main VCO assembly the A9 Main Loop Amplifier assembly and the AIO Divide by N assembly The microprocessor controls the division factor N in A10 which determines the main oscillator frequency The offset oscillator consists of the A4 Offset VCO assembly the A7 Mixer Search Control assembly and the A6 Off set Loop Ampli
345. dBm 5 dBm displayed on 436 Connect the 489A output to the 5342A and verify that the counter counts 1 CHz Increase the signal level until 5342A Option 002 displays 20 dBm 1 5 dB Enter on performance test record Reconnect signal to 5342A and increase level until display fills with dashes This must occur at a level gt 20 dBm Enter the level at which the display is dashed on the performance test record Table 4 b Be sure to add 10 dB to 436A readings to account for the 8495B attenuator 4 23 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 34 FM Tolerance Test Specification 20 MHz peak to peak CWmode 50 MHz peak to peak FM mode Description The FM tolerance specification indicates the worst case FM deviation which can be present a carrier that the counter can acquire and count If the deviations are symmetrical about the carrier then the counter averages out the deviations and displays the camer frequency A rear panel switch controls the CWnode and FM mode In this test a function generator is used to FM the 8620C and the output is examined on a spectrum analyzer to measure the peak to peak devi ation The amplitude of the modulating waveform is adjusted for a 20 MHz p p deviation and then a 50 MHzp p deviation EXT IF OUT FM INPUT HP 651B TEST OSCILLATOR HP 8620C HP 86290A SWEEPER Set 86290A to 4 GHz at 10 dBm Put 5342A in 500 MHz 18 GHz range and AUTO mode
346. dance with DA Pam 25 30 0 6 DESTRUCTION OF ARMY ELECTRONICS MATERIEL Destruction of Army electronics materiel to prevent enemy use shall be in accordance with TM 750 244 2 Change 1 0 1 0 2 blank Model 5342 General Information SECTION GENERAL INFORMATION 1 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 This manual provides operating and service information for the Hewlett Packard Model 5342A Microwave Frequency Counter shown in Figure 1 1 1 3 SPECIFICATIONS 1 4 Specifications of the 5342A are listed in Table 1 1 Figure 1 1 Model 5342A Microwave Frequency Counter 1 1 Model 5342 General Information Table 1 1 Model 5342A Specifications INPUT CHARACTERISTICS INPUT 1 External time base Requires 10 MHz 2 0V peak Frequency range 500 MHz to 18 GHz to peak sine wave or square wave into 1 KW Sensitivity via rear panel BNC connector Switch 500 MHz to 12 4 GHz 25 dBm selects either internal or external time base 12 4 GHz to 18 GHz 20 dBm OPTONAL TIME BASE Maximum input 5 dBm see Options 002 003 OPTION 001 for higher level onti 001 TNT tal Dynamic rande ption provides an oven controlled crysta y x 10544A see separate data 500 MHz to 12 4 GHz 30 dB oscillator time base 12 4 GHz to 18 GHz 25 dB Sheet that results in better accuracy and longer periods between calibration Crystal frequency 10 MHz Stability Aging rate lt 5 X 10 10 day after 24 hour warm Impedance 50 ohms nominal Connector Pr
347. data atthe D c inputs is loaded into the flip flops on the next positive transition of the clock pin 7 Wen both out puts control inputs pins 1 and 2 are LOWdata is available at the outputs The out puts are disabled by a HIGH at either output control input The outputs then represent a high impedance 8 30 Model 5342 Service Reference Designation A10U1 A13U13 A13U14 A13U17 A13U18 Part Number 1820 1251 SN74LS196N Description 50 30 MHz PRESETTABLE DECADE COUNTER LATCH The Decade Counter consists of a divide by two and divide by five counter formed by connecting pin 5 to pin 6 and taking the output from pin 12 The outputs may be preset to any state by making C active low and entering the desired data at the Dc inputs The outputs at pins 5 9 2 and 12 will then spond to the data inputs independent of the state of the count up clocks at pins 6 and 8 An active high signal at pin 1 then enables the counter by latching the parallel data into the counter The count up clock at pin 8 clocks the 2 counter and pin 6 clocks the 5 counter Wen the counter is clocked at pins 8 or 6 the outputs will change on the negative going edge of the signal An active low at the R reset input pin 13 causes all the outputs to go low independent of the counting state Reference Designation A10U8 A10U9 A10U13 A10U14 Part Number 1820 1429 74LS160 Description SYNCHRONOUS DECADE COUNTER
348. ddressed to talk This will hang up the program at the read statement d With the 9825A use the time statement and on err statement to branch around the read statement if it takes longer than a specified number of milliseconds to complete an 1 0 operation The following example program can be used when there is more than read statement in the program If there is only one read statement then statement 2 could be deleted and the end of statement 7 could simply cause the program to go to the statement after the read in this case gto 6 EXAMPLE Since this statement is in line 2 the program jumps to the statement after the read statement Error 4 is time out error Reset time and error jump uoa og t c Te 004 ot When the 5342A took more time than 1 second to make the measurement zeroes are output 3 28 5342 Operation NOTE For any controller check SRQ to see if a measure ment has been completed Allow an adequate number of iterations on the SRC check to permit the counter to complete the measurement and pull SRQ A flow diagram of such an algorithm TRIGGER 5342A THIS LOOP SHOULD TAKE MORE TIME THAN MAXIMUM EXPECTED MEASUREMENT TIME READ COUNTER A 3 29 Model 5342 Operation 3 83 REMOTE PROGRAMMING OF DIAGNOSTIC MODE 6 OPTION 002 011 ONLY 3 84 In some system applications it may be desirable to program the 5342A to diagnost
349. de Option 002 Low Counter Read Low Counter We Low Digital to Analog Table 8 2 Signal Names Continued XA 14B 10 A25J1 XA12 8 XA11 12 A25J 2 XA19 18 18 XA16B 1 XA14B 13 XA11 1 via A22W XA13 7 12 1 j4 rear panel W XA20 15 15 XA21 17 17 XA14B Z XA2U15 4 5 FUNCTION High signal from A13 Coun ter Assembly that resets the main gate on A3 Direct Count Amplifier Assembly High signal from A14 Micro processor causes data from busto be written into RAM on A2 Display Driver Wen signal goes low contents of RAM are displayed High signal from 500 kHz detectoron A7 sent to Search Generator on A6 if the offset VCO frequency is not 500 kHz less than the main VCO frequency A25 Preamplifier output to All IF Limiter Assembly A12 IF Detector output to A13 Counter Assembly All IF Limiter output to A12 IF Detector Assembly A25 Preamplifier interme diate frequency output to rear panel connector Signals excessive current load to the U3 Timer Over cument shutdown circuit Signal from A16 Amplitude Assembly to notify A14 Microprocessor that Option 002 is present Signal from A14 Microproc essor Assembly to write data or read data from Option 002 A16 Amplitude Assembly Signal from A14 Microproc essorto A13 Counter Multi plexer circut to read con tents of A or B counter to the data bus depending upon the state of the AS line
350. e 3 1 rear panel controls and connectors are described in Fig ure 3 2 Operating procedures are explained in Figure 3 3 Amplitude measurements Option 002 are described in Figure 3 4 DAC operation Option 004 is described ir Figure 3 5 3 5 Operating Ranges 3 6 There are two basic operating ranges 10 Hz to 500 MHz and 500 MHz to 18 GHz Frequencies in the lower range are measured directly while measurements in the 500 MHz to 18 GHz range are made indirectly by a harmonic heterodyne down conversion technique Provision is made to select either range by a front panel slide switch A separate input connector is provided for each range Wen the range switch is in the 10 Hz 500MHz position the signal at the BNC connector is routed to the direct count circuits of the 5342A In this range input imped ance is selectable via the 500 1 switch Wen the range switch is in the 500 MHz 18 GHz range the input signal is applied via the front panel type N connector to the down conversion circuits of the 5342A 3 7 Resolution Keys 3 8 The best case resolution is the value represented by the least significant digit LSD in the display In the 5342A a maximum resolution of 1 Hz can be selected by the pushbutton keys on the front panel labeled in blue preceded by the blue key being pressed The display is divided into four sections for ease of determining GHzMHzkHzand Hz resolution Half sized 7 sare used as space fillers within a section
351. e 5 or 6 Diagnostic modesare described i 8 318 Consider circuit operation for the case where the front panel RANGE switch is in the 0 5 to 18 GHz position In this case the DETECTED RF HF signal from U2 is connected to the inverting input of U18 and the DETECTED 100 kHz HF signal from U2 is connected to the non inverting input of U18 The 100 kHz HF input is connected through U18 and associated circuits to buffer U15 The dc voltage difference between the detected 100 kHz signal and the detected microwave signal isamplified by 018 However the negative feedback of the loop causes the Service 8 75 Model Service 5342A difference between the detected RF and detected 100 kHz to be very small Although the volt age difference is amplified by the very high gain of U18 the U18 output voltage stays within the dynamic range of U18 because the difference is extremely small Wen a frequency measure ment is being made the output of U18 is shorted to its input by switch U1312 3 to prevent 018 from saturating The output of U18 drives U14 which converts the input voltage to a current by driving Q11 The cument flowing through Q11 sets the gain of differential pair Q10 Q12 and this gain is directly proportional to the Q11 current The 1 MHz input to A16 is applied to decade divider U10 and the 100 kHz output is amplified by differential pair Q10 Q12 The output of 010 Q12 is filtered by the 100 kHz active filter U16 to produce 100 kHz
352. e 8 14 for A17 Troubleshooting C if the counter displays an incorrect answer go to diagnostic mode 4 to verify that the IF measured is 50 MHz If it is not check the A counter on A13 Also go to diagnostic mode 1 to check the number computed If is not 0 check the B counter on A13 Table 8 13 Model Table 8 5 Overall Troubleshooting Continued AUTO 1 GHz MODE Place the 5342A in AUTO mode with the range switch in the 500 MHz 18 GHz position and applya 1 GHz signal at 25 dBm to the high frequency input Verify that the counter counts 1 GHz 1 count for all resolution settings a Place the 5342A in diagnostic mode 0 If the counter displays SP instead of SP23 followed by Hd then the failure is likely to be in the A26 Sampler Driver since the other com ponents in the IF were exercised in step 5 Go tb Table 8 1B for A26 Sampler Driver troubleshooting b Check U1 Sampler pef Table 8 16 step b AMPLITUDE MODE Place the 5342A in Amplitude Mode and proceed a Set 5342A front panel range switch to the 10 Hz 500 MHz position and the impedance select switch in the 50 ohm position Connect rear panel FREQ STD OUT to direct count input front panel of 5342 Verify that counter displays 10 MHz at approximately 11 dBm If the counter displays an erroneous frequency reading problem is likely to be in A27 Low Frequency Amplifier Assembly switching diodes CR1 CR2 or in the direct count assembly Refer to DIREC
353. e Main VCO being 500 kHz greater not less than the offset VCO fre quency three control sgnals are produced which control the search enable flip flop U2 Wen the HSRCH EN output at XA7 2 is TIL high the triangle search waveform on A6 isenabled HSRCH EN goes low when the U2 3 4 5 inputs are all low This occurs when the following conditions are met a The output of the 500 kHz detector is low b The U1 2 equal frequency output is low c The LPOS Slope signal from is low 8 169 The 500 kHz detector consists of the low pass filter formed by resistors R5 R6 and capacitor C16 a full wave rectifier formed by diodes CR2 and capacitor C22 and emitter follower Q3 For signal less than approximately 1 MHz the full wave rectifier produces a level at the base of transistor Q4 sufficient to tum Q4 on This developes a voltage across resistor R3 which tums transistor Q5 on The collector of Q5 then drops from a high to a TTL low 8 170 01 is a phase detector which produces fixed amplitude variable duty cycle pulse trains at its two outputs The duty cycle of the pulse train is proportional to the phase difference between the signals at its inputs The OFFSET 401 and OFFSET A 2 outputs are summed integrated and amplified by to provide a dc control voltage to the A4 OFFSET VCO Wen the frequency at U1 1 is less than or equal to the 500 kHz reference frequency at U1 3 U1 2 goes TIL low A TTL low at U2 4 is necessary bu
354. e Road Cleveland 44130 Tel 216 243 7300 TWX 810 423 9430 330 Progress Hp Dayton 4 Tel 513 859 8202 1041 Parkway Columbus 43229 Tet 614 436 104 OKLAHOMA 32008 5301 N Merdan Avenue Oklahoma City 73112 Tel 405 721 0200 41105 100th E Avenue Grant Bldg 74145 OREGON 17890 SW Lower Boones Ferry Road Tualatin 97062 503 620 3350 PENNSYLVANIA 111 Zeta Drive Pittsburgh 15238 Tel 412 782 0400 1021 Bth Avenue King of Prussia Industral Park King of Prussia 19406 Tel Sis 265 7000 TWX 510 550 2670 PUERTO RICO Hewlett Packard Inler Americas Puerto Rico Branch Office Calle 272 Edif 203 Urg Country Club Carolina 00924 Tel 809 762 7255 Telex 345 0514 SOUTH CAROLINA P 0 Box 6442 6941 0 Trenholm Road Columbia 23260 Tel 803 782 6493 TENNESSEE 8914 Kingston Pike Knoxville 37922 Tel 615 523 0522 302 Vanguard Or Otrector s Plaza Memphis 38131 Tei 01 346 8370 Nashville Medical Service ont Tel 815 244 54 TEXAS 4171 North Mesa Suite C110 Paso 79902 Tal 915 532 3555 1270 20 Arapaho R Richardeon 75080 Tei 214 231 6101 Box 42815 10535 Harwin r Houston 77036 Tel 1713 776 6400 Lubbock Medical Service only Tei 806 799 4472 205 Billy Mitchell Road San Antonio 78226 Tel 1512 434 8241 UTAM 2160 South 3270 West Streat Salt Lake City 84119 Tel 801 972 4711 VIRGIMA
355. e Usage Transfers device dependent information from one device to one or more devices on the bus Causes a group of selected devices to simultaneously initiate a set of device dependent actions Causes an instrument to be set to a predefined state a certain range function etc Permits selected devices to be set to remote operation allow ing parameters and device char acteristics to be controlled by Bus Messages Causes selected devices to re tum to local front panel operation Disables local front panel controls of selected devices Retums all devices to local front panel control and simulta neously clears the Local Lockout Message Indicates a device s need for interaction with the controller Presents status information of a particular device one bit indi cates whether or not the device currently requires service the other 7 bits optional are used to indicate the type of service required A single bit of device dependent status information which may be logically combined with status bit information from other de vices by the controller Passes bus controller responsi bilities from the current con troller to a device which can assume the Bus supervisory role Unconditionally terminates Bus communications and retums control to the system controller Sample 9825 Statements See Sends measurement data paragraph 3 77l for output format Accepts program codes Se
356. e and counting the IF fre quency a namow band low pass filter of approximately 100 Hz bandwidth is selected to achieve high spectral purity in the VCO output 8 119 The signal at the output of A9 drives the A8 Main VCO to a frequency which mini mizes the signal Three buffered outputs are provided one output is fed back to the A10 Divide by N another goes to the A5 RF Multiplexer the third goes to the A7 Mixer Search Control assembly and is used by the OFFSET LOOP to set the offset VCO to a frequency which is exactly 500 kHz below the Main VCO frequency 8 120 Offset Loop Operation 8 121 The frequency of the main V CO and the frequency of the offset VCO are fed to a mixer on the A7 Mixer Search Control asembly The difference frequency at the output of the mixer is fed to a phase detector and a 500 kHz detector The 500 kHz detector sends a search enable HRSC EN signal to the search generator on the A6 Offset Loop Amplifier if the offset VCO fre quency is not 500 kHz less than the main VCO frequency search signal on is a ramp wave form which drives the offset to a frequency which is 500 kHz less than the main VCO fre quency Wen the 500 kHz detector on A7 detects the presence of 500 kHz the search is stopped The phase detector on A7 compares the difference frequency out of the mixer with a 500 kHz reference derived from the time base The phase enor signal is sent to 8 122 The A6 Offset Loop Am
357. e attached to the power LINE switch and avoid stress on cable connec tions during removal of front panel frame 8 12 Model 5342 Slowly slide front panel frame off while pressing type connector rearward through panel The front panel frame containing assemblies A1 and A2 can now be moved freely within limits of the power cable as shown in Figure 8 2 8 80 Removal of AI Display Assembly and A2 Display Drive Assembly from Front Panel Frame 8 31 To remove A1 and A2 assemblies remove frame as described in above paragraph and proceed as follows a Remove the A1 A2 assemblies Combined from front panel frame by removing the nut from the front panel BNC connector and removing the 5 large attaching screws from A2 Display Driver board b Separate the Al and A2 assemblies by removing the two nuts attaching plug P1 on the AI Display assembly Do not remove the attached screws from A2 Display Driver assembly Reassembly procedures are essentialy the reverse of the disassembly procedures 8 32 Replacement of LED s in Front Panel Switches 8 33 To replace a defective LED in a front panel pushbutton switch remove and separate the AI and A2 boards as described in the preceding paragraphs and proceed as follows a b 8 34 8 35 Pull off the switch cap that covers the defective LED Use a short length approximately 2 inches of heat shrink tubing that will fit over the replacement LED Apply heat to the
358. e input word The outputs are LOWhen pin 15 is LOW Model 5342 Service Reference Designation A2U18 A2U18 A9U1 A10U4 A12U13 A13U4 A14U9 A15U3 A15U4 A15U9 A15U10 A15U14 A15U19 A15U34 A15U34 A17U9 A17U15 Part Number 1820 1112 SN74LS74N Description DUAL D TYPE FLIP FLO P The dual D type flip flop consists of two independent D type flip flops The infor mation present at the data Dc input is transferred to the active high and active low outputs on a low to high transition of the clock C input The data input is then locked out and the outputs do not change again until the next low to high tran sition of the clock input The set S and reset inputs all other input ditions when S is low the active high output is forced high when reset R is low the active high output is forced low Although normally the active low output is the complement of the active high output simultaneous low inputs at the set and reset will force both the active low and active high outputsto go high at the same time on some D type flip flops This condition will exist only for the length of time that both set and reset inputs are held low The flip flop will retum to some indeter minate state when both the set and reset inputs are retumed to the high state Reference Designation A1U22 Part Number 1820 0574 DM8551N Description 4 BIT D TYPE REGISTERS both data enable inputs 9 and 10 are LOW
359. e to produce an IF with an acceptable signal to noise ratio The 50 to 100 MHz IF output is used when sweeping since to achieve the specified FM tolerance the counter must center the IF somewhere in the range of 50 to 100 MHz The 25 to 125 MHz output is used to ensure that the IF signal does not exceed those limits and that the input does not drop below 30 dBm Either of these events could cause a wrong computation for 8 108 The reason the IF is restricted to a 25 to 125 MHz bandwidth is examined in the following the actual bandwidth of the IF is 175 MHz set by the A25 Preamplifier which is required for auto matic amplitude discrimination However the counter restricts the countable IF to frequencies less than 125 MHz so as to prevent generating two IF signals one generated by N times the main oscillator frequency and the other generated by Nz1 times the main oscillator frequency If two IF signals are generated then incomect counting may result By restricting the IF signal to be less than 125 MHz the upper tore is of a high enough frequency as to be sufficiently attenu ated by the 175 MHz bandwidth of the preamplifier so that no emors are introduced Consider what would happen if IF frequencies to 175 MHz were allowed Take the example of a 760 MHz input signal By mixing with the second harmonic of 300 MHz IF of 160 MHz is produced The input also mixes with the third harmonic of 300 MHz to produce another IF sig
360. e transfer pulse clocks the state of the detectors into U13 on A12 Increase the frequency beyond 102 MHz to obtain the following display TP5 48 102 MHz DETECTOR TP4 TRANSFER PULSE Transfer pulse occurs outside the detector pulse so that a low is transferred into U13 Similar waveforms occur for the 22 128 MHz detector with different frequency limits f Using the 5004A Signature Analyzer troubleshoot the frequency detectors on A12 Put A12 on an extender board and an AP clip on A12U15 Place the START probe and STOP probe of the 5004A Signature Analyzer on U15 12 which is the Qp output Place the CLOCK probe of the 5004A on U15 8 which is the 1 MHz input to A12 Place the GROUND probe 015 7 Place the CLOCK START and STOP switches on the 5004A to positive slope buttons out Connect the 10 MHz FREQ STD output on the rear panel of the 5342A to the high fre quency input of the 5342A 8 120 Model 5342 Service Table 8 16 A17 A12 A25 U1 IF Troubleshooting Continued Place the data probe on 5V to see if characteristic 1 s signature of UP73 is obtained If not replace U15 CHECK the signature at U6 3 to see if the 10 MHz signal is entering the digital filter properly This signature should be 55H1 Check U6 signatures and work back along the incorrect signature signal path U6 1 A1C9 U5 1 UP73 U8 1 0000 U9 1 0000 U6 2 OU16 U5 2 6097 U8 2 0000 U9 2 1F2C U6 3 55H1 U5 3 NA U8 3 HPO1 U9 3 0
361. e wires over all con nections to 02 Model 5342A Installation WHITE BLACK RED 92 HIGH FREQUENCY AMPLITUDE ASSEMBLY 5088 7035 WHITE BROWN RED n Connect rigid coax 8120 2516 from U2 High Frequency Amplitude Assembly to J1 on Sampler U1 Install U2 input connector through front panel Fasten with attaching nut o Solder white black red wire from U2 to A22 motherboard XA16B pin p Solder white brown red wire from U2 to A22 motherboard XA16B pin4 Harness the coax cables and wires with tie wraps supplied Connect cable 05342 60119 from A27J1 to A1J3 s Connect cable A1J3 A27J2 to A27J2 t Reconnect A1J1 J1 IF OUT INT and J2 IF OUT EXT and harness with tie wrap u Harness the white cables with tie wraps supplied NOTE The ROM and U2 High Frequency Amplitude Assembly are supplied as a matched pair and are included under one replaceable part number 05342 80005 Install the ROM supplied with option into U3 socket on A16 05342 60038 board w Replace resistor R2 on A16 board with a resistor of the value labeled on U2 assembly X Insert the plug of 8120 2268 cable into mating socket on A16 board 05342 60038 and install A16 into connector XA16 y Perform the Option 002 adjustments listed unde paragraph 5 33 through 5 39 of this manual 7 Perform the operational verification procedures in 4 15 and 4 17 of this manual NOTE If the instrument does not meet the specified accurac
362. ecision Type N female Damage level 25 dBm peak Coupling dc to load ac to instrument SWR Tp 2 1 500 MHz 10 GHz the range 0 to 3 1 10 GHz 18 GHz FM tolerance Switch selectable rear panel Short term lt 1 X 10 11 for 1secondaverage time FM wide 50 MHz worst case ene for 10 change from Pd X NUN HOM Warm up lt 5 X 10 9 of final value 20 minutes AM tolerance Any modulation index provided Ed the minimum signal level is not less than the AMPLITUDE MEASUREMENT sensitivity specification 002 Automatic amplitude discrimination Automat i Option 002 provides the capability of measuring cally measures the largest of all signals pres the amplitude of the incoming sine wave signal ent providing that signal is 6 dB above any and simultaneously displaying its frequency MHz signal within 500 MHz 20dB above any signal and level dBm The maximum operating level 500 MHz 18 GHz and the top end of dynamic range are increased to Modes of operation 20 dBm Amplitude offset to 0 1 dB resolution Automatic Counter automatically acquires may be selected from front panel pushbuttons and displays highest level signal within sensi INPUT 1 LINEA range F 500 MHz 18 GH Manual Center frequency entered to within requency range 2 2 50 MHz to true value Dynamic range frequency and level 22 dBm to 20 dBm 500 MHz to 12 4 GHz 15 dBm to 20 dBm 12 4 GHz to 18 GHz Ma
363. ect the 3312 output to the 5342 input Increase the 3312A output until the 5342A measures 20 dBm Disconnect output of 3312A from 5342A and connect it to 8495B Power meter should display 10 dBm 1 5 dB allowing for the 10 dB of 8495 B Record on performance test record Table 4 5 Reconnect 3312A to 5342A and increase power output until 5342A dashes the display to indicate overload This must occur at a level greater than 20 dBm Record this level on performance test record Table 4 5 4 29 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 30 4 39 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 500 SWR Test Option 002 Specification 1 8 1 Description Using a lower frequency range directional coupler such as the 778 D the test setup described in paragraph 4 13 is used to sweep the low fre quency input over the range of 100 MHz to 500MHz and the return loss is measured Return loss must be 210 75 dB over the range Setup 6755 162T EXT HORIZ INPUT o NN Baul ooo HP 8820 SWEEPER HP 86222A R MOD DRIVE HP 11865A MODULATOR SWEEP OUT HP 778D DIRECTIONAL COUPLER HP 11664 7 _ DETECTOR Same as described in paragraph 4 32 except use the 86222 plug in and setup to sweep from 100 MHz to 500 MHz Replace the 11692D Dual Directional Coupler with the 778D Dual Directional Coupler Calibrate the system with a short or open at the 778D outpu
364. ed replaceable radio frequency radio frequency interference found head right hand resistance inductance capacitance rack mount only root mean square round read only memory rack and panel reverse working voltage scattering parameter second time second plane angle siow blow fuse used in parts list silicon controited rectifier screw setenium sections semiconductor superhigh frequency silicon silver slide signal to noise ratio single pole double throw spring 7 split ring single pole single throw Single sideband stainless steel steel 7 square standing wave ratio synchronize timed slow blow fuse tantalum temperature compensating time delay ou u Ho n M H HO non own on on on on uon TERM TFT TGL THD THRU Ti TOL TRIM TSTR TTL TV UF UHF UNREG VA Vac VAR vco Vde vocw VFO VHF Vpk Vp p Vrms VSWR VTO VTVM w wiv w o To Zo All abbreviations in terminat thin film transistor toggle thread through titanium tolerance trimmer transistor transistor transistor logic television television interference traveling wave tube micro 10 used in parts list microfarad used in parts list ultrahigh frequency unreguiated volt voltampere volts ac variable voltage controlled oscil
365. ed is measured by counter A and when fidrives the sampler driver the IF2 produced is measured by counter B d pseudorandom sequence generator which controls the multiplexer during N determination 8 The overall operating algorithm for the block diagram of Figure amp 8 is as follows Wh the multiplexer having selected the main oscillator output the main oscillator frequency fi is swept from 350 MHz to 300 MHz in 100 kHz steps the offset oscillator frequency f2 is maintained at f 500 kHz by a phase locked loop until the IF detector indicates the presence of an IF signal in the range of 50 MHz to 100 MHz At this point the synthesizer stops its sweep and the counter starts the harmonic number N determination A pseudorandom sequence prs output by the prs SAMPLER COUNTERA 25 MHz 125 MHz O COUNTERB SAMPLER DRIVER MULTIPLEXER PSEUDORANDOM SEQUENCE GENERATOR SYNTHESIZER IF CONTROL DETECTOR Figure 8 8 HP 5342A Simplified Block Diagram Service 8 39 Model Service 5342A generator switches between the main oscillator and offset oscillator as well as counter A and B so that counter A accumulates fir produced by mixing with fx and counter B accumulates fir2 produced by Nef2 mixing with fx The pseudorandom switching prevents coherence between the switching rate of the multiplexer and the modulation rate of the FM from producing an incomect computation of N Of course during the sequence each
366. ed to com pensate for differences between matched detector diodes and 4 the insertion loss of the PIN diode switch 8 314 A16 Amplitude Assembly 8 315 The A16 Amplitude Assembly shown in figure 8 39 consists of the analog feedback loop the analog to digital converter which digitizesthe dc output voltage from the feedback loop the switching circuitry required for the U2 and A27 assemblies and the digital circuitry including the U4 ROM containing the amplitude measuring algorithm 8 316 ANALOG LOOP The analog feedback loop consists of U18 differential emor amplifier U14 transistors Q10 Q11 Q12 and associated circuitry for generating the 100 kHz feedback signal range amplifier 012 switch U17 and relay 8 317 The LDIRECT signal sent to transistor Q13 from Counter Assembly A13 is set low by the microprocessor if the front panel RANGE switch read by the microprocessor from 2012 pin 9 is in the 10 Hz 500 MHz position LDIRECT low causes relay K1 and bilateral switch U17 to con nect the A27 low frequency module 100 kHz input and the two detector outputs to the A16 Cicuits LDIRECT high causes the U2 multiplexer inputs and outputs to be connected to the 16 circuits Since the front end is being switched between frequency measurements and ampli tude measurements the output of either detector appears as a negative pulse train To pre vent switching the front end during troubleshooting use diagnostic mod
367. ed to talk If not SRQ is cleared and it starts the next measurement If it has been addressed to talk it outputs the measurement clears SRQ and starts the next measurement In the wait until addressed output mode the counter pulls SRQ at the end of a measurement and waits in a loop until it has been addressed to talk Wen it is addressed to talk it outputs the measurement clear SRQ and starts the nex measurement NOTE f the counter is placed in the HOLD mode triggered then addressed to talk be sure to use the Wt Until Addressed ST2 output mode If not then for short gate times the measurement may be com pleted before the controller addresses the counter to talk and the counter will discard the measurement result and hang up the bus 3 76 The 5342A executes each complete program code as it is received just as if the micro processor were receiving the data from the front panel keyboard Program code strings should be the same order as they would be if being entered from the front panel Wen a data byte is sent to the 5342A HP IB Option 011 the HP IB interface stores the byte and sends an intenupt to the microprocessor which reads in the byte If the byte does not complete a program code then the microprocessor waits for the next byte s until a complete code is sent for example SR5 is a complete code but SR is not Aftera complete code is received the microprocessor executes the code and begins the measurement I
368. eference designators of the front and rear panel controls connectors and indicators The top view shows assembly locations and adjustments 8 374 TROUBLESHOOTING TO THE ASSEMBLY LEVEL STANDARD INSTRUMENT 8 375 Troubleshooting Technique 8 376 In the troubleshooting procedure outlined in Table 8 5 the 5342A is exercised through a series of operating modes which are arranged in an increasing order of complexity As can be seen in Table 8 6 an increasing number of assemblies is exercised as the operating modes progress from the first mode power up diagnostic to the last mode AUTO 1 GHz By noting the first mode in the sequence that fails it is possible to isolate the defective assembly to a specific group of assemblies by noting those assemblies common to the current failed test and all previous tests which passed These common assemblies can be eliminated as being the source of the failure and only those assemblies which are not common to previous oper ating modes are examined Table 4 7 is a list of the noncommon assemblies for each of the oper ating modes and it is the basis for the troubleshooting procedure presented 7 8 5 8 04 Model 5342 8 377 Tables 8 9 through 8 27 are individual troubleshooting procedures for various assem blies and assembly groups and are referenced in the overall troubleshooting 8 5 By using the diagnostic modes of the 5342A explained in Table 8 8 the test eq
369. elationship H 1 L 0 at both input and output Device 1 can perform LOGIC the AND function and Device 2 can perform the OR function Such a consistent assign ment is referred to as positive logic The corresponding logic symbols would be DEVICE 1 DEVICE 2 A A 8 23 Model 53424 Service NEGATIVE alternatively by assigning the relationship H L 1 at both input and output Device LOGIC can perform the OR function and Device 2 can perform the AND function Such a con sistent assignment is referred to as negative logic The corresponding logic symbols would be DEVICE DEVICE 2 Y g L3 B 8 69 MIXED LOGIC The use of the polarity indicator symbol Ex automatically invokes a mixed logic convention That is positive logic is used at the inputs and outputs that do not have polarity indicators negative logic is used at the inputs and outputs that have polarity indicators This may be shown either of two ways Note the equivalence of these symbols to examples 1 and 2 and the fact that the function table is a positive logic translation H 1 L of the NAND truth table and also note thatthe function table is the negative logic translation H L 1 of the NOR truth table given in Example 3 This may be shown either of two ways Note the equivalence of these symbols to examples 3 4 and the fact that the function table is a positive logic translation 1 150 of the NOR truth table and also note th
370. en the 5342A LINE switch is in either the ON or the STBY position provided the instrument is connected to the power mains Wen the OVN indicator in the display is lit the oven is on warming Wen the oven is at the proper temperature the OVN indicator goes out 3 61 Amplitude Option 002 3 62 The amplitude option provides the capability of measuring the amplitude of the input signal and simultaneously displaying the frequency 5 leftmost digits and the amplitude level in dBm 4 rightmost digits The maximum operating level of 5 dBm for the standard 5342A is extended to 20 dBm for Option 002 The frequency is displayed to a resolution of 1 MHz and the level is displayed to a resolution of 0 1 dBm The sensitivity of the 5342A with Option 002 is approximately 3 to 5 dB less than the standard 5342A depending upon frequency 3 63 Extended Dynamic Range Option 003 3 64 The extended dynamic range option extends the maximum operating level of 5 dBm for the standard 5342A to 20 dBm for Option 003 by insertion of an attenuator at the input ahead of the sampler The insertion loss of the attenuator results in a sensitivity decrease of approximately 3 to 5 dB depending upon the frequency of the signal 3 65 HP IB Interface Option 011 3 66 The Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP IB Option 011 allows the functions of the 5342A to be controlled remotely and allows measurement data to be ouptut to the bus Programm ing information for Opti
371. ent has been reviewed for the presence of Class ozone depleting chemicals by AMCOM 4 Logistics Environmental Division As of the base document dated 10 September 1981 all references to Class ozone depleting chemicals have been removed from this document by substitution with chemicals that do not cause atmospheric ozone depletion WARNING This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export Control Act Title 22 U S C Sec 2751 et seq or the Export Administration Act 1979 as amended Title 50 U S C App 2401 et seq Violations of these export laws are subject to severe criminal penalties Disseminate in accordance with provision of DOD Directive 5230 25 Distribution Statement B Distribution authorized to U S Government Agencies only to protect contractor proprietary rights Recipient agrees not to reproduce disclose or transfer to other documents all or any part of this document for any purpose without permission in writing from Agilent Technologies Inc The U S Government has only limited rights to this data as defined in DFARS 252 227 7013 Nov 1995 This determination was made 16 November 2005 Other requests shall be referred to Agilent Technologies 3500 Deer Creek Road Palo Alto CA 94304 DESTRUCTION NOTICE Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document TM 11 6625 301 4 14 dated 10 September 1981 is changed as follows 1 Rem
372. entimeters square meters square meters square miles square kilometers acres square hectometers cubic feet cubic meters cubic yards cubic meters fluid ounces milliliters pints liters quarts liters gallons liters ounces grams pounds kilograms short tons metric tons pound feet Newton meters pound inches Newton meters Fahrenheit temperature Multiply by To change To Multiply by 2 540 ounce inches Newton meters 007062 305 centimeters inches 394 914 meters feet 3 280 1 609 meters yards 1 094 6 451 kilometers miles 621 093 square centimeters square inches 155 836 square meters square feet 10 764 2 590 square meters square yards 1 196 405 square kilometers square miles 386 028 square hectometers acres 2 471 765 cubic meters cubic feet 35 315 29 573 cubic meters cubic yards 1 308 473 milliliters fluid ounces 034 946 liters pints 2 113 3 785 liters quarts 1 057 28 349 liters gallons 264 454 grams ounces 035 907 kilograms pounds 2 205 1 356 metric tons short tons 1 102 11296 Temperature Exact 5 9 after Celsius subtracting 32 temperature PIN 049344 000
373. equency controt automatic gain control aluminum automatic level control amplitude modulation amplifier automatic phase control average american wire gauge Table 6 2 Abbreviation and Reference Designations REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS micellaneous electrical pan tuse filter hardware circulator electrical connector stationary portion jack relay Coil inductor meter miscellaneous mechanical part P electrical connector movable portion plug transistor SCR triode thyristor resistor thermistor switch transformer terminai board thermocouple test point integrated circuit microcircuit ABBREVIATIONS balance binary coded decimal board beryllium copper beat frequency oscillator binder head breakdown bandpass bandpass filter brass backward wave oscillator calibrate counterclockwise ceramic hannel centimeter coaxial COEF coefficient COM common COMP 7 composition COMPL complete CONN Connector CP cadmium plate CRT cathode ray tube CTL complementary tran sistor logic Cw continuous wave cw clockwise digital to analog dB decibel decibel referred to 1 mw direct current degree temperature interval or difference degree plane angle electron tube voltage regulator breakdown diode 7 cable transmission path wire socket crystal unit piezo electric tuned cavity tuned circu
374. er U S Army Aviation and Missile Command ATTN AMSAM MMC MA NP Redstone Arsenal AL 35898 PART 1 ALL PUBLICATIONS EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC SM AND BLANK FORMS PUBLICATION FORM NUMBER ITEM PAGE PARA LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON NO NO GRAPH NO NO NO Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph TELEPHONE EXCHANGE SIGNATURE AUTOVON PLUS EXTEN SION TYPED NAME GRADE OR TITLE DA FORM 2028 FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028 1 DEC 68 WHICH WILL BE USED USAPA V3 01 Forward direct to addressee listed publication FROM Activity and location Include ZIP Code Commander U S Army Aviation and Missile Command ATTN Redstone Arsenal AL 35898 PART REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS SUPPLY MANUALS PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE TOTAL NO PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR RECOMMENDED ACTION NO NO NO NUMBER ITEMS SUPPORTED PART Ill REMARKS Any general remarks or recommendations or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed TYPED NAME GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE AUTOVON SIGNATURE PLUS EXTENSION USAPA V3 01 Linear Measure 1 centimeter 10 millimeters 39 inch 1 decimeter 10 centimeters 3 94 inches 1 meter 10 decimeters 39 37 inches 1 dekameter 10 meters 32
375. er V The letter F indicates a connect disconnect relationship If the F free dependency inputs or outputs are active 1 the other usual normal conditions apply If one or more of the F inputs are inactive 0 the related F output is disconnected from its normal output condition it floats G1 G1 gt o x Oa G2 1 2X N X12 The input that controls or gates other inputs is labeled with a or a followed by an identifying number The controlled or gated input or output is labeled with the same number In this example 1 is controlled by G1 When the controlled or gated input or output already has a functional lable X is used here that label will be prefixed or subscripted by the identifying number If a particular device has only one gating or control input then the identifying number may be eliminated and the relationship shown with a subscript If the input or output is affected by more than one gate or control input then the identifying numbers of each gate or control input will appear in the prefix or subscript separated by commas in this example X is controlled by G1 and G2 Model 5342 Service 8 77 Control Blocks 8 78 A class of symbols fcr complex logic are called control blocks Control blocks are used to show where common control signals are applied to a group of functionally separate units Examples of types of control blocks follow
376. er for a few picoseconds and is necessary in order to produce useable harmonics of the VCO frequency up beyond 18 GHz 8 292 The input frequency in the range of 300 to 350 MHz is applied to a common collec tor amplifier formed by one half of transistor pair U1 ac coupling for the LO FREQ signal is provided on the A5 RF Multiplexer The otuput is taken off the emitter of the 1st transistor through R5 and is applied to the common emitter formed by the other half of U1 Matching network L1 C3 L2 C1 is used to match the output impedance of U1 to the step re covery diode CRI 8 293 AGC is provided by coupling part of the 01 output through CR5 to detecting diode CR2 The detected dc voltage which appears across C10 is used to cause transistor Q1 to con duct more or less current thereby changing the gain through the first transistor in Ul The gain is changed in such a fashion as to cause the A26 output at the SMA connector 26 1 to have litle change in amplitude for variations in input signal amplitude The output is sent to 01 Sampler 8 294 OPTIONS THEORY OPTIONS 002 003 004 AND 011 8 295 The following paragraphs contain the theory of operation for the 5342A options as follows a Option 002 Amplitude Measurements b Option 003 Exended Dynamic Range Option 004 Digital to Analog Conversion DAC d Option 011 Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP IB Model 5342 Service 8 296 OPTION 002 AMPLITUDE MEASUREMEN
377. ercised when servicing this IC or handling it under conditions where static charges can build up d Remove top plate from 5342A Remove A14 Microprocessor and replace ROM U7 part number 1818 0331 with part number 1818 0706 Install A14 e Atbottom of 5342A connect coaxcable to the connectoratthe bottom rear of A2 board labeled D A OUTP Solderthe other end of this cable to the DAC OUT connector on the rear panel f Connect the white gray wire to the pin push on labeled LDA at bottom rear of A2 Display Driver board Solder other end of wire to LDA terminal on A22 Motherboard as shown in figure below g Connect red wire 15V and violet wire 15V to the proper terminals push on pins A2 Display Driver board see Figure 8 25 calmponent locator for location Connect other end of these wires to terminals on A22 Motherboard as shown in figure below FRONT OF 5342A 15V VIOLET 15V RED LDA WHT GY 24 PIN CONNECTOR J1 A22 Motherboard Partial Bottom View h Reassemble instrument and perform operational verification procedures in para graph 4 27 of this manual 2 34 Installation of HP IB Option 011 2 35 Option 011 consist of printed circuit assembly A15 and interconnection board A29 The interconnection board mounts inside the 5342A rear panel and is connected to A22 Motherboard via a cable strap Procedures for installation of Option 011 are as follows see photo of installed option Figure 8 22
378. erformed on the item listed in column 2 When items are listed without maintenance functions it is solely for purpose of having the group numbers in the MAC and RPSTL coincide d Column 4 Maintenance Category Column 4 specifies by the listing of a worktime figure in the appropriate subcolumn s the lowest level of maintenance authorized to perform the function listed in column 3 This figure represents the ac tive time required to perform that maintenance function at the indicated category of maintenance If the number or complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance function vary at different maintenance categories appropriate worktime figures will be shown for each category The num ber of task hours specified by the worktime figure represents the average time required to restore an item assembly subassembly y compo nent module end item or system to a serviceable condition under typical field operating conditions This time includes preparation time troubleshoot ing time and quality assurance quality control timein addition to the time required to perform the specific tasks identified for the maintenance functions authorized in the maintenance allocation chart Subcolumns of column 4 are as follows C Operator Crew O Organizational F Direct Support H General Support D Depot B 2 e Column 5 Tools and Equipment Column specifies by code those common tool sets individual too
379. es for ROM Combinations listed A14U1 P N 1818 0329 A14U1 1818 0698 A14U1 1818 0698 AMUI 1818 0330 A14U4 1818 0697 A14U4 1818 0697 A14U7 8150331 A14U7 1818 0331 A14U7 1818 0706 g If these signatures are good go to step 8 h Check the inputs to A14U2 by changing switch A14S2 as follows 1452 8 94 Model 5342 Service Tab e 8 9 A14 Microprocessor Troubleshooting Continued With the 5004A set up and connected as in steps 7d and 7e take the following signatures Signal Name Signatures for ROM Combinations listed A14U1 P N 1818 0329 A14U1 1818 0698 A14U1 1818 0698 A14U1 P N 1818 0330 1404 1818 0697 A14U4 1818 0697 A14U7 P N 1818 0331 A14U7 1818 0331 A14U7 1818 0706 i If these signatures are good suspect buffers U2 and U3 If any of these signatures are bad then perform the following to isolate the problem to a particular ROM U7 ROM Test START and STOP of 5004A to test point on A14 extender board CLOCK of 5004A to test point on A14 START to slope 7 STOP to slope 7 CLOCK to slope 47 GND of data probe to ground 1451 and 1452 switches remain unchanged 5V 826P Signal Name Signatures for ROM Combinations listed 1401 P N 1818 0329 1401 1818 0698 A14U1 1818 0698 1401 P N 1818 0330 A14U4 1818 0697 A14U4 1818 0697 A14U7 p N 1818 0331 1407 1818 0331 1407 1818 0706
380. es as follows Signal Name Location Signature DO U1 23 6000 D1 U1 22 6P3H D2 U1 21 HP60 D3 U1 20 P686 04 U1 19 65P0 D5 UI 18 A520 D6 U1 17 P903 PT U1 16 HAUC Model 5342 Manual Changes CHANGE 5 CONTD Page 8 175 Figure 8 37 1 14 Schematic Diagram Change A14 series number top of diagram from 1804 to 1720 Delete C26 1000P and C27 470P from U17 15 to circuit common Delete R22 2000 between U11 1 and 45V left middle of diagram Delete C25 001 between U11 1 and circuit common Delete R23 12011 between U11 1 and circuit common Page 6 32 Table 6 3 A24 Replaceable Parts Change A24 series number from 1804 to 1432 Change 2411 from 9100 2430 to 9140 0179 COIL MLD 22UH 10 55 155DX 375LG 0217B 15 4445 7 Change 2411 from 9100 2430 to 9140 0179 COIL MLD 22UH 10 Q 55 155DX 375LG 0217B 15 4445 1 Delete A24C2 0180 0552 CAPACITO R FXD 220UF 20 10VDC 28480 0180 0552 Page 8 189 Figure 8 44 24 Standard 10 MHz Oscillator Assembly Schematic Diagram Change A24 Standard series number from 1804 to 1432 Change L1 from 220UH to 22UH Delete C2 220UF from L1 to circuit common 7 11 Model 5342 SECTION VIII SERVICE 8 1 INTRODUCTION 8 2 This section provides service information and symbol descriptions theory of operation troubleshooting procedures and schematic diagrams The arrangement of content of this section is described in de
381. escribed stand ards c Service Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating conditions i e to clean decontaminate to preserve to drain to paint or to replenish fuel lubricants hydraulic fluids or compressed air supplies d Adjust To maintain within prescribed limits by bringing into proper or exact position or by setting the operating characteristics to the speci fied parameters e Align To adjust specified variable elements an item to bring about optimum or desired performance f Calibrate To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments or t measuring and diagnostic equipments used INTRODUCTION in precision measurement Consists of compari sons of two instruments one of which is a certified standard of known accuracy to detect and adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument being compared g Install The act of emplacing seating or fix ing into position an item part module compo nent or assembly in a manner to allow the proper functioning of the equipment or system h Replace The act of substituting a serviceable like type part subassembly or module component or assembly for an unserviceable counterpart i Repair The application of maintenance serv ices inspect test service adjust align calibrate replace or other maintenance actions welding grinding riveting straightening facing rema chining or
382. ey DAC 0566 Observe DVM for 9 00 0 01 Enter on performance test record 4 5 4 31 Model 5342 Performance Tests Table 4 5 Performance Test Record 5342 S N Date LNE u NO ACTUAL 4 29 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Sensitivity 500 10 Hz 1 kHz 500 kHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 50 MHz 250 MHz 520 MHz 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Sensitivity 1 10 Hz 1 kHz 500 kHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 25 MHz All 25 mV rms except Opt 002 50 mV rms 141 mV p p 4 31 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Sensitivity Standard Opt 003 All 500 MHz 25 dBm 22 dBm except 1 GHz Opt 062 5 GHz 10 GHz 12 4 GHz 15 GHz 20 dBm 15 dBm 17 GHz 18 GHz 500 MHz 18 GHz SWR Return loss Min return loss Max SWR over 2 10 GHz Min return loss over 10 18 GHz 9 5 dB AMPL 3 5 dB FREQ with Opt 002 500 MHz 18 GHz Maximum Input 5 dBm 20 dBm for Opt 002 003 Dashed display Option 002 only for 20 dBm reading on 5342A 436A reads 18 5 dBm 21 5 dBm Pass Pass 20 dB 6 dB FM Tolerance CW Mode FM mode 20 MHz p p 50 MHz p p Automatic Amplitude Discrimination 17 5 GHz separation 500 MHz separation 4 32 Model 5342 Performance Tests Table 4 5 Performance Test Record Continued
383. f more codes are in the string another interrupt is gener ated For example if the string SR5AU is sent by the controller the S is the first byte received and stored by the 5342A HP IB interface The interface generates an intemupt to the micro processor and the S is read by the MPU Since S is not a complete code the microprocessor 3 23 Model 5342 Operation waits until the complete code is sent and received After R and then 5 are sent the micro processor sets the resolution accordingly and then goes to the beginning of the measurement Wen the controller sends an intemupt is generated and A is read by the microprocessor It then waits for the complete code to be sent which in this case is AU The microprocessor again goes to the start of the measurement cycle NOTE The following output formats pertain to input signals of specified sensitivity Table 1 1 For less sensitive input signals refer to paragraph 3 82 3 77 The 5342A outputs measurement data in the following fixed length formats a OFFSET FREQUENCY ONLY SP F SP SP XXXX XXXXXX E 06 CR LF frequency space carriage return line feed b NO OFFSET FREQUENCY AND AMPLITUDE SP F SP SP XXXXX XXXXXX 06 A SP CR LF amplitude c OFFSETS in both FREQUENCY and AMPLITUDE SP FS E 06 AS XX X E CR LF f offset otfset d OVERLOAD Amplitude off SP F SP SP 99999 999999 E
384. fier assembly The offset loop is phase locked at a frequency 500 kHz below the main VCO frequency Figure 8 10 5 a block diagram of the synthesizer section which is described in the following paragraphs 8 116 Main Loop Operation 8 117 A buffered signal from the A8 Main VCO is fed back to the A10 Divide by N assembly The division factor N is programmed by the A14 Control assembly and is chosen by the relation N programmed frequency 50 kHz For example if the program requests a frequency of 346 7 MHz then N would be equal to 6934 2346 7 0 05 Wen the main loop is locked the output of the divide by N circuitry on A10 is 50 kHz This is compared to a 50 kHz signal which is derived Model 5342 from the time base and the phase error is sent to the A9 Loop Amplifier The phase error signals available at XA10 1 and 1 are used by the main loop to drive the VCO frequency to the programmed frequency 8 118 The A9 Main Loop Amplifier sums and integrates the two phase detector outputs of A10 The error signal is then passed through one of two low pass filters Wen the HP 5342 is search ing for an input signal in the range of 500 MHz to 18 GHz the main loop VCO is programmed to step from 350 MHz to 300 MHz in 100 kHz steps in approximately 90 milliseconds To achieve this fast search rate a wideband low pass filter of approximately 2 kHz bandwidth is selected Wen the counter is actually making a measurement by opening the main gat
385. for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 56289 28480 28480 04713 28480 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 05342 60017 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 150D105X903582 0160 3879 150D606X000682 0160 3879 1902 3182 SPS6740 1853 0036 CB1035 BB2015 BB1031 1031 1031 1031 1021 1021 5125 BB3625 BB5125 BB2425 BB5125 BB3625 BB2425 1031 BB3625 BB2425 BB1055 BB6825 BB1021 BB4725 BB4725 CB1035 BB2425 BB3625 BB5125 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 SN74LS161N SN74LS161N SN74LS00N SN74LS164N SN74LS164N SN74LS86N SN74LS164N SN74S00N SN74LS74N SN74LS10N 6 25 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A17U11 1820 1442 7 ICCNTR TTL LS DECD A
386. ge du cor ven 8 1170 Brussels 10 0 004 672 2240 OBEN Brassers Telex M arben ra CYPRUS 19 Gregorios Xenopoulos Street Box 7152 Nicosia Tei 45628 29 Cable Kyp amcs Pandens Telex 3018 CZECHOSLOVAKIA Vyvolova P ovozm 2 Vyzkumwch Ustavu v Bechovicich CSSR 25097 Bechovice u Prahy Tel 89 93 41 Telex 121333 institute of Medica Bionics Vyskumny Ustav Lekarskej Bioniky Jediova amp CS 88346 Bratislava Kramare Tel 425 Telex 93229 DOR Entwickiungslaoor der TU Oresden Forschungsinstitut Meinsberg 7305 Waidheim Meinaberg Tei 37 667 Telex 518741 Export Contact AG Zuenich Guentner Forgbe Schlegeistrasse 15 1040 Bertin Tel 42 74 12 111889 Hewlett Packard A S Datave 52 OK 3460 Birkerod Tei 02 81 56 30 Cable HEWPACK AS Telex 37409 npas dk Hewlett Packard AS Naverve 1 DK B600 Silkeborg 05 82 71 66 Telex 37409 hpas dk Cable HEWPACK AS EGYPT International Engineering Associates 24 Husseir Hegan Street Kasr el Aint Cairo Tel 23 829 Telex 2067 Cable INTENGASSC Mohamed Sam Amin Sam Amin Trading Othce 18 Abdel Aziz Abdine Cairo Tet 24932 Cable SAMITRO CAIRO FINLAND Hewlett Packard Ov Nahkahousurt Box 6 SF 0021 Helsinki 2 Te 90 6923031 HEWPACKOv Helsinki Telex 12 1563 HEWPA SF FRANCE He
387. grated circuits and five switches on the 05342 60036 extender board Table 8 4 lists the HP part number and description of those parts Refer to Section V for ordering information Table 8 4 Replaceable Parts for Extender Board 05342 60036 Ref Mfr DESIG HP PART NO DESCRIPTION CODE MFR PART NO 1820 1197 GATE LS NAND QUAD 2 INPUT 5 741500 1820 1281 DCDR TIL 15 2 TO 4 LINE DUAL 2 INPUT 5 7415139 3101 1856 SWIC 51 8 1 5 DIP SLIDE ASSY 1 3101 1856 3101 1856 SWIC 51 8 1 5 DIP SLIDE ASSY 3101 1856 3101 1856 SWIC H SL 8 1 5 DIP SLIDE ASSY 3101 1856 3101 1213 SC H TG L SUBMIN DPST 5A 120VAC PC 3101 1213 3101 1675 SWIC H TGL SUBMIN DPST 5 120VAC 3101 1675 DC PC Model 5342 Service 05342 60033 05342 60039 05342 60035 05342 60036 05342 60032 05342 60034 05342 60034 05342 60031 Figure 8 3 10842A Service Accessory Kit 8 19 Model Service 5342A 8 52 Using Extender Board 05342 60036 8 53 The following paragraphs describe the general operation of the extender board 05342 60036 Included is a description of the 3 DIP switches S1 S2 and S3 the two toggle switches S4 and S5 and test points R1 R2 and R3 Figure 8 4 shows the signals present at R1 R2 and R3 Figure 8 5 is the schematic diagram of the extender board 8 54 The 05342 60036 extender board is used for troubleshooting the A14 Microprocessor Assembly in the 5342A This extender board not onl
388. gure 8 3 lat XA13 17 and is capacitively coupled via C10 into the main gate of the counter U11C U11 is a high speed ECL AND gate Wen U11 9 and U11 10 are both low 0 8V high 1 5V low the gate is enabled and the IF Count signal is passed through the gate to be counted Flip flop U4B selects either the IF Count signal at XA13 17 or the Direct B signal from the direct count amplifier at XA13 14 to be counted If in direct count mode the microprocessor sets the D1 bit to logic and writes to the counter so that LCTRWTI low counter write will clock a logic into U4 9 Wen operating in the 500 MHz 18 GHz range D1 will be logic 1 the U4 9 output will be a logic 1 This enables U11B and disables U11C 8 217 There are two operating modes one during and one after acquisition During acquisition the A5 multiplexer is switched between the two 10 In synchronism with the A5 multiplexer switching the IF signal on the A13 Counter assembly is switched between counter A U17 U13 U1 and counter B 018 U14 and U2 Thus counter A accumulates counts only during the time that the main VCO is producing the IF and counter B accumulates counts only during the time that the offset VCO is producing the IF After acquisition the pseudorandom switching between VCO S stops and the multiplexer selects the main VCO The IF is then measured by counter A with a gate time determined by the desired resolution 8 218 The LO Switch signal
389. h a block symbol having multiple outputs to form a decoder The selection lines enable the output de signated 0 1 n of each block by means of a binary code where 50 is the leas significant digit tf the 1 level of these lines is low polarity indicators will be used 8 27 Model 5342 Service 8 79 Complex Logic Devices 8 80 Logic elements can be combined to produce very complex devices that can perform more difficult functions A control block symbol can be used to simplify understanding of many com plex devices Several examples of complex devices are given here These examples are typical of the symbols used in schematic diagrams in this manual Reference Designation A2U2 A2U7 Part Number 1820 0468 SN7445N Description BCD TO DECIMAL DECODER DRIVER The output which is low will correspond to the binary weighted input The minus sgns at the output indicate that the element is capable of supplying LOW only Reference Designation A2U3 Part Number 1820 1443 5 7415293 Description 4 BIT BINARY COUNTER This binary counter has four master dave flip flops and gating for which the count cycle length is divide by eight The counter hasa gated zero reset To use the maxi mum count length the pin 11 input is connected to the pin 9 output The input count pulses are applied to the pin 10 input Reference Designation A2U8 2011 Part Number 1820 0428 SN7489 Description 64 BIT READ WTE MEMORY
390. h forces U6 to the high Z state Pull up resistors R2 C D G F put state 16 into U7 and state 7 into U2 Since these states are out of the normally operating range of the scanners all display digits and annunciators are blanked Model 5342 8 136 normal operation U6 1 is low and the output of the 13 state counter drives BCD to decimal decoders U2 and U7 These two devices forma column scanner whose low output tums on one at a time Al driver transistors Q13 Q10 Q9 Q8 Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q11 Q12 fora period of approximately 166 us YV6kHz For example when the 13 state counter reaches 0111 7 then U7 9 goes low tuming on transistor AIQ4 and applying 5 OV to the LED digit Al DS14 W tever segment inputs are low will thus be momentarily lighted The correct code to be input to the LED digit is stored RAM 2011 U8 08 and 011 each can store sixteen 4 bit words the 13 state counter is in state 0111 then the inputs to RAM 011 and U8 are at 0111 and the desired digits code for 0514 is output through 201 and U4 to the selected digit Limiter resistors R8 R13 R15 R16 R6 R4 R11 and R14 limit the current through the LED segments when the NAND gate output U4 and U1 goes low the 13 state counter reaches 1000 then the input to U2 looks like 0000 and U2 1 goes low which applies 45 0 volts to Q1 and lights DS13 Wen the 13 state counter reaches 1100 12 13th state since started at 0 then the inp
391. hain since one pulse period is not long enough to load the divider chain The load pulse is provided by U7B As soon as the fout pulse negative pulse appears LOAD goes low because of CLR input and stays low when the next 1 pulse comes in because of the low input to D input LOAD goes high when the second f1 comes in because of a high input to D input As long as LOAD is low the counter chain is in hibited and the state of each divider agrees with the numberto be loaded Since we use a two pulse period forloading we have to decode 997 999 2 forthe Np chain to get a correct dividing ratio as a whole The BCD output of U13 is decoded to detect 7 for this purpose The output of 08 which corresponds to 99X X don t care is AND ed with the decoded 7 to get the fout pulse Since a NAND gate is used the output pulse is a negative pulse 8 201 Wen CHECK mode is selected the MPU writes to the A10 Divide by N assembly to enable D flip flop U5 and to select a 300 MHz main oscillator frequency Wh LSYNHI going low bit D7 low at U17 13 is clocked in to cause U17 12 to go low thus enabling U5 2 Wen CHECK is not selected U17 12 is high so that U5 is disabled and the CHECK output at 10 11 is inhibited 8 202 A11 IF LIMITER ASSEMBLY 8 203 The All IF Limiter assembly shown in 8 34 provides an additional 14 dB gain to the IF signal over a bandwidth of 0 1 to 175 MHz For high amplitude signals the output of A11 is amplitude l
392. he computation of N but the allowable range of frequencies in the IF ALLOWED RANGE OF IF FREQUENCIES Eee fMAIN ADJUSTED FOR IF IN THIS REGION 25MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 125 MHz 1 p 8 100 During the sweep the frequency of the main oscillator is adjusted until firi and fir2 both fall within the range of 50 MHz to 100 MHz the worst case when the IF occurs at 100 MHz or 50 MHz the signal may deviate by a maximum of 25 MHz before crossing the band edge of allow able IF frequencies This gives worst case FM tolerance of 50 MHz peak to peak For the wide range FM the period of the long pseudorandom sequence is 2 096 seconds which means that acquisition time is significantly longer for the wide range FM mode 8 101 AUTOMATIC AMPLITUDE DISCRIMINATION 8 102 The HP 5342A has the ability to automatically discriminate against lower amplitude sig nals in its range of 0 5 18 GHz in favor of the highest amplitude signal in the range Thus if there is 20 dB separation typically better than 10 dB between the highest amplitude signal and any other signal in the 0 5 18 GHz range the counter automatically measures the highest amplitude signal 8 103 Amplitude discrimination is a feature of the HP 5342A because of two design features the bandwidth of the preamplifier which is 175 MHz means that there are no gaps between the power spectrums produced by mixing hamonics of the oscillator with the input and limiting of Model 5342
393. he sweep stopped the N number must be computed By measuring the IFifrequency which occurs when the Nth harmonic of the VCO mixes with the unknown frequency and then measuring the IF2that occurs when the Nth harmonic of the offset VCO mixes with the unknown the harmonic number can be determined N equals IFi IF2 500 kHz where 500 kHz is the precise fre quency difference between the main VCO and the offset VCO To speed the process of deter mining N two counters on A13 are used counter A and counter B To prevent coherence be tween FM on the unknown signal and the switching rate between counters from causing an in correct computation of the switching between counter A and B which is synchronous with the switching in A5 between the main VCO and the offset VCO is done in a pseudorandom fashion Two different sequence lengths are possible 1 the nomal or short pseudorandom sequence prs which lasts fora total time of 360 4 milliseconds counter A and counter B are open for 163 83 ms each there s 32 8 ms of dead time This short prs gives a worst case FM tolerance of 20 MHz peak to peak or 2 the long prs which is selected by a rear panel switch lasts fora total time of 2 096 seconds counter A and counter B are open for 524 ms each in addition to 1 048 seconds of dead time This long prs gives FM tolerance of 50 MHz peak to peak 8 249 To begin the pseudorandom sequence the microprocessor writes to A17 and sets U1
394. his will start execution of a routine to initialize the processor from its reset condition All the higher order address lines will be forced high For the restart the last two FFFE FFFF locations in memory will be used to load the program counter During the restart routine the intemupt mask bit is set and mus be reset before the MPU can be intenupted by IRQ b NONMASKABLE INTERRUPT NMI A low going edge on this input request that a nonmask interrupt sequence be generated within the processor As with the INTER RUPT REQUEST signal the processor will complete the current instruction that is being executed before it recognizes the NMI signal The interrupt mask bit in the Condition Code Regiser has no effect on NMI The Index Register Program Counter Accumu lators and Condition Code Register are stored away on the stack At the end of the cycle 16 bit address wil be loaded that points to a vectoring address which is located in memory locations FFFC and FFFD An address loaded at these locations causes the MPU to branch to a nonmaskable intemupt routine in memory NMI has a high impedance pullup intemal resistor however extemal resistor to Vcc should be used for wire OR and optimum control in interrupts Inputs and NMI are hardware intemupt lines that are sampled during 22 and will start the interrupt routine on 21 following the completion of an instruction 8 61 Model 5342 Service 8 62 C INTERRUPT
395. ic mode 6 so that the counter will constantly present a low SWand not switch to frequency measure ments higher SWR The following example shows how this may be done EXAMPLE B dew gtr rz ii wurt Program counter for AMPL mode AUAMRLSR STIS 2 wtb aS 2 0 348 1 3 rudbi ztr 19z5 This sets the counter to diagnostic mode 6 4 wth ctr sis BridBs lszrm Counter must be triggered to enter of trs ote diagnostic mode 6 For 5 seconds 1 TU counter does not switch to frequency This resets the counter to amplitude and frequency measurements Model 5342 Performance Tests SECTION IV PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 1 INTRODUCTION 4 2 The procedures in this section test the electrical performance of the 5342A using the speci fications Table I 1 as performance standards Those specifications which are inherent to the design obvious during operation are not covered in these tests For example worst case acquis tion time is determined by the period of the sweep and the length of the pseudo random sequence If the counter acquires the signal it must have acquired it in a time less than specified 4 3 OPERATIONAL VERIFICATION 4 4 The abbreviated checks given in paragraphs 4 12 through 4 18 can be performed to give a high degree of confidence that the 5342A is operating properly without performing the complete performance test The operational verification should be useful for incoming QA routine
396. icates factory selected value 42 600 25 1 01 80 0230 A25C2 0160 3879 A25C3 0160 3879 25 4 0160 3879 A25C5 0160 3879 A25C6 0160 3879 A25C7 0160 3879 A25C8 0160 3879 A25C9 0160 3879 A25C10 0160 2263 A25C11 0121 0445 A25C12 0180 0230 A25C13 0160 3879 A25C14 0160 3879 A25C15 0160 3879 A25C16 0160 3878 A25C17 0160 2260 A25C18 0160 2265 A25C19 0160 2260 A25C20 0160 0576 25 21 0160 3879 25 22 0160 3879 25 23 0160 3879 25 24 0180 0230 25 25 0180 0230 25 26 0160 3879 25 27 0160 4082 25 28 0160 4082 25 29 0160 4082 A25C30 0160 4082 A25C31 0160 4082 A25C32 0160 4082 A25C33 0160 4082 A25C34 0160 4082 A25C35 0160 3029 A25C36 0160 3029 A25CR1 1901 0535 A25CR2 1901 0535 A25CR3 1901 0040 A25CR4 1901 0040 A25CR5 1901 0040 A25L1 05342 80002 A25L 05342 80002 A25L3 9100 0346 2514 9100 0346 2515 05342 80002 2516 05342 80002 2517 9100 0346 2518 9100 2265 2519 9100 2265 A25L10 9100 2247 A25L11 9100 2247 A25L12 9100 2247 A25L13 9100 2265 A25L14 9100 2265 A25Q1 1854 0591 A25Q2 1854 0591 A25Q3 1854 0071 2504 1854 0071 2505 1853 0058 A25Q6 1853 0020 A25R1 0698 3113 A25R2 0698 5176 A25R3 0675 1021 A25R4 0698 3114 A25R5 0698 8073 A25R6 0698 8354 A25R7 0698 6000 A25R8 0698 6123 A25R9 0698 6681 A25R10 05342 80004 0 OOO O gt OOO OO C2 00 OO NN NOOO NNNNNNNNO CO SN OO I NOOO O O OO O cO CO O O O cO T
397. ication To verify that the LO SWITCH signal is operating properly the 5342A must be able to acquire so that the counter can be forced into its harmonic deter mination routine This means that A25 U1 A11 A12 must be working properly To check LO SWITCH apply a 50 MHz signal 10 dBm to the high frequency connector and put the 5342A in the 500 MHz 18 GHz range The LO SWITCH signal at XA5 5 should should appear LO SWITCH 5 5 time during which the signal switches between high and low levels pseudo random fashion should be 360 ms The time where the signal is high and not switching is controlled by the front panel sample rate control and resolution of counter If the rear panel switch is placed in the FM position then the time during which the signal is switch ing should extend to 2 1 seconds actually 2 096 A sample of what the sequence looks like is shown below where the sweep speed of the Scope has been increased to 100 us LO SWITCH 5 5 If LO SWITCH is stuck low then the 5342 will not acquire even if all the IF circuitry is working properly This is due to the fact that during acquisition a 1 us measurement is made on the IF and this requires that LO SWITCH go high to select the A counter on A13 This measurement is made to insure that the IF is in the proper frequency range The above troubleshooting procedure will not work in this case since diagnostic mode 3 can not be entered This condition
398. ich is connected to A22 motherboard as an interface to the A14 Microprocessor address and data lines This interface is provided for future use with companion instruments position of digital input output connector when instrument is equipped with Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP 1B Option 011 Refer to paragraph 3 69 for details Position of ADDRESS switch when instrument is equipped with Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP IB Option 011 Refer to paragraph 3 72 for details AC Power Module Input power module consisting of an IEC approved connector a fuse 0 75 amp for 100 200 volt operation 0 375 for 220 240 volt operation and a pc card line voltage selector Refer td paragraph 2 6 for details selector switch Selects a short or long pseudorandom sequence prs CW position provides a short prs mode with FM tolerance of 20 MHz The FM position provides a long prs or wide mode with FM tolerance of 50 MHz p p NOTE Most measurements should be made with the rear panel FM CW switch in the CMWposition The FM position should be used only when the input signal has significant amounts of FM 220 MHz p p INT EXT selector switch Selects the intemal 10 MHz crystal oscillator signal an extemal 10 MHz source for the time base circuit The extemal source must be connected to the adjacent connector 7 NOTE f the switch is switched and causes momentary loss of clock the mi
399. icroprocessor assembly from the 5342A and place the A15 HP IB assembly on extender boards c Place an AP clip on U11 and connect a clip lead from U11 12 to ground This enables the U27 Data In register d U27 CHECK Set the 59401A to TALK HALT and the 8 DIO switches to 0 all switches down Check the inputs to U27 8 4 7 8 13 14 17 18 for all TTL high If these inputs are not all TTL high troubleshoot the input data buffers U22 U25 U31 With the 546A Logic Pulser pulse U27 11 Check the outputs of U27 2 5 6 9 12 15 16 19 for all TTL high Change the DIO switches of the 594014 to all 1 all switches up Pulse U27 11 once Check the U27 outputs for all TTL low e U21 CHECK If U27 is working it is possible to control the state of the microprocessor data bus and thereby check out U21 U24 and U16 To checkout U21 ground U12 5 with another clip lead U12 12 is still grounded This enables U21 With the 59401A DIO switches all set to 1 all switches up clock U27 11 with the Logic Pulser Now clock U21 11 Check the outputs of U21 2 5 6 9 12 15 16 19 for all TTL low Now change all the 59401A DIO switches to 0 all switches down Clock U27 11 with the Logic Pulser Verify that the U21 outputs are still TTL low Now clock U21 11 Verify that the U21 outputs are all high f U24 CHECK Change the clip lead on U12 from pin 5 to pin 13 so that U12 13 is grounded Check that U21 1 is TTL high If U21
400. ier Elek Div Fed Pac U S Capacitor Corp Signetics Corp Mepco Electra Corp No M F Description for this Mfg No Analog Devices Inc Coming Glass Wks Bradford Amperex Elek Com Semicon amp MC Div National Semiconductor Corp Hewlett Packard Co Corporate HQ Mepco Electra Corp Advanced Micro Devices Inc Mostek Corp Sprague Hectric Co Electro Motive Corp Sub IEC Beckman Instruments Inc Helipot Div Littelfuse Inc Brown Co Mallory Capacitor Co MFG NO MANUFACTURER NAME ADDRESS ZP CODE Los Angeles CA Milwaukee W Dallas TX Somerville NJ City of Ind CA Saugerties NY Syracuse NY Wppany Phoenix AZ Santa Clara CA Mountain View CA Sanford CA Burbank CA Sunnyvale CA Mineral Wis TX Norwood MA Bradford PA Slatersville RI Santa Clara CA Palo Alto CA San Diego CA Sunnyvale CA Carrollton TX North Adams MA Wimantic CT Fullerton CA Des Plaines IL Huntsville AL Indianapolis IN 6 45 Model 5342 Manual Changes SECTION VII MANUAL CHANGES 7 1 INTRODUCTION 7 2 This section contains information necessary to adapt this manual to apply to older instruments 7 3 MANUAL CHANGES 7 4 This manual applies directly to Model 5342A Microwave Frequency Counters with serial number prefix 1840A 7 5 As engineering changes are made newer instruments may have serial prefix numbers higher than those listed on the title page of this manual The manuals for these instruments wi
401. igh speed binary located on the A3 Direct Count Amplifier The Direct B input is the output of the second high speed binary on A3 and it drivesthe A counter when making direct count measurements The state of the first and second binaries on are connected to the 0 data inputs of U5A and U5B on A13 and are read first for direct count measurement The state of the 4 output from which causes the output of A13U11C 4 passes through an ECL to TIL converter formed by Q2 and before going to U5B 10 Therefore in direct count the signal is divided by 4 on A3 and then divided by 4 in U12A U16A on A17 before passing to the decade counters U17 U13 and U1 8 224 After counting the decades are reset by writing to A13 counter board with logic 0 This causes U4 5 to go low to reset U18 U17 and U13 U4 6 goes high to reset U2and U1 as well as 12 and 016 8 225 A14 MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY 8 226 The A14 Microprocessor MPU assembly shown in Figure 8 37 contains in ROM the operating algorithm of the instrument This assembly controls the measurement cycle performs numerical computations for frequency measurements and interfaces with many of the other assemblies 8 227 The A14 MPU assembly uses the Motorola 6800 MPU U21 The application in the HP 5342A is described in the following paragraphs 8 228 Microprocessor Operation 8 229 The HP 5342 uses U21 for control and computation purposes An expanded block dia
402. ignal to the 5342A low frequency input Set the 5342A to 500 10 Hz 500 MHz range 1 MHz resolution sample rate full CCW and AMPL mode Monitor U5 6 and the start conversion signal at U5 3 with an oscilloscope 95 6 U5 7 15 COMPLEMENT U5 6 j U5 3 START CONVERSION EN PER 10 msec CAUTION U8 is a large scale MOS integrated circuit Its inputs are susceptible to damage by high voltage and static charges Particular care should be exercised when servicing this circuit or handling it under condi tions where static charges can build up With the counter set up as in step b monitor the conversion complete signal at U6 10 and U8 6 Since U6 10 also receives data the signal at U6 10 may vary as shown in the following two scope photos In the first photo the data is high after the conversion complete goes low true In the second photo the data is low after the conversion complete goes low 8 133 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting Continued DIGITAL CHECK a Place the A16 assembly on a 10 and an 18 pin extender board 05342 60030 and 05324 60033 Set switches S1 and S2 on the A14 Microprocessor assembly to the Count Mode as shown below Normal Mode lll IGI Count Mode for use with 5004A Signature Analyzer A B C D E F G H Connect 5004A Signature Analyzer START and STOP probes to A16U1 4 the CLOCK probe to VMA 82 test pin on the A14 asse
403. il the completed code has been sent 8 355 Control Out regiser U16 is used by the microprocessor to control the HP IB board For example in response to a front panel reset the microprocessor retums A15 to local control by setting U16 10 low then high which resets the remote flip flop U29B On power up U16 2 is set low then high which resets Serial Poll FF U29B Talk FF U20A and Listen FF U20B Ven measurement data is sent to the HP IB the microprocessor sets U16 12 low which sets the EOI control line of the HP IB low after the final byte of the data message is sent i e after CR LF 8 356 Status Out register U24 is used by the microprocessor to send a status byte when the serial poll mode is ordered by the system controller The microprocessor sends octal 120 01010000 to indicate that it has pulled on SRQ bit 7 and that a measurement has been com pleted bit 5 8 357 Data Out register U21 is used by the microprocessor to output measurement data one byte at a time to the HP IB U21 is clocked by the Address Decoder U11 and is enabled by Serial Poll FF U29B being set low not serial poll mode 8 358 Command Decoding ROM s 8 359 Decoding ROM s U23 and U26 decode bytes sent over the data lines of the HP IB The acceptor handshake operates when LATN is low address information is being sent or when the Listen flip flop has been set Decoding ROM U23 is enabled only during the acceptor hand shake cycle The outputs of the ROM
404. ill be opposite to the set state RESET 1 input will reset the flip flop A retum to 0 will cause no further effect SET 1 input will set the flip flop retum to 0 will cause no further action TOGGLE A 1 input will cause the flip flop to change state A retum to 0 will cause no further action rari L Model 5342 Service 8 26 rh rt rh J INPUT Similar to the S input except if both J and K see below are at 1 the flip flop changes state K INPUT Similarto the R input see above D INPUT Data Always dependent on another input usually C Wen the C and D inputs are at 1 the flip flop will be set Wen the C is 1 and the D is 0 the flip flop will reset Address symbol has multiplexing relationship at inputs and demultiplexing relationship at outputs 8 75 Dependency Notation V F 8 76 Dependency notation is a way to simplify symbols for complex IC elements by defining the existence of an AND relationship between inputs or by the AND conditioning of an output by an input without actually showing all the elements and interconnections involved The following examples use the letter C for control and G for gate The dependent input is labeled with a number that is either prefixed e g 1X or subscripted e g X1 They both mean the same thing The letter V is used to indicate an OR relationship between inputs or between inputs and outputs with this lett
405. imited The 14 dB amplification is provided by differential pair U2 Potentiometer R1 AMP is used to maximize the gain through U2 by balancing the currents through the differential pair The 75 MHz CHECK signal from A10 enters the IF circuitry at XA11 7 7 CHECK should not be selected when a signal at the type N input connector is present 8 204 The All assembly also generates a LPW RST signal which is sent to the A25 Preamplifier assembly to control attenuation for Options 002 and 003 This signal when low resets an RS latch on A25 which causes input attenuation provided by pin diode attenuators in the Amplitude Option 002 and Extended Dynamic Range Option 003 to be reduced by approximately 15 dB The attenuation is increased by 15 dB by a detector on A25 which detects when the signal level into the counter exceeds 5 dBm 8 205 As shown in figure 8 34 dletecting diode CRI and capacitor C2 detect the negative half cycle of the IF signal This dc level is sent to voltage comparator U1 which compares the detected level with a reference level set by the potentiometer R14 For input signals greater than approximately 15 dBm the detected IF appearing at U1 3 will be more negative than the refer ence voltage at U1 2 and the output at U1 7 will be TIL high Wen the input level to the counter drops below about 15 dBm U1 7 will go TIL low which means that LPW RST is low The LPWRST signal causes the RS latch on A25 to be re
406. ines The output of the divider chain goes from U8 through U3B to the U2 phase comparator where it is compared to a 50 kHz reference fre quency The phase eror outputs of the U2 phase comparator 1 2 are conditioned by the A9 Main Loop Amplifier and cause the 8 MAIN VCO to go to that fre quency which when divided by N in the divider chain on A10 produces a 50 kHz output 8 183 Registers U10 U15 and U7A provide storage for the BCD encoded N data sent from A14 and registers U16 U11 and U17 provided buffer storage for the N data Decade divider U1 out puts a 50 kHz reference frequency to U2 against which the N divided VCO frequency is compared Service Model 5342 Service 8 54 8 184 The N divider chain formed by U12 U9 U13 U14 and U8 is programmed by the A14 Microprocessor assembly with 4 digit positive true BCD encoded number which is the 95 complement of the desired main VCO frequency The main VCO frequency may be grammed with 100 kHz resolution To program the main VCO to a frequency of 342 6 MHz for example the program would want N to be 6573 9 s complement of 3426 The actual overall division factor is 342 6 0050 9952 8 185 Since the data bus isonly 8 bits wide the 4 bit BCD encoded N number is divided into two 2 bit bytes The two more significant bits form the upper byte and the two lower significant bits form the lower byte The upper byte is first loaded into U17 when LSY
407. insulation internal kilogram kilohertz kilohm 7 kilovoit pound inductance capacitance light emitting diode low frequency long left hand limit linear taper used in parts list linear lockwasher low local oscillator logarithmic taper used in parts list logarithm ic low pass filter 7 low voltage meter distance miltiampere maximum megohm meg 10 used in parts list metal film 7 metal oxide medium frequency microfared used in parts list manufacturer milligram megahertz N C NEG nF N O NOM NORM NPN NPO NRFR NSR ns nw oo OH AMPL OPT osc Ox oz 2 pF PH BRZ PHL millihenry mho minimum inute time minute plane angle iniature millimeter modulator momentary metal oxide semi conductor millisecond mounting meter indicating device millivolt millivolt ac millivoit dc millivolt peak miltivolt peak to peak millivolt rms milliwatt multiplex mylar microampere microtarad microhenry micromho microsecond microvolt microvott ac microvolt dc microvolt peak 7 fnicrovolt peak to peak microvolt rms microwatt nanoampere no connection 7 normally closed neon 7 negative nanofarad nickel plate normally open nominal normai negative p
408. ion Width 1 MHz 10 us 100 kHz Four 10 us width pulses 100 us between each 10 kHz Four 100 width pulses 100 us between each 1 kHz Four 1 ms width pulses 100 us between each 100 Hz Four 10 ms width pulses 100 between each 10 Hz Four 100 ms width pulses 100 between each 1 Hz 1 sec For resolutions from 100 kHz to 10 Hz each gate time consists of four gate signals separated by 100 dead time 8 111 Model 5342 Service Table 8 14 A17 Timing Generator Troubleshooting Continued IF LDIR GATE or LIF GATE signals are not present place A17 on an extender board and monitor A17U16 1 the output of the A16 time base generator Place the 5342A in 10 Hz 500 MHz range sample rate full ccw and 1 kHz resolution and observe SAMPLE RATE A170161 Only the first period of the U16 11 output is used to generate the LDIR GATE is used to generate the LDIR GATE signal as shown below 1701641 8 112 Model 5342 Service Table 8 15 A8 A9 A10 Main Loop Synthesizer Troubleshooting To test if the A9 Main Loop Amplifier and A10 Divide by N are operating properly put the 5342A in AUTO and select the 500 MHz 18 GHz range Disconnect any input signal In diagnostic mode zero press SET SET 0 the counter should display SP indicating that it is sweeping the synthesizers The MAIN CNTRL signal measured at XA8 1 should look like The sweep up time is approximately 90 ms while the sweep down time is
409. irst appearance of the part number in the list for that assembly 1 A2 6 11 ORDERING INFORMATION NOTE Parts suppliers use the following ordering data until a parts manual is available 6 12 10 order a part listed in the replaceable parts table quote the Hewlett Packard part number the check digit indicate the quantity required and address the order to the nearest Hewlett Packard office The check digit will ensure accurate and timely processing of your order 6 13 To order a part that is not listed in the replaceable parts table include the instrument model number instrument serial number the description and function of the part and the number of parts required Address the order to the nearest Hewlett Packard Office 6 14 DIRECT MAIL ORDER SYSTEM 6 15 Whin the USA Hewlett Packard can supply parts through a direct mail order system Advantages of using the system are as follows a Direct ordering and shipment from the HP Parts Center in Mountain View Califomia b No maximum or minimum on any mail order there is a minimum order amount for parts ordered through a local HP office when the orders require billing and invoicing c Prepaid transportation there is a small handling charge for each order d No invoices to provide these advantages a check or money order must accompany each order 6 16 Mail order forms and specific ordering information is available through your HP office Addresses and pho
410. is selected by pressing the MAN MHz key To operate in this mode input signals in the 500 MHz 18 GHz range must be known to within 50 MHz and this frequency called the manual center frequency must be entered into the display prior to the measurement Use of the manual mode is described in detail in Figure 3 3 3 18 Offset Frequencies 3 19 It is sometimes desirable to add or subtract a constant to from a frequency measurement For example by measuring a radio IF and knowing the LO the counter can display the RF input when the LO frequency is entered as a positive offset It may be easier to tune an oscillator to a specific frequency if the desired frequency is entered as a negative offset and the oscillator tuned until the counter reads zero Frequency offsets are described in Figure 3 3 3 20 Amplitude and Offset Measurements 3 21 When Amplitude Option 002 is installed the amplitude is displayed in addition to the fre quency of the input signal The frequency is displayed to 1 MHz resolution in the five leftmost digits and the amplitude is displayed to 0 1 dB resolution in the four rightmost digits of the dis play An arbitrary value can be selected as an amplitude offset and can be added to or subtracted from the measured value as described in Figure 3 4 3 22 Digital to Analog Converter DAC Operation 3 23 When DAC Option 004 is installed any three consecutive digits of the display can be selected and converted to a corresp
411. istor A25R31 overload indication as follows Standard 5342A only Apply 1 GHz signal at 46 0 dBm to the 5342A 500 MHz 18 GHz connector Tum A25R31 full cloc kwise counter should display 1 GHz Slowly tum A25R31 OFST counterclockwise until the display of the counter fills with dashes Verify that countercounts 1 GHz 5 dBm signal 5 28 Direct Count Adjutment 5 29 Adjust resistor A3R8 Balance as follows a b C 5 30 5 31 a 5 8 Set 5342A to 10 Hz 500 MHz range and 500 Apply a 1 MHz sine wave signal at a level of 25 mV ms Monitor A3TP1 output of U5 on scope and adjust A3R8 for a 5096 duty cycle Decrease input level further and adjust A3R8 for 50 duty cycle Keep decreasing level and adjusting A3R8 to the point where the counter no longer counts 8 gt 0 24 OSCILLATOR ADJUSIMENTS A24 Standard Oscillator Adjust the standard oscillator as follows Connect the rear panel FREQ SID OUT of the 5342A to the input of a high resolution fre quency counter reciprocal taking such as an HP 5345A The 5345A should be referenced to an extemal frequency standard such as the HP 5061A Cesium Beam by connecting the extemal standard to the extemal oscillator input of the 5345A Remove the A24 oscillator and note the frequency offset marked on the label If oper ation of the counter will be overthe full temperature range then the 10 MHz oscillator must be offset by the marked amount in order
412. it degree Celsius centrigrade 7 degree Fahrenheit degree Kelvin deposited carbon detector diameter diameter used in parts list differential amptifier division double pole doubie throw drive double sideband diode transistor logic digital voltmeter emitter coupled logic Table 6 2 Abbreviations and Reference Designations Continued ABBREVIATIONS CONTINUED Model 5342A Replaceable Parts EMF EDP ELECT ENCAP EXT FET F F FH FOLH FP FREQ FXD GE GHz GL GND HET HEX HD HOW HF HG Hi HP HPF HR HV Hz IC ID IF IMPG INCD INCL INP INS INT kg kHz lb tc LED LF LG LH lin LK WASH LO LOG log LPF Lv m mA MAX MFR mg MHz electromotive force electronic data processing electrolytic encapsulated external farad field effect transistor flip flop flat head fillister head 7 frequency modulation front panel frequency fixed gram 7 germanium 7 gigahertz glass ground ed henry hour heterodyne hexagonal head hardware high frequency mercury high Hewlett Packard high pass filter hour used in parts list high voltage Hertz integrated circuit inside diameter intermediate frequency impregnated inch incandescent include s input
413. ity Test Standard and Option 003 Instruments Only Specification Description Setup Sensitivity 25 dBm 500 MHz 12 4 GHz 20 dBm 12 4 GHz 18 GHz For Option 003 Sensitivity 22 dBm 500 MHz12 4 GHz 15 dBm 12 4 GHz 18 GHz The 5342A is set to the 500 MHz 18 GHz range and a signal at the rated sensitivity is applied to the type N connector The frequency is slowly varied over the range of 500 MHz to 12 4 GHz and the 5342A is checked for proper counting The output level of the test generator is increased to the second value the frequency is slowly varied from 12 4 GHz to 18 GHz and the 5342A checked for proper counting HP 8620C SWEEPER HP 86222A HP 436A OR POWER METER HP 86290A HP 8481A POWER SENSOR HP 11667A POWER SPLITTER HP 8495B ATTENUATOR Set the 5342A to the 500 MHz18 GHz range Connect the 11667A Power Splitter directly to the 5342A type N connec tor Connect the 8481A power sensor directly to the other output port of the 11667A power splitter Set the 8620C with the appropriate plug in 86222A for 500 MHz to 2 GHz 86290A for 2 GHz 18 GHz and the 8495B step attenuator to the rated sensitivity as measured on the 436A Remember that the 5342A with Option 003 has different specifications Slowly increase the 8620C frequency over the range and verify that the 5342A counts properly Measure actual sensitivity at 1 GHz 12 4GHz and 18GHz E
414. ive Action column should identify a different WP number PG3 Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph TYPED NAME GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE SIGNATURE AUTOVON PLUS EXTEN SION 788 1234 DA FORM 2028 FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028 1 DEC 68 WHICH WILL BE USED USAPA V3 01 MSG Jane Q Doe SFC Forward direct to addressee listed publication FROM Activity and location Include ZIP Code DATE U S Army Aviation and Missile MSG Jane Q Doe 8 30 02 ATTN AMSAM MMC MA NP 1234 Any Street Redstone Arsenal AL 35898 Nowhere Town 34565 PART REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS SUPPLY MANUALS p NUMBER p TITLE TOTAL NO PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE MAJOR ITEMS SUPPORTED 4 AN PART REMARKS Any general remarks blank form bla v TYPED NAME GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE AUTOVON SIGNATURE PLUS EXTENSION MSG Jane Q Doe SFC 788 1234 USAPA V3 01 Use Part Il reverse for Repair Parts and Spe RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND cial Tool Lists RPSTL and Supply Catalogs BLANK FORMS Supply Manuals SC SM For use of this form see AR 25 30 the proponent agency is ODISC4 TO Forward to proponent of publication or form Include ZIP Code FROM Activity and location Include ZIP Code Command
415. k generation circuitry U19 TABLE 8 9 U22 U24 etc on A14 m b If these signals are present check diodes CR2 CR3 and switches A14S1 and S2 If these parts are good then the U21 MPU is suspect C With switches S1 and S2 set for freerun check for correct inputs as listed below RESET U21 40 High NMI U21 6 High HALT U21 2 High IRQ 1 21 4 High 3 State U21 39 Low control 1 2V VMA 2 oi ON ow F lt 100 ns base of scope out of CAL in order to get one complete period in photo 2 1 Model 5342 Service Table 8 9 A14 Microprocessor Troubleshooting Continued Place the 5004A data probe on the following address signal points available on the A14 ex tender board and check that the proper free run signatures are obtained XA14A 3 UUUF XA14A 11 7792 14 2 XA14A 12 6322 14 5 XA14A 13 37 6 14 6 XA14A 74 6U2C 14 7 XA14A 15 4FC9 14 8 XA14A 16 486C 14 9 XA14A 17 9UP2 14 10 6 99 XA14A 18 0001 If these signatures are obtained go to step 6 a Check the signatures on the MPU side of buffer drivers 016 018 U8 These signatures are adjacent to the A14 schematic Correct or incorrect signatures should isolate the problem to either U21 or one or more of the buffer drivers U16 U18 U8 A signature may be incorrect because that p
416. kara Analytical only Yilmaz Ozyurek Mugalaa Cad 16 6 Kizitay Ankara Tei 25 03 09 17 80 26 Telex 42576 OZEK TR Cable OZYUREK ANKARA Box 1641 Sharh Tel 241213 Teiex 8136 EMITAC SH EMITAC SHARJAH UNITED KINGDOM Hewlett Packare Ltd King Street Lane GB Winnersh Wokngham Berks RGt1 10734 78 47 74 Cable Hewpie London Telex 8471789 Hewiett Pacxard 10 Trafaigar House Navigation RoaG Altrincham Cheshire WA 4 INU Tel 061 928 6422 Telex 668068 Packard 112 Court Rise Dudey Road Halesowen West Midiands B62 850 Tet 021 550 9911 339105 Hewlett Packard Lid Wedge House 799 London Roao GB Thornton Heath Surrey CR4 6XL Tei 1011 584 0103 8 Telex 945825 Hewlett Packard Ltd 10 Wesley St Castletard Yorks 0977 550016 Telex 557355 Hewieft Packard itd 1 Wallace Way GB Hitchin Herttordshire 564 OSE Tel 0462 31111 Telex 82 59 81 Hewlet Packard Lid 2C Avonbeg Industral Estate Long Mile Road Dublin 12 Tel Dubhn 514322 514224 Telex 30439 USSR Hewlett Packard Representative Othce USSR Boulevard 4 17 kw 12 Moscow 101000 207 59 24 Telex 7825 newpak su YUGOSLAVIA iskra Standard Hewlen Packard Miktosiceva 38 VIt 51000 Ljubljana 3t 7932 16 74 Telex 31583 SOCIALIST COUNTRIES NOT SHOWN PLEASE CONTACT Hewlett Packard Ges m t H Handeiskai 52
417. ku Tel 03 331 6111 Telex 232 2024 YHP Tokyo Cable YHPMARKET TOK 23 724 Yokogawa Hewiett Packard Ltd Nakamo Building Musmur tu Megoya 450 urku a Tel 052 571 5171 Yokogawa Hewiett Packard Ltd Building 2 24 1 Tsuruya cho Ls ch ku okohama 2 m 22 Telex 382 3204 YOK Hewlett Packard Ltd Mito Mitsui Building 105 1 chome San no maru Mito 310 Tei 0292 25 7470 Yokogawa Hewiett Packard Ltd Inoue Building 1348 3 Asahi cho 1 chome Tet olez za Hewett Ltd umagaya Asahi Hachijuni 4th Floor 3 4 Tsukuba Kumapeya Saitama 360 Tel 4 6563 KENYA Technical Engi Services E A Ltd Box 18311 Nairobi Tei 55679 558880 557726 Telex 22629 Cable PROTON Onl Only ternational Aeradio A Ltd P 0 Box 19012 Nairobi Airport Nairobi Tel 336055 56 Telex 22201 22301 Cable INTAERIO Nairobi KOREA Samsung Electronics Co Ltd 15th Floor Biog 25 5 1 Choong Moo Ro Chung Ku Tel 23 6811 778 3401 2 3 4 Telax 22575 Cable ELEKSTAR Seoul MALAYSIA Tel Telex 37605 Protel Engineering Box 7 Lot 259 Satok Road Kuching Serawak Tet 53544 Cable PROTELENG MOZAMBIQUE A N Goncalves Ltd 162 1 Apt 14 Av D Luis Postal 107 Tel 27001 27114 Telex 6 203 Mo Cable NEGON NEW ZEALAND Hewlett Packard N Z Ltd
418. l I LIF 1 i as GATE TO DIV N S uam 437 OFFSET 16 LINES ADORESS BUS XA10 8 ASSEMBLY veo a dux eae ey ee E ASSEMBLY i a Or PF I TO LCTR WRT DIRECT i To _ XA13 8 FROM RESET FROM XA3 2 XAI48 8 8 XA5 5 XA148 3 OFFSET LPOS SLOPE 4 CLOCK LO SWITCH _ mr ps e m OT Sr oe Sas A E pet leu es MAIN MIXER7SEARCH CONTROL ASSEMBLY 1 TIMING GENERATOR ASSEMBLY DIRECT AMPLIFIER CNTRL 1 _ ASSEMBLY 1 DIRECT m o F 9 2 ssp ERED 2 HSRCH EN 8 SEARCH 1 1 I AVENE GENERATOR 1 DETECTOR l 1 I MAIN veo FROM _ 6 RANDOM TIME S 220 uz 1 2 1 1 MHZ SEQUENCE GEN 1 ww N GENERATOR I MAIN LOOP Y 4 AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY U OFFSET 10 Pie 492 _ G T PRS MHZ LONG SHORT AMP h 119 42201 T OFFSET 10 EN EN RATE PRS PRS l 1 n 2 FROM LPO WRT 9 1 4 LOIR cate 5 148410 NARROW L ae ruin et T EMEN 222 50 22 WIDE 1 1 FROM LPF I 1 1702 XA22ULL TT FROM FROM SAESP ts ene a yku 14 3 FROM XA8 FROM LTIM 9 ANPUT REGISTER IMA POT OVEN MONITOR z DIV XA16BlT 2 IMA POT pao
419. l which switches the A5 multiplexer and switches between counter A and counter B on A13 as shown below Tus 195 Tus tus lus tps gt lt p tt Hh SELECT COUNTER SELECT COUNTER B LO SWITCH LIF GATE T _ gt DEAD DEAD DEAD TIME TIME TIME COUNTER COUNTER COUNTER B COUNTER A B ACCUMULATING ACCUMULATING ACCUMULATING ACCUMULATING 8 254 The dead time in the LIF GATE signal is generated by D flip flops U9A U9B exclusive OR U6D and D flip flop U15A The dead time is generated when U6D 11 goes high for two periods of the 1 MHz clock Wh U6D 11 high U10B is disabled and the prs clock at U10C 8 remains high The reset input to U15A 1 is low during the prs generation so that U15A 5 is low Wen the preset input U15A 4 goes low also the output goes high for the time that the preset Model 5342 Service signal is high both Q and Q outputs go high when preset and clear inputs are both low Wen U6D 11 goes high to disable the prs clock for 1 us U15A 5 goes low for 2 us The low is presented to U17A 7 and on the next clock at U17A 6 the low at U17A 7 is clocked into the output so that LIF GATE goes low to enable counting on A13 8 255 The following timing diagram for the long prs generation prs clock 1 MHz will help clarify the operation CLK U10C 8 PRS CLOCK U3D 11 PRS GOES LOW WHEN
420. lator volts dc volts dc working used in parts list volts filtered variable trequency oscillator very high frequency volts peak Volts peak to peak volts rms voltage standing wave ratio voltage tuned oscillator vacuum tube voltmeter volts switched watt with working inverse voltage wirewound without yttrium characteristic impedance W non non the parts list will be in upper case MULTIPLIERS Abbrevistion Prefix Multiple T tera 10 G giga 10 M mega 108 kilo 19 da deka 10 d deci 10 c centi 10 milli 10 u micro 10 5 n nano 10 p pico 10 t femto 307 a atto 10 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts 6 4 6 7 REPLACEABLE PARIS LIST 6 8 Tables 3 through 6 8 are the lists of replaceable parts and are organized as follows a Electrical assemblies and their components in alphanumerical order by reference designation b Chassismounted parts alphanumerical order by reference designation Table 6 3 only c Miscelaneous parts 6 9 The information given for each part consists of the following a The Hewlett Packard part number b Part number check digit CD C The total quantity Qty in each assembly d The description of the part e typical manufacturer of the part in a five digit code f manufacturers number for the part 6 10 The total quantity for each assembly is given only once at the f
421. lects the wideband filter consisting of inductors L1 L2 capacitors C2 C12 C16 C11 and C1 W U1 8 low and U1 9 high transistor Q3 is tumed on and provides 45 6 volts to control pins U3 6 to tum on the switch transistor Q2 is tumed off thus providing a 5 6 volt level to control pins U3 5 and U3 12 to tum off the switch 8 179 Wen D is a logic and LPD We goes high U1 9 goes low and U1 8 goes high This selects the namowband filter consisting of C8 C9 and C10 and also selects the R15 feedback resistor connected to U2 Wh U1 9 low Q2 is tumed on so that 45 6 volts is applied to control pins U3 5 and U3 12 to tum on the switch Wh U1 8 high Q3 is off and 5 6 volts is applied to control U3 6 to tum off the switch 8 180 The voltage regulator consisting of transistor Q4 diode CR4 resistors R10 R11 and capacitor C17 converts 15 volts to 45 6 volts and the voltage regulator consisting of transistor Q1 diode CRI resisors R1 R3 and capacitor C3 converts 15 volts to 5 6 volts 8 181 A10 DIVIDE BY N ASSEMBLY 8 182 The A10 Divide by N assembly is essentially a programmable frequency divider and phase detector As shown the output of the A8 Main VCO enters at DIV N XA10 8 and is initially divided by two by the flip flop U6 The divider chain formed by 012 U9 013 014 and U8 divides the output of U6 4 by The division factor is programmed from the A14 Microprocessor assembly via the data bus l
422. li Tet 081 33 77 11 Telex 51 51 1 via Rome Hewien Packard italiana S p A Via Masi 98 1 40137 Bot St 30 78 87 JORDAN Mouasher Cousins Co Box 1387 Amman 24907 39907 Telex SABCO JO 1456 Cable MOUASHERCO KUWAIT Ai Knaldya Trading amp Contractini 830 Salat Kuwait Tel42 4910 41 1726 Telex 2481 Ar Cable VISCOUN LUXEMBURG Hewlett Packard Benelux SA NV Avenue du Col vert 1 Groenkraaglaan 8 1170 Brussels Te 02 672 22 40 Cable PALOBEN Brussels Teiex 23 494 MOROCCO Doibeau 81 rue Karatchi Casablanca Tel 22 4 82 87 23051 22833 Cable MATERIO Ger 190 Blvd Brahm Roudani Casablanca Tel 25 16 76 25 90 99 Telex 23 739 Cable GEREP CASA Cogedir 2 Rue d 156 Casablancs Tei 27 65 40 Telex 21 737 Cable COGEOIR NETHERLANDS Hewlett Packard Benelux N V Van Heuven Goedhartiaan 121 PO Box 657 NL Amstelveen 1134 Tel 1020 47 20 21 Cadie PALOBEN Amsterdam Telex 13 216 hepa NORWAY hewlert Packard 4 5 sterdaien 18 PO Box 34 1345 Osteraas 1021 1711 80 Telex 16821 hpnas POLAND Biuro Informar Technicznej Hewlerl Packard Stawki 2 00 350 Warszawa Tel 33 25 8839 87 43 Telex 81 24 53 pl UNIPAN Bioro 9551 0 Technicznej 07 447 Warszawa u Newelska 5 Poiana Zaklady Naprawcze Sprzetu Medycznego Plac Komuny Paryskie 6 90 067 Lodz Tet 334 41 337 83 Telex 88696 PO
423. ll be supplied with MANUAL CHANGES sheets containing the required information MANUAL DESCRIPTION CHANGE DATE July 19 1979 INSTRUMENT 5342A Microwave Freq Counter This change supersedes all earlier dated Operating and Service Manual changes SERIAL PREFIX 1840A e Make all changes listed as ERRATA DATE PRINTED FEB 1979 e Check the following table for your HP PART NO 05342 90013 instrument s serial prefix or serial number MICROFICHE NO 05342 90014 and make listed change s to manual IF YOUR INSTRUMENT MAKE THE IF YOUR INSTRUMENT MAKE THE HAS SERIAL PREFIX FOLLOWING CHANGES HAS SERIAL PREFIX FOLLOWING CHANGES OR SERIAL NUMBER TO YOUR MANUAL OR SERIAL NUMBER TO YOUR MANUAL gt NEW OR REVISED ITEM ERRATA Page 1 5 Table 1 4 Recommended Test Equipment Add Frequency Counter capable of frequency measurements up to at least 350 MHz for troubleshooting A8 A9 and A10 Main Loop Synthesizer The Model 5345A Electronic Counter is recommended Use Channel A input set for 500 input impedance 18440 8643 8647 9081 8626 7 1 5342 Manual Changes gt Cont d 8 113 Table 8 19 Main Loop Synthesizer Troubleshooting Change text of first paragraph in step 2 to the following 2 To test if the A8 Main VCO is operating properly put the 5342A in MANUAL mode 500 MHz 18 GHz range and set the MANUAL center frequency to the values in the following table Connect a coax cable with B
424. llied Electronics P N 705 0048 HP P N 05342 60030 HP P N 05342 60031 HP P N 05342 60032 HP P N 05342 60033 HP P N 05342 60034 HP P N 05342 60035 HP P N 05342 60036 HP P N 05342 60039 HP 436A HP 8481A Opt 002 909 Option 012 HP 489A HP 8601A HP 3312A P Opt 002 A Opt 002 P OV Option 002 HP 8755B HP 11665B HP 11664A HP 182T HP 11692D HP 778D HP 8620C Mainframe T Opt 011 HP 59401A Model 5342A Installation SECTION Il INSTALLATION 2 1 INTRODUCTION 2 2 This section contains information for unpacking inspection storage and installation 2 3 UNPACKING AND INSPECTION 2 4 If the shipping carton is damaged inspect the instrument for visible damage scratches dents etc If the instrument is damaged notify the carrier and the nearest Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office immediately offices are listed at the back of this manual Keep the shipping carton and packing material for the carriers inspection The Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office will arrange for repair or replacement of your instrument without waiting for the claim against the carrier to be settled 2 5 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS CAUTION Before connecting the instrument to ac power lines be sure that the voltage selector is properly positioned as described below 2 6 LINE VOLTAGE REQUIREMENTS The 5342 is equipped with a power module that con tains a printed circuit li
425. loop is main tained in a locked condition by the phase signals at XA6 10 and XA6 10 These signals are summed and integrated by U2 and then filtered by the low pass filter formed by R21 C12 and R20 The emor signal drives the offset VCO to maintain a constant 500 kHz offset 8 163 Two voltage regulators convert the 15 and 15 volt inputs to 12 and 12 volts respec tively The 12 volt regulator consists of transistor Q2 diode CRI resistors R4 R6 and capacitors C1 and The 12 volt regulator consists of transistor diode CR2 resistors and R11 capacitors C8 and C6 8 164 Wen the 500 kHz detector on A7 detects that there is not a 500 kHz difference frequency present the HSRCHEN at XA6 8 goes TIL high and enables and U1B Since U1D 13 is tied to it is already enabled The threshold voltages for U1D 12 are 0 8 volts and 1 6 volts which means that a logic 1 condition is not recognized until the input to UID 12 moves from below 0 8 volts up through 1 6 volts A logic condition does not occur until the signal moves from above 1 6 volts down through 0 8 volts Assuming 0 8 volt level at U1D 12 to start with the operation is as follows U1D 11 is high which drives U1B 6 low and U1A 3 high Wh U1A 3 high 04 is tumed off and CR4 is reversed biased since the voltage at U2 inputs is at 1 5 volts Since U1B 6 is low CR3 is forward biased and sinks current from the integrating capacitor C10
426. lowing Option 002 order A16R21 Adjusts reference voltage to 3 200 volts for ADC on A16 A16R29 Adjust loop gain Set the volt age into the ADC for a specified level of 100 kHz A16R26 Adjust dc offset Set the voltage into the ADC for a specified level of 100 kHz A27R9 CAL Adjusts the output of the 100 kHz detector on A27 A27R10 High Level Cal Adjusts the output of the 100 kHz detector on A27 for high levels 7 Digitalto GAIN Adjust maximum 9 99V DAC Can be done Analog DAC output anytime Adjustments OFFSET Adjuss minimum 0 DAC Option 004 output 5 12 ADJ USTMENT PROCEDURES 5 13 Power Supply Adjustments 5 14 Adjust resistor A21R27 20 kHz frequency as follows a Place A21 on extender board Monitor A21TP2 with an oscilloscope b Adjust A21R27 bottom right side pot for a 50 pus 1 us period as shown A21TP2 c Replace A21 in instrument 5 3 Model 5342 Adjustments 5 15 Adjust resistor A21R17 5V D as follows Wh a 3465A Multimeter in the DAC VOLTS FUNCTION and 20V range measure the dc voltage of the 5 2V supply at XA21 5 5 Adjus A21 R17 for a 5 20 0 1 40 05 V dc WARNING PRIOR TO MAKING ANY VOLTAGE TESTS ON THE A19 PRIMARY POWER ASSEMBLY THE VOLTMETER TO BE USED OR THE 5342A MUST BE ISOLATED FROM THE POWER MAINS BY USE OF AN ISOLA TION TRANSFORMER A TRANSFORMER SUCH AS AN ALLIED ELECTRONICS 705 0084 120V AC MAY BE USED FOR THIS PURPOSE CONNECT TH
427. ls and special tools test and sup port equipment required to perform the designated function f Column 6 Remarks Column 6 contains alphabetic code which leads to the remark Remarks which is pertinent to the item opposite the particular code B 4 Tool and Test Equipment Requirement sect Ill a Tool or Test Equipment Reference Code The numbers in this column coincide with the numbers used in the tools and equipment column of the MAC The numbers indicate the applicable tool or test equipment for the maintenance functions b Maintenance Category The codes in this column indicate the maintenance category allo cated the tool or test equipment c Nomenclature This column lists the noun name and nomenclature of the tools and test equipment required to perform the mainten functions d National NATO Stock Number This column lists the National NATO stock number of the specified tool or test equipment e Tool Number This column lists the manu facturer s part number of the tool followed by the Federal Supply Code for manufacturers 5 digit in parentheses B 5 Remarks sect IV a Reference Code This code refers to the ap propriate item in section 11 column 6 b Remarks This column provides the required explanatory information necessary to clarify items appearing in section 11 SECTION Il MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART FOR Counter Electronic TD 1225A V 1 U 4 2 3 COMPONENT ASSEMBL Y MAINTENAN
428. mbly A7 Mixer Search Control Assembly sse nennen eene A8 Main VGO Assembly 2 5 ora a Papa kutaka A9 Main Loop Amplifier Assembly nn nnn A10 Divide by N wo Modulus Prescaler Technique 2 n nhe reme ens ounter Divider Chain Utilizing 9 s A41 IF Limiter Assembly zeit rti ORE IEEE ines dade det A12 IF Detector Assembly piya yuq A13 Counter Assembly eire FEARS net A14 Microprocessor Assembly aka wawa swak Microprocessor Operation Dd be n ac Ha 8 240 A15 Option 011 HP IB Assembly nnne nennen A16 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Assembly and A16 Option 003 Extended Dynamic Range Assembly A17 Timing Generator Assembly adiu cia calet ide Pseudorandom Sequence Generation 2 Gate Time Generation lt ee venae usua uve Nn Sample Rate GSneration aeree irent 5 266 A18 Time Base Buffer Assembly I n nn aaa rss assa nna 5 269 19 A20 21 Power Supply 22 A2
429. mbly and the GND probe to test pin on the A14 assembly Set the 5004A front panel switches as follows START V stop f cock S 8 134 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting Continued Signatures on PROM U4 should be as follows Signal Name Location Signature 872 LAM 2068 LA2 335H LA3 0F51 LA4 C177 LA5 U929 LA6 3032 LA7 HU4U LA8 9CC8 LA9 5F08 LA10 U81P LA11 0000 1U2F 7471 412 5901 512 60HA 7463 85C8 Connect the 5004A Signature Analyzer START and STOP probes to A16U9 8 test pin labeled 3 on A16 assembly the CLOCK probe to VMA 02 test pin on the A14 assembly and the GND probe to test pin on the A14 assembly Set the 5004A front panel switches as follows START sio f cock Remove PROM A16U3 from its socket Signatures A16U6 and U7 should be as follows Signal Name Location Signature H READ ADC 0000 L READ 0000 7339 0000 0110 0000 HHH8 0000 8UUH 0000 0000 0000 UFU5 0000 P9A7 0000 2045 DB3 DB11 0000 6C72 DB2 DB10 0000 100 9FFU LD1 899H LD2 0C48 LD3 407U LD4 1305 LD5 912A LD6 PUF7 LD7 CHP2 DB4 DB12 CO DB5 DB7 BUSY DB6 OVERRANGE H READ ADC L READ 080 088 1 DB1 DB9 8 135 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting Continued Connect the 5004A Signature Analyzer START and STOP probes to A16U9 1
430. ments 5 1 500 MHz 18GHz during frequency measurements Option 003 lt 5 1 500 MHz 18 GHz Description Using an 8755B Swept Amplitude Analyzer the return loss of the 5342A high frequency input is measured over the range of 2GHzto 18GHz An SWR of 2 1 9 5dB return loss is worst case for frequencies below 10GHz and an SWR of 3 1 6 dB return loss is worst case for frequencies from 10 GHz 18 GHz The dual directional coupler outputs the incident power and reflected power to the 11664A detectors The 8755B performs the ratio and displays return loss directly Setup 8755 182T EXT HORIZ INPUT BLANKING asas a nas oe HP 86290A HP 8620C SWEEPER MOD DRIVE SWEEP OUT INCIDENT TEST POINT f INPUT REFLECTED 6 116920 11665 DIRECTIONAL MODULATOR COUPLER Pad 11664A ee DETECTOR 4 20 Model 5342 Performance Tests Set the 8620C to sweep from 2 GHz to 18 GHz with the FAST vemier set full clockwise Set the 86290A to the 2 18GHz band and a power level of approximately 5 dBm intemally leveled Set the 8755B for SMOOTHING ON OFFSET CAL ON DISPLAY A R THUMBWEELS 00 scale 5 dB div Set the 182T to EXT CAL To calibrate the 8755B short or open the 11692D coupler output which feeds the 5342A Adjust the OFFSET CAL of the A channel to center the scope display at the center horizontal line of the 182T CRT
431. ministration Act 1979 as amended Title 50 U S C App 2401 et seq Violations of these export laws are subject to severe criminal penalties Disseminate in accordance with provision of DOD Directive 5230 25 Distribution Statement B Distribution authorized to U S Government Agencies only to protect contractor proprietary rights Recipient agrees not to reproduce disclose or transfer to other Documents all or any part of this document for any purpose without permission in writing from Agilent Technologies Inc The U S Government has only limited rights to this data as defined in DFARS 252 227 7013 Nov 1995 This determination was made 16 November 2005 Other requests shall be referred to Agilent Technologies 3500 Deer Creek Road Palo Alto CA 94304 DESTRUCTION NOTICE Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document This manual is an authentication of the manufacturer s commercial literature which through usage has been found to cover the data required to operate and maintain this equipment Since the manual was not prepared in accordance with military specifications the format has not been structured to consider levels of maintenance Change i 11 6625 3014 14 TABLE CONTENTS Section Page 0 INSTRUCTIONS 0 1 SCOPE 0 1 Indexes of publications cente 0 1 Forms and recordSs
432. mpler and provides approximately 42 dB gain for the sampler output This gain remains approximately flat out to 125 MHz and rolls off by 8 to 10 dB at 175 MHz This rol off for frequencies above 125 MHz prevents interference between the differ ence frequency produced by the desired Nth harmonic of the mixing with the unknown and the difference frequency produced by the N 1 harmonic of the VCO mixing with the unknown Refer to paragraph 8 105 for a detailed description of sensitivity 8 286 A level detecting diode 1 detects RF level and is used to indicate overload to the microprocessor The detected RF output is also used for controlling current sources on A25 which are used to control pin diode attenuators in the Amplitude Option 002 and Extended Dynamic Range Option 003 8 287 The two sampler outputs are combined in C5 and C9 at the input and are passed to the first stage of amplification High frequency transistor 022 and its associated circuitry pro vide approximately 10 dB gain Resistors R6 and R7 provide negative feedback to stabilize Q2 s operating point Emitter resistors R14 and are low inductance strip resistors and also provide negative feedback for gain stabilization The amplified output of Q2 is coupled through dc blocking capacitor C7 to a similar stage of amplification built around Q1 The output of this second stage is approximately 24 dB greater than the input from the sampler and is coupled through C8 to a
433. mus be dropped by approximately 2 dB before the counter will count again Consequently it is critical that in this test the level be approached from below the 5 dBm limit Since the sampler response is greatest near 1 GHz this test is made at 1 GHz The standard instrument is tested first and then the Option 002 or 003 which use a thin film attenuator in front of the sampler to increase the maximum allowable input to 20 dBm is tested if installed Setup Standard Instrument HP 438A POWER METER HP 8620C HP 86222A SWEEPER R 88290 8481 POWER SENSOR Set the 8620C to 1 GHz at 5 0 dBm as measured by the 436 Power Meter Connect the 8620C output to the 5342A and verify that the counter counts 1 GHz Increase the level of the 8620C output until the counter s display fills with dashes Measure this level on the 436A and verify that it is greaterthan 5 dBm Enter the level at which the display is dashed on the performance test record Table 4 5 Model 5342 Perfomance Tests For Options 002 003 only HP 489 MICROWAVE HP 8820 SWEEPER AMPLIFIER HP 8495B ATTENUATOR HP 436A POWER METER HP 8481A POWER SENSOR Set the 84956 to 10 dB Set the 8620C to 1 GHz and connect the 84956 output to the 8481 power sensor Adjust the 489A gain control and 86222A gain control for a 489A output level of 15
434. n Indicates factorv selected value 6 11 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued RR PR P Nn Mfr Reference HP Part p Qty Description Cod Mfr Part Number Designation Number ode ELITS 0698 3113 1 RESISTOR 100 5 125w CC 270 95 0 01121 881015 85817 9698 624 RESISTOR 750 5 125w CC 1 120 400 01121 887515 BERTA 0698 7228 7 RESISTOR 060 1 G5w F 1 0 100 24546 321 8 0 4648 45819 069841278 0 RESISTOR 51 5X 125 CC 1 2 270 540 01121 g85105 5 20 0598 3111 9 SISTOR 30 5 125 CC TCz 270 540 01121 BR3005 0698 3111 9 RESISTOR 30 5 125 gt 270 540 01121 883005 ASR 069805174 RESISTOR 200 Sx 125 CC 1 5 320 800 01121 882015 ASR23 0698 6241 2 RESISTOR 750 5X 125w CC TC2 330 A00 01121 867515 0675 1021 FESISTOR 10X 125w 08 330 9800 01121 881021 452 0698 1113 1 PESISTOR 100 5 125 CC TC2 270 500 01121 881015 85826 059823376 A RESISTOR 43 Sx 1256 TCs 270 540 01121 884305 5827 0698 7228 7 RESISTOR dou 1x 05 F 7 0 100 21546 321 8 0 4 48 6 6 2 0698 3380 4 RESISTOR 75 5 125 CC 1 270 540 01121 887505 asuy 1826 0372 IC 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP 28480 1826 0372 Asu 1868 0059 9 TRANSISTOR ARRAY 28480 1858 0059 ASUS 1858 0059 9 TRANSISTOR ARRAY 28480 1858 0059 504 1826 0372 IC 5 GHZ LIMITER AMP 28480 1826 0372 6 5561 05342 60100 CABLE ASSEMBLY MULTIPLEXER 2848
435. n 1 5 dB accuracy for frequencies from 10 MHz to 520 MHz Minimum Level 17 dBm Setup HP 8620C HP 86222A HP 436A SWEEPER OR POWER METER 88200A HP 11867A POWER SPLITTER HP 8481A POWER SENSOR HP 8495B STEP ATTENUATOR Connect the 11667 directly using type N to BNC adapter to the 5342A BNC low frequency input Connect 8481A directly to the other 11667A output Set the 5342A to 10 Hz 500 MHz range 500 and amplitude mode Set the 86222A to 10 MHz and adjust output level and 8495B for a level of 17 dBm as measured on the 436A Power Meter 84956 set to 10 dB or greater Take a measurement at 10 MHz 5 MHz 100 MHz 300 MHz 520 MHz and verify that 5342A reading is within 1 5 dB of 436A reading At each frequency increase level by taking out 10 dB in the 8495B and verify that readings agree to within 1 5 dB Record the actual 5342A amplitude measurements on the performance test record Table 4 5 4 28 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 38 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 500 Maximum Input Test Option 002 Specification 20 dBm Setup HP 3312A FUNCTION GENERATOR HP 436A ice RE POWER METER BoOQDoOaooQgoonmoooocu HP 8481A POWER SENSOR ATTENUATOR Set the 8495B to 10 dB Set the 3312 to 13 MHz sine wave with AMPLITUDE set to 10 Adjust amplitude vernier for a 15 dBm output level 5 dBm on 436A Set the 5342A to ANPL mode 500 10 Hz 500 MHz range and conn
436. n A14 4 Connect an AP clip to A14U22 Connect a clip lead from test pin TP1 on A17 1 MHz clock signal to A14U22 4 The A14 assembly can now be exercised b Connect an AP clip to A14U8 Place the 5004A START and STOP inputs on A14U8 2 8 93 Model 5342 Service Table 8 9 A14 Microprocessor Troubleshooting Continued 6 Connect the 5004A CLOCK to VMA test pin on A14 and GROUND to A14 ground test pin 7 Place the A14 board in free run as in step 3 8 Measure the signatures again If the A14 signatures are now good then there is an assembly common to that signal which has a faulty input output buffer To detect which assembly this is put A14 back in the instrument and pull assemblies which are connected to the failed A14 signal output one at a time until a good signature is obtained 7 With the 5004A set up as in steps 1 2 3 place switch S2B in the down position D gt Jo Cu Bg 19 1 52 b Open the data bus switches on the A14 extender board as shown below 100909898 00808006 Connect the 5004A data probe GND connector to chassis ground and the ground lead of the test pod to ground d Connect the START of the 5004A to the R3 test point of the extender board and the STOP to the R1 test point e Set the 5004A for slope START X slope on STOP 7 slope on CLOCK 7 f Observe the following signatures 5 C690 Signal Name Signatur
437. n is in effect To clear the condition press the key The AUTO Key is cleared by pressing MAN MHz and vice versa SELF CHECK PROCEDURE Perform the self check as follows no input signal connected and SAMPLE RATE full ccw Blue key CHECK Counter Display Bl pu OLII LILI GHz MHz kHz Hz To exit CHECK mode press TO SET MANUAL CENTER FREQUENCY Example To measure a 4 125 0 050 GHz signal in manual mode connect signal to type N connector and SET MAN MHz ENTER 5813 0 5 GHz MHz kHz H2 The manual center frequency is entered and displayed with 1 MHz resolution and must be within so MHz of the input signal frequency connected to 500 MHz 18 GHz connector Figure 3 3 Operating Procedures Continued 5342 Operation TO ENTER OFFSET FREQUENCY Example To add 12 5 MHz to the measured frequency SET OFS MHz ENTER Example To subtract 12 5 MHz from the measured frequency SET OFS MHz CHS ENTER xU A sn TO RECALL OFFSETS OR CENTER FREQUENCY Example To recall a center frequency RECALL MAN MHz Press Press hold Displays center frequency to 1 MHz resolution Example To recall an offset frequency RECALL Press Press and hold Displays offset TO REMOVE OFFSETS Example To remove offset from display OFS
438. n the address bus for diagnostic purposes Low signal from decoder on A14 Microprocessor to en able reading from and writing to A15 HP IB Option 011 Low signal from A17 Timing Generator that enables coun ter A or B on A13 Counter Assembly depending upon the state of the LO switch signal Low signal from A2 Display Driver or HP IB Option 011 that intemupts A14 Micro processor Low signal enables A2 Display Driver to send keyboard information to A14 Microprocessor A5 Multiplexer Local Oscil lator output to A26 Sampler Driver Model 5342 Service Table 8 2 Signal Names Continued MNEMONIC NAME FROM FUNCTION LO Switch Local Oscillator Switch LOVL OL Low Overload A25C 29 LPD READ Low Power LPDRD Detect Read Low Power 14B 10 XA12 14 Detect Vite XA9 9 LPOS SLOPE Low Positive LPOS SL Slope LPW RST Low Power XA11 4 4 A25C34 Option 002 Reset RD Low Timing XA14B 6 XA17 8 LTMRD Read Low Timing We Low Synch XA14B 11 High 8 10 Low signal from A17 Timing Generator that switches A5 Multiplexer between Main VCO and Offset VCO syn chronously with switching between Counter A and B on A13 Counter Assembly Low signal from A25 Pre amplifier ampltiude detecto to A12 IF Detector bus driver to indicate input signal level to 5342A exceeds 45 dBm or 20 dBm Low signal from A14 Micro processorto A12 IF Detector that causes A12 to output da
439. na 9 QGuaternela Tel 318627 314796 04471 5 001 9 Telex 4192 Gu MEXICO Hewien Packard Mexicana SA de Perif rico Sur No 6501 n n Xochimilco Talex 017 74 507 Hewlett Packard Mexicana S A de C V Ave 2184 Te n T 48 71 34 038 410 NICARAGUA Roberto Teta Ge Edificio Ter n 25114 23412 23454 22400 Cable ROTERAN Managua Pi Mctr nico Balboa S A Box 4929 Samusi Lowis de Panama Teac 3485126 Zone Cable ELECTRON Panama PERU Compa a Electro M dica S A Los Flamencos 145 isidro 1030 Lime 1 41 4325 Telex Pub Booth 25424 SISIDRO Cable ELMED Lima URUGUAY Pablo Ferrendo S A Comercial v Industria Avena tala 2877 Casilla de Correo 370 Montevideo Te 40 3102 Telex 702 PUBLIC BOOTH PABLO FERRANDO 1 02 Cable RADIUM Montevideo Aono BIB STS Citi PU Packard d Venezuela po 50933 Caracas 105 Los Ruices Norte Transversa mE x Tb ines 25146 mA VENEZUELA FOR AREAS LISTED t CONTACT Tol 415 856 1501 034 8300 EUROPE NORTH AFRICA AND MIDDLE EAST AUSTRIA Hewlett Packard Ges m b H Handeska 52 Bor 720 Vienna 351625 29 Cable HEWPAK vienna Telex 25923 ewpax a BELGIUM Hewlett Packard Beneiux Aven
440. nal at 140 MHz Neither signal is greatly attenuated by the 175 MHz bandwidth of the preamp as shown below and miscounting results because of interference between the two tones BANDWIDTH OF PREAMP 175 MHz 160 MHz 140 MHz 600 MHz 760 MHz 900 MHz 140 160 INPUT MHz MHz Service Model 5342 Service 8 109 By limiting the IF to frequencies less than 125 MHz the problem described in paragraphi 8 108 doe not occur For the case of a 725 MHz input the second harmonic of 300 MHz produces an IF of 125 MHz the maximum allowable IF and the third harmonic produces an IF of 175 MHz But the IF signal at 175 MHz is attenuated by the175 MHz bandwidth of the preamplifier a s shown below so as to prevent enors in counting BANDWIDTH OF PREAMP 175 MHz I 125 MHz 175 MHz 600 MHz 725 MHz 900 MHz 125 175 MHz INPUT 8 110 HP 5342A BLOCK DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION 8 111 Figure 8 9 5 block diagram of the HP5342Ashowingthe major assemblies of the instru ment There are five major sections The direct count section the synthesizer section the IF section the time base section and the control section Each of these are discussed in the following paragraphs 8 112 Direct Count Section 8 113 The direct count section consists of the A3 Direct Count Amplifier assembly and the A13 Counter assembly Frequencies less than 500 MHz may be measured directly by the direct count input The input signal which is applie
441. nation 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test Option 002 4 27 4 37 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 50Q Minimum Level Amplitude Accuracy Test Option 002 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 500 Maximum Input Test Option 002 f 10 Hz 500 MHz Input 500 SIR Test Option 002 Digital to Analog Converter DAC Output Test Option 004 f co AR 1 C aj gt Joo STMENTS uapa BRE Equipment Required enter Factory Selected Components eee Adjustment Locations sse Safety Considerations essent f Adjustment Procedures Power Supply Adjustments a f Main Synthesizer Adjustment 2 4 4 000 00 eere Offset Synthesizer Adjustments sse IF Ads IMOM Direct Count Adjustment sse Oscillator Adjustments nera aa A24 Standard Oscillator sse Option 001 Oven Oscillator 105444 Option 002 Amplitude Measurement Adjustments A16 Adjustments Lugu u inti
442. ncy fip Nef OR Nef fy IF LOW MPLER AMP FILTER FREQUENCY COUNTER SAMPLER IF DRIVER DETECTOR fiF1 fx OR fy fiF2 12 fx OR fy Nef2 PROGRA THEREFORE MMABLE SYNTHESIZER FREQUENCY fier f SYNTHESIZER CONTROL N fiF2 1 8 fx Figure 8 6 Harmonic Heterodyne Technique 8 87 a simplified block diagram of the harmonic heterodyne technique In this technique all of the harmonics of an intemal oscillator a programmable frequency synthesizer locked to the counters time base are simultaneously mixed with the unknown signal by the sampler and sampler driver samplers are like harmonic mixers except that the conduction angle is much the sampling diodes in the HP5342A sampler for example conduct for only a few picosecond during each period of the sampling signal The output of the sampler consists of sum and difference frequencies produced by each harmonic of the intemal oscillator mixing with the unknown The programmable frequency synthesizer is incremented in frequency until one of the outputs of the sampler is in the counting range of the low frequency counter The IF detector detects when the IF is in the range of the low frequency counter and sends a signal which causes the synthesizer control to stop incrementing the frequency of the frequency synthesizer The IF is then counted by the low frequency counter The unknown frequency
443. nd AMSAM MMC MA NP Redstone Arsenal AL 35898 5000 A reply will be furnished to you You may also provide DA Form 2028 information to AMCOM via email fax or the World Wide Web Our fax number is DSN 788 6546 or Commercial 256 842 6546 Our email address is 2028 redstone army mil Instruction for sending an electronic 2028 may be found at the back of this manual immediately preceding the hardcopy 2028 For the World Wide Web use https amcom2028 redstone army mil HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION This document has been reviewed for the presence of solvents containing hazardous materials as defined by the EPCRA 302 and 313 lists by the AMCOM G 4 Logistics Environmental Division As of the base document dated 10 September 1981 all references to solvents containing hazardous materials have been removed from this document by substitution with non hazardous or less hazardous materials where possible OZONE DEPLETING CHEMICAL INFORMATION This document has been reviewed for the presence of Class ozone depleting chemicals by the AMCOM G 4 Logistics Environmental Division As of the base document dated 10 September 1981 all references to Class ozone depleting chemicals have been removed from this document by substitution with chemicals that do not cause atmospheric ozone depletion WARNING This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export Control Act Title 22 U S C Sec 2751 et seq or the Export Ad
444. nd a signal at the rated sensitivity is applied to the type N connector The frequency is slowly varied over the range of 500 MHz to 12 4 GHz and the 5342 is checked for proper counting The output level of the test genertor is increased to the second value the frequency is slowly varied from 12 4 GHz to 18 GHz and the 5342A checked for proper counting For Option 002 sensitivity is tested in paragraph 4 37 SWEEPER HP 436A POWER METER HP 8481A Hp 11587 POWER SENSOR POWER SPLITTER HP 8495B ATTENUATOR Set the 5342A to the 500 MHz 18 GHz range AUTO mode Connect the 11667A power splitter directly to the 5342A type N connec tor Connect the 8481A power sensor directly to the other output port of the 11667A power splitter Set the 8620C with the appropriate plug in 86222A for 500 MHz to 2GHz 86290A for 2 GHz 18 GHz and the 8495B step attenuator to the rated sensitivity as measured on the 436A Remember that the 5342A with Option 003 has different specifications Slowly increase the 8620C frequency over the range and verify that the 5342A counts properly Measure actual sensitivity at 500 MHz 1 GHz 5 GHz 10 GHz 12 4 GHz 15 GHz 17 GHz and 18 GHz Enter on performance test record Table 4 5 4 19 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 32 500 MHz 18 GHz Input SWR Test Specification lt 2 1 500MHz 10GHz lt 3 1 10 GHz 18 GHz Option 002 lt 2 1 500 MHz 18 GHz during amplitude measure
445. nd indicates the order in adjustments should be performed 5 4 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 5 5 The test equipment required for the adjustment procedures is l sted in Table 1 4 Re commended Test Equipment Substitute instruments may be used if they meet the critical specifications 5 6 FACTORY SELECTED COMPONENTS 5 7 Factory selected components are identified by an asterisk in parts lists and schematic diagrams Refer td paragraph 8 36 for replacement information 5 8 ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS 5 9 Adjustment locations are identified in the component locators in sche matic diagrams and in the top view of the instrument 5 10 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 5 11 This section contains warnings that must be followed for your protection and to avoid damage to the equipment WARNING MAINTENANCE DESCRIBED HEREIN IS PERFORMED WITH POWER SUPPLIED TO THE INSTRUMENT AND PROTECTIVE COVERS REMOVED SUCH MAINTENANCE SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY BY SERVICE TRAINED PERSONNEL WHO ARE AWARE OF THE HAZARDS INVOLVED FOR EXAMPLE FIRE AND ELECTRICAL SHOCK WHERE MAINTENANCE CAN BE PERFORMED WITHOUT POWER APPLIED THE POWER SHOULD BE REMOVED BEFORE ANY REPAIR IS COMPLETED ENSURE THAT ALL SAFETY FEATURES ARE INTACT AND FUNC TIONING AND THAT ALL NECESSARY PARTS ARE CONNECTED TO THEIR PROTECTIVE GROUNDING MEANS which 5 1 Model 5342 Adjustments Table 5 1 Adjustment REFERENCE DESIGNATOR 1 Power Supply Adjustme
446. ne numbers are located at the back of this manual 6 17 OPTION RETROFIT KITS 6 18 To order a retrofit kit for field installation of Options 001 002 003 004 or 011 refer to paragraph 2 25 for the part number of the option kit Area calibration and repair centers direct and general support shops are to make requsts for parts through the local supply mission Many of the raplaceable parts have national stock numbers and are available through the supply system complete parts manual is being prepared Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Description Mfr Part Number Desianation Number p 05342e60001 6 1 DISPLAY AS SEMBLY S ERIES 1720 05342 60001 0160 4256 1 0 7UF ee20X 200 0 CER CW30 B 473 016003879 7 1 CAPACITOReFXO oyur 20 100VDC CER 9180 3879 81051 1990 0487 7 LUFMeINTzIMCO IFa20MA MAYX 50822 4584 41099 1990 0487 7 LEDeVISIRLE LUM INTSIMCD 5082 4584 41053 1990 0487 7 LEDsVISIBLE LUMSINT IMCD 5082 4584 81094 1990 0487 7 LEDeVISIBLE LUMSINTzIMC IFw20MA MAX 5082 4584 81055 1990 0487 7 LEDeVISIBLE LUM INTsIMCO IFg20MASMAX 5082 4584 A1036 1990 0487 7 LEDeVISIBLE LUMeINTSIMCO IFn2UMAeMAX 082 4584 1057 1990 0487 7 LEDeVISIBRLE LUMSINTsIMCO JF320MA MAX 5082 4584 41058 1990 0487 7 LEDeyISIRLE LUMeINTZIMCD 5082 4584 10310 1990 0517 4 6 LEDeVISIBL
447. ne voltage selector to select 100 120 220 or 240 volt ac operation Before applying power the pc selector must be set to the correct position and the correct fuse must be installed as described below 2 7 Power line connections are selected by the position of the plug in circuit card in the module When the card is plugged into the module the only visible markings on the card indi cate the line voltage to be used The correct value of line fuse with a 250 volt rating must be installed after the card is inserted This instrument uses a 0 75A fuse HP Part No 2110 0360 for 100 120 volt operation a 0 375A fuse HP Part No 2110 0421 for 220 240 volt operation 2 8 To convert from one line voltage to another the power cord must be disconnected from the power module before the sliding window covering the fuse and card compartment can be moved to expose the fuse and circuit card Se Figure 2 1 SELECTION OF OPERATING VOLTAGE 1 Open cover door and rotate fuse pull to left 2 Select operating voltage by orienting PC board to position desired voltage on top left side Push board firmly into module slot 3 Rotate fuse pull back into normal position and re insert fuse in holders using caution to select correct fuse value Operating voltage is shown in module window Figure 2 1 Line Voltage Selection Model 5342 Installation 2 2 2 9 Power Cable 2 10 The 5342A is shipped with a three wire power cable When the
448. nel Controls and Indicators IIR a 3 5 Rear Panel Controls and Connectors sse ee 0 Amplitude Measurements Option 002 DAC Operation Option 004 Schematic Diagram NOTES uuu u ttes eu eee Een ERR Front Frame A25 A26 and U1 Removable 0 10842A Service Accessory Kit Extender Board 05342 60036 Test Points R1 R2 and R3 Extender Board 05342 60036 Schematic Diagram 0 Harmonic Heterodyne Technique eer nennen Frequency Relationships deine dua eua n HP 5342A Simplified Block Diagram HP 53424 Block Diagram iecit eere pe maqa a Block Diagram of Synthesizer Section Timing Diagram of 6 Search Generator Operation Data Transfer Timing in A10 Circuit OFilter Timing on A12 IF Detector A14U21 Expanded Block Diagram sse n n a s i Memory A19 A20 and A21 Power Supply Block Diagram
449. nnect rigid coax from U1 Sampler by loosening attaching nut Remove nut on front panel type N connector and remove rigid cable to allow access Remove cable strap connector at A22 motherboard and move cable strap to one side to allow access Remove 5 screws four corner and one middle screw attaching A25 Preamplifier mount ing bracket and withdraw bracket and attached assemblies from instrument Remove A26 from bracket by removing the two small attaching bolts and nuts Separate A26 from 01 by loosening the interconnecting hex connector from U1 Set 5342A to CHECK mode and measure the sampler driver output with a power meter The output should be greater than 16 dBm if the output of A5 which is driving A26 is at a level of approximately 15 dBm If the A26 output level is good then A26U1 and associated circuitry are probably functioning properly However a good level does not indicate that the step recovery diode CR1 is working CRI could be open To check the diode with an ohmmeter connect the positive lead of the ohmmeter such as the HP 3465A in OHMS function to the center conductor of the A26 Sampler Driver output and the common leads to the A26 case Place the ohmmeter in the 2K range 1 mA current source and measure a forward resistance of approximately 800 ohms Measure a reverse resistance of infinity To replace CR1 simply unscrew the plastic holder and remove CR1 with tweezers Reverse the process for assembly M
450. nter on oper ational verification record Table 4 1 4 5 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 6 4 17 500 MHz 18 GHz Input Minimum Level and Amplitude Accuracy Test Option 002 Specification Description Setup 1 5 dB accuracy for frequencies from 500 MHz to 18 GHz Minimum level 22 dBm 500 MHz 12 4 GHz 15 dBm 12 4 GHz 18 GHz A signal at the minimum level is applied to the 5342A and 436A power meter and is varied over the frequency range The amplitude reading of the 5342A is compared to the 436A Power Meter calibration factor included HP 8620C SWEEPER HP 86222A OR HP 86290A HP 436A POWER METER POWER SENSOR HP 11667A POWER SPLITTER HP 8495B ATTENUATOR Connect the 11667A directly to the 5342A type connector and connect the 8481A directly to the other 11667A output Set the 8620C at 500 MHz and adjust the output level and the step attenuator for 22 dBm as measured on the 436A Power Meter Set the 5342A to the 500 MHz 18 GHz range and select amplitude mode Slowly vary the 8620A up to 12 4 GHz and verify correct 5342A display Take measurements at 1 GHz and 12 4 GHz Verify that the 436A reading is within 1 5 dB of the 5342A reading Be sure to change the 436A cali bration factor with frequency Record difference between 436A and 5342A readings on verification record Set the 8620C to 12 4 GHz and adjust the output level to 15 dBm as measured on
451. nts A21R27 A21R17 2 Main Synthesizer Adjustment 3 Offset Synthesizer Adjustments A4RI A6R1 A6R2 4 IF Adjustments A25R28 BAL A25C11 A11R1 AMP A12R2 B1 A12R12 B2 A12R7 OFS A25R31 Standard A11R14 A25R31 Option 002 OFST DET OFST 5 Direct Count A3R8 Adjustment 5 2 NAME POWER ORDER Should be done first in following order Set frequency of switching regulator to 20 kHz Sets reference voltage against which 45V D is compared Sets current level at which shutdown occurs Sets free run frequency of A8 Main VCO Can be done anytime Should be done after Main Synthesizer adjustment in follow ing order Sets free run frequency of A4 OFFSET VCO Set center and extremes of triangular search waveform Can done anytime in following order Maximizes gain through A25U2 Sets attenuation at 175 MHz Maximize gain through A11U2 Maximize gain through A12U2 Maximize gain through A12U4 Sets level detector so coun ter counts 1 GHz 130 dBm Adjust detector to dash 5342A display at overload Adjust detector to take out attenuation when input level drops For Option 002 Adjust for maximum sensitivity Can be done anytime Model 5342 Adjustments Table 5 1 Adjustment Continued REFERENCE NAME DESIGNATOR PURPOSE 6 Amplitude Can be done any Adjustments time in fol
452. nued Ground A9TP1 so that A8 will go to its free run frequency of 325 MHZz Put the 5342A in MANUAL mode and set the following center frequencies Monitor A10TP1 and check the period of this signal It should vary per the table below since the 325 MHz free run frequency is divided by the programmed N frequency A8 would go to if ASTP1 not grounded MAN CNTRL DESIRED VCO DIVISION A10TP1 PERIOD FREQ FREQ FACTOR N if free run 325 0MHZ 500 MHz 300 0 MHz 6000 18 46 us 550 MHz 312 5 MHz 6250 19 23 us 600 MHz 337 5 MHz 6750 20 77 us 650 MHz 350 0 MHz 7000 21 54 us For example rp If the MAN CNTRL FREQ is changed to 600 MHz then the period of A10TP1 changes If this doesn t occur then the divide by N circuitry on A10 is faulty 8 115 Model 5342 Service Table 8 16 A11 A12 A25 U1 IF Troubleshooting Set up signal generator at 50 MHz to deliver 0 6V into 500 as measured on an oscillo scope with 100 MHz bandwidth INPUT TO 5342A OSCILLOSCOPE SET 500 NOTE In the following step for instruments containing Option 002 or 003 inject the 50 MHz test signal at the U1 Sampler Input This requires removal of the semirigid coax cable from U1 input This action is necessary due to the filter in U2 at the 500 MHZ 18 GHz input Apply the 50 MHz signal generator output to the 500 MHz 18 GHz input of the 5342A Place the 5342A in AUTO and the range switch in the 500 MHz 18 GHz position
453. o A13 where it is counted by the A counter 8 151 HECL RSET high clears U4 U1 before LDIR GATE opens the main gate for counting 8 152 A4 OFFSET VCO 8 153 The A4 OFFSET VCO figure 8 27 essentially identical to the A8 MAIN VCO assembly described paragraph 8 172 with the exception that has one less buffer amplifier The OFS OSC amplitude at XA4 10 should be approximately 600 mV rms and OFS OSC at XA4 7 should be approximately 300 mV ms Measure with a high impedance RF millivoltmeter such as the HP 411A 8 154 A5 RF MULTIPLEXER ASSEMBLY 8 155 The AS RF Multiplexer assembly shown in Figure 8 28 receives two input signals MAIN OSC from the A8 Main VCO assembly at XA5 10 and OFFSET OSC from the A4 Offset VCO assembly at XA5 1 Upon command by the LO SWITCH signal from the A17 Timing Generator assembly MAIN OSC if LO SWCH is TIL high or OFFSET OSC if LO SWCH is TIL low is gated to the output of A5 and becomes the LO FREQ signal which drives the A26 Sampler Driver 8 156 The oscillator signals enter A5 at a level of approximately 4 dBm at XA5 1 for the OFF SET OSC and XA5 10 for the MAIN OSC After passing through 6 dB matching pads formed by R8 R7 R6 and R22 R21 R20 both signals are amplified by differential amplifiers U1 amplifies OFF SET OSC and U4 amplifies MAIN OSC The amplified outputs pass through ac coupling capacitors C6 and C20 respectively and then are either blocked or passed by diode switches
454. obe and the STOP probe of a 5004A Signature Analyzer on A14U8 2 which is the most significant address line out of the U21 microprocessor A15 Place the CLOCK probe of the 5004A on the test point located in the upper righthand corner of A14 Place the GROUND probe of the 5004 on the ground test point of A14 14 10 14 18 Ri R2 LD7 LA15 TEST PINS DATA BUS SWITCH Set the 5004A for positive slope on START STOP and CLOCK all pushbuttons of the 5004A should be out Apply power to the 5342A Place the 5342 in free run mode by moving A14 switch S2A to the up position and all S1 switches down opens up data bus lines back into MPU U21 Ensure that the LX ROM switch on the A14 extender board is in the up position Press the RESET switch on the A14 extender board NORMAL OPERATION FREE RUN Model 5342 Service Table 8 9 A14 Microprocessor Troubleshooting Continued 4 Place the 5004A data probe on 5V and verify that the characteristic 1 5 signature dis played on the 5004A is 0003 If 0003 is not displayed then the U21 microprocessor is not free running 0003 is displayed when the 5004A data probe is placed on 5V go to step 5 a Check the clock inputs to the microprocessor by looking at the phase 1 clock test point on A14 and the 2 test point These signals should be as in the following oscilloscope photos If these signals are not present troubleshoot the cloc
455. ode Q1 Q2 Ut 80 30 1 002 1 0 03 8 6 3 5 3 2 27 3 302 151 75 5 4 0 5 3 55 7 4 83 7 478 8 4 02 8 3 67 5 RF MULTIPLEXER ASSEMBLY li CONDITIONS 5342A in CHECK mode Disconnect A5W1 from 26 2 u3 u4 Q1 Q2 93 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 74 1 0 0 3 56 22 2 2 3 2 36 2 0 68 2 0 74 3 2 36 285 1 50 36 5 3 91 3 0 68 3 0 74 5 3 91 22 082 C 08 7 4 58 3 0 68 3 074 7 458 8 3 85 4 0 05 4 0 0 8 3 84 5 438 5 4 2 8 4 38 DIODE SWITCH SIMPLIFIED DRAWING V CR6 0 78 0 78 CR5 0 004 0 004 OFS VCO IN MAIN VCO IN 1 L n A _KC MM 7 3 Model 5342 Manual Changes gt ERRATA Cont d Table 1 Troubleshooting Information Continued The following charts are provided as an aid to troubleshooting 5342A assemblies A3 thru A9 A11 thru A14 A25 and A26 This information was to be published in the permanent 5342 manual but was inadvertently omitted Its intended location was the apron of the appropriate assembly schematic diagram Qi AG OFFSET LOOP AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS No signal input 5342A in CHECK mode 92 9 U2 E 413 12 4 121 5 05 2 1 6 B 407 B 130 128 B 53 3 1 6 110 115 1 147 00 4 121 6 1 9 7 124 CONDITIONS 7 Assembly removed 5342 CHECK mode Q4 02 NOTE F 45 05 2 4154 Junction of CR4 CR3 41 54 B 4442 158 4 171 0 7 124 A7 MIXER SEARCH CONT
456. odel 5342 Service Table 8 19 A5 RF Multiplexer Troubleshooting Set up the test equipment as shown EXT IF OUT HP 8820C HP 86222A Hp its EE SWEEPER 8554 8552 Set the 8620 to 1 2 GHz at approximately 20 dBm Place the 5342 AUTO 500 MHz 18 GHz range and in diagnostic mode 2 press SET SET 2 so that the counter continuously displays the A counter contents as it remains in the harmonic determination routine The trace on the spectrum analyzer should show two IF s indicating that the A5 Multiplexer is switching between the main synthesizer and the offset synthesizer The wideband filter on A9 is switched in as can be determined by the wider noise skirts about the signal EXT iF OUT 20 MHz DIV 300 kHz BW um TABLE 8 19 A5 1 2 GHz 20 dBm input to CNTR If the scale is expanded to 1 MHz div it is seen that the separation between the IF s is 2 MHz 24 x 500 kHz where 4 is the N number Go to diagnostic mode 1 to verify 4 EXT IF OUT 1 MHz DiV 100 kHz BW 8 125 Model 5342 Service Table 8 19 A5 RF Multiplexer Troubleshooting Continued Put counter in diagnostic mode 4 which continuously measures the IF The narrow band filter on A9 is switched in and noise skirt about IF reduced EXT iF OUT 20 MHz div 300 KHz BW 1 2 GHz 20 dBm input TABLE 8 19 5 8 126 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting GENERAL The
457. on Code LI LJ O A 42 6000 8480 42 6000 V SERIES 1720 A7C1 0160 3879 7 9 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A7C2 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A7C3 0180 0155 8 2 CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 20 20VDC TA 56289 150D225X0020A2 7 4 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC 28480 0160 3879 A7C5 0180 0155 8 CAPACITOR EXD 2 2UF 20 20VDC 56289 1 00225 0020 2 A7C6 0160 3878 6 10 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A7C7 0180 1701 2 4 CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 eV DC TA 56289 150D685X0006A2 A7C8 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR EXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A7C9 0180 1701 2 CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 6VDC 56289 150D685X0006A2 A7C10 0160 3878 6 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A7C11 1080 1701 2 CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 6VDC TA 56289 15D0685X0006A2 A7C12 0160 3878 6 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A7C13 0160 2879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A7C14 0180 1701 2 CAPACITOR FXD 6 8UF 20 eVDC TA 56289 150D685X0006A2 A7C15 0160 3875 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3879 A7C16 0160 3875 3 1 CAPACITOR FXD 22PF 4 596 200VDC CER 0 30 28480 0160 3875 A7C17 1060 3878 6 CAPACITOR EXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A7C18 1060 3878 6 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3878 A7C19 0160 3879 7 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100
458. on 011 is given in paragraphs 3 69 through 3 80 Model 5342 Operation 3 67 Digital to Analog Converter DAC Option 004 3 68 The DAC option allows selection of any three consecutive digits in the display and con version of these digits to an analog voltage The analog voltage is available at a rear panel con nector The digits are converted to a voltage of from 0 to 10 volts corresponding to the digits selected Digits 000 produce 0 volts digits 999 produce 9 99 volts fullscale into 15 kilohms 3 69 HP IB PROGRAMMING OPTION 011 3 70 The capability of a device connected to the is specified by its interface functions lists the interface functions of the 5342A using the terminology of IEEE Standard 488 1975 Appendix C Interface functions provide the means for a device to receive process and send messages over the HP 19 Procedures for verification of proper operation of Option 011 HP IB are contained in paragraphs 4 1d through 4 26 Table 3 1 HP B Interface Capabilitv Interface Function Em Subset Identifier Interface Function Description Complete source handshake capability Complete acceptor handshake capability Talker basic talker serial poll talk only mode does not unaddress to talk if addressed to listen Listener basic listener no listen only mode doe not unaddress to listen if addressed to talk Service request capability Complete remote local capability No parallel poll capabili
459. on from A14 Microprocessor decoder that loads low order bits into N register Not used Phase emor signals from A10 Divide by N assembly to A9 Main Loop Amplifier that control the A8 Main Main VCO Control voltage signal from A9 Main Loop Amplifier that controls the frequency of the A8 Main VCO A8 Main VCO output to A5 RF Multiplexer Assembly A8 Main VCO output to A7 Mixer Search Control Assembly that is mixed with the signal from A4 Offset VCO A7 Mixer Search Control outputs that are processed by A6 Offset Loop Amplifier to develop OFFSET CON TROL signal A dc control voltage signal from A6 Offset Loop Ampli fier to A4 Offset VCO Assembly A4 Offset VCO output to A5 RF Multiplexer Assembly A7 Offset VCO output to A7 Mixer Search Control Assembly 500 kHz signal from A18 Time Base to the phase de tector on A7 and to 10 cir cuit on A10 Divide by N Assembly 1 MHz signal from A18 Time Base to A12 IF Detector and to the prs generator on A17 Timing Generator 10 MHz signal from A18Time Base to FREQ SID OUT con nector on rear panel 8 11 Model 5342 Service 8 22 DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY 8 23 Before performing any of the following disassembly or reassembly procedures the fol lowing steps must be performed a Set LINE ON SIBY switch to STBY position b Remove line power cable from Input Power Module A23 8 24 Top Cover Removal 8 25 remove the top cover procee
460. onding analog voltage output The voltage is available at the BNC connector on the rear panel labeled DAC OUT and is between and 9 99 volts dc For example if the selected digits are 220 the output is volts and if the selected digits are 999 the output is 9 99 volts dc Operating procedures are listed in Figure 3 5 3 24 SET RESET RECALL and CHS Keys 3 25 The SET RESET RECALL and CHS keys allow offsets and center frequencies to be entered reset the measurement process recall previous values and change the sign of offsets as described inj Figure 3 3 3 26 SAMPLE RATE GATE and REMOTE 3 27 The SAMPLE RATE control adjusts the deadtime between the end of one measurement and the start of the next measurement The duration of the measurement is determined by the Model 5342 Operation resolution selected The SAMPLE RATE is variable between lt 20 ns and HOLD In HOLD postion the display will hold the measurement displayed indefinitely 3 28 The GATE indicator is lit during the measurement interval gate time when the counter s gate is open and accumulating counts 3 29 The REMOTE indicator is lit when the 5342A is in remote operation Option 011 installed 3 30 AM Tolerance 3 31 The 5342A will measure carrier frequencies containing amplitude modulation to any modulation index provided the minimum voltage of the signal is not less than the sensitivity specification of the 5342A 3 32 FM Tolerance 3 33 The 5342A
461. ong prs 2 096 seconds long for 50 MHz p p FM tolerance FM 8 128 Control Section 8 129 The control section is made up of the A14 Microprocessor assembly the A2 Display Driver assembly and the A1 Keyboard Display assembly The program stored in ROM on the A14 assembly controls the operating algorithm of the instrument The A1 assembly is used by the operator to interface with the stored program Via the A1 keyboard the operator selects oper ating modes AUTO MANUAL CHECK resolution and offsets The Al assembly also displays measurement results The A2 Display Driver assembly controls A1 and provides the interface with the A14 Microprocessor 8 130 DETAILED THEORY OF OPERATION 8 131 The detailed theory of operation is provided in the following paragraphs in numerical order of the assemblies 8 132 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY AND A2 DISPLAY DRIVER ASSEMBLY 8 133 The 1 Display assembly and A2 Display Driver assembly shown in Figure 8 24 together to provide the user interface with the microprocessor For a description of micro processor operation refer tb paragraph 8 228 The keyboard on the AI Display permits the oper ator to input commands to the microprocessor The display on the Display is used by the microprocessor to display measurement results error codes and other information to the oper ator As an example consider what occurs when the SET key is pressed by the operator Pressing the key generates an
462. or 003 8 45 Wen replacing resistor 1682 average value 10K ohms select the original factory selected value that is labeled on U2 assembly part of Option 002 or 003 8 17 Model 5342 Service 8 18 8 46 SERVICE ACCESSORY KIT 10842A 8 47 The 10842A Service Accessory Kit contains 10 special extender boards Figure 8 3 designed to aid in troubleshooting the 5342A The following paragraphs describe equipment supplied replaceable parts and operation 8 48 Equipment Supplied 8 49 Table 8 3 55 the boards contained in the 10842A Service Accessory Kit with their general description and usage The kit is shown i Table 8 3 10842A Kit Contents 05342 60030 10 pin X2 Extender Boards for A4 A5 and A18 assemblies 05342 60031 12 pin X2 Extender Boards for A3 A7 A8 A9 and All assemblies 05342 60032 15 pin X2 Extender Boards for the A24 assembly 05342 60033 18 pin X2 Extender Boards for the A17 assembly 05342 60034 22 pin X2 Extender Boards for A10 A12 A13 A20 A21 assemblies 05342 60035 24 pin X2 Extender Boards for the A19 assembly 05342 60036 Double 18 pin X2 Extender Boards forthe A14 assembly 05342 60039 Keyed double 18 pin X2 Extender Boards forthe A15 HP 16 assembly NOTE Forthe Option 002 and 003 A16 assembly use one 05342 60030 10 pin X2 Extender Board and one 05342 60033 18 pin X2 Extender Board 8 50 Replaceable Parts 8 51 The only replaceable parts in the 10842A kit are the two inte
463. ordering information Indicates factory selected value 28480 56289 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 28480 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 28480 28480 Model 5342A Replaceable Parts 05342 60018 150D066X000682 0160 3879 0160 3879 150D606X000682 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 150D337X900682 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 150D337X900682 1901 0040 1901 0040 9140 0179 9140 0179 9140 0179 BB1525 BB3625 BB1525 BB3625 BB1015 BB3625 1251 0600 SN74S74N SN74LS196N SN74LS196N SN74128N SN74132N 5000 9043 5040 6852 6 27 Model 5342 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Continued Reference HP Part Description Mfr Mfr Part Number Designation Number Code A19 05342 60019 6 PRIMARY POWER ASSEMBLY SERIES 1720 28480 05342 60019 A19C1 0180 2802 6 2 CAPACITOR FXD 140UF 50 10 250VDC AL 56289 39D147F250M94 A19C2 0180 2802 6 CAPACITOR FXD 140UF 50 10 250VDC AL 56289 39D147F250M94 A19C3 0180 2216 4 1 CAPACITOR FXD 820PF 5 300VDC MICA 28480 0160 2216 19 4 0180 1975 2 2 CAPACITOR FXD 4UF 50 10 350VDC AL 56289 390405F350EE4 A19C5 0180 1975 2 CAPACITOR FXD 4UF 50 10 350VDC AL 56289 390405F350EE4 A19C6 0180 0106 9 2 CAPACITOR FXD 600 20 6VDC TA 56289 150D606X000682 A19C7 0180 0106 9 CAPACITOR FXD 60UF 20 eVDC TA 5628
464. ositive negative negative positive zero zero temperature coetticient not recommended for field replacement not separately replaceable nanosecond nanowstt i order by description outside diameter oval head operational amplifier option a oscillator oxide ounce ohm peak used in parts list pulse amplitude modulation printed circuit pulse code moudulation pulse count modulation pulse duration modulation picofarad phosphor bronze Phillips nom uuum PIN PL PLO PM PNP POLY PORC POS POSN POT PREAMPL PRF PRR ps PT PTM PWM REF REG REPL RF RFi RH RLC SCR SE SECT SEMICON SHF 5 SIL SL SNR SPOT SPG SA SPST 558 SST STL so SWR SYNC TC TD x positive intrinsic negative z inverse voltage peak phase lock phase lock oscillator z phase modulation positive negative positive part of 7 polystyrene porcelain positive position s used in parts list position potentiometer peak to peak peak to peak used in parts list pulse position modulation preamplifier pulse repetition frequency pulse repetition rate picosecond point pulse time modulation pulse width modulation peak working voltage resistance capacitance rectifier referance reguiat
465. ot exceed 425 dBm peak of input power at the type N connector 500 MHz 18 GHz Damage to the internal sampler may occur Refer to paragraph 3 37 for detailed explanation 3 37 The 5342A will function within specifications for 500 MHz18 GHz signal inputs up to 5 dBm standard unit For measuring higher level inputs refer to the options described in para graphs 3 61 and 3 63 Under no circumstances should the input level to the 5342A exceed 25 dBm If the input power exceeds this level damage to the intemal sampler may occurand the sampler is expensive to replace Measurements from 45 to 425 dBm are not recommended as false readings may occur signal levels exceed 5 dBm extemal attenuators should be used to attenuate the signal Options 002 and 003 can extend the range to 420 dBm 3 3 Model 5342 Operation 3 38 The 10 Hz 500 MHz direct count input BNC connector is fuse protected for a maximum input level of 3 5V rms 24 dBm 3 39 INPUT CABLE CONSIDERATIONS 3 40 Consideration should be given to input cable losses at higher frequencies For example a 6 foot section of RG 214 U coaxial cable has about 15 dB loss at 18 GHz Such losses must be taken into consideration along with the sensitivity specifications given in Table 1 1 3 41 CONTROLS INDICATORS AND CONNECTORS 3 42 Figure 3 1 describes the front panel controls indicators and connectors Figure 3 2 describes the rear panel connectors and controls
466. ove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below New or changed material is indicated by a vertical bar in the outer margin of the page Illustration changes are indicated by a pointing hand New or changed part numbers are indicated by an asterisk Completely revised sections or chapters are indicated by a vertical bar next to the title only Remove Pages Insert Pages A B blank A B blank 11 6625 3014 14 C1 Insert Pages ijthrough ix x blank 0 1 0 2 blank 0 1 0 2 blank A 1 A 2 Blank A 2 blank Cover Cover Remove Pages i through x 2 File this change sheet in front of the publication for reference purposes By Order of the Secretary of the Army PETER J SCHOOMAKER General United States Army Official Chief of Staff JOYCE E MORROW Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army 0531905 11 6625 3014 14 INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES NOTE ON CHANGED PAGES THE PORTION OF THE TEXT AFFECTED BY THE LATEST CHANGE IS INDICATED BY A VERTICAL LINE OR OTHER CHANGE SYMBOL IN THE OUTER MARGIN OF THE PAGE Dates of issue for original and changed pages are Original 0 10 September 1981 Change 1 13 January 2006 Total number of pages in this publication is 364 consisting of the following Page Change No No COVE i 1 A B blank 1 i through vili
467. ow to high Apply 12 more pulses at TP4 U4 12 should go from low to high Apply 5 more pulses at TP4 U7 6 should go from low to high U2 U1 Counters Check 1 Connect AP clip to U3 Connect clip lead from U3 1 to ground Verify that U1 1 is high If not pulse U19 9 then U14 2 with logic pulser Verify that U2 3 is high and U2 5 is low If not pulse U19 9 Connect another clip lead from U3 5 to ground Verify that U1 9 is low Move clip lead from U3 5 to U3 6 so that U3 6 is grounded Verify that U1 9 is high This loads data into U1 and U2 counters Monitor U1 15 with logic probe and pulse TP4 test point with pulser 14 times ON 14th clock U1 15 should pulse high 8 110 Model 5342 Service Table 8 14 A17 Timing Generator Troubleshooting Continued A17 LDIR GATE and LIF GATE troubleshooting Set the 5342A to 10 Hz 500 MHz range sample rate full ccw no input signal and 100 Hz resolution With an oscilloscope monitor LDIR GATE at 5 and TP6 A17 as shown below As the resolution is changed the width of the gate signal TP6 high should vary as follows Resolution Width 1 MHz 1 us 100 kHz 10 us 10 kHz 100 us 1 kHz 1 ms 100 Hz 10 ms 10 Hz 100 ms 1 Hz 1 sec Change the range of the 5342 to the 500 MHz 18 GHz range and place the counter in MAN mode and observe w SAMPLE RATE As the resolution is change the width of the gate signal should vary as follows Resolut
468. plifier sums and integrates the two outputs of the phase detector on A7 This error signal keeps the offset VCO on a frequency which is 500 kHz below the main VCO frequency To get the difference frequency out of the mixer on A7 into the capture range of the phase locked loop formed by A7 A6 and A4 a search generator on A6 is tumed on in the absence of a 500 kHz difference frequency The generator sweeps the offset VCO over its range until the VCO is 500 kHz less than the main VCO the LPOS Slope signal generated on A6 pre vents the loop from locking on the upper sideband where the offset VCO is 500 kHz greater than the main VCO At this point the search generator is disabled and the output of the phase detector on A7 keeps the loop locked 8 123 The offset VCO has two buffered outputs goes to the A5 RF Multiplexer and the other is fed back to the A7 Mixer Search Control assembly 8 124 IF Section 8 125 The IF section amplifies the output of the U1 sampler and routes this IF to A13 for coun ting It also provides digital outputs which indicate that the IF signal is of sufficient amplitude to be counted and that it is in the proper frequency range The A25 Preamplifier assembly provides high gain amplification approximately 42 dB for the output of the sampler the sampler has a 48 dB converson efficiency which means that an input signal ata level of dBm will yield an IF at approximately 48 dBm The All IF Limiter assembly limits
469. positive by 100 mV 25 mV 100 mV 25 mV SIGNAL AT A3U4 14 d To determine the value of 15 first decide how much the actual upper voltage level at A3U4 14 must change in order to fall between 75 mV to 125 mV For every 5 mV increase required the value of 15 must be increased by 1 ohm and for every 5 mV decrease the value of A3R15 must be decreased by 1 ohm For example if the actual voltage only goes positive by 25 mV then 75 mV increase is required Increase A3R15 by 15 1 e Use 1 0 125Wesistor for A3R15 The following are HP part numbers for resistors which may be used Value Part No 61 90 0757 0276 56 20 0757 0395 51 10 0757 0394 46 40 0698 4037 42 20 0757 0316 38 30 0698 3435 34 80 0698 3434 31 60 0757 0180 28 70 0698 3433 Service Model 5342 Service 8 40 Procedure for Selecting Resistor R16 and Capacitor C10 on Direct Count Amplifier A3 8 41 If resistor A3R16 and capacitor A3C10 are not the proper value the 5342A will exhibit mis count at low levels for frequencies near 10 Hz at the high impedance direct count input This mis count is caused by leakage of the 300 MHz synthesizer frequency into the low frequency input To select A3R16 and A3C10 perform the following a Wh the 5342A set to the 10 Hz 500 MHz range impedance select set to 1 MO 1 Hz resolution apply a 10 Hz signal at a level of 50 mV mns if the counter propery counts 10 Hz leave 16 at 510 0698
470. processor reads State In buffer U30 to see if the counter has been addressed to talk If the counter has been addressed to talk the microprocessor reads Interrupt In buffer U18 to determine the state of Data Out flip flop U9B If U9B 9 is high then the previous data byte has been accepted by the listener and a new data byte maybe written into Data Out register U21 Wen a data byte is written into U21 U9B 9 is reset low and the source handshake logic sets LDAV low two 2 periods later Wen the listener sets HDAC high U9B 9 goes high on the next positive transition of the 2 clock Since the listener has accepted the data new data byte is written into U21 However LDAV will not go low again until the listener sets HRFD high to indicate that it is ready for more data Data Out register U21 is always enabled if the Serial Poll FF U29 is set low The output data bus drivers U22 U25 U31 and the source handshake circuits however are only enabled in talk mode and LATN set high 8 371 A timing diagram of a typical source handshake is shown below Since U9B 9 is high the microprocessor clocks data into U21 This clock also resets U9B 9 low U9B 9 going low causes the input to flip flop U4B to go low and 04 5 output goes low on the next 2 clock positive transition Since U4 9 is low HRFD is high the input to flip flop U4A 2 goes high and the U4 5 output goes high on the next clock Wen U4 5 goes high LDAV at U36 3 goes low
471. ps troubleshoot the analog loop 1 Apply a 50 MHz 10 dBm signal to the low T SETG ency input Select AMPL and place the 5342A in diagnostic mode 6 SET si With a DVM measure the DETECTED RF LF input to A16 at BACKSIDE OF BOARD This voltage should be approximately 0 04 Volts Increase the input level 10 dBm and measure A16U18 2 This voltage should be approximately 0 70 Volts If not check U17 15 for these voltages If still not present suspect bad cable or failed A27 Low Frequency Amplitude module 2 Apply a 2 GHz 10 dBm signal to the high frequency With the counter in AMPL mode and diagnostic mode 6 measure the DETECTED RF HF input to A16 at A16U18 2 This voltage will be approximately 0 03 to 0 04 volts Increase the input level to 10 dBm and observe a level in the range of approximately 0 6 to 0 7 volts 8 128 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting Continued 3 the U2 High Frequency Module or the A27 Low Frequency module is suspected perform the following dc checks using a DVM such as the 3465A Place the DVM in OHMS function and range if using a different DVM select that range which provides a 1 mA constant current Connect the positive lead of the DVM to the point indicated by a and the common lead to the point indicated by a U2 High Frequency Module Checks SIGNAL NAME OHMMETER XA16B3 GROUND 9500 GROUND XA16B3
472. put signal levels with millvoltmeter with high imped ante probe XA4 10 should be around 600 mV rms and XA4 7 around 300 mV rms Both levels are 100 mV and essentially independent of frequency 2 determine if A4 has failed use clip lead to ground A6TP1 This forces the A4 VCO to its free run frequency of 325 MHz 2 MHz Connect XA4 10 the OFFSET OSC signal to the direct count input of the 5342A using a coax cable with BNC connector on one end and alligator clips on the other Adjust A4R1 for the proper frequency if neces sary Check that the level is approximately 600 mV rms 3 If A4 is good then either or A7 has failed Pull the OFFSET LOOP AMP from the instrument put A7 on an extender board and monitor A7U1 5 and A7U1 10 the phase detector outputs with an oscillosqpe Put the 53424 in AUTO 500 MHz 18GHz range and no signal input Ground 4 51 the OFFSET CNTRL signal with a clip lead to cause A4 TABLE 8 17 to go to 325 MHz It may be necessry to push MAN then AUTO in order to get the charac A4 A6 A7 teristic display of all zeros and start the instrument sweeping The display should be as follows A7U15 A7U1 10 A9TP1 MAIN CNTRL A7U1 10 Em am If these signals are present then A7 is OK 8 122 Model 5342 Service Table 8 17 A4 A6 A7 Offset Loop Synthesizer Troubleshooting Continued If these signals are not present then the mixer portion of A7
473. r The NOTOR form Example 3 is frequently referred to as NOR NOTE In this manual the logic negation symbol is NOT used 8 64 Logic Implementation and Polarity Indication 8 65 Devices that can perform the basic logic functions AND and OR are called gates Any device that can perform one of these functions can also be used to perform the other if the re lationship of the input and output voltage levels to the logic variables 1 and 0 is redefined suitably 8 66 In describing the operation of electronic logic devices the symbol H is used to represent a high level which is a voltage within the more positive less negative of the two ranges of voltages used to represent the binary variables L is used to represent a low level which is a voltage within the less positive more negative range 8 67 A function table for a device shows implicitly or explicitly all the combinations of input conditions and the resulting output conditions 8 68 In graphic symbols inputs or outputs that are active when at the high level are shown without polarity indication The polarity indicator symbol xdenotes that the active one state of an input or output with respect to the symbol to which if is attached is the low level NOTE The polarity indicator symbol f is used in this manual EXAMPLE 5 assume two devices having the following function tables DEVICE 1 DEVICE 2 FUNCTION TABLE FUNCTION TABLE POSITIVE assigning the r
474. r ELLSR3ST2T23AM1050 130 rec ctr C prt C prt END 131 dsp CHECK POINT 4 Press Continue stp 132 if Lz1 gto 129 end 4 12 Model 5342 performance Tests Table 4 3 Model 9825A Program Description CHECK POINT TEST OBSERVE ON 5342A Remote Manual Auto Frequency Offset On OFF Range Low High FM mode On Off Resolution 1 Hz to 1 MHz Set Manual Center Frequency Set Offset Frequency Sample Rate Hold Front Panel Control Fast Sample Sample and Hold Front panel REMOTE should light Front panel MANUAL should light for approximately 5 seconds AUTO goes off for 5 seconds At conclusion of test AUTO light should be on Front panel OFS MHz should light for approximately 5 seconds then go off The counter should display 10 MHz for approximately 5 seconds and then all O s high range no input Front panel asterisk should light for approximately 5 seconds The counter should display the 75 MHz check frequency with resolution from 1 Hz to 1 MHz Each beep from calculator decreases resolution by one decade There is approximately a 2 second wait between each change Wen the 9825A displays X enter a manual center frequency in MHz no decimal points between 500 MHz and 18000 MHz Press CONTINUE Verify that the counter was set to this manual center frequency by pressing RESET RECALL MANUAL For example if 12345 is entered 12 345 GHz manual frequency then 12 345 GHz
475. r 4 00025 GHz negative offset AMPLITUDE OFFSET MODE Amplitude Offset off Amplitude Offset on SET AMPLITUDE OFFSET X s represent nonfixed length data string representing offset amplitude in dB Spaces are ignored Example SOB 10 1E for 10 1 dB negative offset SOB3 5E for 3 5 dB positive offset SOB10E for 10 dB positive offset RESOLUTION RANGE 10 Hz 500 MHz 500 MHz 18 GHz 10 FM CW MODE 3 22 Model 5342 Operation Table 3 4 Option 011 HP IR Program Code Set Continued 11 SAMPLE RATE Front panel sample rate Hold Fast sample no delay Sample then hold Send trigger command trg 7 or trg 702 to start measurement If 5342A is in remote and addressed to listen and other than Hold T1 the trigger command causes the 5342A to automatically go to Sample then Hold T3 OUTPUT MODE Output only when addressed Wait until addressed RE display is blanked and new measurement initiated If in Hold T1 then measurement is not completed but stays in Hold Does not return control to local AUTOMATIC OFFSETS Automatic frequency offset Automatic amplitude offset CHECK MODE SR1 No input can be present at RF connector Counter must be in SAMPLE RATE full ccw Be sure to send RESET command RE before making other measurements 3 75 In the output only when addressed mode the counter pulls SRQ at the end of a mea surement and then checksto see if it has been address
476. r switch boxes System components and devices may be connected in virtually any configu ration desired There must of course be a path from the calculator or other controller to every device operating on the bus Asa practical matter avoid stacking more than three orfour cables on any one connector If the stack getstoo large the force on the stack produces great leverage which can damage the connector mounting Be sure each connector is firmly finger tight screwed in place to keep it from working loose during use 2 38 CABLE LENGTH RESTRICTIONS To achieve design performance with the HP IB proper voltage levels and timing relationship must be maintained If the system cable is too long the lines cannot be driven properly and the system will fail to perform properly Therefore when interconnecting an system it is important to observe the following rules a The total cable length for the system must be less than or equal to 20 metres 65 feet b The total cable length for the system must be equal to or less than 2 metres 6 6 feet times the total number of devices connected to the bus c The total number of instruments connected to the bus must not exceed 15 2 39 5342A Listen Address 2 40 The 5342A contains a rear panel HP IB Instrument address selection switch There are five switches designated As 2 A1 which are used to select the address Instructions for setting and changing the listen address are p
477. range and 999 MHz signal is applied to the type N connector A DVM is connected to the DAC OUT connector on the rear panel The front panel keyboard is used to select digits 999 and the DVM observed for an indication of 9 99 volts dc Then the 000 digits are selected and the DVM observed for 0 volts dc Setup HP 3465 DIGITAL MULTIMETER HP 8620C SWEEPER HP 88222A Set the 5342A to the 500 MHz 18 GHz range AUTO mode Connect DVM to DAC OUT set DVM to 20V range Set the generator to 999 MHz as indicated on 5342A display On 5342A keyboard press Blue SET Key DAC Observe DMV for indication of 9 99 0 01 Enter on operational verifi cation record Table 4 7 On 5342A keyboard press Blue SET Key DAC Observe DVM for 0 0 01 Enter on operational verification record On 5342A keyboard press Blue SET Key DAC Observe DVM for 9 00 0 01 Enter on performance test record 4 16 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 28 PERFORMANCE TEST PROCEDURES 4 29 10 Hz 500 MHz Input Sensitivity Test 500 Standard and Option 003 Instruments Only Specification Description Setup 500 position sensitivity 25 mV ms for frequencies from 10 Hz 520 M Hz The 5342A is set to the 10 Hz 500 MHz range and a signal at the rated sensitivity is applied to the BNC input The frequency is slowly swept up to 10 MHz at constant level and the 5342A
478. red by the U8 Analog to Digital Converter 8 323 Register U5 is used by the microprocessor to write to the A16 Amplitude Assembly U1 10 clocks the data on the data lines into U5 when the LAMP signal is low and the LR HW signal goes low to high 8 322 U5 3 contains the START CONVERSION input to U8 Wen START CONVERSION go high 085 digital logic is initialized and BUSY is latched high Wen START Conversion retums low the conversion begins 8 323 U5 6 controls the HIGH BYTE ENABLE HBEN input of U8 and the STATUS ENABLE STEN input of U8 Wen HBEN is high the high order data bits five most significant bits appear at U8 29 30 31 32 33 HBEN low causes these outputs to float high Z state STEN high enables the status bits BUSY and OVERRANGE OVRG BUSY indicates conversion complete The microprocessor waits 40 ms afterthe START pulse and then continually reads the BUSY bit U8 36 until the bit is low converson complete if conversion complete does not occur within 140 ms error message E16 1 is displayed Wen U8 36 is high the conversion is in progress approximately 40 ins The overange bit OVRG at U8 34 goes high if the input voltage has exceeded the plus or minus full scale voltage by at least 1 2 LSB 8 324 Register US 7 controls the Low Byte Enable LBEN input of U8 Wen LBEN is high the low order data bits eight least significant bits appear at U8 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 LBEN low causes these outp
479. resurfacing to restore serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage fault malfunction or failure in a part subassembly module component or assembly end item or system j Overhaul That maintenance effort service action necessary to restore an item to a complete ly serviceable operational condition as prescribed by maintenance standards 1 DMWR in appro priate technical publications Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army Overhaul does not normally return an item to like new condition k Rebuild Consists of those services actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a like new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards Rebuild is the highest degree of materiel maintenance applied to Army equipment The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to zero those age measurements hours miles etc considered in classifying Army equipments components B 1 11 6625 3014 14 5342 3 Column Entries a Column 1 Group Number Column 1 lists group numbers the purpose of which is to identify components assemblies subassemblies and mod ules with the next higher assembly b Column 2 Component Assembly Column 2 contains the noun names of component assem blies subassemblies and modules for which main tenance is authorized c Column 8 Maintenance Functions Column 3 lists the functions to be p
480. rmination Counter continuously displays the contents of the B counter during the harmonic determination Counter continuously displays the measured IF frequency Reso lution determined by resolution selected before going to diagnostic mode 4 5 Put 5342A in AMPL mode Option 002 then select diagnostic mode Option 002 only 5 Counter display scontinously the corrected amplitude Multiplexer on front end is not switching between frequency and amplitude 6 Put 5342A in AMPL mode Option 002 then select diagnostic Option 002 only mode 6 Counter display continuously uncorrected amplitude not corrected for level and frequency on A16 Multiplexer on front end is not switching Sweeps Main VCO from 350 MHz to 300 MHz in 100 kHz steps Time between updates in VCO frequency determined by SAMPLE RATE setting To stay at a particular frequency put SAMPLE RATE to HOLD Remove input signal to counter place counter in 500 MHz 18 GHz range and AUTO mode Keyboard check Refer tqd paragraph 3 43 for complete list of what should be displayed when each key is pressed To return to normal operation press RESET 8 90 Model 5342 Service Table 8 9 A14 Microrprocessor Troubleshooting Place the A14 Microprocessor Assembly on the extender board P N 05342 60036 which is shown below Place the 5004A START and STOP probes on the B 4 test pin of the A14 ex tender board Or place on AP clip on U8 of A14 and place the START pr
481. rovided Section Ill of this manual along with programming codes 2 41 HP IB Descriptions 2 42 A description of the HP IB is provided in Eection Ill of this manual A study of this infor mation is necessary if the user is not familiar with the HP IB concept Additional information conceming the design criteria and operation of the bus is available in IEEE Standard 488 1975 titled IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation 2 9 Model 5342 Installation Aw Sea w 0882983229328 PIN CAUTION tw J DIO1 DIO2 The 5342 contains metric threaded HP IB cable mountino studs as opposed to English threads Metric threaded HP 10631A B C or D HP IB cable lockecrews must be used to malin 5 Sina ia aducand Sas f K 0106 secure the to the Instrument Identification of the two types of mounting studs and lockscrews is made by their 0107 color English threaded fasteners are colored silver and mo O5 C Gp Co AW 208 metric threaded fasteners are colored black DO mate EO silver and black fasteners to each other or the threads of either 1 n or both will be destroyed Metric threaded cable hard NRFD ware illustrations and part numbers follow NDAC 9 IFC 10 SRQ LONG MOUNTING SHORT MOUNTING 11 LOCKSCREW STUD STUD 12
482. ry Power A20 Secondary Power A21 Switch Drive A24 Oscillator A25 Preamplifier A26 Sampler Driver U1 Sampler U2 HF Amplifier Option 002 Table 8 20 1 keyboard not exercised 2 Kev board decoding circuits such as 22 6 12 C 18 U 19 not exercised 3 RI select code is oniy device select code exercised 4 8 only is exercised sends 1 MHz clock to 14 5 1 MH output only is used 69 HDSPWRT LKBRD select codes are only device select codes exercised B counter not exercised 8 LPDREAD LPDWRT LSYXHI LS YNLO device select codes not exercised 9 PRS generation circuitry nof exercised 0 Tests oniy that at least one ot the diodes nor open 8 88 Model 5342 Service Table 8 7 Probable Failed Assemblies by Test Mode DIAG DIAG COUNT 50 MHz 1 GHz NEM A1 1 1 A8 A17 9 A4 ASSEMBLIES A2 A25 A14 A17 A13 10 A18 A19 A20 A21 A24 NOTES u AlTkeyboard 6 17 gate time generation 121 A2 keyboard decoding circuitry such as A222 012 U18 619 7 A14 LSYNHI LSYNLO LPDREAD LPDWRT device select codes 3 A14LKBRD device select code 8 18 500 kHz output 4 Acounter 9 17 prs generation Io A14 LCTRRD LCTRWRT LTIMRD LTIMWRT device select codes 10 A13 B counter exercised 8 89 Model 5342A Service Table 8 8 Diagnostic Modes of the 5342A To go to
483. s 547A to find faulty device Stuck data lines may be caused by stuck ROM outputs U1 U4 07 or stuck buffer inputs U2 U3 If 1 is displayed then ROM 1407 failed the check sum routine exercised on power up Since the RAM proved good E s were not displayed the data lines and address lines be OK Replace 1407 1 If 2 is displayed then ROM A14U4 failed the check sum routine exercised on power up Replace A14UA 2 If 3 is displayed then ROM 1401 failed the checksum routine exercised on power up Replace 1401 3 If E16 0 is displayed amplitude Option 002 only then the check sum performed on 1603 failed In this case a new multiplexer PROM matched pair P N 05342 80005 must be ordered and installed blue stripe exchange P N 05342 80505 4 If E16 1 is displayed amplitude Option 002 only then the analog to digital con version did not take place in A16U8 U8 pin 36 BUSY remains high Check for the clock on A14 If the clock is not present check A24 A18 A17U8 Goto Table 8 9 for A14 testing Go to Table 8 10 for power supply troubleshooting Go td Table 8 11 for A1 A2 testing Service TABLE 8 5 OVERALL 8 85 TABLE 8 5 OVERALL Model 5342 Service 8 86 Table 8 5 Overall Troubleshooting Continued DIAGNOSTIC MODE 8 Put the 5342A in diagnostic mode 8 see Table 8 8 for a description of diagnostic modes how to set them Perform the keyboard check_paragr
484. s items that do not have to accompany the Frequency Counter and that do not have to be turned in with it These items are all authorized to you by CTA MTOE TDA or JTA SECTION II ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST COUNTER ELECTRONIC TD 1225A V 1 U 1 2 3 4 NATIONAL DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY STOCK OF AUTH NUMBER MEAS USABLE ON PART NUMBER AND FSCM CODE Rack Mounting Adapter Kit 5061 0057 28480 Power Cable 220 240 volt operation 8120 1689 28480 Fuse for 220 240 volt operation 2110 0421 28480 Fuse for 10 Hz 500MHz BNC A1F1 2110 0301 28480 WlU S GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1981 703 029 1238 Order of Secretary of the Army General United States Army Official Chief of Staff ROBERT M JOYCE Brigadier General United States Army The Adjutant General DISTRIBUTION To be distributed accordance with DA Form 12 34 requirements for TMDE Cali bration Maintenance Manuals These are the instructions for sending electronic 2028 The following format must be used if submitting an electronic 2028 The subject line must be exactly the same and all fields must be included however only the following fields are mandatory 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 15 16 17 and 27 From Whomever lt whomever wherever army mil gt To 2028 redstone army mil Subject DA Form 2028 From Joe Smith Unit home Address 4300 Park City Hometown St MO Zip 7
485. s the data from the bus and takes LDAV high to indicate that there is not valid data on the bus U3A 2 goes low when goes high On the next postive transition of 2 the low at the input to is clocked into the output causing U3A 5 to go low and U3A 6 to go high This causes HDAC to retum low After the microprocessor reads the Interupt In register U18 and determines that data is stored in U27 the U27 Data In register is read by the MPU This causes the U19A data flag to be reset and also causes HRFD to go high indicating that the Data In register has been read and is ready for another data byte The handshake process then repeats as described 8 82 Model 5342 1st data byte 2nd data byte LDAV 2 JUUULEIUL plu LEE i U3B 9 cg I I eal rod U3A 2 y ee e d I l I ff 96 1 1 U19A 5 x e 1 DATA FF HRFD INVERSE OF U32 12 LIRQ generated U27 is read by by U23 6 going MPU which clears low MPU reads U19A Causes HRFD U18 buffer to to go high indi discover reason cating that inter for interrupt face is ready for next data byte 8 369 Source Handshake 8 370 The source handshake controls the LDAV control line of the HP IB in response to the state of the HDAC and HRFD control lines which are controlled by the acceptor handshake circuitry in the listening device Wen the 5342A operating program finishes a measurement the micro
486. sembly to pin B3 on A16 Extended Dynamic Range Assembly See Figure 8 40 This current tums on transistor 1603 which tums on Q1 and provides current from the 5V supply thru transistor Q1 and resistor R3 to feedthru capacitor C5 on U2 Attenuator Assembly via A22 Motherboard This current passes thru coil 0212 diode CR1 and coil L1 to ground Diode CRI is tumed on heavily with approximately 30 mA of curent This allows the input signals RF IN at J 1 to flow freely thru diode CRI capacitor C2 to RF OUT to U1 Sampler This is the low attenuation mode 8 337 For the high attenuation mode there is little or no current from the current source sup plied to A16B3 In this case transistor Q3 will not be tumed on and transistor Q2 will be tumed on by a base curent being drawn thru resistor R6 diode 1 and resistor R4 to the 5V supply For this high attenuation mode transistor Q2 is tumed on Q1 is tumed off Wh transistor Q2 on current is drawn from the 45v supply thru Q2 and resistor R7 to feedthru capacitor C7 on U2 via A22 motherboard This cument passes thru coil U2L3 diode CR2 and coil L1 to ground Diode CR2 is tumed on heavily with approximately 30 mA of cument This causes the input signals RF IN to flow freely thru diode CR2 capacitor C4 and dissipate in resistors R9 and R7 to ground 8 338 In addition to tuming on diode CR2 heavily for the high attenuation mode diode CR1 is tumed on lightly with less than 1 mA of curent to act
487. set thus reducing the attenuation of the pin diode attenuator if it was set initially by a high level signal greater than 15 dBm The diode attenuators are present only when the Amplitude Option 002 or Extended Dynamic Range Option 003 is present Of course when neither option is present the LPW RST has no effect Resistor R4 on U1 provides hysteresis of about 1 dB in IF signal amplitude so that the output of 01 does not go high again until the IF amplitude increases by 1 dB over the level where it caused LPW RST to go low 8 206 A12 IF DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 8 207 The A12 IF Detector assembly shown in Figure 8 35 further amplitude limits the IF signal by amplifying it an additional 28 dB before sending it to the A13 Counter assembly to be counted A level detecting diode detects if the input signal level is of sufficient amplitude to be counted A digital filter provides two outputs which indicate 1 the IF is in the range of 48 MHz to 102 MHz and 2 the IF is in the range of 22 MHz to 128 MHz The program reads these filter outputs and stops the sweep when the IF is in the range of 48 MHz to 102 MHz The 22 MHz to 128 MHz output is latched and is reset if the input power to counter drops below a preset level or if the IF leaves the range of 22 MHz to 128 MHz This output is examined at the conclusion of N determi Service Model 5342 Service nation routine to insure that the count during the prs was not invalidated by a power
488. sinewave Since this signal must drive 50 ohms on the U2 assembly or A27assembly it first passes through buffer driver U15 The gain of the loop is adjusted by resistor R29 8 319 The voltage atthe input to U14 3 is directly proportionalto the amplitude of the micro wave signal since the voltage at U14 3 determines the amplitude of the 100 kHz signal The volt age at U12 3 is equal to the voltage at U14 3 due to the feedback around U14 Amplifier 012 amplifies this voltage by X1 for input levels above about 2 dBm or by X16 low range for levels below about 2 dBm The gain of U12 iscontrolled by Low Range bilateral switch U13 which is controlled by the LLRNG bit output of U5 14 If U5 14 is low then 012 amplifies by X16 U13 7 6 open and 113110 11 closed If U5 14 is high then U12 amplifies by X1 13 7 6 closed U13 10 11 open Any dc offset in the loop and 012 is corrected by adjusting resistor R26 8 320 08 ANALOG DIGITAL CONVERTER The output of U12 feeds the U8 analog to digital converter which converts the dc voltage at U8 5 to a 13 bit 2s complement digital word The microprocessor after detecting the end of the A to D converson reads the digital word in two 8 bit bytes The input power is computed and displayed ROM U4 contains the firmware subroutine which controls the amplitude measurement process and PROM U3 contains the corrections for frequency as measured by the counter and level as measu
489. sive current may or may not cause A21U4 to tum off since the current limiting circuitry built into the individual linear regu laor may shutdown the output before the U3 Timer has time to shutdown the 20 kHz oscil lator in U4 8 277 Wen the hold off output of U3 is TIL high the 20 kHz oscillator on U4 is disabled This high level causes a red LED to light which indicates overcurent shutdown Wen this occurs the green LED on A20 tums off indicating the absence of 5V D R amp Q 04 8 42019 2 puo 02 61 91 8 eB A19 HOT PRIMARY ASSEMBLY E 2 A20 SECONDARY POWER ASSEMBL A21 SWITCH DRIVE ASSEMBLY E EN E E A a Q1ON 1 LOw l PASS FILTER Q20N 5 LOw PASS FILTER VOLTAGE REGULATOR VOLTAGE VOLTAGE REGULATOR 52 LINE RECTIFIER FILTER VOLTAGE REGULATOR te a M lt REGULATOR M 1 I 15V dg 1 to l LOW Low 84 I PASS FILYER PASS FILTER 1 Q1 DRE i i 1 1 i cm Od I Q2 DRIVE i I l I 1 i pod 4 1 a m ns 4 L A 1 I I SV D SENSE us OSCILLATOR PULSEL V BEF
490. steps in this table troubleshoot the amplitude option in three basic tests 1 The analog loop is checked for proper operation by checking the input voltage to the analog to digital converter 2 The inputs and outputs of the analog to digital converter are checked 3 The digital control is checked using signature analysis ANALOG LOOP CHECK Set up test equipment as follows HP 8601A GENERATOR SWEEPER Place the A16 assembly on extender boards Monitor the Vin Test point same as A16U8 5 The following waveforms should be observed 16 Vi POINT B TABLE 8 20 50 MHz 10 dBm INPUT OPTION 002 8 127 Model 5342 Service Table 8 20 Option 002 Amplitude Measurements Troubleshooting Continued If the input level is increased to 0 dBm the gain of A16U12 is decreased which decreases the level of Vin as follows A16 Vi TEST POINT 50 MHz 0 dBm INPUT m PET MSEC If the above waveforms are present it indicates that the analog loop consisting of A27 Low Frequency Amplitude module and the analog portion of A16 circuits are functioning properly To test U2 High Frequency Amplitude module portion of the high frequency loop apply a 500 MHz signal at 10 dBm to the high frequency input of the counter 5342A set up for 500 MHz 18 GHz range and monitor the Vin test point Similar waveforms should be observed If these waveforms are present go to step 2 Analog to Digital Converter Check The following ste
491. t not sufficient to disable the search waveform on A6 8 171 The third input to the NOR gate on U2 is the LPOS Slope sgnal from This signal is TIL low when the search signal from is sweeping the A4 VCO from low frequencies to high fre quencies Consequently if a 500 kHz difference frequency is obtained and LPOS Slope is low then the offset VCO must be 500 kHz less than the main VCO 8 172 A8 MAIN VCO ASSEMBLY 8 173 The synthesizer uses two voltage controlled oscillators which are essentially identical in operation A8 and A4 The oscillator circuit shown in Figure 8 81 consists of transistor Q1 feed back capacitor C7 and varactor diodes CR1 and CR2 Resistors R14 and provide dc bias for Q1 Capacitor C11 resonates with the inductance of femte bead 1 to provide a low impedance path to ground for frequencies in the range of the VCO thus eliminating parasitic oscillations Transistor Q1 which is operating a common base mode for the VCO frequency range has a portion of the output signal at its emitter fed back to its collector via capacitor C7 This positive feedback sets up oscillations at a frequency equal to the parallel resonant frequency of the tank circuit formed by varactor diodes CR1 and CR2 and the inductance of a metal trace on the A8 board By changing the VCO CONTROL voltage at 8 1 the capacitance of the varactors change which changes the resonant frequency of the tank circuit and hence the frequency of
492. t the frequency of the 86290A level 15 dBm for an IF around 10 MHz as seen on the spectrum analyzer Now change the 86290A frequency such that the IF increases As the IF approaches 175 MHz the amplitude will roll off The amplitude at 175 MHz must be adjusted to be 10 1 dB less than the amplitude at 50 MHz amplitude is essentially flat from below 1 MHz out to 160 To adjust 86290A so that the IF is precisely 175 MHz increase the 86290A frequency until the IF produced by the Nth harmonic of the VCO mixing with the input is just equal in amplitude to the IF produced by the N 1 th harmonic of the VCO mixing with the input Since the VCO harmonics are spaced by 350 MHz this only occurs when both IF s are equal to 175 MHz as seen in the following IF OUT 20 MHz div 100 MHz center freq 1st line closest to reference is IF produced by Nth harmonic of VCO 2nd line is IF produced by N 1 th harmonic of VCO These are equal in amplitude at 175 MHz Model 5342 Adjustments IF OUT 20 MHz div 100 MHz center freq As 86290A frequency is changed the two IF s both approach 175 MHz and become equal in amplitude Note this point on spectrum analyzer The response at this point must be 10 1 dBm down 175 MHz NOTE In the following step needle nose pliers can be used to adjust A25C11 in the casting in those cases where C11 is oriented the wrong way for using a tuning wand f Sweep the 86290A over a
493. t the output of the 100 kHz detector is equal to the output of the RF detector The amplitude of the 100 kHz signal is determined log converted comected by calibration data stored in PROM and is output to the display as the amplitude of the rf input sgnal in dBm 8 303 The amplitude of the 100 kHz signal is determined by measuring with an analog to digital converter the dc control voltage which determines the amplitude of the 100 kHz signal The dc control voltage which is developed by the emor amplifier drives a linear modulator which varies the amplitude of the 100 kHz signal The proportionality constant between control voltage input and the amplitude of the 100 kHz output is known and is used by the program resding in ROM to compute the level of the 100 kHz signal 8 304 Further linearization of the diode characterization is provided by a programmable ROM which is specifically programmed to compensate for a particular U2 assembly Thus the PROM and U2 assembly form a matched pair unique to each instrument with option 002 8 305 OPTION 002 DETAILED THEORY 8 306 U2 High Frequency Amplitude Assembly 5088 7035 8 307 U2 assembly is a thin film hybrid circuit built on a sapphire substrate and placed in a hemetically sealed package It is not field repairable This assembly is the microwave front end which switches the microwave input signal between the U1 Sampler for frequency mea surements and the U2 detectors for amplitude meas
494. t which normally feeds the 5342A low frequency input Set the 5342 to 500 and diagnostic mode 5 described in Table 8 8 to prevent switching between frequency and amplitude measurements Verify that the return loss is 210 75 dB Record on performance test record Table 4 5 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 40 Digital to Analog Converter DAC Output Test Option 004 Specification Description Setup Accuracy 5 mV 0 3 mV C from 25 The 5342A is set to the 500 MHz 18 GHz range and a 999 MHz signal is applied to the type N A DVM 1 connected to the DAC OUT connector on the rear panel The front panel keyboard is used to select digits 999 and the DVM observed for an indication of 9 99 volts dc Then the 000 digits are selected the DVM observed for 0 volts dc 000008 0000000 00 0000000 3465 8620 DIGITAL MULTIMETER SWEEPER HP eee ES oes 00 9 Set the 5342A to the 500 MHz 18 GHz range AUTO mode Connect DVM to DAC OUT set DVM to 20V range Set the generator to 999 MHz as indicated on 5342A display e 5342A keyboard press Blue SET Key DAC Observe DVM for indication of 9 99 0 01 Enter on performance test record Table 4 5 On 5342A press SET je DAC UU Observe DVM for 0 01 Enter on performance test record 4 5 On 5342A keyboard press Blue K
495. ta to the bus Low signal from A14 processorto A12 IF Detector that causes A1 2 to detect input signal power level high selects narrow or wide filteron A9 Main Loop Amplifier depending upon the state of data bit DO Low signal from A6 Search Generator to A7 Mixer Search Control prevents loop from locking on upper sideband when offset VCO is 500 kHz greater than main VCO Reset signal from A11 IF Limiterto A25 Preamplifier amplitude detector Low signal from A14 Micro processorthat results in data transfer from A17 Timing Generatorto A14 via the data bus Low signal from A14 Micro processor that clocks data into the Input Register on A17 Timing Generator Low to high transition from A14 Microprocessor decoder that loads the high order bits into the N register on the 10 Divide by N Assembly Model 5342 Service Table 8 2 Signal Names Continued LSYNLO Low Synch XA14B 12 LSYL Low LXROM Low Extemal ROM XA14A 16 MAIN Main Phase XA9 12 4 1 Error 1 Main Phase 4 2 Error 2 MAIN CTRL Main Control MAIN OSC Oscillator MAIN VCO Main Voltage Controlled Oscillator O FFSET Offset Phase 1 AQ1 OFFSET Offset Phase 2 4 2 OFS CNTRL Offset Control OFS OSC Offset Oscillator OFS VCO Offset Voltage Controlled Oscillator 500 kHz 500 kilohertz 1 Megahertz 1 XA12 10 17 6 10 Megahertz out 3 rear panel Low to high transiti
496. tables arranged to isolate trouble to an assembly and then to the component level Schematic Diagrams A diagram for each assembly is included arranged in order of assembly number A component locator photo is included adjacent to each diagram The schematic diagrams contain tables of reference designations tables of active elements by part number voltage measurements and signature analyzer signatures where applicable 8 3 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM SYMBOLS AND REFERENCE DESIGNATORS 8 4 hows the symbols used on the schematic diagrams At the bottom of Figure8 1 the system for reference designators assemblies and subassemblies is shown 8 5 Reference Designations 8 6 Assemblies such as printed circuits are assigned numbers in sequence A1 A2 etc As shown in Figure 8 1 subassemblies within an assembly are given a subordinate A number Service 8 1 Model 5342 Service example rectifier subassembly Al has the complete designator of A25A1 For individual com ponents the complete designator is determined by adding the assembly number and sub assembly number if any For example 1 on the rectifier assembly is designated 25 1 1 8 7 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS ON PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS 8 8 HP printed circuit boards see Figure 8 7 have four identification numbers an assembly part number a series number a revision letter and a production code 8 9 The assembly part number has 10 digits such as 05342 6000
497. tail below Refer to the Table of Contents for specific page and para graph numbers a Schematic Diagram Symbols and Reference Designations Describes the symbols used on schematic diagrams and reference designators used for parts subassemblies and assemblies Identification Markings Describes the method used by Hewlett Packard for identifying printed circuit boards and assemblies Safety Considerations Describes the safety considerations applicable during mainten ance adjustments and repair Signal Names Lists signal mnemonics names source destination and function for 5342 signals Disassembly and Reassembly Procedures Describes removal of covers front frame assemblies to gain access to parts Factory Selected Components Lists procedures for replacement of parts whose values are selected at time of manufacture for optimum performance Service Accessory Kit 10842A Describes the use and function of kit extender boards used for testing pc boards Logic Symbols Description of logic symbols used on schematics Theory of Operation Includes block diagram description of overall operation special function descriptions and detailed circuit operation explanations Assembly Locations Describes and illustrates location of assemblies adjustments front and rear panel components by reference designators Troubleshooting Procedures Provides troubleshooting techniques recommended test equipment and troubleshooting
498. tallation of Digital to Analog Conversion DAC Option 004 seen Installation of HP IB Option 011 HP IB Interconnections eee 5342A Listen Address seen HP IB Descriptions 11 6625 3014 14 TABLE CONTENTS continued OPERATION aeicem setts 3 1 3 1 Operating Characteristics 5 Operating Ranges l R esolulionniK6yS ree ele 3 1 CHECK DAC and ENTER Keys enn FREQ Kays E Automatic Mode 3 16 Manual scree ERR LER 3 2 Offset Frequencies Amplitude and Offset Measurements 2 Digital to Analog Converter DAC 4 SET RESET RECALL CHS Keys SAMPLE RATE GATE and REMOTE Tolerance nente ree rari ete en n da 3 32 FM Tolerance nn nnn enn nnns Automatic Amplitude Discrimination 3 3 Maximum Input Signal 3 39 Cable Considerations
499. the 436A Power Meter Slowly vary the 8620C up to 18GHz and verify correct 5342A display Take a measurement at 18 GHz and verify that the 5342 is within 1 5 dB of the 436A reading be sure to adjust 436A calibration factor Record difference between 436A and 5342 readings on verification record Table 4 1 Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 18 500 MHz 18 GHz High Level Test HP 8620C SWEEPER HP 86222A HP 436A POWER METER HP 8481A POWER SENSOR For Standard Instrument Set the 8620C to 1 GHz at 5 0 dBm as measured by the 436A Power Meter Connect the 8620C output to the 5342A and verify that the counter counts 1 GHz Increase the level of the 8620C output until the counter s display fills with dashes Measure this level on the 436A and verify that it is greater than 45 dBm Enter on verification record Table 4 1 For Option 002 Instruments Set 5342A to 500 MHz 18 GHz range and AMPL mode Set the 8620 to 1 GHz at a level of 10 dBm as measured on the 436 Connect the 8620C output to the 5342A and verify that the 5342A counts 1 GHz Enter difference between 5342 and 436A readings verifi cation record Table 4 1 4 19 OPTION 011 HP IB VERIFICATION PROGRAM 4 20 9825A program listed in Table 4 2 exercises the 5342A through various operating modes described below via its HP IB Interface If the 5342A successfully completes all phases of the verification
500. the 9825A displays X enter an amplitude offset in dB in the range of 99 9 to 499 9 Press CONTINUE Verify that the 5342A was set to this offset by pressing RESET RECALL OFS dB The 5342A is placed in amplitude mode and addressed to talk Verify proper output format as given in sample printout in Tab e 4 4 POINT i REMOTE an BUTU an CHECK POINT 2 HRHU RL off nn 3 2 POINT CHECK 4 Low kanas l MHz Hish kanae CHECK POINT 6 ES 1 HZ FHIHT F Manual Frea Enter Table 4 4 Sample Printout E R m 3 LE ort Tl pw 72 m CHECK 9 xEECHLL an CHECK 19 3 Heasuregemzntz HOLE Fat Same le 3 measurementa 1 then 11 1 HT Model 5342 Performance Tests CHECE PHINT 12 14 LOCAL Return to LOCAL REMOTE Off c AMPL 2 CHECK i AMPL CHECK POINT 2 FSI DE CHECK POINT 3 Enter AMP OFFSET REecoll OFStOB Does Model 5342 Performance Tests 4 27 DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER DAC OUTPUT TEST OPTION 004 Specification Accuracy 5 mV 0 3 mV C from 25 Description The 5342 is set to the 500 MHz 18 GHz
501. the amplitude of the IF signal The A12 IF Detector assembly detects both the amplitude of the IF as well as the frequency of the IF During the sweep the microprocessor monitors the state of the 50 MHz 100 MHz detector out put of A12 and stops sweeping when that detector is true At the conclusion of the N determi nation the latched 25 MHz 125 MHz detector output is checked If this detector is true then the IF signal never varied beyond the 25 125 MHz range nor did it drop too low in amplitude It the detector is false then the computation of maybe and the algorithm specifies that the sweep start at a frequency 100 kHz lower than where it previously stopped sweeping Service 8 43 Vv 8 1 42019 VEHES dH 6 9 91n81j i A25 PREAMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY DIRECT COUNT A3 DIRECT COUNT AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY TIME BASE PRS SECTION iF SECTION DATA BUS AND AT 4 ADDRESS 815 IF LIMITER IF OETECTOR ASSEMBLY LIF GATE A13 COUNTER ASSEMBLY A26 SAMPLER DRIVER ASSEMBLY A18 TIME BASE J2 EXT IN SUFFER ASSEMBLY REAR PANEL A24 OSCILLATOR ASSEMBLY AS RF MULTIPLEXER LO SWITCH ASSEMBLY MAIN OSCILLATOR OFFSET OSCILLATOR SECTION SECTION OFFSET OSC MAIN OSC 500 kHz 7 4 MAIN 1 SEARCH OFFSET ASSEMBLY CONTROL ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY A9 MAIN LOOP A6 AMPLIFIER OFFSET LOOP ASSEMBLY AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY
502. the sequence are detected The long prs 5 20 bits long and stops after 19 consecutive highs in the sequence are de tected The detection of the number of consecutive highs in the sequence is performed by pre settable counters U2 and U1 For the short prs 1 is preset into U2 least significant counter and 15 is preset into U1 most significant counter by a low level on U2 9 and U1 9 Wen a high appears in the sequence the U2 counter is incremented by the prs clock at U2 2 Wen a low appears in the sequence U2 and U1 are reset to the initial preset conditions and counting up begins again After 14 consecutive highs in the prs U2 has counted to 15 and the output U2 15 hasenabled U1 so thatthe 14th clock causesthe output U1 15 to go high This causes U8A 3 to go low which resets the latch formed by U14A and U14B so that U14D 11 goes low to reset U7 U4 U5 02 and U1 8 252 For the long prs operation is similar this time 12 is preset in U2 and 14 is preset into 01 so that after 19 consecutive 1 sin the prs the out of U1 sets U14A 3 low so that U14D 11 is low and clears the prs generator 8 253 To allow sufficient settling time for the multiplexer on A5 after switching 2 microseconds of dead time are added to each transition in the sequence which means that the transitions of the LIF GATE signal which enables counter A or counter on A13 are delayed with respect to the LO Switch signa
503. to improve interpretation of the display For example a signal measured to 100 kHz resolution will be displayed thus Na S C dud ua GHz MHz kHz Hz The two filler 7 s in the kHz section indicate immediately that the E represents hundreds of kilohertz The Hz section is blanked 3 9 The pushbutton keys on the front panel under the RESOLUTION label are used for other purposes when the blue key is not in effect has not been pressed When the blue key has not been pressed the keys are defined by the black number on the keys and are used to enter fre quency offsets manual center frequencies and amplitude offsets as described in Figure 3 1 31 Model 5342 Operation 3 2 3 10 CHECK DAC and ENTER keys 3 11 The CHECK DAC and ENTER keys are used as described in Figure 3 7 3 12 FREQ Keys 3 13 Two of the pushbutton keys on the front panel under the FREQ label are used to select the automatic or manual mode of operation The other keys in this section of the keyboard control the use of the RESOLUTON keys Use of these keys is described in detail in Figure 3 1 3 14 Automatic Mode 3 15 The automatic mode of operation is selected by pressing the AUTO key Input signals in the 500 MHz 18 GHz range are acquired measured and displayed automatically When power is initially turned on the 5342A goes into this mode automatically 3 16 Manual Mode 3 17 The manual mode of operation
504. to keep the oscillator frequency within the manufacturer s temperature specification For example if 3 6 Hz is marked on the label then the oscillator is adjusted fora frequency of 10 0000036 MHz at 25 If operation is solely at 25 C then the offset can be ignored Reinstall A24 and adjust the oscillator for a 5345A display of the frequency determined step b Model 5342 Adjustments 5 32 Option 001 Oven Oscillator 10544A Adjust the optional oscillator as follows NOTE Allow 24 hour warmup for oven before this adjustment PATTERN MOVEMENT UNKNOWN HIGH UNKNOWN LOW TRIGGERED SWEEP FREQ STO OUT OSCILLOSCOPE REFERENCE FREQUENCY STANDARD 100 kHz 1 MHz 5 MHz or 10 MHz Connect reference frequency standard to the extemal sync input of the oscilloscope b Connect rear panel FREQ SID OUT of the 5342A to Channel A of the scope Adjust oscillator frequency for minimum sideways movement of the 10 MHz displayed signal By timing the sideways movement in CM per second the approximate offset can be determined based on the oscilloscope sweep speed as shown in the following Madii 1 cm s 1 cm 10 s 1 cm 100 s TIME SCOPE TRACE MOVEMENT WITH SECOND HAND OF WATCH OR CLOCK For example if the trace moves 1 centimetre in 10 seconds and the sweep speed is 0 01 us cm the oscillator signal is within 1 X 10 of the reference frequency 5 9 Model 5342 Adjustments 5 33 OPTION 002 AMPLITUDE M
505. tt Packard Australia Ltd 31 41 Josepn Street Blackburn Victoria 3130 PO Box 36 Doncaster East Victoria 3109 Tel 89 6351 Telex 31 024 Cable HEWPARD Melbourne Hewiett Packard Australia Ltd 31 Bridge Street Pymble New South Wales 2073 Tet 449 6566 Telex 21561 Cable HEWPARO Sydney Hewlett Packard Australia 153 Greentili Road Perkside S A 5063 Tel 272 5911 Telex 82536 HEWPARD Adelaide Hewiett Packard Australia 141 String Highway Nedlands W A 6009 86 5455 Telex 93859 Cable HEWPARD Perth T Australia 121 Street Fyshwick 2609 Tel 95 2733 Telex 62650 HEWPARO Canberra Hewlett Packard Australia Ltd Sth Hoot Teachers Union Building 495 499 Boundary Street Hill 4000 Queensland Tei 229 1544 Cable HEWPARO Brisbane GUAM Med cal Personal Calculators Only Guam Medical Supply Inc a Ease Building Room 210 Box 8947 Tamuning 96911 646 4513 Cable FARMED HONG KONG amp Hong Kong Ltd Centre 39th Floor Connaught Road Centrai K 255291 5 Telex 74765 SCHMC HX Cable SCHMIDTCO Hong Kong INDIA Blue Star Ltd Kasturi Buildings Jamshedj Tata Rd Bombay 400 020 Tel 29 Telex 011 2156 Cable BLUEFROST Bive Star Ltd Sahas 414 2 Vir Savarkar Marg Prabhadevi Bombay 400 025 Tel 45 78 87 Telex 011 4093 Cable FROSTBLUE Blue Star Ltd Band Box House Prabh
506. tubing to make a tight fit Unsolder the connections to the defective LED on the Al board Slide the heat shrink tubing over the defective LED and withdraw Place the replacement LED into the heat shrink tubing and insert into the switch Solder the leadsto the board Removal of U1 Sampler A25 Preamplifier and A26 Sampler Driver Remove U1 A25 and A26 as follows Remove 5342A bottom panel by loosening screw at rear remove two front feet and slide panel rearward Refer to Figure 8 22 dnd locate assemblies at bottom front of instrument Pull off coax cables from 11 13 A25J1 IF OUT INT and A25J2 IF OUT EXT Disconnect rigid coax from Ul Sampler by loosening attaching nut Remove nut on front panel type N connector and remove rigid cable to allow access Remove Wcable strap connector at A22 motherboard and move cable strap to one side to allow access Remove 5 screws attaching A25 mounting bracket four comer and one middle screw and withdraw bracket and attached assemblies from intrument Remove A26 from bracket by removing the 2 small attaching bolts and nuts Separate A26 from U1 by loosening the interconnecting hex connector from Ul Remove the cover from A26 to gain access to components Remove 1 by removing one small bolt and nut Pull UL up out of socket Assembly procedures are essentially the reverse order of the disassembly Service 8 13 Model 5342 Service 8 14 SIDE s STRUT MAIN A22W3 HO
507. ty Device clear capability Device Trigger capability No controller capability One unit load 3 71 There 12 basic messages which be sent over the interface Table 3 2 lists each bus message a description of the message how the 5342A usesthat message and examples of 9825A implementation of the messages 3 72 The 5342A mus be assigned a bus address Table 3 3 gives the allowable address switch settings 3 73 Table 3 4 gives the program code set for the 5342A Frequency and amplitude mode selection manual center frequency setting frequency and amplitude offset mode selection fre quency and amplitude offset setting resolution selection range selection FM CWnode selec tion and automatic offsets are all analogous to the corresponding front panel operations described previously 3 74 There are four sample rate modes 10 13 In TO the sample rate is determined by the setting of the front panel SAMPLE RATE control In the counter is in hold To trigger a mea surement a trigger message must be sent In T2 the counter ignores any sample rate run down and initiates a new measurement as soon as the previous measurement is over In T3 the counter takes a measurement and holds until the next T3 or trigger message 3 19 Model 5342 Operation 3 20 Local Lockout Clear Lockout and local Require Service Status Byte Status Bit Pass Control Table 3 2 5342A Bus Messag
508. ude On Off Amplitude Offset On Off Set Amplitude Offset AMPL Output 4 14 At the start of this test the 5342A is placed in the ONLY IF addressed mode The GATE light should continually light indicating that measurements are continually being made until the 5342A is addressed to talk The counter is addressed to talk and the value is printed The counter is then placed in WIT UNTIL addressed The GATE light should go out after the first measure ment and remain out indicating that the first measure ment is being saved until the counter is addressed to talk It is then addressed to talk and the value is printed by the printer The 5342A is put in HOLD and serial poll mode Its status byte is displayed by the 9825A After mately 5 seconds the 5342A is triggered and a measure ment is taken The status byte displayed by the 9825A should change from O to 80 indicating that the 5342A has taken a measurement LCL 722 is issued The front panel REMOTE light should go off The 5342A is retumed to remote control and the local lockout command is issued Wen the 9825A displays press CONTINUE press RESET on the 5342A and verify that the counter remains in REMOTE Press CONTINUE on the 9825A and 7 is issued Verify that the 5342A goes to local Front panel AMPL should light for approximately 5 seconds and then of off Front panel OFS dB should light for approximately 5 seconds and then go off
509. ue of DA Pam 25 30 to determine whether there are new editions changes or additional publications pertaining to the equipment b DA Pam 25 30 Refer to DA Pam 25 30 to determine whether there are modification work orders MWO S pertaining to the equipment 0 3 FORMS AND RECORDS a Reports of Maintenance and Unsatisfactory Equipment Maintenance forms records and reports which are used by maintenance personnel at all levels of maintenance are listed in and prescribed by DA Pam 25 30 b Report of Packaging and Handling Deficiencies Fill out and forward SF 364 Report of Discrepancy ROD as prescribed in AR 735 11 2 DLAR 4140 55 NAVSUPINST 4610 33B AFR 75 18 MCO p4610 19C and DLAR 4500 15 C Discrepancy in Shipment Report DISREP SF 361 Fill out and forward Discrepancy in Shipment Report DISREP SF 361 as prescribed in DA Pam 25 30 NAVSUPINST 4610 33B AFR 75 18 MCO P4610 19C and DLAR 4500 15 0 4 REPORTING OF EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS EIR EIR s will be prepared using DA Form 2407 Maintenance Request Instructions for preparing EIR s are provided in DA Pam 25 30 The Army Maintenance Management System EIR s should be mailed directly to Commander U S Army Aviation and Missile Command ANSAM MMC MA NM Redstone Arsenal AL 35898 5000 Areply will be furnished directly to you 0 5 ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE Administrative storage equipment issued to used Army activities shall accor
510. uipment listed in Table 1 4 the troubleshooting procedure outlined Table 8 5 and Tables 8 4 through 8 27 allows isolation of a failed assembly By reading the detailed theory of operation of the assembly and referencing the dc voltages and 5004A signatures provided on the individual schematics it should be possible to find the failed components 8 378 Figure 8 23 15 a detailed description block diagram of the 5342A and is valuable in troubleshooting Figure 8 9 shows the relationship of the assemblies listed ih Table 8 6 8 379 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT 8 380 Test equipment recommended for troubleshooting adjustments operational verifica tion and full performance testing is listed in Table 7 4 Equipment other than that listed may be used if it meets the required characteristic s Table 8 5 Overall Troubleshooting POWR UP DIAGNOSTIC Apply power to the 5342A and press front panel power switch to ON The power up diagnostic routine progressively lights all LED segments in the 5342A display from left to right Finally the following should be displayed briefly OOU OOO CUCO OGOL LIS E EM A If the 5342A powered up properly go to step 2 If not a If E s fill the display then RAM A14U12 failed the check sum routine exercised on power up A14U12 may be faulty if none of the address lines A A15 or data lines 06 07 are stuck low or high Check address lines and data lines on A14 for stuck nodes use current tracer such a
511. uit Card Assembly 29 HP IB Input Option 11 Cable Assembly W2 Cable Assembly WA Cable Assembly 5 Gover p n 4040 1724 SECTION Il MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART FOR ELECTRONIC COUNTER TD 1225A V 1 U Continued 3 MAINTENANCE FU NCTI ON Inspect Repair Repla Inspect Repair Replace Adjust Inspect air 2 Replace Inspect Repair Replace Inspect Replace 1 By replacement of Card Assemblies 1 5 17 1 8 22 Oscillator 2 and chassis mounted components 2 By replacement of individual components 4 MAINTENANCE CATEGORY o o D D D 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 s TOOLS AND EQPT N N N i m No NNP vo NN ny o 8 6 REMARKS SECTION It TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR Counter Electronic TD 1225A V 1 U OOL OR TEST MAINTENANCE NOMENCLATURE NATIONAL NATO EQUIPMENT CATEGORY STOCK NUMBER TOOL NUMBER REF CODE o Necessary common tools are available to personnel n cat egory Tool Kit TK 100 G 5180 00 605 0079 Oscilloscope 05 26 1 0 6625 00 127 0079 Signal Generator AN USM 205 6625 01 007 4796 Sweep Oscillator SG 1121 V 1 U 2 each 6625 01 019 7890 RF Plug In HP 86290A 6625 00 138 9905 RF Plug In HP 86222 6625 01 01
512. urements It also can provide approximately 15 dB attenuation to the signal which is routed to the U1 Sampler 8 308 The microwave signal enters at 12 1 as shown Figure 8 39 passes through dc blocking capacitor PIN diodes CR1 and CR2 switch the signal either to the Ul sampler or the U2CR3 Shottky diode detector A positive signal at the FREQ on input approximately 2 5 volts and 30 mA when and approximately 40 7 volts when off tums on 1 and routes 8 73 1 8 WOIBDIG xoolg 71 9 U2 HIGH FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY TO U1 SAMPLER TO A3 DIRECT COUNT AMPLIFIER sus L 1 18 GHz f A16 AMPLITUDE ASSEMBLY 5 l CR3 100 kHz 1 100KHz E 100 kHz sz O DETECTOR O 1 4 1 L _ 100 kHz 2 2 HF AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY i Eee ODULATOR ess E 512 MHz E O d 100 kHz s DETECTOR 10 CR3 1 MHz TP 100 kHz VIN DETECTOR 1 MHz FROM A17 TIMING GENERATOR ASSEMBLY ADDRESS BUS FROM A14 MICROPROCESSOR ASSEMBLY NOTE SWITCHING SHOWN MEASURING AMPLITUDE OF SIGNAL AT 5 18 GHz INPUT R4 il DETECTED 100 kHz LF MUX DATA BUS TO A14 U6 U7 MICROPROCESSOR ROM ASSEMBLY Te U3 SPOW Model 5342 the microwave signal to 1212 RF OUT CR2 is off since the AMPL ON signal
513. used in the 5342A is a high efficiency switching regulator which is made up of the A19 Primary Power Assembly the A20 Secondary Power Assembly and the A21 Switch Drive Assembly The ac line voltage is directly rectified on A19 Consequently A19 is isolated from the rest of the instrument and care mus be exercised when voltage mea surements are made on A19 A19 measurements should be made by supplying power to the 5342A via an isolation transformer 8 271 SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM Fidure 8 16 is a simplified block diagram of the 5342A power supply As shown in the diagram the supply consists of six major elements an input rectifier filter a pair of push pull switching transistors 1901 Q2 RF transformer 20 output rectifiers and associated linear voltage regulators a pulse width control feed back network and current limiting circuitry 8 272 VOLTAGE REGULATION LOOP Regulation is accomplished primarily by switching transistors Q1 and Q2 under control of a feedback network consisting of the 2104 20 kHz oscillator pulse width modulator and the switch drive transformers on A19 The schematic diagram is shown Figure 8 43 If the 5V D output digital supply voltage attempts to de crease the 45V sense signal drops which causes an enor signal difference between sense and 45V reference set by A21R17 to drive a pulse width modulator part of U4 and increase the pulse width of the 20 kHz outputs of A21U4 Conversely
514. ut to U2 is 0010 and U2 5 goes low and one or more annunciator lights are tumed on according to the code stored RAM 1 11 18 8 137 HDSPWI comes in at 2 3 Wen this signal is high data is written into RAM U8 011 from the microprocessor for display Wen HDSPWT goes low the output of U13D is low and quad multiplexer 017 selects its I inputs Thus the output of the 13 state counter increments through 13 locations in RAM and causes the contents of RAM to be displayed Wen HDSPWT is high 017 selects its 0 inputs The write enable inputs to U11 and U8 pin 3 are enabled and data appearing the DO through D7 data lines is stored at the addresses appearing on the through A3 address lines Segments are labeled as shown below DO lines sends a segment infor mation D1 sends b D2 sends c D3 sends d Segments a b c and d are stored in U11 The D4 data lines sends e segment information D5 sends f D6 sends g D7 sends decimal point Segments e f g alp are stored in U8 For example if it were desired to display 2 in the DS21 or least significant digit then segments a b g e and d must be lighted a fa o dp 0 d To light these segments the following action occurs In address location 1111 the output of U17 is inverted U11 1 D1 1 02 0 03 1 D4 are stored In address location 1111 in U8 1 D1 0 2D2 1 D3 0 2D4 are stored Wen the
515. uts to float After the microprocessor determines that the conversion is over the high order bits are read and then the low orderbits are read 8 325 Muitiplexers U6 and U7 are used to switch between the output of U8 and the output of PROM U4 Wen U2 4 goes low the three state outputs of U6 and U7 are enabled U2 4 goes low when LAMP MTR and 1 both low or when U1 2 goes high U1 2 goes high when the correction data in PROM U4 is being read The signal at U6 1 and U7 1 determines which Model 5342 output will be read by the microprocessor If U2 5 is high then the U8 ADC outputs are selected U6 3 6 13 10 and U7 3 6 13 10 If U2 5 is low then the U4 PROM outputs are selected The output of U8 is first read by the microprocessor by having U6 7 1 high Then U6 7 1 goes low and the comection is read from U4 for that particular frequency and level 8 326 MULTIPLEX CONTROL Transistors Q1 through Q9 and associated circuitry are respon sible for controlling the rf signal multiplexing 02 and A27 In addition this circuitry controls the attenuation of the pin diode U2 1 to allow 0 5 to 18 GHz frequency measurements at levels to 20 8 327 Wen a frequency measurement is made the microprocessor sets U5 10 high which not ony closes switch U13 2 3 but also tums on transstor Q8 and Q7 W the collector of Q7 near 15V Q5 is tumed on and is tumed off The emitter of which is the Amplitude Select
516. witch 1 is opened and LFRERUN is grounded This causes the MPU to continuously increment the addresses on the address bus from the least significant address 90000 to the most significant address FFFF for diagnostic purposes when using the 5004A Signature Service 8 63 Model 5342 Service Analyzer LFRERUN grounded forces the Clear B instruction and also causes U15E 10 to go low which disables RAM U12 With S1 opened feedback is broken between the ROM outputs and the MPU inputs which is a necessary condition for taking signatures with the HP 5004A Signature Analyzer If LXROM Low External ROM is grounded the ROM s U1 U4 and U7 will be disabled by U6A 1 going low and the address lines can now be used to drive external memory residing in the upper 32K of the memory map 8 236 The power up reset circuitry formed by Schmitt trigger U11A U11B and inverter U15F provides a low reset pulse to the MPU reset input U21 40 and a LDVRST output to the A2 Display Driver to blank the display during power up The length of the low reset is determined by the time constant of resistors R5 R3 and capacitor C5 400 milliseconds 8 237 The LAMP EN input at XA14B 2 is used to indicate the presence or absence of the A16 Amplitude assembly Option 002 since program execution will be different if this option is in stalled If Option 002 is present in the HP 5342A LAMP EN will be grounded The LAMP EN line is connected to three state line driver
517. wlet Packard France Quarner de Courtaboeu Boite Postale Np 6 3140 Orsay Cedex Tel it 907 78 25 HEWPACK Orsay Telex 500048 Hewiett France Bureau de verte de le Chemin Jes 162 F 59130 Te 178 33 81 25 Cable HEWPACK Eccty Terex 3 26 17 Hewlett Packard France Bureau de vente de Toulouse Pencertre Je a Ceprere Chemin de la 20 3 300 Toulouse Le Mirail Tel 611 40 11 12 Cable HEWPACK 51957 Teiex 510957 Hewlett Packard France ie Ligoures Bureau de vente de Marseilles Place Rouee de villenueve F 13100 Aix en Provence Tei 42 9 41 02 Cable HEWPACK MARGN Tetex 410770 Hewien France Bureau de vente de Rennes 2 Ailee de i Bourgnete BP 1124 F 35100 Rennes C dex Tel 99 5 42 44 HEWPACK 74912 740912 Hewlett Packard France Bureau de vente de Strassbourg 18 rue de ta Marne F 67300 Schiltigheim Tet 88 83 08 10 83 11 53 Telex 89014 Cabie HEWPACK STRBG Hewlett Packard France Bureau de vente de Lille immeubie Rue van Gogh F 59650 Villeneuve d Tel 201 91 41 25 Telex 16 01 24F Hewlett Packard France Bureau de Vente Centre 2 affaires Paris Nord Batiment Ampere Rue de ia Commune de Paris BP 300 F 95153 Le Blanc Mesnit C dex 101 931 88 50 Hewlett Packard France Bureau de vente de Bordeau Av du Kennedy
518. would be evidenced by the counter displaying SP2 in diagnostic mode 0 8 109 Model 5342 Service Table 8 14 A17 Timing Generator Troubleshooting Continued IF LO SWITCH is not present check the TP5 test point on A17 to see if the prs gener ator is working Put the counter in diagnostic mode 2 for continual prs generation TP5 is high during the prs and should remain high for 360 ms normal or CW mode on rear panel or for 2 096 seconds FM mode 5 TEST POINT ON A17 17 5 TABLE 8 14 17 A17TP3 Troubleshooting the A17 prs generator To troubleshoot the prs generator on A17 consisting of A17U7 U4 U5 U2 U1 and various gates pull the A18 time base buffer board from the instrument to disable the 1 MHz clock into A17 Put A17 on an extender board connect logic probe and logic pulser power leads to A17 5V and ground and perform as follows 07 04 U5 SHIFT REGISTER CHECK 1 Put AP clip U3 and connect clip lead from U3 9 to ground Verify that U5 1 is high Clear U7 U4 U5 by applying 1 pulse with logic pulser to TP5 test point Monitor U5 9 with logic probe to see that the clear input pulses low if clear input powers up low then apply a pulse to U19 9 then to U14 2 to cause the clear input to go high Apply logic pulser to TP4 test point and monitor the shift register outputs After 1 pulse at TP4 U5 3 should go from low to high Apply 2 more pulses at TP4 U5 5 should go from l
519. write enable generation or 017 multiplexer If the 5342A performs the power up diagnostic but does not perform the diagnostic mode 8 keyboard check the probable cause of the problem is the key decoding circuitry A2 consisting of U13A USC 018 U19 and U12 To test this circuitry perform the following tests with A14 still removed from instrument Monitor U10 8 with a logic probe and verify that each time a key is depressed U10 8 goes low To cause U10 8 to return to high ground U22 1 momentarily This verifies that pushing a key generates an interrupt request LIRQ and that reading the keyboard LKBRD clears the interrupt request Place AP clip on U22 and monitor the outputs of latch U22 by grounding U22 1 and verify that when a key is pressed the latch stores the following data AY A KEY U22 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 e ENTER Monitor U12 2 and verify that when any of the leftmost grouping of keys AUTO 2 0022004400 4 00000000 MAN RESET etc is pressed U12 2 is high and that when any of the rightmost grouping of keys 0 1 2 etc is pressed U12 2 is low This verifies that the top bottom row decoder U19A is operating properly If the A2 assembly passes all the above then the most probable cause of the problem is the A2U12 bus driver Another possible cause is that the A14U2 MPU does not respond to the LIRQ signal
520. xceeds approximately 45 dBm each digit in the display becomes a minus sign to indicate overload For Options 002 003 this threshold is approximately 20 dBm The 10 Hz 500 MHz direct count input BNC connector is fuse protected for a maximum input level of 3 5V rms 424 dBm NOTE The fuse for the 10 Hz 500 MHz input is located on the A3 Direct Count Amplifier assembly Figure 3 3 Operating Procedures 3 8 Model 5342 Operation Connect input signal to appropriate input connector according to frequency requirements BNC for 10 500 MHz type N for 500 MHz 18 GHz and set frequency range switch accordingly For input signals connected to BNC connector 10 500 MHz set the 50Q 1 MQ switch as required This switch has no effect on input signals connected to the type N connector 500 MHz 18 GHz Press blue key then press blue labeled RESOLUTION key for desired resolution NOTE Half sized _ sare used as fillers in the display to facilitate display interpretation Adjust SAMPLE RATE control for desired interval between measurements KEY INDICATORS Indicator LED s in the center of some keys are used as prompters by the operator as follows Blinking Indicator A blinkng LED in a key is a ready condition for that key function It indicates it is waiting for an entry via the keyboard To clear the con dition press RESET Steady Indicator A steady on LED in a key is an indication that the key functio
521. ximum operating level 20 dBm Damage level 25 dBm peak Resolution 0 1 dB INPUT 2 Accuracy 51 5 dB excluding mismatch Frequency range 10 Hz to 520 MHz Direct uncertainty Count SWR Sensitivity 2 1 amplitude measurement 500 10 Hz to 520 MHz 25 mV rms 5 1 frequency measurement 1 MQ 10 Hz to 25 MHz 50 mV rms Measurement time 100 ms frequency mea Impedance Selectable 1 MW 50 pF or 50W surement ti me nominal Display Simultaneously displays frequency to 1 Coupling ac MHz resolution and input level Option 011 Connector Type BNC female provides full frequency resolution on HP IB Maximum input 500 3 5V rms 24 dBm or 5V out put dc fuse protected 1 MW 200V dc 5 0V rms INPUT 2 500 impedance only TIME BASE Frequency range 10 MHz 20 MHz Crystal frequency 10 MHz Dynamic range frequency and level Stability 17 dBm to 20 dBm Aging rate 1 X 10 month Damage level 24 dBm peak Short term lt 1 X 10 9 for 1 second average time Resolution 0 1 dBm Temperature lt 1 X 10 6 over the range 0 C to Accuracy 1 5 dB excluding mismatch 50 uncertainty Line variation X 10 7 for 10 change from SWR 1 8 1 nominal Measurement time 100 ms frequency mea Output frequency 10 MHz 22 4V square wave surement time TTL compatible 1 5V peak to peak into Display Simultaneously displays frequency to 1 500 available from rear panel BNC MHz resolution and input level A
522. xt dividing cycle 8 196 Now we have a complete programmable divider chain which can be programmed to any dividing ratio expressed by equation 2 The only limitation on this technique is as follows Np gt D 3 8 197 This limitation doesn t matter for our application because gt 299 gt 9 gt 0 8 198 Counter Divider Chain Utilizing 9 s Complement 8 199 A counter chain utilizing 95 complement numbers is illustrated below In the explana tion above we used down counters to achieve D and Np In the actual circuit however up counters 74LS160 are used for that purpose The up counter generates a postive pulse when used for that purpose The up counter generates a positive pulse when it reachesa state 9 There fore a divide by D can be realized if it is preprogrammed to 9 D at first Then it generates a pulse after getting D input pulses One comment to note is that after generating an output pulse after getting D pulses it will operate asa divide by 10 divider unless it is present loaded to D again 210 ENABLE DURING LOADING Remarks 1 TB and are outputs of A B and C 2 for A is look forward connection 3 operate as divide by 10 after their first dividing cycle 4 B C and D are numbers to be loaded 5 U9 is preset to 9 in check Output is high so it is always disabled and always 10 Model 5342 8 200 A two pulse period of fi is used to load the divider c
523. y allows operation of A14 outside the instru ment casting but it also permits a Isolation of the 16 line address bus and the 8 line data bus from the rest of the instrument b Generation of START SIOP signals for performing signature analysis on individual ROM s on A14 Manual control of the microprocessor reset 8 55 The 1 switch leftmost switch opens the data bus Wh all switches up the switches are in the closed position The S2 and S3 switches open the 16 lines of the address bus 8 56 Tes points R1 R2 and R3 are used in taking signatures of the A14 ROM outputs as described in Table 8 9 U1 and U2 decode address lines to generate signals which bracket the addresses of each specific ROM The signal at R1 is low only when ROM UI is enabled The signal at R2 is low only when ROM U4 is enabled The signal at R3 is low only when ROM U7 is enabled 8 57 If the A14 Microprocessor is put into free run as described in Table 8 9 the signals shown in Figure 8 4 should be observed at test points R1 R2 and R3 on the extender board R3 SIGNAL fence m e e 22 0 R2 SIGNAL e 4 MSEC R1 SIGNAL ee j vse Figure 8 4 Extender Board 05342 60036 Tes Points R1 R2 and R3 ALINES 20 1 Ow oo o0uUU DRESSES Al gt b G r Ol c 01 40 A9 l2 4 15 16 ol xd ololal Ga Model 5342A Service
524. y of 1 5 dB as described il paragraph 4 14 perform the following procedures Replace resistor R6 from the A27 Low Frequency Amplitude Assembly and replace with a resistor of a higher or lower value as shown below For lower power readings increase the value and for higher power readings decrease the value of resistor R6 as follows dB Change R6 Changes ohms 0 2 10 0 4 20 0 6 30 0 8 40 1 0 50 2 6 Model 5342 Installation 2 30 Installation of Extended Dynamic Range Option 003 2 31 Option 003 consists of A16 Extended Dynamic Range Assembly 05342 60037 and U2 Attenuator Assembly 5088 7038 5 Figure 8 22 for location of 02 Option 002 or 003 NOTE The parts that comprise this option are listed at the end off Table 6 4 a Remove the top and bottom covers and top plate from instrument b Place instrument top down c At inside front panel disconnect cable from A1J 1 A1J 3 25 1 IF OUT INT and 25 2 IF OUT EXT d Solder one end of the white red green 14 inch wire 8120 0483 to ATI feedthrough capacitor terminal on A25 Preamplifier Assembly NOTE Prior to installing U2 5088 7038 assembly connect the color coded wires as shown below Place heat shrinkable tubing 0890 0706 over the connections and apply heat TO U1 WHITE BLACK RED TO l FRONT nis 5088 7038 PANEL WHITE BROWN RED e Solder free end of white red green wire other end connected to 25 in step d to A22 Motherboar
525. y schematic diagram A11 IF LIMITER ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS No input signai NOT in CHECK mode U1 With 5342A in CHECK mode ul 02 2 0 24 3 005 7 49 A12 IF DETECTOR ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS No input signal NOT in CHECK mode NO 16 INPUT B 13 SIGNAL C 16 grounded case A13 COUNTER ASSEMBLY CONDITIONS No input signal SAMPLE RATE to HOLD qi Q2 Q3 Signature Chart With the test set up described in Table 8 9 steps 1 2 3 the following signatures should be observed 5 us us ule 0000 0003 0003 0002 0003 0000 486 9UP1 11 017 U18 0356 4378 0000 1H3U P760 U759 5P44 1U5H 075 C531 F963 7791 8487 2028 7792 18AP 1P2A 37 5 0000 37 6 0000 0000 3208 9H1F 6U2C 5FUA 6H41 6U28 4378 1C2C 6322 1H3U 531 6321 0355 1U5H 6F99 0003 6F9A 0000 0003 0001 4868 486 0000 0000 4FC9 3883888 3 HHE 8888 nz 0003 0000 AH9F 0003 BERSEEBBREEEEN BEEBE Model 5342 Manual Changes ERRATA Cont d Table 1 Troubleshooting Information Continued The following charts are provided as aid to troubleshooting 5342 assemblies thru A9 A11 thru A14 A25 and A26 This information was to be published in the permanent 5342A manual but was inadvertently omitted Its intended location was the apron of the appropriate assembly schematic diagram A25 PREAMPLIFIER ASSEMB

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Takedo 3VF-V20 user manual  Direct Solvent  cover front dk-s-e.p65  シンガポールにおける 医療機器法規制とシステム  US ES CA - Donaldson  PPA5xx_15xx User Manual  ATG-01 仕様書 ダウンロード  SunISDN™1.0.4 User's Guide - Advanced Processors Technologies  Manual  User Manual - Dotcom Software Solutions Ltd  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file